,     -'.If  f 


MIk 


VMJXs 


LIBRARY 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 

SANTA  BARBARA 

PRESENTED  BY 


ROBERT   B.    STACY-JUDD 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


littp://www.arcliive.org/details/americansclioolbuOOmilliala 


American  School  Building 
Standards 


^OBT.  B.  StACY-jv 

ARCHITECT 


WILBUR  T.  MILLS.  Architect 
A.  A.  1.  A. 


FRANKLIN  EDUCATIONAL  PUBLISHING  COMPANY 

COLUMBUS.  OHIO 

19  15 


TO  MY  BROTHER 

Edwin  Stanton  Mills 

This  book  is  affectionately  dedicated  by 
—THE  AUTHOR. 


Copyright  1915.  by 
WILBUR  T.  MILLS 


The  Champlin  Press,  Columbus,  Ohio 


PREFACE  TO  FIRST  EDITION 

The  present  work  is  offered  to  the  public  in  the  belief  that 
there  is  still  great  need  for  the  dissemination  of  reliable  informa- 
tion regarding  correct  design  and  construction  in  public  school 
buildings  in  this  country,  and  that  "every  little  helps." 

The  author  makes  no  claim  of  originality  for  most  of  the 
matter  contained  in  the  work,  unless  it  be  as  regards  arrange- 
ment and  selection.  He  has  drawn  freely  upon  all  the  well 
known  modem  works  upon  the  subjects  treated,  modifying  con- 
clusions as  experience  and  the  most  recent  authorities  approve. 
The  controlling  motive  has  been  to  so  condense  and  standardize 
the  best  present  day  practice  as  to  produce  a  compact  handbook 
for  ready  reference,  eliminating  both  the  historical  and  purely 
aesthetic  phases  of  the  subject,  for  the  sake  of  utility. 

The  author  acknowledges  help  received  from,  and  opinions 
influenced  by,  publications  of  TTie  Boston  Schoolhouse  Com- 
mission, Mr.  Edmund  M.  Wheelright,  Prof.  A.  D.  F.  Hamlin 
of  Columbia  University,  Mr.  Warren  R.  Briggs,  Mr.  M.  C. 
Huyett,  Prof.  RoIIa  C.  Carpenter  of  Cornell  University,  Prof, 
S.  H.  Woodbridge  of  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
Mr.  R.  Clipston  Sturgis,  Mr.  W.   B.   Ittner  and  others. 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SECOND  EDITION 

The  changes  in  this  edition  consist  of  the  omission  of  the 
former  chapter  "The  Man  Who  Knows";  revision  of  all  other 
chapters — particularly  that  one  entitled  "Selecting  an  Architect," 
referring  to  competitions,  etc.;  revision  of  all  state  codes,  bring- 
ing them  up  to  date;  and  the  correction  of  much  other  data 
throughout  the  work. 

Additional  chapters  have  been  added  entitled,  "The  Wider 
Use  of  the  School  Plant,"  and  "The  Cost  of  School  Buildings," 
with  tables  of  costs  from  the  Boston  and  St.  Louis  annual  reports 
covering  the  past  ten  years. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  addition  is  a  set  of  tables,  some 
original  with  the  author  and  others  long  in  use  but  selected  with 
special  reference  to  school  building  design.  In  presenting  these 
tables,  no  effort  is  made  to  cover  any  part  of  the  engineering 
field  but  only  to  render  this  work  complete  for  its  purpose  as  a 
guide  in  school  building  design. 

Finally,  the  list  of  school  buildings  has  been  so  increased 
and  extended  as  to  cover  adequately  all  sections  of  the  country, 
and  illustrations  of  interiors,  details,  special  rooms,  etc.,  added 
to  illustrate  as  fully  as  possible  the  best  present  day  American 
practice. 

Acknowledgment  is  made  to  The  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Educa- 
tion, and  the  Russell  Sage  Foundation,  the  use  of  whose  publi- 
cations' in  the  preparation  of  this  work  has  been  of  material 
assistance;  also  to  Mr.  Charles  L.  Hubbard,  whose  articles  on 
Heating  and  Ventilating  in  The  American  Architect  have  sup- 
plied some  of  the  data  employed  in  the  revised  chapters  on  Heat- 
ing and  Ventilating. 


INTRODUCTION 

The  recent  movements  in  education  as  affected  by  legisla- 
tion have  emphasized  the  physical  plant  as  the  basis  of  successful 
school  practice.  School  architecture, — ^including  all  the  problems 
of  safety,  sanitation,  heating,  lighting,  ventilation  and  others, 
having  the  physical  well-being  of  the  pupil  in  mind, — has  been  the 
earnest  study  of  many  of  the  leading  architects  in  the  country. 
The  legislatures  have  attempted  to  embody  in  the  law^s  of  the 
several  states  the  principles  approved  by  an  enlightened  public 
sentiment.  Boards  of  Education  and  building  committees  have 
often  been  perplexed  and  in  doubt  when  attempting  to  meet  the 
needs  of  their  communities.  Mr.  Mills  in  his  "American  School 
Building  Standards"  has  put  within  easy  reach,  in  a  systematic 
form,  all  the  essential  problems  of  school  architecture.  The 
new  movement  to  utilize  more  fully  the  school  buildings  for  social 
and  community  purposes  has  introduced  some  new  features  both 
in  the  forms  of  the  buildings  and  the  methods  of  furnishing. 
Industrial  and  Vocational  Education  also  present  new  needs. 
There  is  no  public  problem  more  important  to  all  the  p>eople 
than  that  surrounding  the  education  of  the  children.  The  proper 
housing  of  the  children  during  school  hours,  and  adequate  pro- 
vision for  play  are  vital  to  their  future  citizenship. 

Mr.  Mills  in  his  book  has  brought  together  in  easily  accessi- 
ble form  the  legislation  of  the  several  states  having  school  codes 
and  the  complete  code  of  the  city  of  Boston.  Standard  methods 
of  construction  and  the  best  practices  of  the  country  are  set  out. 
It  will  be  understood  that  in  the  rapidly  changing  conditions  of 
the  country  no  book  will  long  be  up-to-date  in  the  details  of  the 
information  presented  and  this  second  edition  will  doubtless  be 
welcomed  by  those  who  made  use  of  the  first  edition.  An 
experience  of  nine  years  on  a  city  Board  of  Education  has  taught 
me  the  necessity  of  great  care  by  the  building  committees  in 
prosecuting   the   work   of   building   and   improvement   of   school 


property.  Every  effort  looking  toward  the  perfecting  of  school 
buildings  should  have  cordial  support.  Boards  of  Education 
and  Architects  will  find  a  hand  book  such  as  Mr.  Mills  has 
prepared  an  excellent  guide  in  these  matters. 

The  selection  of  an  architect  is  of  course  the  most  vital 
issue  before  Boards  of  Education  when  a  building  is  to  be 
erected,  but  even  when  the  most  competent  men  are  secured  there 
remains  the  necessity  of  careful  study  by  the  school  authorities. 
Reference  to  a  digest  of  the  laws  and  practices  of  the  coimtry 
will  often  serve  to  correct  and  avoid  errors  that  might  perpetuate 
themselves  for  a  generation  or  be  corrected  at  heavy  expense. 

The  demand  for  a  second  edition  of  this  book  is  a  signifi' 
cant  comment  on  the  place  it  filled,  and  the  author  is  to  be  com- 
mended for  his  painstaking  service  to  the  public. 

W.  O.  Thompson. 

Ohio  State  University,  Columbus,  Ohio. 


SELECTING  AN  ARCHITECT 

It  has  been  well  said  that  the  public  school  concerns  inti- 
mately more  people  than  any  other  class  of  public  edifices  because 
(I)  every  citizen  avails  himself  of  its  privileges  in  his  youth, 
and  sends  his  children  to  it  in  later  years;  and  (2)  its  design 
and  construction  unquestionably  affects,  for  better  or  worse,  the 
health,  happiness  and  morals  of  the  pupils,  whatever  may  be  the 
effect  of  the  educational  work  carried  on  therein. 

Much  has  been  done  in  some  states,  and  large  cities,  to- 
ward standardizing  and  formulating  data  of  school  building  de- 
sign. Every  school  board  member  and  every  architect  of  school 
buildings  who  does  not  master,  in  so  far  as  he  can,  all  such 
details — which  are  now  readily  procurable — neglects  a  grave 
civic  duty;  a  duty  which,  as  Professor  Hamlin  says,  "is  all  the 
more  imperative  when  one  reflects  how  large  a  span  of  the  life 
of  a  community  is  spent  within  the  walls  of  its  schools,  and  how 
important  it  is  to  surround  its  children  with  the  most  perfect 
environment  for  their  hours  of  study.  The  school  houses  of 
any  community  are  the  gauges  of  its  enlightenment.  They  should 
be  the  best  and  most  carefully  constructed  buildings  it  possesses — 
not  the  most  splendid  and  ornate — but  the  most  perfect  in  design 
and  most  complete  and  thorough  in  execution  and  equipment." 

These  facts  granted,  one  can  hardly  lay  too  much  stress  on 
the  importance  of  highly  skilled  architectural  or  engineering  serv- 
ice (or  both)  in  the  design  and  construction  of  school  buildings. 
Any  school  building  which  is  at  all  worthy  of  a  competent  archi- 
tect's attention,  merits  the  services  of  the  best  man  who  can  be 
induced  to  undertake  the  work.  Even  were  the  financial  differ- 
ence necessary  to  secure  the  best  man  an  item  of  considerable 
size — and  usually  it  is  not — this  is  nothing  compared  to  the  risks 
otherwise  involved.  No  p>ower  on  earth  can  force  an  incom- 
petent practitioner  to  do  high  grade,  satisfactory  work,  or  a  dis- 


honest  one  to  do  an  honest  job.  No  matter  how  many  "smart" 
or  "practical"  men  may  sit  upon  a  board,  good  work  cannot 
be  squeezed  out  of  a  f>oor  architect,  or  honest  work  out  of  a 
rogue. 

Immediately  the  question  arises,  how  may  a  board  be  sure 
of  selecting  a  satisfactory  man?  Like  the  "shortest  road  to  the 
yaller  jackets'  nest,"  the  infallible  method  "aint  been  discovered 
yet."  But  out  of  the  experience  of  many  boards  and  many 
architects  certain  conclusions  are  now  available  and  safe. 

The  first  of  these  is  that,  whenever  possible,  the  architect 
should  be  chosen  without  competition  by  individual  selection — 
upon  the  basis  of  integrity,  professional  skill  and  experience,  just 
as  men  in  other  professions  are  selected.  Where  no  sufficient 
reasons  exist  for  doing  otherwise,  this  is  by  far  the  simplest, 
easiest  and  least  expensive  method,  and  leaves  no  sore  places  to 
be  healed  up. 

In  case  it  is  desired  to  consider  more  than  one  man  on  the 
individual  basis,  any  desired  number  may  be  thus  considered 
and  judged,  either  by  personal  hearing  or  from  written  and 
photographic  credentials  (relating  to  executed  work,  etc.,  and 
not  competitive  sketches)  but  care  should  be  exercised  to  extend 
to  each  candidate  an  absolutely  equal  and  impartial  hearing. 
.Supporters  of  the  personal  method  of  selection  offer  the  following 
arguments  in  its  favor: 

( 1 )  Any  other  method  involves  competition  among 
several  architects,  the  waste  of  much  time,  often  much  needless 
expense, — both  to  owners  and  competitors,  much  annoyance  and 
sometimes  hard  feelings. 

(2)  In  all  competitions  on  the  basis  of  drawings  the 
gambling  instinct  is  appealed  to,  and  the  prospect  of  winnning 
the  prize  tempts  architects  to  submit  the  sort  of  work  MOST 
LIKELY  TO  WIN,  regardless  of  real  architectural  merit;  and 
unless  the  owner  retains  professional  advisers  to  guide  him,  he, 
being  incompetent  to  judge,  is  almost  certain  to  select  unwisely. 

(3)  Even  if,  by  accident,  the  owner  selects  a  com- 
petitive DESIGN  of  real  merit,  he  runs  the  risk  of  thus  choos- 

10. 


Ing  a  MAN  brillijmt  in  design  but  inexperienced  or  unsafe  in 
constructive  ability,  or  perhaps  even  utterly  irresponsible. 

(4)  Under  the  very  best  conditions  of  competition  it  is 
exceedingly  difficult  to  select  an  architect  with  absolute  fairness 
to  each  competitor,  and  it  is  practically  impossible  when  the 
owner  trusts  his  own  untrained  judgment  to  make  the  selection. 

However,  in  spite  of  these  seemingly  conclusive  arguments 
against  competitions,  it  remains  a  fact  that,  aside  from  private 
work  done  for  individuals,  the  great  majority  of  important  archi- 
tectural contracts  are,  have  always  been,  and  perhaps  always  will 
be  awarded  by  competition  of  one  sort  or  another.  And  the 
following  are  some  of  the  reasons  offered  in  explanation  of  this 
state  of  affiairs.. 

1.  Architects  themselves  are  not  of  one  mind  in  opposing 
competitions.  The  American  Institute  of  Architects  selemnly 
pronounces  against  comp)etitions  and  yet,  recognizing  their  prev- 
alence and  growth,  spends  years  trying  to  formulate  a  satis- 
factory code  for  their  regulation.  Meantime,  some  of  its  most 
prominent  officers  and  members  engage  in  competitions, — and  in- 
deed, some  of  them  would  hardly  be  known,  or  able  to  continue 
in  architecture  without  such  practice. 

2.  The  People  practically  demand  competition  in  public 
work,  and  look  with  suspicion  and  distrust  upon  all  contracts  not 
so  awarded.  Nothing  offers  the  yellow  journal  a  more  welcome 
subject  for  sensation  and  cries  of  "Graft"  than  an  award  without 
giving  at  least  several  good  men  a  chance.  As  a  result,  there 
are  but  few  monumental  public,  or  even  semi-public  buildings  in 
this  country,  the  architects  of  which  were  not  selected  by  com- 
petition of  some  sort,  while  the  list  of  those  important  building 
designs  selected  in  comp>etitions,  and  of  those  architects  who  have 
become  famous  thereby  would  be  a  long  and  representative  one. 

3.  Many  individuals  and  bodies  of  men  claim  to  see  great 
advantages  in  competitions  arising  from  the  number  of  different 
designs  or  schemes  presented  to  choose  from,  these  being  the 
work  of  trained  minds  all  directed  to  the  solution  of  a  given 
problem;  and  some — but  not  all  by  any  menas — are  willing  to 

11 


pay  all  competitors  in  order  to  secure  this  real  or  fancied  ad- 
vantage. 

4.  In  many  cases,  competitions  are  unavoidable,  such  as 
the  requirement  of  competitions  by  law,  or  by  condition  of 
bequests,  or  by  reason  of  inability  to  choose  otherwise  from 
among  equals  in  ability  or  favoritism.  And,  as  above  stated, 
they  are  almost  unavoidable  in  public  work. 

To  express  in  a  word  the  best  thought  and  advice  upon  the 
subject:  Be  good,  and  if  you  can't  be  good,  be  as  good  as  you 
can.  Always  be  sure  your  architect  is  "The  man  who  knows." 
If  such  a  man,  having  the  requisite  integrity,  ability  and  exi- 
perience  is  available,  have  nothing  to  do  with  comp>etitions.  But 
if  no  such  man  is  readily  available,  or  if  any  reason  exists,  such 
as  above  suggested,  why  the  competition  is  wise,  necessary  or 
unavoidable,  then  arrange  your  competition  and  its  requirements 
with  the  utmost  care,  being  particularly  watchful  to  have  its 
terms  wise,  honest  and  fair  to  all  concerned, — or  better  yet,  turn 
the  whole  matter  over  to  professional  advisers  who  KNOW 
HOW  to  guide  you  safely  and  wisely. 

Since  its  foundation,  over  fifty  years  ago,  the  American 
Institute  of  Architects  has  given  much  attention  to  the  conduct 
of  comp>etitions,  and  altho  the  Institute  at  this  time  comprises  less 
than  fifteen  per  cent  of  those  who  call  themselves  architects  in 
the  United  States,  its  present  conclusions  unquestionably  repre- 
sent the  combined  efforts  of  very  many  able  men,  both  inside  and 
outside  the  profession,  to  find  a  satisfactory  basis  on  which  to 
conduct  comp>etitions.  TTie  attitude  of  the  Institute  is  expressed 
as  follows : 

When  a  competition  is  necessary  or  desirable  it  should  be 
of  such  form  as  to  establish  equitable  relations  between  the  owner 
and  the  competitors. 

To  insure  this: 

(1.)  The  requirements  should  be  clear  and  definite,  and 
the  statement  of  them,  since  it  must  be  in  technical  terms,  should 
be  drawn  by  one  familiar  with  such  terms. 

12 


(2.)  The  competency  of  all  compering  should  be  as- 
sured. The  drawings  submitted  in  a  competition  are  evidence, 
only  in  part,  of  the  ability  of  the  architect  to  execute  the  build- 
ing. The  owner,  for  his  own  protection,  should  admit  to  the 
competition  only  those  to  whom  he  would  be  willing  to  entrust 
the  work;  that  is,  to  men  of  known  honesty  and  competence. 

(3.)  The  agreement  between  the  owner  and  the  com- 
petitors should  be  definite,  as  becomes  a  plain  statement  of  busi- 
ness relations. 

(4.)  The  judgment  should  be  based  on  knowledge,  and 
since  ideas  presented  in  the  form  of  drawings  are  intelligible 
only  to  a  trained  mind,  judgment  should  not  be  rendered  until 
the  owner  has  received  competent  technical  advise  as  to  the  merits 
of  those  ideas. 

To  sum  up:  To  insure  the  best  results  a  competition  should 
have  (1)  a  clear  program,  (2)  competent  competitors,  (3)  a 
business  agreement,    (4)   a  fair  judgment. 

Fifteen  years  ago  many  competitions  had  none  of  these 
provisions  and  few  had  all  of  them.  The  commonest  form  of 
comperition  was  one  that  was  open  to  all,  had  a  program  pre- 
pared by  a  layman,  was  judged  by  the  owner  without  profes- 
sional assistance,  contained  no  agreement,  and  made  no  provision 
to  eliminate  the  incompetent. 

Even  in  the  few  years  since  the  Institute  first  made  its  firm 
stand  against  the  abuses  of  competitions,  the  effect  of  that  action 
has  been  far  greater  than  could  have  been  foreseen.  It  has  not 
altogether  eliminated  ill-regulated  competitions,  but  it  has  greatly 
reduced  their  number,  and  it  is  safe  to  say  that  no  competition  of 
prime  importance  is  now  conducted  except  in  accordance  with 
the  principles  stated  in  the  following  Circular  of  Advice. 

A    CIRCULAR    RELATIVE    TO    ARCHITECTURAL    COMPETITIONS 

Competitions  are  instituted  to  enable  the  owner*  to  choose 

an  architect  through  comparison  of  the  designs  submitted.     The 

*The  person,  corporation  or  other  entity  instituting  a  competition, 
whether  acting  directly  or  through  representatives,  is  herein  called  "the 
owner," 

13 


American  Institute  of  Architects,  believing  that  the  mterests  of 
both  owner  and  competitors  are  best  served  by  fair  and  equitable 
agreements  betw^een  them,  issues  this  circular  as  a  statement  of  the 
principles  which  should  underlie  such  agreements. 

The  Institute  does  not  assume  to  dictate  the  owTier's  course 
in  conducting  competitions,  but  aims  to  assist  him  by  advising  the 
adoption  of  such  methods  as  experience  has  proved  to  be  just  and 
wise. 

So  important,  however,  does  the  adoption  of  such  methods 
appear  to  architects  that  members  of  the  Institute  do  not  take 
part  in  competitions  except  under  conditions  based  on  this  circular 
and  specifically  set  forth  in  Articles  1  6  and  1 8. 

(  1 )  On  Competitions  in  General. — A  competition  exists 
when  two  or  more  architects  prepare  sketches  at  the  same  time  for 
the  same  project. 

(2)  On  the  Employment  of  a  Professional  Adviser. — 
No  competition  shall  be  instituted  without  the  aid  of  a  comf>etent 
adviser.  He  should  be  an  architect  of  the  highest  standing  and 
his  selection  should  be  the  owner's  first  step.  He  must  be  chosen 
with  the  greatest  care,  as  the  success  of  the  comp>etition  will  de- 
pend largely  upon  his  experience  and  ability. 

The  expert's  advice  is  of  great  value  to  the  owner,  for 
example,  in  so  drawing  the  program  as  to  safeguard  him  against 
the  employment  of  an  architect  who  submits  a  design  largely  ex~ 
ceeding  in  cost  of  execution  the  sum  at  his  disposal,  and  in  help- 
ing him  to  avoid  the  disappointment,  embarrassment  and  litigation 
which  so  often  result  from  competitions  conducted  without  expert 
technical  advice. 

The  duties  of  the  expert  are  to  advise  those  who  hold  the 
competition  as  to  its  form  and  terms,  to  draw  up  the  program,  to 
advise  in  choosing  the  competitors,  to  answer  their  questions,  and 
to  conduct  the  competition. 

(3)  On  the  Forms  of  Competition. — The  following  forms 
of  competition  are  recognized: 

Limited.  In  this  form,  participation  is  limited  to  a  certain 
number  of  architects  whose  names  should  be  stated  in  the  program 

14 


and  to  any  one  of  whom  the  owner  is  wilHng  to  entrust  the  work. 
In  a  limited  comp)etition  the  competitors  may  be  chosen  (a)  from 
among  architects  whose  abiHty  is  so  evident  that  no  formal  in- 
quiry into  their  qualifications  is  needed,  or  (b)  from  among  archi- 
tects who  make  application  accompanied  by  evidence  of  their 
education  and  experience. 

The  limited  form  has  the  advantage  that  the  owner  and  the 
professional  adviser  may  meet  competitors  and  discuss  the  terms 
of  the  competition  with  them  before  the  issuance  of  the  program. 
Form  (a)  is  the  simplest  and  most  direct  form  of  competition. 

Open.  The  Institute  believes  that  a  competition  open  to  all 
who  wish  to  participate  without  regard  to  their  qualifications  is 
detrimental  to  the  interests  alike  of  owner  and  of  architects.  It 
will,  therefore,  give  its  approval  to  that  form  only  when  con- 
ducted in  two  stages,  since  by  that  means  alone  it  is  possible  to 
insure  anonymity  of  submission  while  safeguarding  the  owner's 
interests  against  the  selection  as  winner  of  a  person  lacking  the 
qualifications  set  forth  in  Article  4  hereof. 

In  this  form  there  is  a  first  stage  open  to  all,  in  which  the 
competitive  drawings  are  of  the  slightest  nature,  involving  only 
the  fimdamental  ideas  of  the  solution.  These  drawings  are 
accompanied  by  evidence  of  the  competitor's  education  and  expe- 
rience. From  the  first  stage  a  small  number  who  have  thus 
demonstrated  their  comp>etence  to  design  the  work  and  to  carry 
it  successfully  into  execution  are  chosen  to  take  part  in  a  final 
and  strictly  anonymous  stage  involving  competitive  drawings  of 
the  type  indicated  in  Article  8  hereof. 

(4)  On  the  Qualification  of  Competitors. — The  interests 
of  the  owner  may  be  seriously  prejudiced  by  admitting  to  a  lim- 
ited competition  or  to  the  second  stage  of  an  open  competition 
any  architect  who  has  not  established  to  the  satisfaction  of  the 
owner  his  competence  to  design  and  execute  the  work. 

It  is  sometimes  urged  that  by  admitting  all  who  wish  to  take 
part  some  unknown  but  brilliant  designer  may  be  found.  If  the 
object  of  a  competition  were  a  set  of  sketches,  such  reasoning 

15 


might  be  valid.  But  sketches  give  no  evidence  that  their  author 
has  the  matured  artistic  ability  to  fulfil  their  promise,  or  that  he 
has  the  technical  knov/ledge  necessary  to  control  the  design  of  the 
highly  complex  structure  and  equipment  of  a  modern  building,  or 
that  he  has  executive  ability  for  large  affairs,  or  the  force  to  com- 
pel the  proper  execution  of  contracts.  Attempts  have  often  been 
made  to  defend  the  owner's  interests  by  associating  an  architect 
of  ability  with  one  lacking  in  experience.  These  have  generally 
resulted  in  failure. 

As  the  owner  should  feel  bound,  not  only  legally,  but  in 
f>oint  of  honor,  to  retain  as  his  architect  the  competitor  to  whom 
the  award  is  made,  it  is  essential  that  the  competitors  in  a  limited 
competition,  or  in  the  second  stage  of  an  open  competition,  should 
be  selected  with  the  greatest  care  in  consultation  with  the  pro- 
fessional adviser,  and  that  there  should  be  included  among  them 
only  architects  in  whose  ability  and  integrity  the  owner  has  ab- 
solute confidence,  and  to  any  one  of  whom  he  is  willing  to  entrust 
the  work. 

(5)  On  the  Number  of  Competitors. — Experience  has 
demonstrated  that  the  admission  of  many  competitors  is  detrimental 
to  the  success  of  a  competition.  When  there  are  many,  each 
knows  that  he  has  but  a  slight  chance  of  success,  and  he  is  there- 
fore less  aroused  to  his  best  effort  than  when  there  are  but  a  few. 
As  the  owner  is  interested  only  in  the  best  result,  he  is  ill-advised 
to  sacrifice  quality  for  quantity. 

(6)  On  Anony^mit})  of  Competitors. — Absolute  and  ef- 
fective anonymity  is  a  necessary  condition  of  a  fair  and  unbiased 
competition.  The  signing  of  drawings  should  not  be  permitted 
nor  should  they  bear  any  motto,  device  or  distinguishing  mark. 
Drawings  and  the  accompanying  sealed  envelopes  containing 
their  author's  names  should  be  numbered  upon  receipt,  the  en- 
velopes remaining  unopened  until  after  the  award. 

(7)  On  the  Cost  of  the  Proposed  Work- — No  statement 
of  the  intended  cost  of  the  work  should  be  made  umless  it  has 
been  ascertained  thai  the  work  as  described  in  the  program  can 

16 


be  properly  executed  within  the  sum  named.  In  general  it  is 
wiser  to  limit  the  cubic  contents  of  the  bviilding  than  to  state  a 
limit  of  cost. 

The  program  should  neither  require  nor  permit  competitors 
to  furnish  their  own  or  builders'  estimates  of  the  cost  of  executing 
the  work  in  accordance  with  their  designs.  Such  estimates  are 
singularly  unreliable.  If  the  cubage  be  properly  limited  they  are 
unnecessary. 

(8)  On  the  Jury  of  Award. — To  insure  a  wise  and  just 
award  and  to  protect  the  interests  of  both  the  owner  and  the  com- 
petitors, the  competitive  drawings  should  be  submitted  to  a  jury 
so  chosen  as  to  secure  expert  knowledge  and  freedom  from  per- 
sonal bias. 

Such  a  jury  thoroughly  understands  and  can  explain  the 
intent  of  the  drawings.  It  discovers  from  them  their  authors' 
skill  in  design,  arrangement  and  construction.  Because  of  its 
trained  judgment  its  advice  as  to  the  merits  of  the  designs  sub- 
mitted is  of  the  highest  value  to  the  owner. 

The  jury  must  consist  of  at  least  three  members,  one  of 
whom  must,  and  a  majority  of  whom  should,  be  practicing  archi- 
tects. One  or  more  members  of  the  jury  may  be  chosen  by  the 
competitors. 

It  is  the  duty  of  the  jury  to  study  carefully  the  program 
and  all  conditions  relating  to  the  problem  and  the  competition 
before  examining  the  designs  submitted;  to  refuse  to  make  or  rec- 
ommend an  award  in  favor  of  the  author  of  any  design  that  does 
not  fulfil  the  conditions  distinctly  stated  as  mandatory  in  the  pro- 
gram; to  give  ample  time  to  the  careful  study  of  the  designs;  and 
to  render  a  decision  only  after  mature  consideration.  The  jury 
should  see  to  it  that  a  copy  of  its  rep>ort  reaches  every  competitor. 

The  professional  adviser  should  not  be  a  member  of  the  jury, 
as  his  judgment  is  apt  to  be  influenced  by  his  previous  study  of 
the  problem. 

(9)  On  the  Competitive  Drawings. — The  purpose  of  an 
architectural  competition  is  not  to  secure  fully  developed  plans, 

17 


but  such  evidence  of  skill  in  treating  the  essential  elements  of  the 
problem  as  will  assist  in  the  selection  of  an  architect.  The  draw- 
ings should,  therefore,  be  as  few  in  number  and  as  simple  in  char- 
acter as  will  express  the  general  design  of  the  building.  A  jury 
of  experts  does  not  need  elaborate  drawings. 

(10)  On  the  Program. — The  program  should  contain 
rules  for  the  conduct  of  the  competition,  instructions  for  competi- 
tors and  the  jury,  and  the  agreement  between  the  owner  and  the 
competitors.  Uniform  conditions  for  all  competitors  are  funda- 
mental to  the  proper  conduct  of  competitions.  Lengthy  pro- 
grams and  detailed  instructions  as  to  the  desired  accommodations 
should  be  avoided,  as  they  confuse  the  problem  and  hamper 
the  competitors.  The  problem  should  be  stated  broadly.  Its  so- 
lution should  be  left  to  the  competitors. 

A  distinction  should  be  clearly  drawn  between  the  manda- 
tory and  the  advisory  provisions  of  the  program,  i.  e.,  between 
those  which  if  not  met  preclude  an  award  in  favor  of  the  author 
of  a  design  so  failing  and  those  which  are  merely  optional  or  of  a 
suggestive  character.  The  mandatory  requirements  should  be  set 
forth  in  such  a  way  that  ihey  cannot  fail  to  be  recognized  as 
such.  They  should  be  as  few  as  jxjssible,  and  should  relate  only 
to  matters  which  cannot  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  competi- 
tors. 

It  is  difficult  to  summarize  briefly  the  program,  but  it  should 
at  least: 

(a)  Name  the  owner  of  the  structure  forming  the  subject 
of  the  competition,  and  state  whether  the  owner  institutes  the  com- 
petition personally  or  through  representatives.  If  the  latter,  name 
the  representatives,  state  how  their  authority  is  derived,  and  define 
its  scope. 

(b)  State  the  kind  of  competition  to  be  instituted,  and  in 
limited  competitions  name  the  competitors ;  or  in  open  competitions, 
if  the  competition  is  limited  geographically  or  otherwise,  state  the 
limits. 

18 


(c)  Fix  a  time  and  place  for  the  receipt  of  the  designs. 
The  time  should  not  be  altered  except  with  the  unanimous  con- 
sent of  the  competitors. 

(d)  Furnish  exact  information  as  to  the  site. 

(e)  State  the  desired  accommodation,  avoiding  detail. 
(/)      State  the  cost  if  it  be  fixed  or,  better,  limit  the  cubic 

contents. 

(g)  Fix  uniform  requirements  for  the  drawings,  giving  the 
number,  the  scale  or  scales,  and  the  method  of  rendering. 

(h)  Forbid  the  submission  of  more  than  one  design  by 
any  one  competitor. 

(/)  Provide  a  method  for  insuring  anonymity  of  submis- 
sion. 

(/')  Name  the  members  of  the  jury  or  provide  for  their 
selection.  Define  their  powers  and  duties.  If  for  legal  reasons 
the  jury  may  not  make  the  final  award,  state  such  reasons  and  in 
whom  such  power  is  vested. 

(^)  Provide  that  no  award  shall  be  made  in  favor  of  any 
design  until  the  jury  shall  have  certified  that  it  does  not  violate 
any  mandatory  requirement  of  the  program. 

(/)  Provide  that  during  the  competition  there  shall  be  no 
communication  relative  to  it  between  any  competitor  and  the 
owner,  his  representatives  or  any  member  of  the  jury,  and  that 
any  communication  with  the  professional  adviser  shall  be  in  writ- 
ing. Provide  also  that  any  information,  whether  in  answer  to 
such  communications  or  not,  shall  be  given  in  writing  simultane- 
ously to  all  competitors.  Set  a  date  after  which  no  questions  will 
be  answered. 

(m)  State  the  number  and  amotmt  of  pajonents  to  com- 
petitors. 

(n)  Provide  that  the  professional  adviser  shall  send  a 
report  of  the  competition  to  each  competitor,  including  therein 
the  report  of  the  jury. 

(o)  Provide  that  no  drawing  shall  be  exhibited  or  made 
public  until  after  the  award  of  the  jury. 

19 


(p)  Provide  for  the  return  of  unsuccessful  drawings  to 
tljeir  respective  authors  within  a  reasonable  time. 

(q)  Provide  that  nothing  original  in  any  of  the  unsuc- 
cessful designs  shall  be  used  without  consent  of,  and  compensa- 
tion to,  the  author  of  the  design  in  which  it  appears. 

(r)  Include  the  contract  between  the  owTier  and  the  com- 
petitors. 

(s)  Include  the  contract  between  the  owner  and  the 
architect  receiving  the  award. 

(11)  On  the  Agreement. — An  owner  who  institutes  a 
competition  assumes  a  moral  obligation  to  retain  one  of  the  com- 
petitors as  his  architect.  In  order  that  architects  invited  to  com- 
pete may  determine  whether  they  will  take  part  it  is  essential  that 
they  should  know  the  terms  upon  which  the  winner  will  be  em- 
ployed; and  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  the  owner  that 
those  terms  should  be  so  clearly  defined  that  no  disagreement  as 
to  their  meaning  can  arise  after  the  award  is  made.  Unless  they 
be  so  defined,  delay  is  likely  to  occur  and  disagreements  to  arise 
at  a  time  when  a  complete  understanding  between  owner  and 
architect  is  most  important  for  the  welfare  of  the  work. 

TTierefore,  there  must  be  included  in  the  program  a  form 
which  guarantees  the  appointment  of  one  of  the  competitors  as 
arcliitect  and  provides  an  agreement  operative  upon  that  ap>- 
pointment,  defining  his  employment  in  terms  consonant  with  the 
best  practice.  This  must  conform  in  all  fundamental  respects  to 
the  typical  form  of  agreement  appended  to  this  circular. 

(12)  On  Payments  to  Unsuccessful  Competitors. — In  a 
limited  competition  and  in  the  second  stage  of  an  open  competi- 
tion each  competitor,  except  the  winner,  should  be  paid  for  his 
services. 

(13)  On  Legality  of  Procedure. — It  is  highly  important 
that  each  step  taken  in  connection  with  a  competition  and  every 
provision  of  the  program  should  be  in  consonance  with  law.  TTiose 
charged  with  holding  the  competition  should  know  and  state  their 
authority.     If  they  are  not  empx)wered  to  bind  their  principal  by 

20 


contracts  with  the  competitors,  they  should  seek  and  receive  such 
authority  before  issuing  an  invitation. 

If  authority  cannot  legally  be  granted  to  the  jury  to  maJce 
the  award,  that  fact  should  be  stated,  and  the  body  named  in 
which  such  authority  is  vested. 

(14)  On  the  Conduct  of  the  Orvner. — In  order  to  main- 
tam  absolute  impartiality  toward  all  competitors,  the  owner,  his 
representatives  and  all  connected  with  the  enterprise  should,  as 
soon  as  a  professional  adviser  has  been  appKjinted,  refrain  from 
holding  any  cotmnunication  in  regard  to  the  matter  with  any 
architect  except  the  adviser  or  the  jurors.  The  meeting  with 
competitors  described  in  Article  3  is  of  course  an  exception. 

(15)  On  the  Conduct  of  Architects. — An  architect 
should  not  attempt  in  any  way,  except  as  a  duly  authorized  com- 
petitor, to  secure  work  for  which  a  competition  is  in  progress,  nor 
should  he  attempt  to  influence,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  the 
award  in  a  competition  in  which  he  is  a  competitor. 

An  architect  should  not  accept  the  commission  to  do  the 
work  for  which  a  competition  has  been  instituted  if  he  has  acted 
in  an  advisory  capacity,  either  in  drawing  the  program  or  making 
the  award. 

An  architect  should  not  submit  in  competition  a  design 
which  has  not  been  produced  in  his  own  office  or  under  his  o\yn 
direction. 

No  competitor  should  enter  into  association  with  another 
architect,  except  with  the  consent  of  the  owner.  If  such  associates 
should  win  the  comi>etition,  their  association  should  continue  un- 
til the  completion  of  the  work  thus  won. 

During  a  competition,  no  competitor  should  hold  any  com- 
munication relative  to  it  with  the  owner,  his  representatives  or  any 
member  of  the  jury,  nor  should  he  hold  any  communication  with 
the  professional  adviser,  except  it  be  in  writing. 

When  an  architect  has  been  authorized  to  submit  sketches 
for  a  given  project,  no  other  architect  should  submit  sketches  for 
it  until  the  owner  has  taken  definite  action  on  the  first  sketches, 

21 


since,  as  far  as  the  second  architect  is  concerned,  a  comp>etition  is 
thus  established. 

(  1  6)  On  the  Participation  of  Members  of  the  Institute. — 
Members  of  the  American  Institute  of  Architects  do  not  take  part 
as  competitors  or  jurors  in  any  competition  the  program  of  which 
has  not  received  the  formal  approval  of  the  Institute,  nor  does  a 
member  continue  to  act  as  professional  adviser  after  it  has  been 
determined  that  the  program  cannot  be  so  drawn  as  to  receive 
such  approval. 

(17)  Committees. — In  order  that  the  advice  of  the  Insti- 
tute may  be  given  to  those  who  seek  it  and  that  its  approval  may 
be  given  to  programs  in  consonance  with  its  principles,  the  Insti- 
tute maintains  the  following  committees: 

(a)  The  Standing  Committee  on  Competitions,  represent- 
ing the  Institute  in  its  relation  to  competitions  generally.  This 
committee  advises  the  sub-committees  and  directs  their  work  and 
they  report  to  it. 

(fe)  A  sub-committee  for  the  territory  of  each  Chapter, 
representing  the  Institute  in  its  relation  to  competitions  for  work 
to  be  erected  within  such  territory. 

The  President  of  the  Chapter  is  ex-oficio  chairman  of  the 
sub-committee,  the  other  members  of  which  he  appoints.  The 
sub-committees  derive  their  authority  from  the  Institute  and  not 
from  the  Chapters. 

An  apF>eal  from  the  decision  of  a  sub-committee  may  be 
made  to  the  Standing  Committee.  The  Standing  Committee  may 
approve,  modify  or  annul  the  decision  of  a  sub-committee. 

(18)  The  Institute's  Approval  of  the  Program. — TTie 
approval  of  the  Institute  is  not  given  to  a  program  unless  it  meet 
the  following  essential  conditions: 

(a)     'That  there  be  a  professional  adviser, 
(h)      TTiat  the  competition  be  of  one  of  the  forms  described 
in  Article  3. 

(c)  That  the  program  contain  an  Agreement  and  Condi- 
tions of  Contract  between  Architect  and  Owner  in  conformity 
with  those  printed  in  the  Appendix  of  this  circular,  that  it  in- 

22 


elude  no  provisions  at  variance  therewith,  that  it  contain  terms  of 
payments  in  accord  with  good  practice,  and  that  it  specifically  set 
forth  the  nature  of  expert  engineering  services  for  which  the  arch- 
itect will  be  reimbursed. 

(J)  That  the  program  make  provision  for  a  jury  of  at 
least  three  persons. 

(e)  That  the  program  conform  in  all  particulars  to  the 
spirit  of  this  circular. 

When  the  program  meets  the  above  essential  conditions,  the 
approval  of  the  Institute  may  be  given  to  it  by  the  sub-committee 
for  the  territory  in  which  the  work  is  to  be  erected,  or  if  there  be 
no  sub-committee  for  that  territory,  then  by  the  Standing  Com- 
mittee on  Comf>etitions. 

If,  for  legal  or  other  reasons,  the  Standing  Committee  deem 
that  deviations  from  the  essential  conditions  are  justified,  it  may 
give  the  approval  of  the  Institute  to  a  program  containing  such 
deviations.  Power  to  give  approval  in  such  cases  is,  however, 
vested  only  in  the  Standing  Committee. 

The  Professional  Adviser,  when  duly  authorized  in  writing 
by  the  proper  committee,  may  print  the  Institute's  approval  as  a 
part  of  the  program  or  otherwise  communicate  it  to  those  invited 
to  compete. 

COMPETITIONS  NOT  APPROVED  BY  THE  INSTITUTE 
As  only  about  one  in  eight  architects  of  this  country,  and 
very  few  in  Canada  belong  to  the  Institute,  there  is  in  some 
quarters  objection  to  the  Institute  competition  programs,  especially 
the  requirements  that  judges  must  be  members  of  the  Institute, 
and  that  Institute  members  may  not  participate  in  competitions 
the  progrEuns  of  which  are  not  officially  approved  by  the  Institute. 
Also  the  selection  of  a  jury  of  three,  and  other  features,  involve 
a  burden  of  expense  very  few  owners  or  boards  are  willing  to 
pay,  except  in  the  case  of  buildings  of  monumental  character,  or 
of  enormous  cost.  In  such  cases  programs  similar  to  that  of  the 
Institute,  but  modified  in  these  particulars,  may  be  used  with 
satisfactory  results,  but  of  course  Institute  members  in  such  cases 
will  presumably  not  compete  if  invited,  and  competitors  will  have 
to  be  selected  eunong  architects  not  in  the  Institute. 

23 


THE  SCHOOL  ROOM 

The  controlling  elements  in  planning  a  school  building  are 
the  class  rooms  and  the  communications,  the  former  being,  of 
course,  the  fundamental  unit  in  every  school  house  design.  Ex- 
perience demonstrates  that  for  the  utmost  efficiency  a  school  room 
in  an  elementary  building  should  not  seat  more  them  forty  pupils, 
but  in  high  schools,  the  work  being  done  largely  by  lectures,  no 
definite  limit  can  be  placed  upon  the  seating  capacity  of  rooms. 

SIZE   OF    ROOMS 

In  school  rooms  each  pupil  has  a  desk.  Under  ideal  con- 
ditions the  room  should  be  proportioned  to  allow  20  square  feet 
of  floor  space  and  260  cubic  feet  of  volume  for  each  pupil,  but 
under  no  conditions  should  these  figures  be  less  than  1 5  square 
feet  of  floor  space  and  200  cubic  feet  of  voliime  per  pupil.  It 
is  almost  universal  practice  to  make  school  rooms  slightly  oblong 
with  the  teacher's  desk  at  one  end  of  the  room,  in  the  proportion 
of  24  feet  by  30  feet  and  25  feet  by  32  feet,  etc.,  with  ceiling 
heights  of  not  less  than  12  feet  or  more  than  14  feet.  Primary 
school  rooms  should  not  be  made  smaller  than  other  rooms  in 
elementary  buildings  because  activity  is  absolutely  vital  in  small 
children,  and  the  rooms  should  be  ample  in  size  to  provide  op- 
portunity for  much  physical  exercise,  outside  of  net  seating  space. 

LIGHTING 

Some  architects  have  resorted  to  the  use  of  prismatic  glass 
in  lighting  school  rooms  producing  a  glare  annoying  to  both 
teachers  and  pupils,  but  under  ordinary  conditions  of  lighting  it 
may  be  stated  emphatically  that  the  school  room  cannot  be  too 
well  lighted.  The  writers  on  school  hygiene,  and  the  laws  of 
different  states  vary  somewhat,  but  there  is  substantial  agreement 

24 


1  '-' 

□  □  □ 

□ 

1 

□  ^ 

1   ° 

en  □  □ 

a 

□ 

1   ^ 

□  □  □ 

□ 

a    , 

i    ^ 

□  n  □ 

□ 

a 

1  '-' 

□  □  a 

□ 

□    ' 

1    ^ 

□  □  □ 

□ 

□    1 

1   □ 

□  □  p 

□ 

cJH 

1   ^ 

□  □  □ 

□ 

°l 

■ 

Tig  a 


•FtG  C 


LIGHTING  AND  SEATING  OF  SCHOOL  ROOMS. 

The  upper  drawings  show  ideal  designs  for  school  rooms,  one  to  seal 
48  and  the  other  40  pupils.  Dimensions  given,  also  the  arrangement  of  win- 
dows, heat  and  vent  flues,  door,  etc.,  correspond  with  the  best  present  day 
practice.  Some  authorities  insist  upon  two  exits,  and  such  should  be  the 
case  in  non-fireproof  buildings.  , 

Fig.  A,  illustrates  imperfect  lighting  with  dark  spaces  between  windows 
and  in  corners. 

Fig.  B,  is  a  vertical  section  through  the  school  room,  illustrating  the  light 
shut  out  near  ceiling  by  transom  bars  and  fancy  top  windows. 

Fig.  C,  is  a  similar  secton  showing  correct  location  of  windows  with 
reference  to  floor  and  ceiling. 


25 


that  the  amount  of  transparent  glass  surface  admitting  light  to 
school  rooms  should  in  no  case  be  less  than  one-fifth  of  the 
floor  space  of  the  room,  while  the  laws  of  some  states  require 
one- fourth  of  the  floor  space  in  actual  glass  area.  In  rooms  with 
ceilings  1 3  feet  or  more  in  height  it  is  easily  possible  to  secure 
even  a  higher  ratio  of  glass  than  last  stated  and  such  opportunities 
should  never  be  neglected.  Care  should  also  be  observed  to  give 
rooms  with  a  northern  or  poorly  lighted  exposure  sufficient  added 
glass  surface  to  furnish  the  room  with  an  abundance  of  light. 
As  a  rule,  the  use  of  prismatic  glass  should  be  permitted  only  in 
school  rooms  having  obstructed  sky  lines,  or  dark  exposure,  and 
should  be  carefully  shaded  when  the  lighting  justifies  it. 

DIRECTION    OF    LIGHT 

There  is  now  practically  no  dissent  from  the  opinion  that 
the  prop>er  method  of  lighting  a  school  room  is  from  the  left  side 
of  the  pupils,  and  that  if  it  is  necessary  to  admit  light  in  any  other 
side  of  the  room  it  must  be  at  the  rear  of  the  pupils.  It  is,  of 
course,  out  of  the  question  to  admit  light  from  in  front  of  the 
pupils,  as  the  light  shining  directly  into  their  eyes  would  produce 
immediate  and  serious  results.  It  is  also  very  bad  practice  to 
admit  light  from  the  right  of  pupils  because  the  great  majority  of 
children  are  right-handed  and  thus  could  not  work  at  writing 
without  casting  a  shadow  thereon  by  the  hand.  When  windows 
are  placed  in  the  rear  of  the  pupils,  even  though  the  pupils  them- 
selves may  not  be  injured  by  such  an  arrangement,  the  teachers 
are  compelled  to  face  the  light  almost  continually,  thus  entailing 
risk  of  serious  injury  to  their  eyes.  Further,  when  light  comes 
from  more  than  one  direction  into  a  school  room  the  conflicting 
lights  are  almost  certain  to  cause  shiny  places  to  appear  on  the 
blackboards,  and  the  corners  of  the  room  between  the  walls  con- 
taining windows  are  too  dark  for  use  as  blackboard  spaces. 
Rooms  lighted  from  one  side  only  have  a  constant  light  on  all 
portions  of  the  walls,  no  shiny  spots  on  blackboards  and  no  dark 
corners.     Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  there  are  some  objections  to 

27 


Detail.- o?"^i  LL. 


FIG.  2.    WINDOW  DETAILS 
28 


all  lighting  schemes  except  the  one  in  which  the  light  is  brought 
from  the  left  of  the  pupils,  to  which  no  reasonable  objections  can 
be  stated. 

THE    DESIGN   OF   WINDOWS 

Windows  in  school  rooms  should  always  extend  as  near 
the  ceiling  as  possible.  It  is  said  that  actual  tests  show  that  the 
upper  one- fourth  of  windows  furnish  one-third  of  the  effective 
light  coming  through  the  entire  window.  It  is  therefore  obvious 
that  windows  with  transoms  at  the  top,  and  windows  having 
arches  and  fancy  tops  seriously  decrease  the  amount  of  light 
which  is  admitted  to  school  rooms  and  should  never  be  used  in 
school  buildings.  The  windows  in  school  rooms  should  also  be 
set  with  the  least  possible  space  between  them,  large  mullions 
being  carefully  avoided,  as  these  cause  deep  shadows  producing 
alternate  zones  of  light  and  shadow,  which  are  annoying  and  in- 
jurious to  the  eyes.  Window  sills  in  school  rooms  are  usually 
set  at  least  three  feet  up  from  the  floor. 

FINISH    OF   WALLS 

The  walls  of  school  rooms  should  be  finished  smooth  but 
without  high  gloss,  and  painted  so  that  they  may  be  washed  down 
and  thoroughly  cleaned  as  often  as  desired.  There  is  general 
unanimity  of  preference  for  greenish  tints  in  the  decoration  of 
school  rooms,  although  other  warm  tints  are  used,  particularly 
in  rooms  having  sunless  or  cold  exposures.  Reds,  yellows,  blues 
and  grays, — except  grays  of  an  olive  tint, — should  be  avoided. 
The  paint  used  should  have  no  gloss  but  should  dry  flat.  The 
ceilings  may  be  made  white  or  of  a  lighter  tint  than  is  used  for 
the  side  walls. 

WINDOW  SHADES 

Window  shades  in  school  rooms  should  be  opaque.  In  case 
it  is  necessary  to  have  the  color  of  the  shade  exposed  to  the  out- 
side  some  particular   tint   to  match   the  color   of   the   building, 

29 


duplex  shades  should  be  used  so  that  the  inside  surface  may  be 
of  somewhat  the  same  tint  as  that  used  on  the  walls  or  a  trifle 
darker.  Window  shades  should  be  hung  on  adjustable  rollers 
so  that  tlie  entire  shade,  roller  included,  may  be  removed  to 
any  part  of  the  window  desired.  Venetian  blinds  should  never 
be  used  in  the  school  room,  if  for  no  other  reason  than  because 
they  are  unsemitary. 

BLACKBOARDS 

Slate  blackboards  are  much  to  be  preferred  over  any  other 
sort,  but  several  brands  of  artificial  blackboard  can  be  obtained 
which  are  practically  satisfactory  and  produce  excellent  results. 
In  elementary  school  buildings  as  much  blackboard  as  possible 
should  be  provided  in  every  room.  The  height  of  blackboards 
from  the  floors  should  be  as  follows:  Primary  grades,  20 
inches;  intermediate  grades,  22  inches;  grammer  grades,  26 
inches  and  none  over  30  inches.  Backboards  should  be  at  least 
3  feet  6  inches  high,  and  4  feet  is  better.  All  blackboards 
should  have  a  chalk  trough  at  the  bottom  at  least  3  inches  wide 
containing  a  woven  wire  cover  Y^  inch  mesh,  easily  removable. 
The  trough  may  also  well  be  furnished  with  cleanout  holes  in 
which  the  chalk  dust  may  be  brushed  and  removed  by  proper 
receptacles.  In  many  of  the  better  class  of  buildings  mechanical 
means  are  provided  for  removing  this  refuse.  Hooks  should 
also  be  provided  on  the  under  side  of  chalk  troughs  to  receive 
rulers  or  yard  sticks,  emd  in  primary  and  intermediate  grades  a 
shelf  may  be  provided  over  blackboards  to  receive  pictures, 
drawings  and  art  objects,  although  this  shelf  is  a  dust  catcher 
and  other  provisions  for  pictures,  etc.,  is  preferred. 

DOORS 

Each  school  room  should  be  provided  with  at  least  one 
door  40  inches  to  44  inches  wide  near  the  teacher's  end  of  the 
room,  and  where  finances  will  admit,  the  door  should  be  glazed 
with  plate  glass,  the  lower  half  of  which  is  chipped.  Transoms 
may  be  used  with  the  doors  if  desired,  although  in  all  buildings 

30 


in  which  mechanical  ventilating  apparatus  is  installed  the  tran- 
soms should  be  made  stationary  and  serve  only  for  an  architec- 
tural effect  or  for  increased  light  in  corridors,  etc. 

OTHER    CONVENIENCES    OF    THE    SCHOOL    ROOM 

Every  school  room  should  contain  a  small  closet  for  the 
personal  use  of  the  teacher,  having  sufficient  space  for  the 
clorage  of  her  wraps  and  personal  effects.  It  should  be  made 
large  enough  to  contain  a  limited  number  of  books  such  as  may 
he  kept  at  the  school  room  for  reading  to  pupils,  etc.  Platforms 
lor  teachers'  desks  are  but  little  used  and  are  only  provided  up>on 
special  request  to  meet  specific  conditions. 

PICTURE  MOLDING 

Every  school  room  should  be  provided  with  picture  molding, 
as  well  as  the  principal  corridors.  The  best  picture  mold  for  the 
rooms  is  the  "Outersite"  mold  manufactured  by  the  Union  Metal 
Corner  Co.,  Boston,  Mass.  This  molding  consists  of  galvanized 
iron  to  be  attached  to  the  walls  before  any  plastering  is  done. 
When  the  plastering  is  put  on  the  walls,  nothing  is  seen  of  the 
mold  except  an  opening  about  j/g  inch  wide  in  which  the  picture 


TlNI^HED 

Plaster 

/IB 

\ 

•1  — ' — - 

m^l 

■;M    Picture  'Hol'd 

FIG.  3. 

View  of  Outersite  Galvanized  Iron  Picture  Molding 

31 


hangers  may  be  inserted.  This  molding  is  not  only  strong,  cheap 
and  easily  put  up,  but  has  the  ideal  advantage  of  being  dust 
proof. 

DECORATION    OF    SCHOOL    ROOMS 

The  decoration  of  school  rooms  with  pictures  is  every  year 
regarded  with  more  favor.  While  there  is  no  doubt  that  many 
school  walls  contain  pictures  of  satisfactory  quality,  it  is  prob- 
ably true  that  in  many  instances  such  decoration  of  rooms  is 
subject  to  just  criticism. 

Perhaps  the  pictures  are  too  small  for  the  space,  or  in- 
adequate in  carrying  p>ower  on  account  of  having  much  fine  detaul 
which  cannot  be  seen  at  a  distance;  or  pictures  that  hang  in 
balancing  spaces  are  of  widely  different  sizes,  giving  an  un- 
balanced look  to  the  decoration.     Such  errors,  and  many  others 


Boor 


i^:?°bi  ^ 


FIG.  4.    SCHEME  FOR  SCHOOL  ROOM  D^XORATION 

32 


have  come  about  because  no  systematic  plan  for  the  decoration  of 
the  room  has  been  made  at  the  start  and  the  work  has  been 
carried  on  in  a  haphazard  way. 

There  is  no  soimd  reason  why  plans  for  the  decoration  of 
a  school  room  should  not  be  devised  in  advance, — the  spaces  on 
walls  considered,  and  the  pictures  selected  with  due  attention  to 
appropriateness  to  grade  and  studies  taught  in  the  room. 

To  meet  this  necessity  a  simple  method  of  making  plans 
for  systematic  school  room  decoration  has  been  devised  by  the 
Elson  Art  Publication  Co.,  Inc.,  of  Belmont,  Mass. 

One  such  plan  is  shown  in  illustration  on  page  32.  The 
scale  sheets,  with  illustrations  of  pictures  made  to  the  same  scale 
as  the  sheets,  may  be  obtairjed  from  them.  With  this  material, 
and  the  directions  accompanying  them,  anyone  can  make  the 
necessary  plans  with  very  little  labor  and  without  any  expert 
knowledge  of  plan  making. 


93 


THE  SCHOOL  BUILDING 

GENERAL    CHARACTER 

A  principle  of  architecture  generally  recognized  is  that  a 
building  should  express  by  its  general  character  the  purpose  for 
which  it  is  erected,  a  principle  very  applicable  to  school  build- 
ings because  it  is  so  easy  to  comply  with  this  requirement.  The 
school  building  should  be  simple,  dignified  and  plain  and  should 
be  built  of  the  most  enduring  materials  procurable;  first,  because 
this  contributes  to  its  safety,  permanence  and  endurance,  and 
second,  because  the  true  character  of  the  building  will  be  best 
expressed  through  such  materials.  If  at  all  possible,  not  only 
the  exterior  but  the  interior  walls  should  be  made  of  masonry 
construction.  The  building  should  be  as  near  absolutely  fire- 
proof as  possible  and  in  case  it  is  more  than  one  story  in  height, 
it  will  be  found  that  the  difference  in  p>ercentage  of  cost  between 
a  combustible  building  and  a  fireproof  building,  at  the  present 
time,  is  very  small  indeed.  There  is  practically  no  dissent  at 
the  present  time  from  the  view  that  in  every  school  building  the 
corridors,  stairways,  entrances,  etc.,  must  be  absolutely  fireproof 
and  that  emergency  exits,  also  fireproof,  must  be  provided.  To 
insist  upon  less  severe  requirements  means  to  endanger  the  lives 
of  pupils  for  a  very  niggardly  saving  of  exp>ense  which  can  be 
justified  upon  no  grounds  whatever. 

EDUCATIONAL  PLAN 

The  design  of  school  buildings,  particularly  hi^  schools, 
is  of  course  dependent  uf>on  the  educational  policy  employed  in 
the  city  where  the  building  is  located.  The  educational  methods 
in  grade  schools  throughout  the  United  States  are  practically 
uniform,  but  in  high  schools  there  are  at  least  two  well  defined 
plans  which  differ  from  each  other  very  widely.  The  first  plan 
is  to  so  arrange  the  building  that  all  of  the  pupils  are  at  all 

94 


times  separated  into  classes  and  occupying  class  rooms.  At  the 
end  of  the  recitation  period,  or  study  period,  as  the  case  may  be, 
the  pupils  move  from  the  class  rooms  in  which  they  have  been 
during  the  last  period  to  the  room  which  they  are  to  occupy 
during  the  next  period. 

In  the  second  educational  scheme,  large  study  rooms  are 
provided  in  which  pupils  who  are  not  actually  engaged  in  reci- 
tations are  required  to  spend  their  time,  and  at  the  end  of  the 
various  periods  the  pupils  leave  the  study  rooms  to  go  to  their 
various  recitation  rooms,  and  the  pupils  who  have  been  in  reci- 
tation return  to  the  study  rooms.  In  some  schools  separate  study 
rooms  are  required  for  each  class,  one  for  freshmen,  one  for 
sophomores,  etc.  In  other  buildings  one  study  room  is  provided 
for  freshmen  and  sophomores  and  a  second  room  for  juniors  and 
seniors.  The  adherents  of  both  of  these  general  schemes  are 
pronounced  in  favor  of  their  own  particular  arrangement,  and 
undoubtedly  there  are  advantages  on  both  sides.  In  general, 
however,  it  may  be  said  that,  particularly  in  states  like  Ohio, 
where  the  laws  require  20  square  feet  of  floor  space  for  each 
high  school  pupil,  the  study  rooms  for  Ohio  high  schools  must 
be  of  relatively  enormous  size,  and  there  is  sure  to  be  con- 
siderable waste  space  in  the  building  because  of  the  fact  that  it 
is  almost  impossible  to  estimate  accurately  the  proper  size  of  the 
study  rooms.  Owing  to  this  fact,  the  common  practice  is  to 
make  study  rooms  larger  than  need  be,  resulting  usually  in  a 
considerable  amount  of  waste  space.  In  the  plan  where  the 
pupils  are  at  all  times  kept  in  separate  class  rooms  there  need  be 
no  waste  space  at  all,  as  the  class  rooms  are  provided  sufficient 
in  number  and  size  to  accommodate  the  entire  enrollment  of  the 
school. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  study  room  scheme  has  an  economic 
advantage  in  one  respect, — one  teacher  is  able  in  the  large  room 
to  supervise  during  the  study  period  the  maximum  number  of 
pupils.  As  this  question  is  one  of  educational  administration  it 
is  only  necessary  to  be  referred  to  here  for  its  bearing  on  the 
architectural   design   of   the   building.      No   architect   can   intel- 

35 


ligently  design  a  high  school  building  until  he  is  personally 
familiar  with  the  educational  methods  to  be  employed  in  the 
building  itself. 

THE    BUILDING   SITE 

There  are  but  few  cities  in  the  United  States  in  which  it 
is  not  possible  to  obtain  abundance  of  ground  for  school  build- 
ings in  any  part  of  the  city.  In  the  cities  referred  to  the  con- 
ditions must,  of  course,  be  met  as  they  exist  and  fortunately  our 
largest  cities  are  producing  admirable  results  even  under  the  con- 
ditions referred  to.  Everywhere  else  suitable  grounds  may  be 
obtained  for  any  building  to  be  erected,  and  the  latter  should  be 
set  as  far  from  streets  and  adjoinimg  buildings  as  possible,  thus 
ensuring  ( 1 )  an  abundance  of  free  air  to  circulate  all  about 
it,  (2)  clear  light  so  that  every  room  in  the  building  may  be 
properly  lighted,  and  (3)  the  absence  of  dust  and  noise. 
Various  rules  have  been  laid  down  for  the  proper  distance  to  be 


'UGET  ^VND 


The  Stawr  ^Vicmny 

iERjcK  Heath  -Architect 
L.A.>ricR©i,seN  •  Engineer, 

WAi.H. 


One  of   the  most   magnificent  school   sites  in   the  world. 
37 


left  between  a  school  building  and  any  adjoining  buildings,  some 
maintaining  that  a  line  drawn  from  the  foot  of  the  wall  of  the 
school  building  to  the  top  of  the  nearest  structure  should  cover 
an  angle  not  more  than  30  degrees  with  the  horizontal.  The 
Ohio  law  allows  45  degrees.  In  any  case  it  is  absolutely  es- 
sential that  play  grounds  surrounding  schools  should  be  ample 
and  well  cared  for. 

PLAY    GROUNDS 

Many  teachers  connected  with  the  play  ground  associa- 
tions of  the  large  cities  are  emphatic  in  their  statements  that  prop- 
erly conducted  play  grounds  are  powerful  factors  in  the  moral 
and  mental  development  of  school  children.  It  is  a  common 
saying  that  Americans,  as  a  people,  take  life  too  seriously,  and 
the  utmost  care  should  be  exercised  to  prevent  this  condition  in 
school  children  by  definite  provisions  for  recreation,  especially  as 
the  curriculum  in  our  city  schools  is  already  exacting  and  be- 
coming more  so. 

These  Playground  Associations  are  doing  wonderful  work 
in  developing  public  sentiment  in  favor  of  systematic  playground 
work  and  facilities;  these  playgrounds  serving  as  social  centers, 
open  to  those  who  need  them,  at  all  hours  and  the  year  around. 
School  gardens,  both  for  agriculture  and  horticulture  are  also 
features  of  many  recent  school  plants.  We  are  not  here  con- 
cerned with  these  features  except  in  so  far  as  they  affect  school 
buildings  and  equipment. 

ORIENTATION 

Owing  to  the  fact  that  streets  in  many  of  our  cities  run 
North  and  South  or  East  and  West,  it  is  usually  necessary  to 
set  the  buildings  parallel  with  the  streets,  but  this  arrangement  is 
not  as  good  as  that  which  admits  of  setting  the  school  building 
at  an  angle  with  the  North  and  South  direction  so  that  in  all 
seasons  of  the  year  every  room  in  the  building  will  at  some  time 
during  the  day  receive  direct  sunlight.  Medical  authorities  agree 
that  the  spread  of  many  forms  of  disease  can  be  arrested  by  an 
abvindance  of  sunlight.     While  trees  beautify  the  surroundings 

38 


of  the  school  building,  care  should  be  exercised  not  to  have  them 
close  enough  to  the  building  to  interfere  with  the  perfect  light- 
ing of  every  room. 

Where  it  is  necessary  to  arrange  school  buildings  parallel 
with  North  and  South  lines,  it  is  wise,  if  possible,  to  have  most 
of  the  windows  on  the  East  and  West  facades,  thus  avoiding  a 
part  of  the  heat  and  glare  of  direct  Southern  exposure. 

FOUNDATIONS   AND    BASEMENT 

The  foundation  of  every  school  building  should  be  abun- 
dantly waterproofed,  an  item  in  building  construction  which  until 
recent  years  has  not  received  very  great  attention,  but  which  now 
is  so  thoroughly  worked  out  that  the  basement  may  easily  be 
made  moisture  proof  at  slight  expense.  In  the  smaller  school 
buildings  of  the  country,  basement  stories  are  usually  made  use 
of  not  only  for  heating  equipment,  but  for  play  rooms,  etc.,  and 
in  such  cases  it  is  only  necessary  to  provide  that  all  such  rooms 
shall  be  clean,  well  lighted  and  hygenic  in  character.  But  in 
the  larger  and  better  class  of  buildings,  economic  considerations 
and  the  desire  to  avoid  going  up  in  the  air  with  several  stories, 
often  renders  it  advisable  to  make  use  of  the  basement  for  actual 
school  purposes,  in  which  case  every  rule  which  applies  to  the 
prop>er  design  of  school  rooms  in  any  other  story  applies  also 
to  the  basement. 

NUMBER  OF   STORIES 

There  has  been  a  remarkable  change  in  public  sentiment 
in  recent  years  regarding  the  number  of  stories  admissible  in  a 
prop>erly  designed  school  building,  and  it  may  safely  be  said  that 
there  is  a  strong  sentiment  against  having  more  than  two  stories 
above  the  basement,  except  where  necessity  demands  it.  In 
many  cases  the  basement  story  is  made  the  same  height  as  other 
stories,  the  basemen't  floor  being  placed  at  the  ground  level  or  a 
very  slight  distance  below  it.  In  some  of  our  largest  cities  where 
suitable  sites  carmot  be  procured,  it  becomes  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  erect  buildings  three  and  even  more  stories  in  height,  but 

40 


such  design  is  inexcusable  under  other  conditions,  and  indeed 
some  of  the  buildings  referred  to  contain  elevators  for  the  use  of 
pupils.  There  can  be  no  debating  the  prop>osition  that,  on 
hygienic  grounds,  school  buildings  should  not  exceed  two  stories 
above  basement  unless  elevators  are  provided  for  the  use  of  at 
least  female  pupils.  Serious  troubles  may  be  brought  upon 
young  growing  girls  by  too  frequent  climbing  of  stairs  and  there 
is,  of  course,  an  added  danger  in  case  of  fire  or  panic. 

ATTIC 

The  attic  of  a  school  building  should  be  floored  with  a 
tight  floor,  not  only  because  of  the  convenience  of  access  to  all 
paits  of  the  building,  but  also  to  prevent  an  undue  radiation  of 
heat  from  the  school  rooms  in  winter  and  the  sup>er-heating  of 
school  rooms  in  the  upper  story  in  warm  weather.  In  any  case 
the  greatest  care  must  be  exercised  in  all  parts  of  the  attic  to 
provide  against  fire  and  to  give  the  attic  space  suitable  ventila- 
tion. 

ROOFS 

It  will  hardly  be  denied  that  there  is  a  substantial  pref- 
erence in  favor  of  flat  roofs  for  school  buildings.  While  it  can 
not  be  denied  that  many  beautiful  effects  are  obtained  by  the 
use  of  pitched  roofs — especially  in  cases  where  tile  and  other 
ornamental  coverings  are  used,  it  must  be  granted  that  money  so 
expended  can  often  be  used  to  better  advantage  elsewhere  in  the 
building.  It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  flat  roofs  are  rjot  only 
more  economically  constructed,  but  seldom  cause  terrible  leakage 
or  expense  for  repairs.  In  the  larger  cities  they  are  also  used  as 
playgrounds. 

ENTRANCES  AND   EXITS 

No  school  building  should  be  constructed  having  less  than 
two  large  entrances  and  exits,  and  all  entrances  and  exits  should 
be  fireproofed.  It  is  perhaps  safe  to  say  that  no  school  build- 
ing can  have  too  liberal  provision  of  entrances  and  exits.  No 
set  rule  can  be  laid  down  for  the  dimensions  for  such  portions  of 

41 


Example   of    fireproof    "smoke   partitions,  "    between    stairways    and    cor- 
ridors,  required   by    the   Ohio   Code. 

the  building  without  knowing  the  magnitude,  and  capacity  of  the 
building  in  which  they  occur,  but  if  builders  are  Hberal  to  the 
point  of  extravagance  in  this  regard  it  must  be  remembered  that 
they  are  thereby  only  adding  to  the  safety  of  the  building. 
Steps  entering  school  buildings  should  always  be  placed  on  the 
inside  of  the  building.  All  vestibules  should  be  large  and 
roomy  to  provide  shelter  for  the  children  and  to  prevent  the 
interior  corridors  from  direct  contact  with  the  outside  weather. 
Every  entrance  should  have  a  suitable  lobby  with  inner  and 
outer  doors  to  protect  the  interior  of  the  building  from  draughts 
and  storm.  All  vestibule  corridors  and  stairways  in  every  school 
building  should  be  carefully  and  abundantly  lighted  by  direct 
light  from  outdoors,  and  long  narrow  corridors  in  every  case 
should  be  avoided.  In  many  of  the  states,  laws  now  require  that 
all  doors  throughout  public  buildings  shall  open  outward,  and  in 
any  case  this  rule  should  be  adhered  to  in  school  buildings. 

42 


CORRIDORS 

Main  corridors  should  be  at  least  8  feet  wide  and  in  build- 
ings of  eight  rooms  or  larger,  10  feet  should  be  the  minimum 
width.  Secondary  corridors  may  be  eight  feet  or  wider,  and  all 
corridors  should  be  as  straight  and  as  perfectly  lighted  as  pos- 
sible.    See  the  Boston  requirements,  and  the  Ohio  Code. 

STAIRWAYS 

The  simplest  standards  of  common  sense  dictate  that  every 
school  building  should  contain  at  least  two  stairways,  and  there 
is  a  growing  demand  that  all  stairways  must  be  fireproof,  but 
it  is  not  enough  simply  to  require  that  there  be  two  stairways. 
It  must  also  be  required  that  they  be  so  placed  in  the  building 
that  in  case  one  becomes  stopped  up,  because  of  lire  or  panic, 
the  other  stairway  will  not  be  affected  thereby.  It  is  the  height 
of  bad  design  to  have  the  two  stairways  terminate  in  one  hall  in 
the  center  of  the  building.  In  case  the  building  is  more  than 
two  stories  high  both  stairways  should  be  carried  from  the  bot- 
tom of  the  building  to  the  top.  Whether  the  stairways  are  fire- 
proof or  not,  they  should  be  enclosed  in  absolutely  fireproof 
masonry  walls  from  top  to  bottom,  and  in  non-fireproof  build- 
intgs  there  should  be  direct  access  from  the  stairway  enclosure  to 
the  ground,  regardless  of  the  connections  between  the  stairways 
and  the  interior  portions  of  the  building.  Large  windows  should 
also  be  provided  on  the  stair  landings,  being  accessible  from  the 
landings  themselves,  thus  reducing  the  risk  of  panic,  and  crowding 
in  the  stairways,  not  only  by  providing  an  abundance  of  light  but 
a  means  of  egress  from  the  building  in  case  of  emergency.  Cir- 
cular or  angle  steps  should  never  be  permitted  in  a  school  build- 
ing under  any  circumstances. 

In  case  stairways  are  built  fireproof,  they  should  be  con- 
structed of  iron  or  steel,  with  treads  of  slate,  marble  or  cement, 
or  treads  of  cast  iron,  containing  an  inserted  tread  of  lead 
similar  to  the  Mason  Safety  tread.  A  simple  form  of  iron  or 
steel  stairway  can  be  constructed  at  a  very  slight  increase  in 
cost  over  the  ordinary  type  of  stairway,   all   items   considered. 

43 


Ideal  Staicway 
Double    Widxh 


Ideal   Staisway 
Single   Width 


Details    of  Stairways 


FIG.  5- 

There  is  considerable  difference  of  opinion  regarding  the  cor- 
rect width  for  stairways,  but  there  is  comparative  agreement  that 
the  maximum  width  of  steps  between  raihngs  should  not  exceed 
five  feet.  In  other  words,  if  a  flight  of  stairs  must  be  8  or  10 
feet  in  width,  it  should  be  separated  in  the  middle  by  a  balustrade 
consisting  of  an  iron  railing  and  screen  between  the  railings  and 
steps,  thus  making  an  equivalent  of  two  stairways  in  one.  In 
case  this  arrangement  is  followed  an  iron  rail  should  continue 
around  the  platform  as  shown  in  figure  (5).  It  is  well  to  avoid 
more  than  two  runs  of  steps  between  one  floor  and  the  next,  and 
never  to  permit  a  single  stair  run  without  a  landing.  In  the  best 
design  the  two  runs  should  be  in  reverse  directions,  and  so 
designed  that  there  is  no  opening  or  well  left  between  the  runs. 
The  landings  of  stairways  and  the  spaces  at  bottom  and  top  of 
same  should  always  be  liberal,  and  many  authorities  recommend 
the  filling  out  of  square  corners  as  shown  in  figure  (5).  The 
height  of  risers  in  school  stairways  should  never  exceed  7  inches, 
and  from  6  inches  to  6|/2  inches  is  much  better  practice.  See 
the  Boston  and  Ohio  Codes. 

FLOORS 

It  is  almost  generally  conceded  that  for  finishing  floors  of 
school  rooms  maple  is  preferable  to  all  other  woods  because  of 
its  toughness  and  the  closeness  of  its  grain.  While  it  is  not  as 
hard  as  oak,  yet  the  latter  is  much  more  objectionable  because 


44 


FIG.  6, 


of  its  open  grain.  Rift  sawed  Georgia  pine  has  also  been  used 
extensively  for  school  room  floors,  but,  in  case  the  maple  cannot 
be  procured  to  advantage,  the  writer  prefers  to  finish  school  room 
floors  with  plastic  cement  of  which  there  are  several  first  class 
brands  on  the  market.  These  are  especially  fine  for  corridors 
and  toilet  rooms  where  money  is  not  available  for  tile  or  marble. 
These  cements  are  fireproof  and  do  not  produce  any  dust  from 
the  friction  of  human  feet,  such  as  is  the  case  with  ordinary 
cement  floors.  Further,  seats  or  furniture  may  be  fastened  to 
the  floor  in  same  manner  as  on  wood  flooring  and  all  cracks 
end  unhygienic  features  are  absolutely  removed.  But  best  of  all, 
by  the  use  of  such  materials  for  flooring,  it  is  possible  to  make  a 
cove  and  base  cor.'linuous  with  the  floor,  as  showTi  in  figure  (6), 
thus  rendering  the  floor  one  of  the  sanitary  features  of  the  school 
cove  and  base  continuous  with  the  floor,  as  shown  in  figure  (6), 
For  soundproofing  of  floors  in  non-fireproof  buildings  the  writer 
usually  follows  the  plan  indicated  in  figure  (6),  from  which  it 
will  be  seen  that  an  air  space  is  provided  between  the  sub-floor 
and  finishing  floor,  which  with  an  abundance  of  deadening  felt 
should  be  almost  impervious  to  the  passage  of  ordinary  school 
room  sounds. 


PLASTERING 


The  plastering  used  in  school  buildings  should  be  what  is 
known  as  hard  or  cement  plaster  finished  with  smooth  white  coat 


45 


HxAMPLElS  OF  MoDE-RM 

Scheme  No  5  Coat  Rocm  ARRANGEMErnr,s 

FIG.  7. 

Figure  7  illustrates  four  coat  room  schemes  all  in  common  use.  Ad- 
vantages are  claimed  for  each  one.  In  fireproof  buildings  perhaps  scheme 
No.  3  is  most  used  because  of  economy.  Of  the  others,  the  author  prefers 
scheme  No.  2. 

to  be  decorated  with  paint.     Corners  of  walls  and  ceilings  should 

be  concave   and   all    fancy   cornices,   moldings,    etc.,    should  be 

avoided.     No  school  surfaces  should  be  covered  with  wall  paper 

or  finished  with  a  rough  surface  which  would  prevent  washing  or 

wiping   down   the  walls   at    frequent   periods   during   the   school 

year,  if  advisable. 

WAINSCOTING 

.Wainscoting   should   never   be   used   in   a   school   building 
unless  money   enough   is   available   to   render   it  possible   to   use 
glazed  brick  or  tile.     Wainscoting  of  wood  is  unsanitary,  soon 
becomes  unsightly  and  also  increases  fire  risk. 
COAT    ROOMS 

There  is  perhaps  no  feature  of  school  design  upon  which 
there  is,  at  the  present  day,  a  greater  divergence  of  opinion  than 
^e  question  of  coat  rooms.      It  is  generally  conceded  that  in 


Co«T  Rack  — 

dEAT 


^ 


1 


B-5'  Book  Shelved 

C     =  Te  AC  HERVS  CLOSET 

HT-  Heat  Inlet 


FIG.  8. 


Figure  8  illustrates  a  type  of  coat  closet,  which  is  hardly  a  coal  room, 
but  is  more  like  a  coat  rack  or  wardrobe.  It  consists  of  a  rack  or  frame- 
work about  eight  feet  high,  erected  about  five  feet  away  from  the  wall  con- 
taining heat  and  vent  registers. 

The  back  or  wall  side  of  this  rack  contains  hooks  for  clothing,  but  no 
doors  or  covering  for  same.  The  front  or  room  side  of  the  rack  may  be 
covered  with  blackboard,  may  contain  shelves  for  books,  or  both  blackboard 
and  shelves  as  shown. 

Admirers  of  this  scheme  claim  many  advantages  for  it,  but  chiefly  that 
it  enables  teachers  to  have  surveillance  of  the  coat  room  space  without  leav- 
ing the  school  room.  To  offset  this  and  other  advantages  claimed,  however, 
it  must  be  granted  that  the  scheme  is  unsightly,  unsanitary,  wasteful  of  spacs 
and  more  expensive  than  any  other  coat  hanging  scheme  above  described. 

primary  and  grammar  school  buildings  the  coat  room  should  be 
connected  with  the  school  room;  but  some  authorities  hold  that 
there  should  be  tight  doors  between  coat  rooms  and  school  rooms, 
while  other  authorities  contend  that  there  should  be  only  open- 
ings between  the  two.  These  people  hold  that  the  foul  air,  in 
finding  its  way  to  the  vent  stacks,  should  proceed  from  the 
school  room  into  the  coat  room  and  thence  out  through  the  vents 
to  the  roof.  Under  this  plan  there  is  no  access  direct  from  the 
coat  room  to  the  corridor.  Other  authorities  prefer  connection 
between  the  coat  room  and  corridor,  and  a  separate  ventilating 
system  for  the  coat  rooms  from  that  which  serves  the  school 
rooms.  Still  other  authorities  recommend  a  system  of  large 
closets  in  connection  with  the  school  rooms  themselves,  as  shown 
in  scheme  (3),  the  door  of  the  coat  closet  consisting  of  a  roll- 
ing or  sliding  partition  which  is  lowered  to  the  floor  after  the 
wraps  are  in  place,  this  partition  containing  vent  registers  at  the 


47 


bottom.  In  any  case  it  may  be  said  that  the  minimum  size  for 
a  coat  room  adjoining  a  standard  class  room  should  be  125 
square  feet  floor  space  and  that  coat  room  must,  if  possible,  be 
well  lighted  and  in  every  case  thoroughly  ventilated.  In  build- 
ings above  the  grammer  grades  the  almost  universal  practice,  at 
the  present  day,  is  to  provide  separate  coat  rooms  not  located  in 
connection  with  the  school  rooms  which  they  serve,  and  in  the 
better  buildings  lockers  are  provided  for  the  use  of  each  pupil,  the 
entire  system  of  coat  rooms  being  included  in  the  system  of  forced 
ventilation  in  the  building. 

TYPES    OF    SCHOOL    BUILDINGS 

In  villages  and  in  many  cities  below  the  first  class,  all  the 
grades  including  high  school  have  been  provided  for  in  one  build- 
ing. Just  now  however,  there  is  a  strong  movement  toward  hous- 
ing schools  in  buildings  designed  and  equipped  for  the  specialized 
work  of  each  school.  Even  towns  and  villages  are  now  erecting 
primary,  intermediate,  technical  and  high  schools  of  admirable 
types  and  complete  equipment.  Examples  of  all  these  types  are 
found  in  the  illustrated  section  of  this  work. 

The  growth  of  manual  training  schools  is  now  phenomenal. 
It  is  only  about  thirty-five  years  since  the  first  such  school  was 
established  by  the  city  of  St.  Louis,  and  that  in  connection  with 
Washington  University.  The  McKinley  High  School,  St. 
Louis,  erected  in  1902,  is  probably  the  earliest  type  of  our 
present  day  technical  high  schools.  Today  magnificent  institu- 
tions of  this  type  are  found  in  all  sections  of  the  country,  some 
of  the  best  of  which  are  illustrated  in  the  following  pages. 

Methods  of  instruction  in  all  secondary  schools  have  been 
profoundly  influenced,  of  late  years,  toward  the  natural  sciences, 
and  college  entrance  requirements  have  been  extended  to  include 
laboratory  work  in  these  sciences.  No  longer  is  education  wholly 
a  text  book  affair.  Now  the  student  is  put  in  touch  with  first- 
hand materials  of  knowledge,  and  guided  and  stimulated  to  make 
over  these  crude  facts  into  real  practical  demonstrated  knowledge 
for  himself. 

48 


Following  out  this  tendency,  there  is  a  very  new  movement 
— probably  the  most  recent  and  striking  in  the  public  educational 
world — for  the  establishment  of  Junior  high  schools,  at  first  at- 
tempted merely  to  relieve  congestion  in  high  schools  and  eighth 
grades,  but  finding  almost  instant  favor  in  many  localities. 

The  Junior  high  school  is  merely  a  school  comprising  the 
first  year  high  school,  or  ninth  grade,  the  eighth  grade  and  some- 
times the  seventh  grade  in  a  separate  institution  or  classification; 
housed  by  itself,  equipped  like  a  high  school,  and  the  system  of 
instruction  modeled  on  high  school  lines.  In  many  cities  of  the 
second  class,  having  but  one  central  high  school,  the  Junior  high 
school  offers  an  admirable  plan  for  extending  the  high  school 
training  over  a  much  wider  field  without  crowding  in  either 
branch  of  the  work. 

Prof.  Edward  L.  Thorndyke  of  Columbia  University,  is 
authority  for  the  statement  that  out  of  100  average  pupils  who 
enter  public  schools,  90  finish  the  fourth  year,  81  the  fifth  year, 
68  the  sixth  year,  54  the  seventh  year,  40  the  eighth  year,  27 
the  first  year  high  school,  I  7  the  second  year,  1  2  the  third  year, 
and  only  8  the  fourth  year  of  high  school.  These  figures  were 
based  on  official  data  in  New  England  cities  of  25,000  or  ro<5rf 
inhabitants.  Only  40  per  cent  finished  the  eighth  grade,  and  only 
eight  p>er  cent  finished  the  high  school.  Assuming  these  figures 
reasonably  correct  with  reference  to  the  whole  country,  it  is 
evident  that  the  Junior  high  school  will  bring  high  school 
facilities  and  training  to  a  largely  increased  percentage  of  pupils, 
and  undoubtedly  also  serve  to  attract  many  more  to  continue 
through  the  senior  high  school  to  competition.  All  things  con- 
sidered it  would  seem  that  the  Junior  high  school  is  here  to  stay. 

All  of  the  movements  above  briefly  described,  give  rise  to 
the  insistent  demand  for  school  buildings  of  highly  specialized 
types,  designed  and  equipped  with  all  the  intelligence  and  care  of 
a  watch  factory  or  a  great  railway  terminal.  Many  of  the  best 
of  such  buildings  re  illustrated  in  the  follov^nng  pages,  but  a 
separate  and  much  more  detailed  work  would  be  needed  to 
handle  this  one  subject  adequately. 

49 


SPECIAL  ROOMS 

APPARATUS  ROOMS 

i  In  every  school  building  to  contain  any  considerable 
quantity  of  apparatus  such  as  high  school  buildings,  suitable 
rooms  should  be  provided  for  the  storage  and  care  of  such  ap- 
paratus, and  in  proportion  to  the  value  of  the  apparatus  is  it  im- 
portant that  such  rooms  should  be  fire-proof  and  fool-proof. 
They  should  be  provided  with  suitable  cases  in  which  the  ap- 
paratus may  be  protected  from  dust  and  interference,  the  cases 
being  furnished  with  lock  and  key  so  as  to  be  kept  under  the 
control  of  the  head  of  the  department  at  all  times.  It  is  always 
desirable  to  have  apparatus  rooms  connected  with  physical  and 
chemical  laboratories,  and  the  floor  area  of  same  should  equal 
about  one- fourth  to  one-third  that  of  the  laboratory. 

ASTRONOMY   ROOM 

High  schools  which  are  equipped  with  observatories  should 
have  a  small  room  adjacent  to  the  observatory  which  may  be 
heated  in  cold  weather,  as  the  observatory  itself  is  always  cold. 
This  room  may  also  contain  cases  for  small  instruments. 

ASSEMBLY  ROOMS  OR  AUDITORIUMS 
Two  different  systems  are  used  in  the  designing  of  Ameri- 
can high  school  buildings  with  regard  to  Assembly  Halls.  In 
some,  especially  those  located  in  small  cities  and  towns,  the  As- 
sembly Hall  is  intended  for  use  only  as  a  public  Auditorium,  in 
which  ample  stage  facilities  are  necessary  together  with  pro- 
vision for  stereopticon  entertainments,  and  in  which  audiences  of 
from  800  to  I  500  persons  may  be  seated.  In  other  buildings 
the  Assembly  Hall  partakes  more  of  the  nature  of  a  study  room, 
being  seated  wath  desks  and  intended  for  the  use  of  pupils  only. 
In  still  other  buildings  the  stage  equipment    is    provided    even 

51 


though  the  room  be  seated  with  desks  for  study  purposes,  and  in 
such  schools  the  Assembly  Hall  is  used  not  only  for  a  study 
room  but  also  for  such  literary  and  chaf)el  exercises  as  are  con- 
ducted for  or  by  the  pupils.  In  either  of  the  latter  schemes  the 
hall  must  be  large  enough  to  accommodate  all  pupils  of  that  build- 
ing at  one  sitting,  this  end  being  accomplished  by  different  means 
in  different  buildings. 

Under  the  present  heading,  reference  is  had  only  to  the 
room  intended  as  an  auditorium  in  which  no  desks  are  provided 
and  the  following  are  the  important  items  regarding  same.  Such 
rooms  should  never  be  placed  higher  than  the  second  floor  of  a 
building  and  never  lower  than  the  first  floor,  provided  the  base- 
ment floor  is  below  the  ground,  a  "ground  floor"  Assembly  Hall 
being  favored  by  all  authorities  and  required  by  law  in  some 
states.  If  galleries  are  used,  entrance  to  the  same  may  be  had 
from  the  second  floor.  Auditoriums  in  school  buildings  should 
be  provided  with  a  stage  as  high  as  possible  and  at  least  1 5  feet 
in  depth  behind  the  curtain  and  should  be  equipped  with  a  rig- 
ging loft,  dressing  rooms  and  a  small  amount  of  drop  scenery  and 
curtains,  much  the  same  as  may  be  found  in  theaters.  The 
larger  and  more  elaborate  the  Auditorium,  the  more  liberal  and 
better  equipped  should  be  the  stage.  The  floors  of  school 
Auditoriums  are  almost  invariably  made  level,  or  at  least  with 
very  slight  incline,  no  attempt  being  made  to  copy  theaters  in 
this   regard. 

Direct  current  outlet  contained  in  an  iron  box  should  be 
located  in  gallery  to  supply  light  for  lanterns,  and  a  white  curtain 
may  well  be  included  in  the  equipment  of  the  stage  for  the  same 
purpose.  An  eimple  switchboard  should  be  provided  on  the 
stage  by  which  every  light  in  the  Auditorium  may  be  controlled 
at  will,  both  separately  and  as  a  whole,  and  the  stage  should  be 
lighted  with  foot  lights,  borders,  etc.,  in  much  the  same  manner 
as  the  stage  of  a  small  theatre,  all  being  controlled  from  the 
switchboard. 

Means  of  exit  must  be  provided  directly  from  the  Audi- 
torium to  the  ground  outside  regardless  of  exits  provided  inside 

54 


of   the   building,    and   no   Auditorium    should    be   placed    high 
enough  above  ground  to  render  this  impossible. 

BALANCE   ROOM 

In  the  larger  and  more  complete  high  schools  a  small  room 
is  provided  in  connection  with  physical  laboratory  in  which 
delicate  balances  are  kept  in  cases  for  experimental  purposes. 
These  rooms  need  not  be  larger  than  50  square  feet  area. 

BATH   ROOMS 

Every  school  building  containing  a  gymnasium  should  have 
shower  baths,  arranged  in  separate  groups  for  the  exclusive  use  of 
each  sex.  Probably  the  best  type  bath  stall  is  the  double  stall 
arrangement  illustrated  in  chapter  on  Sanitation,  consisting  of  an 
outer  stall  with  corner  seat  to  serve  as  dressing  room,  and  an 
inner  stall  containing  the  shower,  A  curtain  at  the  outside  door 
renders  both  stalls  private,  so  the  bather  is  protected  until  rubbed 
down  and  robed.  The  number  of  bath  rooms  dei)ends  of  course 
on  the  size  of  the  school  enrollment,  and  the  space  available. 
One  bath  for  each  fifty  pupils  is  a  fair  equipment. 

Bath  rooms  should  be  in  immediate  communication  with 
the  gymnasium,  locker  rooms  and  toilet  rooms. 

BIOLOGICAL  ROOMS 
In  the  better  high  schools  biological  rooms  consist  of  a 
pupil's  laboratory,  a  private  laboratory  for  the  instructor,  a  dark 
room  and  apparatus  room  all  of  which  are  described  under  their 
several  headings  below.  The  biological  laboratory  should  be 
abundantly  lighted  and  equipped  with  cabinet  desks  containing 
a  drawer  for  each  pupil  having  the  use  of  such  desk,  also  glass 
cases  for  specimens,  and  also  containing  suitable  demonstration 
table,  preferably  with  slate  top,  and  instructor's  desk.  Equip>- 
ment  of  private  laboratory  and  apparatus  room  may  be  made 
as  simple  or  elaborate  as  available  finances  will  permit.  The 
size  of  biological  or  other  laboratories  is  dependent  upon  the 
number  of  pupils  required  to  use  them.  If  the  building  con- 
tains a  conservatory  it  should  adjoin  the  biological  laboratory. 

55 


BICYCLE    ROOM 

In  cities  and  towns  where  bicycles  are  used  to  any  extent 
it  is  advantageous  to  have  provision  in  school  buildings  for  a 
bicycle  room  containing  permanent  bicycle  racks,  and  a  bicycle 
run  from  ground  level  down  to  the  room.  Such  rooms  should  be 
provided  with  substantial  locks. 

BOARD  ROOM 

In  many  places  it  is  necessary  to  provide  rooms  in  the 
school  building  for  the  use  of  the  Board  of  Education,  the  size 
of  which  should  be  proportioned  to  the  number  of  members  on 
the  board.  Such  rooms  should  always  be  provided  with  private 
toilet  rooms,  and  if  p)ossible  a  telephone  closet  and  fireproof 
vault.  If  the  Clerk  of  the  Board  is  a  permanent  employe,  who 
devotes  his  entire  time  to  the  work  of  the  Board,  an  additiorjal 
work  room  should  be  provided  for  his  use  having  abundant  light, 
access  to  the  vault  and  toilets. 

BOILER   ROOM 

The  boiler  room  for  school  buildings  should  if  possible  al- 
ways be  located  outside  of  the  main  building.  In  case  this  is 
impossible  the  floor  above  boiler  room  should  be  made  both  fire- 
proof and  heat-proof  regardless  of  the  construction  of  the  balance 
of  the  building.  Boiler  rooms  must  always  be  at  least  twice 
the  length  of  the  boilers  themselves  to  provide  for  cleaning  flues, 
and  in  case  fuel  is  also  contained  in  the  same  room  abundant 
provision  must  be  made  for  storing  same.  No  boiler  room  should 
be  less  than  1 2  ft.  clear  height  and  considerably  more  height 
is    advisable. 

BOTANICAL   ROOMS 

The  botanical  rooms  may  be  practically  the  same  as  the 
biological  rooms.  In  many  high  schools  the  same  group  of  rooms 
are  used  for  both  subjects.  It  is  very  desirable  to  have  a  con- 
servatory in  connection  with  the  botanical  rooms. 

56 


BUSINESS   DEPARTMENT 

The  Business  Department  in  high  schools  should  contain  at 
least  three  rooms,  one  each  for  bookkeeping,  shorthand  and  type- 
writing. Ordinarily  the  room  for  bookkeeping  is  made  the  size 
of  an  ordinary  school  room  and  the  other  two  rooms  about  one- 
half  this  size.  The  rooms  for  shorthand  and  tyf>ewriting  may  be 
separated  simply  by  a  glass  partition,  and  be  so  located  that  one 
instructor  may  oversee  both  rooms.  The  three  rooms  of  this  de- 
partment should  be  well  lighted,  located  en  suite,  and  in  the  more 
elaborate  buildings  may  also  be  supplied  with  an  additional 
small  room  for  the  instructor's  private  use. 

CHEMISTRY  ROOMS 
Rooms  for  the  study  of  chemistry  in  high  schools  include 
lecture  room,  laboratory,  apparatus  room,  balance  room  and 
dark  room.  The  size  of  the  lecture  room  and  class-room  is  de- 
pendent on  the  number  of  students  required  to  use  them,  and  the 
other  rooms  proportioned  thereto.  The  equipment  of  the  labo- 
ratory may  be  as  elaborate  and  complete  as  finances  will  admit, 
but  in  any  case  it  is  advisable  to  use  work  tables  having  closed 


Chemical    Laboratory,    Emerson 
Crose    Photo    Co. 


School,    Gary,    Ind.      Copyright    1911, 


57 


hoods  which  are  connected  with  suction  pipes  under  the  floor 
and  these,  in  turn,  with  vent  risers  in  the  walls  leading  to  an 
exhaust  fan  by  means  of  which  all  air  In  the  laboratory  may  be 
drawn  through  the  work  tables  and  forced  out  doors;  this  method 
of  ventilation  preventing  the  escape  of  foul  odors  into  the  build- 
ing. The  chemical  laboratory  should  also  be  provided  with  a 
floor  drain  readily  accessible  at  all  times. 

clerk's  office 

The  data  for  a  clerk's  office  may  be  found  under  the  head 
of  Board  Rooms. 

COAL   ROOM 

Coal  rooms  should  be  located  outside  of  building  if  possi- 
ble but  always  in  conjunction  with  boiler  or  furnace  room.  They 
should  be  large  enough  to  contain  not  less  than  a  half  season's 
supply  of  coal,  and  if  possible  a  supply  for  the  full  season. 

COAT   ROOMS 

This  topic  is  treated  in  conjunction  with  school  rooms  but 
as  here  employed  refers  to  those  rooms,  in  the  larger  high  school 
buildings,  which  are  centrally  located  and  Intended  to  contain 
the  wraps  for  an  entire  floor  or  any  other  large  number  of  pupils. 
Two  systems  prevail  in  this  regard,  one  being  the  use  of  steel 
or  other  closed  lockers,  each  pupil  being  provided  with  his  own 
locker  and  the  key  thereto;  and  the  other  system  consisting  of 
open  racks  in  which  the  wraps  are  allowed  to  hang  on  individual 
hooks  and  are  kept  under  the  espionage  only  of  the  janitor.  The 
users  of  both  systems  seem  to  be  satisfied,  so  that  it  is  largely  a 
matter  of  individual  choice. 

COMMERCIAL    ROOMS 
See  paragraph  on  Business  Rooms. 

CONSERVATORY 

In  large  and  elaborate  high  schools  a  conservatory  is  pro- 
vided in  connection  with  the  biological  or  botanical  laboratory. 

58 


TTiis  is  a  room  constructed  all  of  glass,  located  on  a  sunny  side 
of  the  building  and  so  arranged  with  piping  that  it  may  be  kept 
at  any  desired  degree  of  temperature  uniformly.  It  usually  con- 
tains an  aquarium  and  a  counter-table  under  the  windows  con- 
structed of  slate  and  supported  on  brass  pipe.  It  should  be 
separated  from  the  laboratory  by  a  partition  all  of  glass,  and 
the  frame  work  of  the  outside  should  be  constructed  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  highest  grade  hot-houses,  preferably  of  metal 
frame  with  glass  filling. 

director's  room 

In  connection  with  large  and  complete  gymnasiums,  at  least 
one  and  preferably  two  rooms  should  be  provided  for  the  per- 
sonal use  of  the  director,  this  room  being  connected  with  the 
gymnasium  itself  by  a  glass  door  or  partition  and  being  well 
lighted,  although  skylight  will  answer  for  this  purpose. 

DINING   ROOM 

In  buildings  containing  departments  of  domestic  science  a 
small  dining  room  is  desirable  in  connection  with  the  room  in 
which  cooking  experiments  are  conducted.  This  room  need  not 
be  large,  say  1  80  square  feet.      It  should  have  a  dish  cupboard. 


Dining   Room,   Emerson  School,   Gary,    Indiana. 
59 


DARK    ROOMS 

Dark  rooms  are  considered  one  of  the  essentials  of  moJcrn 
high  school  buildings  to  provide  for  photographic  work.  They 
may  be  very  small — not  over  fifty  square  feet  area — and  should 
be  provided  with  a  sink,  running  water  and  two  or  three  con- 
venient shelves.  The  chief  essential  of  these  rooms  is  that  they 
must  be  absolutely  dark,  be  painted  on  the  inside  with  dull  black 
paint  and  be  separated  from  any  outside  room  by  two  doors  or 
some  other  device  which  will  render  it  impossible  by  accident, 
or  otherwise,  for  any  daylight  to  be  admitted  into  the  room 
while  experiments  are  going  on. 

DOMESTIC   SCIENCE 

The  department  of  domestic  science  in  present  day  schools 
as  a  rule  comprises  two  departments  called  by  some  domestic 
economy  and  domestic  art,  the  former  consisting  of  a  depart- 
ment for  the  study  of  cooking  and  the  latter  for  the  study  of 
sewing,  etc.  The  room  for  domestic  economy  is  much  like  a 
laboratory,   and  its  size  will   be  dependent  upon  the  number  of 


Domestic    Science    Laboratory,    Emerson    School,    Gary,    Ind. 
60 


pupils  to  be  accommodated,  the  work  being  done  at  specially 
designed  tables  which  must  be  so  disp>osed  as  to  leave  abund- 
ance of  working  room  all  around  them.  Provision  must  be  made 
for  carrying  gas  supplies  to  each  table  and  plumbing  supplies 
to  each  sink,  and  in  addition,  a  general  sink  of  liberal  dimen- 
sions and  preferably  of  slate  or  soapstone  should  also  be  pro- 
vided. Ample  provision  must  be  made  for  cupboards  for  the 
storage  of  utensils,  dishes,  etc.,  and  it  is  advisable  if  possible  to 
provide  for  a  small  ice-box  for  the  preservation  of  food  supplies. 
The  room  for  domestic  art  or  sewing  seldom  needs  to  be 
larger  than  the  ordinary  school  room  unit  and  in  many  buildings 
only  half  this  area  is  ample.  The  chief  requirement  for  this 
room  is  an  abundance  of  light  and  ventilation. 

DRAWING    ROOMS 

Every  modern  high  school  must  make  provision  for  both 
free-hand  and  mechanical  drawing,  and  while  not  necessary,  it 
is  usually  advisable  that  the  rooms  for  these  two  departments 
shall  be  close  together  and  communicating.  A  first  requisite 
for  drawing  rooms  in  an  abundance  of  light,  preferably  north 
light,  but  skylight  is  also  acceptable,  especially  for  free-hand 
drawing.  Drawing  rooms  should  contain  cases  for  books,  studies 
and  models,  a  teacher's  desk  and  abundant  provision  for  drawing 
tables,  easels  and  chairs  or  stools.  The  room  for  free-hand 
drawing  should  contain  a  shelf  not  less  than  18  inches  wide  and 
about  2  feet  6  inches  above  the  floor,  and  also  a  second  shelf 
about  1 2  inches  wide  located  7  feet  or  8  feet  above  the  floor, 
both  shelves  extending  clear  around  the  room  except  where  win- 
dows and  doors  are  located.  The  wall  space  between  these 
two  shelves  should  be  covered  with  Compo  board  or  other  soft 
material  which  will  readily  take  thumb  tacks,  and  the  outside 
surface  of  same  should  then  be  covered  with  burlap  of  a  neutral 
tint. 

DRESSING    ROOMS 

Two,  and  preferably  four  small  dressing  rooms  should  be 
provided  in  connection  with  the  stage  of  auditoriums  or  assem- 

61 


23 


bly  halls,  and,  while  it  is  not  necessary,  it  is  nevertheless  advisable 
that  these  rooms  should  have  outside  light  and  ventilation  and 


stationary   lavatory   in   each   room.      Gas   lights   should   also   be 
provided  as  well  as  electric  lights.      See  Bath  Rooms. 

EMERGENCY    ROOMS 
See  Rest  Rooms. 

ENGINE  ROOM 
In  every  building  containing  machinery,  such  as  engines, 
dynamos,  etc.,  a  separate  room  or  rooms  must  be  provided  to 
contain  the  same  so  that  this  delicate  machinery  may  not  be  con- 
taminated with  the  dust  from  boiler  or  coal  rooms,  and  so  that 
all  machinery  units  may  be  kept  within  close  compass,  thus  being 
more  easily  attended  to  by  the  engineer.  The  electric  switch- 
board should  always  have  connection  by  telephone  or  speaking 
tube  with  the  office  of  the  principal  or  superintendent  of  the 
building.  The  engine  room  should  be  lighted  from  outdoors 
if  possible,  should  be  equipped  with  a  clock  containing  the  pro- 
graun  or  control  and  alarm  bell,  provided  the  same  are  used  else- 
where in  the  building.  The  engine  room  should  also  contain 
a  sink  and  water-closet  for  the  engineer's  use,  either  in  the  room 
itself  or  connected  directly  therewith. 

FAN  ROOM 
Where  blast  fans  are  used  for  heating  school  rooms,  ample 
provision  must  be  made  for  them  in  the  proper  location.  Most 
architects  err  in  locating  fan  rooms  by  not  providing  for  suffi- 
cient height  or  proper  means  of  obtaining  fresh  outside  air.  It 
is  always  wise  if  possible  to  have  fans  located  near  the  center 
of  the  building  so  that  the  work  to  be  done  will  be  symmetrically 
divided  on  both  sides  of  the   fan. 

FURNACE    ROOM 

The  general  requirements  of  furnace  rooms  are  similiar  to 
those  of  boiler  rooms  except  for  the  provision  regarding  cleaning 
of  flues,  but  abundance  of  space  should  be  left  in  front  of  fur- 
naces for  firing  space.  The  height  of  rooms  to  contain  hot  air 
furnaces  need  not  be  made  as  great  as  that  for  rooms  to  contain 
boilers. 

64 


GYMNASIUM 

Where  gymnasiums  are  used  in  school  buildings  it  is  safe 
to  figure  on  an  area  for  the  gymnasium  itself  of  about  8  or  10 
square  feet  per  pupil  in  the  building,  but  every  well  equipp>ed 
gymnasium  should  also  have  locker  rooms,  and  rooms  for  show^er 
baths  and  toilets  for  each  sex  in  addition  to  the  gymnasium  itself. 
The  height  of  a  gymnasium  should  be  not  less  than  20  feet  and 
should  be  made  25  feet  in  the  clear  if  possible.  It  is  impossi- 
ble to  lay  down  any  definite  rule  for  the  equipment  of  gymna- 
siums, locker  rooms,  etc.,  because  the  requirements  and  supply 
of  money  are  seldom  the  same  in  any  two  cases.  Elsewhere  in 
this  book  may  be  found  the  equipment  schedule  of  the  Boston 
public  schools,  which  is  a  safe  guide. 

It  is  generally  considered  best  to  locate  gymnasiums  in 
basement  stories,  as  it  is  much  easier  to  sound-proof  the  ceiling 
than  it  is  to  sound-proof  floors,  which  would  be  necessary  in 
case  the  gymnasium  were  located  in  the  upper  stories.  Every 
gymnasium  must  be  provided  with  the  most  liberal  provision  for 
ventilation  and,  if  possible,  also  have  outside  light,  although  the 
latter  is  not  an  absolute  essential.  It  is  not  necessary  that  gym- 
nasiums should  be  heated  to  a  high  degree,  but  provision  should 
be  made  so  that  this  matter  may  be  within  control. 

Wherever  possible,  running  tracks  are  provided  in  gjrmna- 
siums,  the  chief  requirement  of  which  is  that  no  radius  of  any 
turns  in  same  should  be  less  than  15  feet,  and  that  the  floor  of 
running  track  should  be  slanted  to  allow  for  the  inclination  of 
the  runners'  bodies.  It  is  well  to  cover  the  floor  of  running 
tracks  with  cork,  and  also  to  have  the  slant  especially  designed 
so  that  the  curves  will  be  exactly  correct.  It  is  also  of  vital  im- 
portance to  so  design  the  supports  of  running  tracks  that  it  will 
be  impossible  for  runners  to  collide  with  them  in  going  around 
the  track,  no  matter  how  close  to  the  outside  rail  they  may  be 
running. 

The  ideal  floor  for  gymnasium  is  hard  maple,  cut  opposite 
to  the  grain  of  the  wood,  although  some  authorities  recommend 
hard  asphalt  and  concrete  covered  with  "battle  ship"  linoleum. 

65 


Jfhe  use  of  pressed  brick  for  inside  walls  of  gymnasiums  is 
preferable  to  any  other  wall  covering,  although  hard  plaster  is 
used  in  some  places.  The  circular  iron  stairway  from  the  run- 
ning track  to  the  floor  of  gymnasium,  and  also  the  brass  sliding 
pole,  are  features  which  may  well  be  included  in  the  building 
equipment. 


CQ 


CQ 


U 


JANITORS    ROOM 

Where  the  machinery  is  looked  after  by  the  jcinitor,  the 
engine  room  will  answer  the  double  purpose  and  no  extra  janitor's 
room  be  required,  but  in  buildings  containing  no  engine  room 
and  in  buildings  in  which  separate  engineers  are  provided,  the 
janitor  should  be  given  a  room  for  his  own  use,  containing  toilet 
facilities  and  space  for  storage. 

KINDERGARTEN 

Primary,  and  in  some  cases  intermediate  school  buildings, 
should  have  two  kindergarten  rooms,  separated  by  sliding  or 
folding  doors,  these  rooms  so  isolated  that  games  and  music  will 
not  disturb  other  classes.  The  floors  and  walls  should  be  care- 
fully sound-proofed.  These  rooms  should  never  be  located 
above  the  first  floor  and  should  be  provided  with  a  separate 
toilet  room,  equipped  vnlh.  low  fixtures  of  special  pattern  for 
the  use  of  children.  A  circle  should  be  painted  on  the  floor  and 
the  walls  of  the  room  may  well  be  finished  in  the  manner  de- 
scribed for  drawing  rooms,  so  as  to  provide  for  pictures, 
models,    etc. 

KITCHEN 

In  all  school  buildings  where  lunches  are  served  to  pupils, 
it  is  advisable  to  provide  for  a  kitchen,  the  size  and  equipment 
of  which  will  be  dependent  on  the  number  of  pupils  daily  to  be 
taken  care  of.  In  any  such  room,  however,  ample  smoke  flues 
must  be  provided,  a  liberal  sink  equipped  with  hot  and  cold 
water,  and  such  other  equipment  as  the  circumstances  of  the  case 
demand. 

LIBRARY    ROOM 

Most  American  cities  of  the  present  day  have  large  libra- 
ries, so  that  it  is  rarely  necessary  to  provide  a  library  in  school 
buildings  larger  than  necessary  to  contain  such  works  of  reference 
as  are  especially  required  in  the  curriculum  of  the  school.  In 
every  case,  however,  a  library  should  be  well  lifted,  conven- 
iently located,  equipped  with  metallic  book-cases  and  also  with 

67 


good,  comfortable  chairs  and  tables.  In  some  of  the  larger 
high  schools  libraries  are  made  sufficiently  large  to  accommodate 
an  entire  class  at  one  time.  In  smaller  buildings  where  no  sepa- 
rate library  is  possible  provision  is  usually  made  in  the  superin- 
tendent's or  principal's  office  for  sufficient  book-cases  to  answer 
the  purpose. 

LOCKER  ROOMS 

In  connection  wtih  the  gymnasium  in  basement,  locker  rooms 
should  be  provided  for  each  sex,  which  should  be  well  ventilated 
but  may  be  lighted  either  by  skylight  or  artificial  light  if  neces- 
sary. The  lockers  usually  employed  are  of  sheet  steel  construc- 
tion, and  usually  two  tiers  in  height  provided  with  a  lock  and 
key  for  the  use  of  each  pupil.  Locker  rooms  usually  also  con- 
tain compartments  about  4  feet  square  built  of  slate  or  marble 
partitions,  and  having  either  doors  or  curtains  at  the  front,  these 
compartments  being  used  as  dressing  rooms  for  the  purjxjse  of 
classes  doing  gymnasium  work.  Locker  rooms  must  always  have 
immediate  access  to  the  gymnasium  and  also  lo  the  rooms  con- 
taining shower  baths  and  toilets. 

Locker  rooms  are  also  provided  in  the  upper  portions  of 
some  school  buildings,  as  described  under  the  heading  of  coat 
rooms.  Wherever  locker  rooms  are  provided  and  steel  lockers 
made  use  of,  it  is  wise  to  insist  uf>on  patterns  which  are  con- 
nected with  the  exhaust  ventilating  system,  so  that  air  may  be 
sucked  through  the  lockers,  thence  to  the  wall  risers  and  thus 
out  doors. 

LUNCH    ROOMS 

In  nearly  all  large  cities,  high  school  buildings  must  be  pro- 
vided with  lunch  rooms  for  the  convenience  of  pupils.  In  some 
buildings  these  rooms  are  not  provided  with  conveniences  for 
serving  any  sort  of  food,  but  are  merely  intended  to  provide  a 
place  in  which  pupils  may  eat  limches  brought  with  them  to 
school.  This  case  is  very  simple,  requiring  simply  a  room  of 
ample  size  and  convenient  location,  equipped  with  broad-armed 
lunch  chairs,  such  as  are  used  in  the  various  dairy  lunches  through- 


Refectory,  Scott  High  School,  Toledo,  Ohio. 

cut  the  country.  In  other  places  provision  is  made  for  serving 
w^arm  food,  and  in  such  cases  kitchens  must  be  provided  as 
above  described  and  permanent  lunch  tables  or  counters  at 
which  the  food  may  be  served.  It  is  impossible  to  give  any 
general  requirements,  owning  to  the  great  difference  in  custom 
throughout  the  country  in  this  regard,  and  differences  in  require- 
ments and  size. 


MANUAL   TRAINING    DEPARTMENTS 

Manual  training  departments  of  the  present  day  school 
buildings  usually  consist  of  rooms  in  v^hich  are  taught  the  art 
of  joinery,  wood-turning,  forging  and  metal  working.     This  de- 

69 


Lathe    Room,    Emerson    School,    Gary,    Ind.      Copyrighted    1911,    Crose 
Photo  Company. 

partment  should  also  always  be  provided  with  a  liberal  stock 
room  for  the  storage  of  materials  and  tools.  Manual  training 
work  is  usually  done  in  basement  stories,  and  in  portions  of  the 
building  so  located  that  the  noise  cannot  easily  interfere  with  the 
work  in  other  portions  of  the  building.  Forges  should,  if  possi- 
ble, be  connected  with  down  draft  suction  pipes  leading  to  ex- 
haust fans,  so  that  all  smudge  in  these  rooms  may  be  forcibly 
drawn  out  and  forced  into  the  open  air  without  contaminating 
the  balance  of  the  building.  The  equipment  of  each  of  the 
rooms  or  departments  named  depends  entirely  upon  the  scope  of 
the  work  being  undertaken,  the  number  of  pupils  engaged  in 
the  work  and  the  finances  available  for  the  building  and  equip- 
ment. 

MUSEUM 
Many  school  buildings  contain  museums,  the  chief  require- 
ments of  which  are  that  they  should  be  well  lighted,  should  be 
fire-proof  and  equipped  with  the  necessary  cases  of  proper  de- 
sign for  displaying  the  exhibits  belonging  to  the  school. 

MUSIC   ROOM 
As  a  general  rule  music  is  taught  in  separate  classes,  but 
many  buildings  also  contain  separate  rooms  for  the  teaching  of 

70 


music.  Such  rooms  need  not  be  seated  with  desks  but  use  may 
be  made  of  the  wide  armed  lecture  chair  ordinarily  used  in  lecture 
rooms.  Blackboard  space  must  be  provided  and  some  musical 
instrument  such  as  piano  or  organ. 

OBSERVATORY 

Where  high  schools  are  equipped  with  observatories  it  is 
essential  that  the  walls  supporting  same  must  be  solid  masonary 
from  the  ground  to  the  observatory  floor,  and  it  is  also  essential 
that  the  floor  upon  which  the  observers  walk  must  not  at  any 
point  be  in  contact  with  the  floor  which  supports  the  instruments. 
The  designing  of  observatories  is  an  art  in  itself  and  the  utmost 
care  should  be  exercised  in  providing  for  one  which  will  work 
satisfactorily.  The  majority  of  high  school  observatories  in  ex- 
istence at  the  present  time  are  not  satisfactory. 

PHYSICAL  LABORATORY 

As  stated  with  regard  to  other  laboratories,  the  size  and 
equipment  of  the  physics  laboratory  is  dependent  uf>on  the  number 
of  pupils,  the  size  of  the  building  and  the  financial  assets  in  hand. 
In  the  larger  buildings  the  physical  laboratory  is  arranged  en 
suite  with  a  physics  lecture  room,  apparatus  room,  balance  room, 
dark  room  and  also,  where  possible,  a  private  laboratory  and 
office  for  the  instructor  of  the  department.  The  chief  require- 
ment of  design  in  the  physical  laboratory  is  that  none  of  the  work 
tables  should  contain  any  metal  whatever  in  their  construction 
and  that  wherever  it  is  necessary  to  use  metal  in  any  portion  of 
the  room,  it  should  not  be  of  iron  or  steel.  The  physical  labo- 
ratory should  be  so  arranged  and  designed  that  it  will  be  as  free 
from  vibrations  as  possible,  and  most  authorities  prefer  this  de- 
partment to  be  located  directly  upon  the  ground  in  the  basement 
story. 

PHYSIOLOGICAL    ROOMS 

Equipment  should  be  practically  the  same  as  the  biological 
rooms.  In  many  schools  they  are  identical.  A  small  museum, 
and  a  small  operating  room  for  demonstrations  upon  small  ani- 

71 


mas  are  convenient  and  useful,  but  not  indispensable  adjuncts  to 
the  suite. 

PLAY   ROOMS 

In  grade  buildings  throughout  the  country,  play  rooms 
should  be  provided  but  these  are  almost  invariably  located  in  the 
basement.  They  should  be  made  as  cheerful  as  possible,  one 
being  provided  for  each  sex,  and  directly  connected  with  toilet 
rooms.  It  is  also  advisable  to  have  doors  opening  to  the  out- 
side from  basement  play  rooms  and  that  stone  or  cement  stair- 
ways be  provided  to  give  access  directly  therefrom  to  the  play- 
ground outside.  A  splendid  finish  for  the  interior  walls  of  play 
rooms  is  pressed  brick. 


Roof  Play  Ground,  Washington  Irving  High  School,  New  York. 

principal's  office 

Every  school  building  supervised  by  a  principal  should  con- 
tain an  office  for  the  use  of  the  principal,  and  in  large  and  im- 
portant buildings  both  a  public  and  private  office   and  private 

72 


toilet  room  should  be  arranged  for  the  use  of  the  principal.  In 
buildings  where  the  board  of  education  or  its  clerk  do  not  have 
their  offices,  it  is  important  that  the  principal  should  have  a  fire- 
proof vault  connected  with  his  office. 

RECITATION   ROOM 

Rooms  for  recitation  purposes  only,  as  distinguished  from 
class  rooms,  differ  therefrom  in  the  matter  of  size  and  in  the 
method  of  seating.  Ordinary  school  rooms  usually  have  fixed 
and  permanent  desks.  Recitation  rooms  are  usually  equipped 
with  wide  armed  lecture  room  chairs.  School  rooms  seldom 
provide  for  more  or  less  than  forty  pupils,  but  class  rooms  are  ar- 
ranged with  provision  for  seating  any  number  from  twenty  to  one 
hundred.  Such  rooms  seating  more  than  forty  pupils  usually  have 
the  floors  arranged  in  steps  so  that  pupils  in  the  rear  seats  may 
see  over  the  heads  of  those  in  front.  The  rules  for  direction  of 
lighting  school  rooms  are  not  held  to  be  as  immutable,  in  the  case 
of  recitation  rooms,  as  they  are  in  ordinary  school  rooms. 

REST    ROOMS 

Every  school  building  should  contain  at  least  one  emergency 
or  rest  room  which  may  be  used  by  pupils  of  either  sex  taken 
suddenly  ill.  These  rooms  should  have  a  pleasant,  simny  ex- 
posure, be  well  lighted  and  connected  directly  with  a  private 
toilet  room.  They  should  be  equipi>ed  with  a  couch  or  daven- 
port, easy  chair  a  table  and  readirjg  matter,  and  should  have  a 
small  cupboard  containing  medicine  and  other  conveniences  suit- 
able for  rendering  first  aid  to  the  injured  or  sick. 

SCIENCE   LECTURE   ROOM 

Every  important  high  school  building  should  be  equipped 
with  a  large  lecture  room  for  the  teaching  of  science,  the  floor 
being  arranged  in  steps  to  provide  for  the  seating  of  classes  in 
chairs.  The  science  lecture  room  should  be  provided  with  facili- 
ties for  lantern  exhibitions  eind  shoiJd  have  a  large  and  complete 
demonstration  table  with  slate  top  on  which  scientific  experiments 
of  various  sorts  may  be  performed.     The  lighting  in  the  room 

73 


should  be  so  arranged  as  to  be  controlled  by  a  switch,  located  on 
or  near  this  demonstration  table,  and  some  provision  should  be 
made  whereby  the  windows  may  be  absolutely  dark  at  the  will 
of  the  instructor  upon  a  moment's  notice. 

SHOWER   ROOMS 

In  connection  with  gymnasiums,  provision  should  be  made 
for  separate  rooms  for  the  use  of  each  sex,  equipped  with  shower 
baths.  The  type  of  baths  to  be  used  are  fully  described  else- 
where. In,  or  adjacent  to  the  shower  room,  should  also  be 
provided  toilet  rooms  of  ample  capacity  and  correct  design.  Th^ 
floor  of  shower  rooms,  locker  rooms,  toilet  rooms,  etc.,  should  be 
of  tile  if  jx)ssible,  and  certainly  of  waterproof  material. 

SHOPS 

Rooms  for  the  various  mechanical  trades  of  the  manual 
training  departments  may  well  be  located  in  one-story  structures 
outside  the  main  building,  but  in  any  case  must  be  where  their 
noise  will  not  disturb  school  rooms.  These  rooms  are  usually 
unfinished,  and  have  cement  floors.  Each  room  must  be  designed 
to  suit  the  trade  taught  in  it,  and  it  is  impractical  to  lay  down  any 
hard  and  fast  rules  as  to  size  or  equipment  without  knowing  the 
work  to  be  done,  and  the  number  to  be  taught.  Abundance  of 
light  must  always  be  provided. 

STAGE 

For  description  of  stage  requirements  see  Assembly  Room, 
Dressing  Room,  etc. 

STUDY  ROOMS 

In  high  school  buildings  where  the  plan  of  separating  the 
classes  into  general  study  rooms  is  followed,  these  rooms  are  made 
of  a  size  sufficient  to  seat  one  or  more  classes  together  at  a  time  at 
desks,  such  as  freshman-sophomore,  junior-senior,  etc.  Where 
this  plan  is  followed  the  general  rules  as  to  area  per  pupil,  ven- 
tilation, lighting,  etc.,  given  in  chapter  on  school  rooms,  should  be 
followed.      It  is  also  important  where  the  study  room  system  is 

74 


used  that  ample  locker  or  coat  rooms  be  locaced  in  proximity 
thereto,  for  obvious  reasons. 


SUPERINTENDENT  S  OFFICE 

The  requirements  for  superintendent's  rooms  are  identical 
with  those  given  for  principal's  office. 

teachers'  rooms 

Nowadays  it  is  a  poor  school  building  which  does  not  pro- 
vide a  private  room  exclusively  for  the  use  of  teachers.  In  every 
building  contairing  such  features  for  pupils,  there  should,  as  a 
matter  of  course,  be  rest  rooms,  lunch  rooms  and  toilet  rooms  for 
teachers  of  each  sex  employed  in  the  building.  These  may  be 
adjacent  to,  but  should  always  be  private  from  the  pupils'  rooms. 
In  case  separate  rest  and  lunch  rooms  cannot  be  arranged  for 
teachers,  a  flue  for  a  hot  plate  and  vent  should  be  provided.  If 
possible — especially  for  women  teachers,  the  toilet  rooms  should 
adjoin  the  rest  rooms.  Closets  or  lockers  for  wraps,  a  book  case, 
and  easy  chairs  are  desirable  features  of  teachers'  rooms. 

TOILET  ROOMS 

The  equipment  of  toilet  rooms  is  fully  discussed  under  the 
head  of  sanitation,  etc.,  and  it  will  suffice  to  say  here  that  sep- 
arate toilet  rooms  must  be  provided  for  each  sex,  and  must  be 
well  lighted  and  ventilated.  If  possible,  the  ventilation  must  be 
performed  by  the  suction  of  air  through  the  fixtures,  thence  into 
the  wall  risers  and  out  doors,  this  system  being  entirely  separate 
from  the  general  ventilating  system  of  the  building.  Wherever 
possible,  separate  private  toilet  rooms  should  be  arranged  for  the 
use  of  teachers  of  each  sex,  although  these  may  be  adjacent  to 
the  rooms  used  by  pupils. 

VAULT 

Fire-proof  vaults  should  be  provided  as  stated  in  paragraph 
on  principal's  office  and  board  room. 

ZOOLOGICAL  ROOMS 

See  Biological  Rooms. 

76 


SANITATION 

No  effort  will  be  made  in  these  pages  to  deal  with  the  sub- 
ject of  school  hygiene  which  covers  every  aspect  of  school  life 
likely  to  affect  the  health  of  children,  such  as  periods  of  study, 
care  of  the  eyes,  discipline,  medical  inspection,  etc.  The  purpose 
of  the  present  work  is  to  cover  the  essentials  of  correct  school 
buildings  without  reference  to  administration. 

Heating  and  ventilation  also  properly  come  under  the  head 
of  sanitation,  as  nothing  is  more  important  for  correct  sanitary 
conditions  than  pure  air,  but  this  subject  will  be  treated  in  a  sep- 
arate chapter.  Sanitation  as  here  considered  will  have  reference 
only  to  those  features  of  school  buildings  which  conduce  to  health- 
fulness  and  comfort. 

WALLS 

In  a  previous  chapter  the  recommendation  has  been  offered 
that  school  walls  should  be  finished  smooth  and  decorated  with 
paint,  also  that  corners  and  mouldings  should  be  finished  round 
so  as  to  admit  of  easy  cleaning.  The  first  step  in  the  proper  san- 
itation of  the  school  building  is  to  have  it  so  designed  as  to  be 
easily  and  perfectly  cleaned.  When  these  provisions  have  been 
made  in  the  building  itself,  proper  hygienic  conditions  of  walls 
will  be  maintained  if  janitors  are  forced  frequently  and  thor- 
oughly to  brush  or  wash  down  the  walls,  and  if  provision  is  made 
for  having  them  recoated  with  paint  at  reasonable  intervals. 

In  the  designing  of  school  rooms  the  use  of  wood  frames 
around  doors  and  windows  should  be  reduced  to  a  minimum,  and 
the  finish  should  be  made  as  nearly  like  that  which  is  used  in  hos- 
pitals as  possible.  It  will  be  found  that  it  is  not  necessary  to 
use  casings  around  windows  and  doors,  as  commonly  done  in 
dwelling  houses,  but  that  the  jambs  of  doors  and  windows  may 
be  formed  as  shown  in  figure  2,  page  28,  thus  eliminating  all  un- 
necessary woodwork,  mouldings  and  other  devices  upon  which 
dust  is  liable  to  gather  and  disease  germs  lodge. 

77 


SEWERAGE  AND  DRAINAGE 

Reference  has  already  been  made  to  the  necessity  of  water- 
proofing basements  of  school  buildings  to  render  them  dry.  It  is 
even  more  important  that  school  buildings  be  so  situated  that  the 
grounds  surrounding  them  may  be  readily  drained,  and  that  all 
sewage  resulting  from  the  building  itself  may  be  quickly  and 
surely  disposed  of.  Nearly  all  American  cities  at  the  present 
time  have  effective  sewer  inspection,  and  definite  codes  governing 
the  construction  of  sewers,  so  that  elaborate  detail  on  this  sub- 
ject seems  unnecessary.  For  cities  in  which  no  regulations  exist 
it  is  very  easy  to  obtain  copies  of  codes  from  neighboring  cities 
from  which  the  standards  of  good  work  may  be  obtained.  For 
buildings  in  country  districts  in  which  no  sewage  facilities  are 
provided  the  service  of  sanitary  engineers  should  be  obtained  to 
design  sewage  disposal  plants  to  care  for  the  sewage  from  the 
buildings.  In  every  school  building,  the  sewage  and  plumbing 
system  should  be  made  absolutely  tight,  rendering  the  escape  of 
sewer  gas  in  ^he  building  imp>ossible.  In  buildings  set  with  al- 
lowance for  scant  fall  to  the  sewer,  rendering  the  building  liable 
to  the  danger  of  sewage  backing  up  into  the  basement,  proper 
valves  or  traps  should  be  installed  by  means  of  which  this  may 
be  rendered  imp>ossible. 

PLUMBING  FIXTURES 
No  part  of  the  building  so  concerns  its  sanitary  condition 
as  the  system  of  plumbing,  and  the  plumbing  fixtures  which  are 
installed  therein.  Probably  no  class  of  material  entering  into  the 
construction  of  buildings  has  been  brought  to  a  higher  standard 
in  recent  years  than  sanitary  plumbing,  and  the  best  demonstra- 
tion of  this  statement  is  an  inspection  of  school  buildings  erected 
fifteen  or  twenty  years  ago  in  comparison  with  those  being 
erected  at  the  present  time. 

CLOSETS 
Probably  the  first  step  in  the  present  development,  was  the 
abolition  of  the  range  and  dry  closet  systems,  and  the  develop- 
ment of  individual  water  flushing  closets  of  sanitary  design.     The 

78 


process  of  development  has  been  a  long  one,  and  has  probably 
not  yet  reached  its  utmost  perfection,  but  several  types  of  water 
closets  have  been  developed  which  are  highly  satisfactory  for 
school  use.  First  among  these  may  be  mentioned  the  system  of 
closets  known  as  latrines  because  they  are  the  least  satisfactory  of 
the  types  now  in  use.  They  are  merely  a  modern  development  of 
the  old  style  range  closet,  in  which  a  number  of  bowls  are  ar- 
ranged consecutively  and  connected  together  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  entire  range  may  be  flushed  by  the  flow  of  water  which 
is  caused  to  pass  through  them  at  short  intervals.  They  may  also 
be  provided  with  positive  means  of  ventilation,  but  care  should  be 
exercised  that  the  ventilation  of  closets  has  no  connection  what- 
ever, with  the  system  of  ventilation  controlling  school  rooms.  The 
merits  claimed  for  latrines  are  that  they  are  so  simple  in  construc- 
tion that  it  is  almot  ismpossible  for  them  to  get  out  of  order,  and 
that  the  control  of  the  flushing  device  rests  entirely  with  the  janitor 
who  adjusts  the  apparatus  as  desired.  Properly  constructed 
latrines,  connected  with  plumbing  thoroughly  well  done,  and  so 
designed  as  to  be  flushed  automatically  and  powerfully,  are  quite 
satisfactory  and  are  being  used  in  a  large  number  of  present  day 
schools. 

However,  another  and  better  type  of  closet  is  being  used 
extensively,  consisting  of  a  F>orcelain  bowl  of  either  wash  dowm 
or  siphon  jet  pattern,  so  designed  that  pressure  on  the  seat  of 
the  fixture  admits  water  to  the  tank  placed  on  the  wall  in  the  rear 
of  the  closet.  When  the  seat  is  released  the  water  in  the  tank 
immediately  rushes  into  the  bowl  thoroughly  flushing  and  cleansing 
it  and  no  more  water  is  wasted  than  the  operation  requires.  It  is 
impossible  to  make  use  of  the  fixture  without  having  it  thoroughly 
flushed  with  water  at  each  operation,  and  the  mechanical  part  of 
the  apparatus  is  so  hidden  and  protected  from  view  that  it  is  prac- 
tically impossible  for  mischievous  boys  to  cause  any  damage  there- 
to. Various  other  forms  of  sjjecial  closets  for  school  buildings 
are  on  the  market,  but  the  one  just  described  probably  has  more  in 
its  favor  than  any  other  type  yet  developed.  One  closet  should 
be  provided  in  each  school  building  for  every  twenty-five  boys  and( 

79 


for  every  fifteen  girls.     Near  every  closet  or  system  of  closets 

should  be  an  ample  number  of  lavatories  supplied  with  soap  and 

towels,    not   only   to    provide   pupils    the 

opportunity    of    washing    but    to    teach 

them  the  advisability  of  so  doing. 

Every    water    closet    should    be    sur- 
rounded with  a  partition,  making  a  small 
compartment  to  ensure  privacy,  but  many 
authorities  contend  that  no  doors  should 
be  provided   at   the    front  of  such   com- 
partments in  elementary  and  intermediate 
buildings.     These  partitions  should  be  of 
black   slate,    soap   stone   or   marble,    and 
should  be   set   up   from  the  floor    10  or 
1 2    inches    and    should 
be  of  such  design  that 
they  may  be  frequently 
and      easily      cleaned. 
Water       closets       and 
closet     systems     should 
always  be  so   arranged 
that  they  may  be  well 
lighted        and        easily 
cleaned.     Wherever 
j)ossible     provision 
should     be     made     for 
the    p>ositive    ventilation 
of     every     fixture,     but 
most  certainly  of  every 
toilet  room.    The  closet 
bowls    should    not    ex- 
ceed     1 4      inches      in 
height,     in     the     lower 
grades. 

An  excellent  type  of  Water  Closet  which  leaves  no  space  under  or  be- 
hind the  closet  where  dirt  may  collect,  and  renders  cleaning  very  easy. 
Cpurtesy  of  Jaijies  B.  Clow  &  Sons,  Chicago, 

80 


Section  Tm rough 
WXter  Closet  Stalls     I  •  i* 


Note 

Height  or  WClos  5ea.t5 
IN  Primarv  Graijes  13* 
Ik  High   SCrioOL^  16" 


Plan  of  Water  Closet  5talls 


Details  OF\trHTiLATED    _Jl 
Water  Closets;  5talls 
Utility  Chamber  Etc. 


PRIMA.RV  Ht&M  5c»<X3L 

LEVATioN  or  Stall  Doors 


FIG.  9. 


PATENTED  BY  JAMES  B.  CLOW  &  SONS.  CHICAGO. 
Good    arrangement    of    Closets    and    Utility    Chamber    to    Ventilate    as 
described  on  pages  79-80. 

A  utility  space  or  working  chamber  should  be  provided  behind 
the  backs  of  closets  wherever  possible,  wherein  all  tanks,  flushing 
and  plumbing  pipes  of  every  description  may  be  concealed.  A 
door  must  be  provided  for  the  admittance  of  inspection  or  repair 
men.      In  buildings  having  forced  ventilation,  these  utility  chaun- 


82 


Standard    design    for   Toilet    Stall    Partitions.      Courtesy   of   The   J.    L. 
Mott  Iron  Works. 

bers  serve  well  the  purp)ose  of  vent  chambers,  through  which  the 
closet  compartments  may  be  ventilated.  Individual  compartments 
should  be  at  least  3  feet  6  inches,  front  to  back,  when  doors  are 
used,  and  they  should  be  30  inches  or  more  in  width.  The  doors 
should  Of>en  out. 

URINALS 

Next  in  importcmce  to  the  closets  comes  the  urinal  fixtures. 
A  urinal  which  is  sanitary  must  be  so  designed  that  it  will  ( I  ) 
thoroughly  flush  frequently,  (2)  maintain  a  body  of  flowing 
water  to  keep  the  surface  of  the  urinal  constantly  flushed  with- 
out waste,  and  (3)  be  effectively  ventilated.     In  buildings  where 

83 


OQ 


O 


,"8 


the  saving  of  exp>ense  is  an  important  item  the  best  type  of  urinal 
now  in  use  consists  of  a  large  exposed  surface  of  black  slate  about 
4  feet  in  height,  the  bottom  of  which  is  carried  up  from  the  floor 
about  4  inches  and  out  from  the  wall  about  the  same  distance. 
TTie  surface  of  the  slate  is  kept  constantly  moist  by  a  flow  of 
water  supplied  from  the  top  of  the  slab.      Under  the  bottom  of 

84 


Porcelain   Urinals  in  batteries.     Courtesy   of   The  J.   L.   Mott   Iron   Works. 

85 


the  slab  is  provided  a  porcelain  or  cement  trough  into  which  the 
water  is  received,  and  the  space  back  of  the  urinal  slab  serves  as 
a  vent  chamber  through  which  the  air  is  drawn  and  forced  to  the 
outside  air.  Such  urinals  are  illustrated  herewith.  Recently  a 
much  superior  but  more  expensive  urinal  has  been  perfected,  con- 
sisting of  solid  white  porcelain  about  18  inches  wide  and  4  feet 
high  shaped  like  half  of  a  cylinder  standing  on  its  end.  These 
urinals  are  all  made  in  one  piece  having  all  exposed  surfaces 
glazed,  and  adjacent  parts  being  fitted  into  each  other  with  per- 
fect cemented  joints.  The  fixtures  are  built  into  the  tile  or  ce- 
ment floor  of  the  toilet  room  and  there  are  absolutely  no  open 
joints  or  crevices  into  which  foulness  may  gather  and  produce  an- 
noying odors.  Each  urinal  is  provided  with  a  flushing  device 
which  distributes  water  evenly  over  the  concave  surface  of  the 
urinal,  the  flushing  being  accomplished  by  an  automatic  tank 
which  may  be  set  to  operate  as  often  as  desired.  Each  urinal  is 
also  supplied  with  a  vent  opening  protected  by  a  shield  under  the 
bottom  of  the  urinal  and  thus  f>erfect  ventilation  may  be  assured. 
One  urinal  should  be  allowed  for  every  eighteen  or  twenty  boys. 

LAVATORIES 

So  marjy  admirable  patterns  of  lavoratories  are  on  the  mar- 
ket that  it  is  hardly  necessary  to  say  much  concerning  them  ex- 
cept that  the  matter  of  individual  use  should  always  be  considered, 
and  ample  provision  made  whereby  each  pupil  may  have  access 
to  a  separate  lavatory  when  necessary.  Many  of  the  solid  porce- 
lain and  iron  porcelain  enameled  lavatories  are  suitable  for  use  in 
school  buildings.  Those  types  are  to  be  preferred  which  do  not 
have  any  direct  connection  with  the  walls,  and  every  part  where- 
of is  readily  accessible  for  cleaning.  All  lavatories  should  be 
provided  v^ath  self-closing  cocks  of  substantial  and  durable  pat- 
tern, and  should  have  some  device  for  controlling  the  waste,  other 
than  the  old  fashioned  chain  and  stopper.  Each  lavatory  should 
be  provided  with  liquid  soap  and  a  container  from  which  same 
may  easily  be  obtained.  Wherever  possible,  hot  water  should 
be  supplied  to  the  lavatory  as  well  as  cold  water. 

86 


Standard  School  Lavatories.     Courtesy  of  The  J.  L.  Mott  Iron  Works. 


SINKS 

Sinks  should  be  provided  for  the  use  of  janitors,  engineers, 
etc.,  which  should  be  cast  iron  porcelain  enameled,  having  roll 
rim  backs  in  one  piece  with  the  sink.  These  sinks  should  always 
be  supplied  with  both  hot  and  cold  water,  where  possible.  In  all 
cities  where  gas  may  be  obtained,  it  is  now  possible  to  have  an 
abundance  of  hot  water,  by  means  of  instantaneous  heaters,  which 
are  both  effective  and  economical. 

SLOP  SINKS 

On  every  Hoor,  and  in  very  large  buildings  in  two  or  more 
places  on  each  floor,  there  should  be  slop  sinks,  with  hot  and  cold 
water  if  possible.  These  may  be  solid  porcelain  or  of  iron  pnirce- 
lain  enameled.  They  should  have  a  back  12  inches  above  the 
rim  of  the  sink,  the  sink  and  back  being  all  in  one  piece. 

SHOWERS 

In  buildings  equipped  with  gymnasiums,  or  in  which  it  is 
desirable  to  provide  shower  baths,  they  should  be  arranged  in  stalls 
consisting  of  a  dressing  compartment  and  a  shower  compartment 

87 


a 
o 
tn 

J6 
I 

D 

m 


o 


a: 


DCf: 


en 

CQ 


separated  by  duck  curtains.  The  shower  stalls  and  dressing  stalL 
may  be  constructed  of  either  black  slate,  soap  stone  or  marble 
as  the  available  funds  may  justify;  and  the  shower  stall  should 
be  not  less  than  3  feet  by  3  feet,  inside  measure,  the  dressing 
stalls  not  less  than  3  feet  by  2  feet  6  inches,  irjside  measure,  and 
all  stalls  at  least  6  feet  6  inches  high  above  the  finished  floor.  If 
the  funds  will  admit  the  shower  stall  should  have  a  marble  or  por- 
celain counter-sunk  floor  slab  with  combination  drain  and  trap  in 
the  center  thereof.     A  curbing  of  the  same  material  as  the  stall 


Battery  of  four  Drinking  Foun- 
tains in  Iron  Porcelain  Enameled 
Basin.  Courtesy  of  The  J.  L. 
Molt  Iron  Works. 


All    Porcelain    Drinking    Foun- 
tain.    Courtesy  of  James  B.  Clow 

Sc  Sons. 


partitions  6  inches  high  should  be  provided  between  the  shower 
and  dressing  compartment  to  keep  the  water  from  splashing  the 
floor  of  the  dressing  room.  The  dressing  room  should  be  pro- 
vided with  a  seat  of  the  same  materials  as  the  walls  thereof  for 
use  in  dressing. 

Stall  partitions  should  be  set  in  the  finished  floor  I  inch. 
The  wide  variety  of  shower  fittings  manufactured  is  fully  illus- 
trated in  the  catalogues  of  the  various  manufacturers  from  which 
selection  may  be  made  in  accordance  with  the  funds  available. 
Essentials  in  every  outfit  are  that  the  showers  should  be  of  plain 
type,  with  shower  head  having  removable  face  by  means  of  ball 
and  socket  joint  so  the  angle  may  be  changed  at  the  will  of  the 
bather.  The  shower  should  be  provided  with  non-scalding  valve, 
and  should  come  from  the  wall  or  ceiling  instead  of  from  the 
floor.  In  the  better  class  of  work  temperature  regulating 
chambers  are  always  provided  and  if  desirable  needle  baths, 
sprays,  etc.,  may  be  added  to  the  equipment. 


89 


DRINKING  FOUNTAINS 
Another  sanitary  feature  deemed  necessary  in  every  modem 
school  building  is  the  drinking  fountain,  the  first  and  most  im- 
portant requirement  of  which  is  that  it  must  be  of  some  type 
which  does  not  permit  of  the  use  of  the  old-style  germ  laden  cup. 
Owing  to  this  requirement,  leading  manufacturers  produce  pedes- 
tal fountains  with  porcelain  bowls  and  with  some  type  of  bubbling 
cup  on  top,  by  means  of  which  a  stream  of  running  water,  aris- 
ing therefrom,  may  be  used  for  drinking  without  the  necessity  of 
any  contact  between  the  lips  and  the  fixture.  The  better  patterns 
sof  fountains  are  provided  with  self-closing  faucets  to  avoid  wast- 
ing water,  and  the  fitting  through  which  the  water  emerges  is  made 
of  porcelain  to  prevent  corrosion  or  discoloration  which  would 
result  in  case  metal  is  used. 

LOCATION  OF  SANITARY  CONVIENCES 
There  is  much  discussion  of  the  prop>er  location  of  toilet 
rooms  or  sanitaries  in  school  buildings.  Some  authorities  assert 
that  toilet  rooms  for  children  should  never  be  placed  in  the  base- 
ment and  argue  in  favor  of  detached  pavilions.  Undoubtedly,  it 
is  best  in  the  large  and  more  expensive  types  of  buildings  to  pro- 


FIG.  10. 
Figure  8  illustrates  an  ideal  arrangement  for  toilet  rooms  for  either  sex, 
and  shows  the  vent  through  which  the  foul  air  of  the  toilet  room,  after  being 
drawn  through  the  fixtures  themselves  is  exhausted  to  the  open  air,  outside  the 
building. 

90 


vide  ample  toilet  conveniences  on  each  floor,  located,  wherever 
possible,  in  well  ventilated  wings  or  separate  portions  of  the 
building, — ease  of  access  and  complete  isolation  being  the  two 
principal  requirements  regarding  their  location.  In  amy  case 
every  school  building  should  be  provided  with  at  least  one  toilet 
room  on  each  floor  for  the  use  of  teachers,  and  this  may,  without 
disadvantage,  be  arranged  in  connection  with  the  toilet  rooms  for 
pupils.  There  can  be  no  objection  to  the  placing  of  toilet  equip- 
ments in  basements  provided  the  basements  are  dry,  well  lighted, 
equipped  with  proper  facilities  for  water  supply  and  sewerage, 
and  also  provided  there  is  a  good  positive  system  of  ventilation 
of  the  compartments  used  for  the  toilet  equipment. 

FLOORS 
The  floors  of  toilet  rooms  must  always  be  of  non-absorbent 
materials.  If  constructed  of  cement  the  cement  must  be  absolutely 
waterproof  as  elsewhere  stated.  Toilet  room  floors  of  unglazed 
or  semi-glazed  tiles,  or  of  artificial  plastic  cement,  make  ideal 
materials  for  the  purpose,  especially  because  integral  cove  mould- 
ings of  same  may  be  used  at  the  walls  instead  of  base  mouldirsgs, 
thus  rendering  it  possible  to  keep  the  rooms  absolutely  clean. 
Wherever  the  supply  of  funds  will  admit,  toilet  rooms  should  be 
wainscoted  with  glazed  tile  or  marble. 

VACUUM  CLEANING 
One  of  the  sanitary  devices  which  has  now  been  brought  to 
a  high  degree  of  excellence  is  a  device  whereby  buildings  may 
be  cleaned  by  means  of  vacuum  equipment.  Many  different 
systems  of  vacuum  cleaners  are  on  the  market,  some  of  which  are 
absolutely  dependable  and  the  cost  of  installing  such  plants  is  not 
relatively  very  high,  especially  compared  with  the  positive  and 
excellent  results  obtained  therefrom.  By  means  of  such  devices 
not  only  floors  but  walls,  ceilings  and  any  other  portions  of  rooms 
desired  may  be  thoroughly  cleaned.  Estimates  of  the  cost  of 
installing  such  apparatus,  full  directions  concerning  their  use, 
and  the  results  to  be  secured  from  them  are  readily  obtainable 
from  any  of  the  manufacturers  of  such  apparatus. 

91 


FIREPROOF  AND  PANIC  PROOF  SCHOOL 
BUILDINGS 

Until  very  recent  years  the  impression  has  prevailed  that, 
owing  to  its  excessive  cost  over  ordinary  construction,  no  method 
of  fireproofing  could  be  employed  except  in  the  largest  and  most 
expensive  school  buildings,  because  the  voting  public  would  con- 
sider such  expenditure  needless  extravagance.  This  impression 
has  been  somewhat  strengthened  by  the  ever  increasing  cost  of 
structural  steel,  and  the  difficulty  of  obtaining  it  without  weeks 
or  months  of  annoying  delay,  which  also  added  to  the  expense 
and  difficulty  of  fireproof  construction. 

Recently  these  conditions  have  become  decidedly  modified 
owing  to  three  potent  influences:  (1)  ovz  or  two  frightful  school 
calamities  have  awakened  the  public  conscience  to  the  conviction 
that  it  is  almost  criminal  parsimony,  instead  of  wise  economy,  to 
spare  the  added  expense  supposed  to  be  necessary  to  render 
school  buildings  fireproof  and  panic  proof.  (2)  The  alarming 
scarcity  of  lumber  has  not  only  greatly  increased  the  cost  of  tim- 
ber for  construction  purposes,  but  the  quality  of  timber  now  pro- 
curable in  many  parts  of  the  country  is  so  inferior,  and  of  such 
short  lengths,  that  various  expedients  of  design  have  become  neces- 
sary in  order  to  render  such  timber  usable  at  all.  These  ex- 
pedients have  seriously  added  to  the  cost  of  non- fireproof  con- 
struction until  there  is  but  a  narrow,  and  ever  narrowing,  margin 
between  the  ordinary  type  and  the  fireproof  type  of  buildings. 
When  to  this  factor  is  added  the  cost  of  fire  escapes  and  other 
such  devices,  required  in  many  of  the  states  by  law,  it  is  found 
that  there  is  little  difference  between  the  ultimate  cost  of  the 
non-fireproof  building  and  that  of  the  so-called  fireproof  structure. 
(3)  Most  potent  of  all,  however,  must  be  mentioned  the  almost 
marvelous  growth  of  reinforced  concrete  construction,  by  the  use 
of  which,  intelligently  handled,   school  buildings  may  be  made 

92 


fireproof  at  practically  the  same  cost  as  the  ordinary  combustible 
type  of  building;  provided  the  latter  is  sufficiently  complete  to 
comply  with  the  ordinary  safeguards  for  life  and  health  which  are 
now  demanded  by  the  laws  in  the  most  progressive  states.  In 
addition  to  the  moderate  cost  of  reinforced  concrete  work,  its 
increasing  popularity  is  doubtless  due  to  the  fact  that  the  in- 
gredients entering  into  its  construction  may  be  found  in  almost 
every  part  of  the  country.  Such  steel  as  is  necessary  to  reinforce 
the  concrete  may  be  made  of  the  simplest  patterns,  everywhere 
procurable  on  short  notice,  and  of  such  character  that  no  steel 
company  or  corporation  can  easily  work  schemes  for  putting  un- 
reasonable prices  upon  them.  Generally  sjjeaking,  therefore,  no 
progressive  board  of  education  should  be  willing  to  consider  any 
school  building  proposition  which  precludes  the  possibility  of  fire- 
proof construction. 

One  has  only  to  think,  for  an  instance,  of  the  innocent 
children  who  were  roasted  to  death  in  the  frightful  holocaust  at 
Collinwood,  Ohio,  in  1907;  of  the  homes  thus  darkened  by  the 
angel  of  death,  and  the  desperate  efforts  of  those  in  authority,  in 
such  cases,  to  find  some  excuse  on  which  their  blasted  reputations 
can  be  hung,  to  become  convinced  that  it  is  little  short  of  criminal 
to  participate  in  the  erection  of  school  buildings  which  are  not 
practically  fireproof  and  panicproof. 

DEFINITIONS 

The  term  fireproof,  while  well  understood  by  competent 
architects,  is  still  but  a  hazy  term  in  the  minds  of  many  people. 
It  is  safe  to  say  that  there  are  few,  if  any,  buildings  which  are 
absolutely  fireproof,  i,  e.,  which  could  not  be  destroyed  by  any 
fire,  however  great,  from  without  or  within.  But  it  is  a  safe 
statement  that  there  are  very  many  buildings  in  the  coimtry  fire- 
proof in  the  sense  that  they  could  not  be  utterly  destroyed  by  any 
fire  which  can  ever  assziil  them,  and  in  which  the  salvage  in  case 
of  fire  would  amount  to  70  or  80  per  cent.  Practically  all  of 
these  buildings  are  indestructible  by  fire  from  within  themselves, 
and  could  only  be  seriously  damaged  by  fires  of  indiscribable 

93 


fierceness  attacking  them  from  the  outside.  In  Chicago,  the  term 
fireproof  construction)  applies  to  all  buildings  in  which  the  parts 
thereof  carrying  weights  or  resistance,  including  all  exterior  and 
interior  walls  and  partitions,  all  stairways,  elevator  enclosures, 
etc.,  are  made  entirely  of  incombustible  materials;  and  in  which 
all  metallic  structural  members  are  protected  from  fire  by  in- 
combustible materials.  "The  materials  which  shall  be  considered 
as  fireproof  covering  or  protection  are,  (1)  burned  brick,  (2) 
burned  wall  tiles,  (3)  approved  cement  concrete,  (4)  burned 
terra  cotta,  and  (5)  approved  cinder  concrete."  The  defini- 
tion of  fireproof  construction  in  the  New  York  building  code  is 
in  effect  similar  to  the  Chicago  code;  but  is  more  explicit, 
especially  with  reference  to  the  construction  of  high  buildings. 
From  the  foregoing  definitions  it  will  be  readily  seen  that  school 
buildings  are  easily  made  of  fireproof  construction,  and  without 
the  excessive  expense  which  is  contingent  upon  the  construction 
of  high  office  buildings,  etc. 

APPLICATION    TO    SCHOOL    BUILDINGS 

All  walls  of  a  school  building,  except  mere  dividing  par- 
titions, should  be  of  solid  brick  masonry,  particularly  those  walls 
which  enclose  or  surround  stairways.  Dividing  partitions,  where 
necessary,  may  be  constructed  of  hard  burned  terra  cotta  tile 
plastered  with  cement  plaster.  All  floors  should  be  constructed 
of  either  hollow  terra  cotta  tile  or  entirely  of  reinforced  concrete, 
preferably  the  latter.  Stairways  should  be  constructed  of  either 
iron  or  steel,  or  of  reinforced  concrete,  and  should  be  isolated  in 
stairway  halls  and  entirely  surrounded  with  masonry  or  non- 
combustible  materials.  The  stairway  leading  to  basement  should 
be  kept  strictly  separate  from  stairways  leading  to  upper  portions 
of  the  building.  Steep  roofs,  to  be  finished  with  tile  or  slate, 
should  be  constructed  on  steel  trusses,  the  roof  surface  being 
formed  of  slabs  of  concrete  or  terra  cotta  tile  and  covered  with 
ornamental  tile  or  slate  on  the  outside.  Flat  roofs  may  be  of 
either  tile  or  reinforced  concrete  and  should  be  covered  with  as- 
bestos roofing,  waterproof  cement  or  waterproof  tiles  laid  in 
cement. 

94 


w 


FIG.  II. 
Stairway  scheme.     Conslruction  entirely  of  steel  and  wire  glass.     G)ur- 
tesy  of  The  Mississippi  Wire  Glass  Co. 

95 


_j/-_Fy  '-V,V£  Z^')  f_^ 


lu.r   t   t   1   t 

FIG.  12. 

Elevation    of    Steel    and    Wire    Glass    Stairway.      Courtesy    of   The 
Mississippi  Wire  Glass  Co. 


96 


FIG.  13. 
Steel  and  Wire  Glass  Slairway.    Courtesy  of  The  Mississippi  Wire  Glass  Co. 


97 


Pholographic  view  of  Sleel  and  Wire  Glass  Stairway.    G>urtesy  of  The 
Mississippi  Wire  Glass  Co. 


Various  preparations  are  on  the  market,  of  a  fireproof ing 
nature,  for  finishing  floors  and  this  may  be  used  in  place  of  wood 
flooring;  but  buildings  which  are  fireproofed  as  above  outlined, 
may  be  considered  well  within  every  requirement  of  safety  for 
school  building  purposes  if  the  floors,  doors  and  windows  are 
made  of  wood.  However,  where  sufficient  funds  are  available, 
even  the  doors,  windows  and  trimmings  may  be  procured  of  non- 
combustible  materials,  if  desired. 

PRECAUTIONARY  AND  EXTINGUISHING  APPLIANCES 
Where  school  buildings  are  exposed  to  adjacent  structures 
the  utmost  care  should  be  observed  in  rendering  the  exposed 
portions  of  the  school  building  absolutely  fire  resisting,  with  ref- 
ererjce  to  the  outside  danger;  which  may  be  done  by  means  of 
metallic  frames  and  sash  in  windows  and  the  use  of  wire  glass. 
In  case  of  an  exposure  of  unusual  risk  and  danger,  a  sprinkler 
system  could  be  installed  on  the  outside  of  the  building  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  provide  a  sheet  of  water  pouring  down  over  the 
building  in  case  fire  reaching  a  certain  temperature  should  ever 
come  against  it.  Sprinkler  systems  may  also  be  installed  in  any 
portions  of  school  buildings  in  which  it  is  considered  that  an  un- 
usual danger  of  fire  may  arise,  such  as  laboratories,  manual  train- 
ing rooms,  engine  and  boiler  rooms;  the  above  rooms  containing 
combustible  material. 

Every  school  building  whether  of  fireproof  or  ordinary  con- 
struction should  be  provided  with  stand  pipes  connected  with 
the  city  water  system,  or  in  case  this  source  of  supply  is  of 
questionable  value,  with  a  pressure  tank  located  in  the  attic  and 
kept  constantly  supplied  with  a  large  volume  of  water  under 
pressure.  Outlets  from  the  standpipes  should  be  provided  on 
each  floor  and  supplied  with  a  liberal  quantity  of  non-rotting 
hose  equipped  with  nozzles,  ready  for  instant  use.  In  addition, 
fire  extinguishers  should  be  supplied  in  all  school  buildings,  par- 
ticularly in  locations  exposed  to  combustible  materials  as  above 
named.  The  use  of  such  devices  are  advisable  even  in  buildings 
of  fireproof  construction,  and  their  absence  in  combustible  build- 
ings is  absolutely  inexcusable. 

99 


PANIC   PROOFING 

It  is  a  remarkable  fact  that  even  in  buildings  which  are 
generally  known  as  fireproof  structures,  it  is  still  possible  for 
accidents  to  occur  which  may  give  rise  to  frightful  panics  on  the 
part  of  those  occupying  the  buildings.  This  is,  perhaps,  especially 
noticeable  in  school  buildings  where  little  children  are  congregated 
in  large  numbers  and  easily  frightened  by  any  unusual  noise,  the 
smell  of  smoke,  or  an  alarm  of  any  sort  indicating  danger.  The 
instinct  for  self-preservation  often  drives  even  adults  to  extremes 
which,  after  the  passing  of  the  excitement,  seem  to  the  actors 
themselves  almost  idiotic;  but  during  the  frenzy  created  by  the 
alarm,  reason  is  cast  aside  and  the  sedate  human  being  actually 
becomes,  for  a  time,  an  ungovernable  maniac.  For  this  reason 
much  study  should  be  devoted  to  the  arrangement  of  school  build- 
ings so  that  the  occurance  of  panics  will  be  rendered  practically 
imp)ossible. 

It  is  not  necessary  here  to  speak  of  the  administrative  duties 
of  teachers  in  keeping  pupils  constantly  drilled,  in  anticipation  of 
fire  or  panic,  regardless  of  the  character  of  the  building  occupied 
by  them.  It  is  now  universal  practice,  made  necessary  by  law 
in  many  of  the  states,  for  teachers  to  require  constant  practice  in 
this  regard.  Reference  must  be  made  however,  to  those  features 
of  arr£Uigement  and  construction  in  the  school  building  which, 
( I )  render  the  creation  of  undue  alarms  practically  impossible 
and  (2)  provide  such  facilities  that  even  where  the  alarm  does 
occur  an  escape  to  safety  may  be  easily  and  quickly  made.  Some 
of  these  features  have  been  touched  upon  in  other  portions  of  this 
work,  but  may  be  briefly  reviewed  here. 

Every  building  should  contain  at  least  two  fireproof  stair- 
ways surrounded  by  fireproof  masonary  walls,  not  connected  with 
each  other  in  any  particular,  and  if  possible  placed  on  opposite 
sides  of  the  building.  Under  no  circumstances,  should  a  school 
building  be  designed  with  a  central  hall  into  which  all  stairways 
open.  A  fire  or  panic  in  such  a  hall  would  instantly  and  ef- 
fectively block  all  means  of  egress  from  the  buildings.  There 
should  be  no  connection  in  any  case,  between  the  stairways  lead- 


ing  to  the  upper  portions  of  the  building,  and  the  stairways  lead- 
ing down  to  the  basement  used  as  such — i.  e.,  containing  heating 
apparatus,  etc.  Every  building  should  contain  a  liberal  number 
of  stairways  euid  these  should  be  of  ample  capacity.  Build- 
ings which  are  not  of  fireproof  construction  should  contain 
emergency  stairways,  so  that  each  emergency  stairway  will  serve 
not  more  than  two  school  rooms  in  the  second  story.  Every 
school  building  shouild  be  constructed  so  as  to  render  the  use 
of  outside  fire  escapes  unnecessary.  The  latter  are  not  only 
unsightly  and  exp>ensive,  but  almost  as  dangerous  as  some  of  the 
features  within  a  combustible  building  itself.  School  rooms  in 
first  story  of  combustible  buildings  should  be  provided  with  a 
doorway  leading  direct  to  the  ground  in  addition  to  the  usual 
exits  by  means  of  corridors,  etc.  Basement  rooms  should  have 
an  area  space  outside  the  foundation  walls,  and  exits  provided 
into  the  areas  from  every  basement  room  to  be  used  by  pupils, 
so  that  instant  egress  may  be  had  therefrom  to  the  outside  in  case 
of  fire  or  alarm. 

DESIGN  OF  STAIRWAYS,   ENTRANCES,   ETC. 

Every  door  in  school  buildings  should  oi>en  outward, 
whether  leading  from  the  school  room  to  the  corridor,  the  cor- 
ridor to  the  vestibule  or  the  vestibule  outside.  No  top  and  bottom 
bolts  should  be  permitted  on  any  doors.  No  doors  within  com- 
bustible buildings  should  be  provided  with  key  locks,  except 
main  entrance  door,  library,  book  closets  and  boiler  room  doors. 

The  proportion  of  stairways  is  covered  elsewhere  in  this 
work,  but  it  may  be  added  here  that  no  stairway  should  have 
more  than  one  landing  and  all  landings  should  be  of  ample 
capacity.  The  outside  wall  of  landings  should  be  made  octagonal 
or  circular  construction,  reducing  the  landing  space  to  ap- 
proximately a  half  circule  approaching  in  capacity  that  of  the 
stairways.  In  case  the  stairways  are  of  double  width,  as  else- 
where described,  the  railings  forming  the  division  should  be  car- 
ried on  a  circle  arc  clear  around  the  landing.  The  balustrade 
separating  the  upper  from  the  lower  flight  of  stairs  should  be 
made  high,   absolutely  rigid   ind  with  no  open  space  whatever 

101 


between  the  top  rail  of  same  and  the  steps,  this  space  being  filled 
either  with  reinforced  concrete,  metal  screen  balustrade  or  some 
other  similar  device  rendering  it  absolutely  impossible  for  pupils 
either  wilfully,  or  by  pressure  during  a  panic,  to  fall  from  one 
flight  of  stairs  to  the  one  below.  A  solid  wall  separating  the  two 
flights  is  the  best  design  of  all,  but  the  same  may  be  constructed 
of  a  steel  frame  fitted  with  wire  glass,  if  desired,  and  this  form  of 
design  is  seen  in  many  of  the  higher  grade  schools  of  the  present 
day. 

GENERAL  PROVISIONS 

In  general,  the  danger  of  panics  in  buildings  is  made  remote 
in  proportion  to  the  simplicity  and  directness  of  the  plan.  The 
more  liberal,  straight  and  thoroughly  lighted  the  corridors  are, 
the  less  danger  there  will  be  of  panic.  Secondary  corridors 
should  be  avoided  if  possible,  but  in  any  case  must  be  liberal  in 
size,  well  lighted  and  not  only  have  access  to  principal  corridors, 
but  if  possible,  to  emergency  stairways  at  the  end  of  the  sec- 
ondary corridors.  All  emergency  exits  and  other  means  of  egress 
from  the  building  which  are  not  prominent  and  obvious  at  a  glance 
should  be  prominently  marked  "EXIT."  In  case  the  buildings 
are  used  at  night,  lights  should  be  provided  in  connection  with 
these  exits  so  that  the  letters  will  appear  in  red.  Such  exit  doors 
not  only  should  open  outward,  but  be  so  fastened  that  it  will 
always  be  possible  to  open  them  from  the  inside  without  dif- 
ficulty. There  should  be  absolutely  no  "dead  ends,"  dark  nooks, 
or  useless  spaces  in  which  frightened  children  could  become 
jammed  without  easy   escape. 

Every  outside  door  should  be  equipped  with  panic  bolts, 
which  are  a  combination  of  bolts  and  locks  so  arranged  that  any 
pressure  against  the  bolt  from  the  inside  of  the  building  will 
instantly  release  the  lock  keeper  and  open  the  door.  This  is  the 
only  lock  on  the  outside  doors.  In  Ohio,  these  bolts  are  required 
by  law  on  all  public  buildings. 

Finally  when  every  possible  precaution  has  been  made,  the 
children  should  constantly  be  impressed  with  the  fact  that  no 
danger  can  ever  come  from  the  building  which  they  need  to  fear. 

103 


THE  WIDER  USE  OF  THE  SCHOOL  PLANT* 

The  most  casual  glance  at  the  new  school  buildings  of  today 
reveals  striking  differences  from  the  buildings  our  fathers  attended 
or  even  the  buildmgs  of  ten  years  ago.  Thirty  years  ago  school 
buildings  rarely  ever  contained  usable  basements — even  if  they 
had  been  finished,  and  a  finished  basement  was  almost  unknown. 
Many  of  those  old  basements  were  dark  and  damp  and  would 
not  be  permitted  today  even  for  storage  cellars.  They  were 
rarely  ever  high  enough  to  contain  a  modern  system  of  heating 
or  ventilating.  Today  the  basements  are  high,  well  lighted,  sani- 
tary and  well  finished. 

Prior  to  1 908  nobody  ever  thought  that  the  school  plant 
could  be  used  at  any  time  or  way  except  for  the  brief  daily  reci- 
tation periods.  About  four  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  the  school 
children  went  scampering  away  from  the  building,  instruction 
finished  for  the  day.  The  janitor  thereuF>on  gave  the  building 
a  thorough  cleaning  by  the  old  methods  and  during  the  remainder 
of  the  twenty- four  hours  the  building  stood  empty,  forbidding  and 
forbidden.  Friday  afternoon  it  was  sacredly  and  securely  locked 
up  and  trespassers  warned  away  until  the  next  Monday  morning. 
On  Saturday  and  Sunday  the  school  grounds  were  forbidden 
territory,  and  also  for  three  long  months  during  the  summer. 
During  one  hundred  and  eighty  days  the  entire  school  property 
was  used  hardly  seven  hours  a  day  including  the  janitor's  time 
therein.  One  hundred  and  eighty-five  days  out  of  every  year 
this  valuable  plant  stood  absolutely  idle,  unused  and  unusable. 
It  was  of  service  to  no  one  and  was  simply  deteriorating. 

Within  a  very  few  years  this  has  been  largely  changed. 
In  many  cities  public  school  buildings  are  now  open  every  week- 
day in  the  year — not  only  days,  but  evenings.  The  school  plant 
today  is  being  devoted  to  a  wider  use.      It  has  become  a  place 


*  For  the  title  of  this  chapter  and  much  of  the  subject  matter  following 
the  author  is  indebted  to  a  book  of  the  same  title  by  Clarence  Arthur  Perry 
pubHshed  by  the  Russell  Sage  Foundation  of  New  York  City.  This  work 
may  be  had  of  the  publishers,  and  all  readers  desiring  more  extended  and 
definite  information  on  the  subject  are  referred  to  Mr.  Perry's  excellent  book 
ind  to  other  publications  of  the  Russell  Sage  Foundation  on  kindred  subjects. 

104 


where  children  may  both  play  and  study,  where  young  men  and 
women  may  conlirEue  their  education  up  to  the  standard  of  the 
colleges  of  a  generation  or  two  ago;  where  even  laix>ring  men 
and  shop  girls  may  obtain  free  instruction  outside  of  shop  or 
store  working  hours,  or  enjoy  profitable  physical  exercise  after 
the  weary  grind  in  the  shop  or  store;  where  neighbors  may  gather 
to  visit  with  each  other ;  mothers  come  together  to  learn  how  to  be 
better  mothers;  where  the  laboring,  business  and  professional  men 
may  come  together  and  use  the  plant  as  a  public  forum  and,  in 
short,  the  activities  now  carried  on  in  school  houses  and  school 
yards  during  the  margin  outside  the  regular  day  school  hours  are 
so  varied  and  numerous  that  it  will  be  p>ossible  to  mention  only 
a  few  of  the  more  remarkable  in  the  present  work. 

An  article  in  the  Saturday  Evening  Post  in  June,  1912, 
by  Frederick  C.  Howe,  entitled  "The  Discovery  of  the  School 
House,"  describes  in  a  very  interesting  way  the  beginning  of  this 
wonderful  change  in  public  sentiment.  The  following  quotation 
is  from  that  article: 

"Edward  J.  Ward  discovered  the  school  house.  He  dis- 
covered it  up  in  Rochester  four  years  ago.  He  invited  some  of 
his  neighbors  into  the  school  one  evening  to  talk  things  over.  So 
much  interest  was  aroused  that  they  came  again.  At  the  first 
meeting  there  were  three  hundred  and  fourteen  people  present. 
They  had  music,  recitations,  dances.  They  found  their  neigh- 
bors were  very  pleasant  people.  Soon  the  building  would  not 
hold  all  who  came.  It  was  amazing  how  hungrily  the  people 
took  to  the  idea.  They  had  not  thought  of  the  school  house  as 
their  property.  They  thought  it  belonged  to  the  board  of  edu- 
cation. Soon  other  buildings  were  opened.  Finally  the  schools 
were  federated  into  a  city-wide  organization  representing  more 
than  fifty  thousand  citizens. 

"As  soon  as  the  people  came  together  they  saw  the  waste 
in  the  use  of  schools.  They  induced  the  board  of  education  to 
appropriate  five  thousand  dollars  to  keep  them  open  fourteen 
hours  a  day  instead  of  seven.  They  converted  the  kindergarten 
into  a  library  and  club  room.      They  opened  the  gymnasium  five 

105 


nights  a  week  for  athletic  sports  and  one  night  a  week  for  enter- 
tainments. Fathers  and  sons  began  to  spend  the  evenings  to- 
gether on  the  rings,  bars  and  tumbling  mats.  TTiey  had  boxing 
and  wrestling  matches  and  basket  ball  games.  The  women 
formed  a  gymnasium  class. 

"Others  borrowed  a  traveling  library  from  the  capital  at 
Albany,  subscribed  for  periodicals  and  bought  a  stereopticon  and 
dining  room  appointments,  so  that  they  might  give  lectures  and 
dinners. 

"A  short  time  after  the  school  opened  a  merchant  stopped 
the  director  on  the  street  and  said: 

"  'The  school  center  has  done  what  I  thought  was  impossi- 
ble. I  have  been  here  nine  years  and  during  that  time  there  has 
always  been  a  gang  of  toughs  roured  this  corner.  This  winter 
the  gang  has  disappeared.' 

"  'They  aren't  a  gang  any  more,'  the  director  replied;  'they 
are  a  debating  club.' 

"The  women  organized  clubs.  They  became  interested  in 
child  labor,  in  city  problems.  The  young  people  had  debates, 
a  banquet  and  a  minstrel  show.  The  school  house  became  a 
family  club. 

"The  men  began  to  talk  about  Rochester.  That  was  the 
club's  undoing;  but  they  could  not  avoid  it.  They  called  in 
the  mayor,  their  aldermen,  the  health  and  school  officials.  They 
even  had  Governor  Hughes  down  from  Albany.  They  kicked 
about  the  gas  company  and  the  street  railway  service.  They 
wanted  transfers.  Someone  took  a  fall  out  of  the  local  boss. 
Up  to  that  time  the  boss  had  held  Rochester  in  the  hollow  of 
his  hand.  He  decided  to  run  for  congress,  always  a  dangerous 
thing  for  a  boss  to  do. 

"But  Rochester  now  had  a  forum  for  discussion.  The  peo- 
ple picked  out  a  candidate  of  their  own  for  congress,  a  man  who 
would  represent  Rochester,  and  to  the  surprise  of  everybody  they 
elected  him." 

Soon  after  the  success  of  these  experiments  in  Rochester  a 
conference  was  held  at  Madison,  Wisconsin,  attended  by  many 

106 


prominent  men,  including  Governor  (now  President)  Woodrow 
Wilson,  several  other  governors,  senators,  university  presidents, 
editors,  reformers,  educators,  architects  and  other  soldiers  of  the 
common  good  who  came  long  distsmces  at  their  own  expense  to 
attend  this  conference  because  the  University  of  Wisconsin  had 
called  Edward  J.  Ward  to  Wisconsin  to  promote  there  the 
Rochester  school-center  idea.  In  Wisconsin  the  people  of  any 
community  can  use  the  school  houses  in  that  state  at  any  time 
by  merely  demanding  it  from  the  school  authorities. 

As  a  result  of  the  work  done  at  Rochester  and  of  this  con- 
ference, several  hundred  conununities  have  now  opened  wide  the 
school  buildings  for  some  purpose  or  other,  and  the  larger  cities 
are  now  spending  hundreds  of  thousands  of  dollars  annually  for 
free  school  lectures,  night  classes  and  neighborhood  gatherings, 
for  social,  recreational  and  civic  purposes;  until  it  is  now  certain 
that  a  complete  reversal  of  public  sentiment  is  at  hand  regarding 
this  wider  use  of  the  school  plant.  Chicago  alone  has  spent 
millions  of  dollars  on  recreation  centers,  playgrounds  and  people's 
club  houses  open  all  the  year.  Our  large  communities  are  fast 
becoming  educated  to  the  truth  so  well  expressed  by  Mr.  Perry, 
that  "The  girl  without  a  social  center  is  the  mother  of  the  woman 
on  the  street,"  and  "If  a  city  has  to  choose  between  the  schools 
and  the  social  centers  it  could,  I  believe,  give  up  the  schools  more 
safely  than  it  could  go  without  the  social  centers."  As  a  mere 
matter  of  good  business  this  is  a  splendid  change  for  the  better, 
since  the  total  school  investment  is  now  over  one  thousand  millions 
of  dollars  in  this  country  and  the  wider  use  of  the  school  plant 
will  go  far  toward  saving  an  annual  waste  which  has  been  some- 
thing like  thirty  milHons  of  dollars.  But  more  important  than  the 
question  of  money  saving  must  be  reckoned  the  effect  up)on  Ameri- 
can life.  The  revival  of  the  town  meeting  idea  is  a  demonstra- 
tion that  we  are  getting  more  faith  in  all  the  people  than  we  ever 
had  before.  The  social  center  idea  will  be  good  for  public 
morals  and  for  a  normal  social  life  and  it  will  be  bad  for  graft 
because  graft  is  opposed  to  social  centers.  It  will  make  of  the 
school  house  a  life-long  university  where  men  and  women  who 

107 


have  been  deprived  of  educational  advantages  in  youth  may  con- 
tinue study  at  any  time  which  they  never  had  a  chance  to  pursue 
before.  Moreover  it  will  be  a  truly  democratic  university  in 
which  all  kinds  of  educational  work  will  be  carried  on. 

Naturally  all  of  this  change  in  educational  systems  and 
ideas  immediately  began  to  make  changes  in  educational  build- 
ings. The  architects  also  had  dreams  and  just  as  truly  as  edu- 
cators and  reformers  made  the  change  in  their  fields,  so  have  the 
architects  been  working  out  a  new  educational  architecture  the 
like  of  which  the  world  has  never  seen  and  which  no  other  coun- 
try on  earth  can  excel.  Auditoriums  for  public  and  social  gather- 
ings and  lectures;  concert  halls  with  movable  seats  so  that  the 
hall  may  be  used  for  receptions,  banquets  and  dances;  stages  for 
orchestral,  choral  and  dramatic  performances;  gymnasiums  swim- 
ming pools  and  other  facilities  for  recreation;  branch  libraries  and 
reading  rooms;  meeting  rooms  for  mothers;  basement  rooms  for 
bowling,  billiards  and  other  sports;  restaurants  where  school  chil- 
dren may  get  their  noonday  lunches  and  if  desired  neighborhood 
dinners  be  given;  large  well  lighted  corridors  and  special  rooms 
provided  with  mural  decorations,  pictures  and  models  of  statuary, 
giving  to  the  cheerless  school  house  as  much  as  possible  of  the 
sweet  home  atmosphere;  laboratories  where  practical  application 
of  all  scientific  studies  may  be  made  and  other  laboratories  where 
domestic  science,  domestic  economy  and  the  mechanic  arts  may 
be  taught;  but  perhaps  best  of  all,  open  air  rooms  are  provided 
to  be  occupied  by  pupils  of  frail  physique  and  particularly  those 
of  tubercular  tendencies.  All  these  and  many  other  such  features 
are  being  invented  for  the  instruction  and  physical  care  of  pupils 
of  poor  health  and  backward  tendencies,  for  the  benefit  of  f>eople 
of  all  classes,  and  as  a  result  for  the  benefit  of  our  whole  social 
fabric. 

"The  single  roomed,  shingle  roofed  little  red  school  house 
of  the  olden  time,  with  its  cylindrical  stove,  split  log  benches, 
rattling  and  unmanageable  windows  has  grown  into  a  many 
storied  building  of  brick,  concrete,  steel  and  stone  with  boilers, 

108 


engines  and  dynamos  in  the  basement."  An  abundance  of  light 
comes  into  it  without  glare.  Sweet,  moist,  pure  air  enters  and 
leaves  it  without  draft.  Good  health  and  good  humor  pervade 
its  halls,  and  a  new  and  better  citizenship  will  be  its  ultimate 
fruition. 


109 


COST  OF  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS 

It  must  be  self-evident  that  it  would  be  impossible  to  arrive 
at  any  rule  to  govern  estimates  of  the  cost  of  school  buildings. 
In  the  case  of  duplicates,  it  is  of  course  easy  to  gauge  the  prob- 
able cost  of  number  two  by  what  number  one  has  already  cost, 
although  even  this  procedure  would  be  unreliable  if  a  long  time 
intervened  between  the  construction  of  the  two  buildings.  But 
no  reliable  rule  of  thumb  exists  by  the  use  of  which  any  one  may 
tell  accurately,  in  advance  of  actual  bids  or  quantity  estimates, 
just  what  a  building  will  cost.  Difference  in  time;  difference  in 
location;  difference  in  ornamentation,  construction  and  equip- 
ment— all  these  and  other  items  affect  the  price,  and  seldom  if 
ever  are  combined  alike  in  any  two  buildings. 

However  it  is  interesting  and  valuable  to  have  the  cost 
records  of  school  buildings  reduced  to  some  standard  form  of 
measurement,  for  purposes  of  study,  comparison  and  guidance, 
within  reasonable  limits.  Tell  an  experienced  real  estate  man 
that  such  a  lot  is  worth  $100  a  front  foot  in  a  certain  city,  and 
at  once  he  has  a  mental  picture  of  that  lot  possessing  value  to 
himself,  by  comparison  with  other  properties.  Tell  an  experi- 
enced school  architect  or  engineer  that  such  a  school  building  in 
a  certain  city  costs  20  cents  per  cubic  foot,  and  immediately  he 
can  form  a  fairly  accurate  mental  picture  of  what  the  building 
comprehends.  Every  experienced  architect  can  price  his  own 
buildings  by  the  cubic  foot  method  with  surprising  accuracy,  but 
the  practice  is  not  accurate  for  general  application  by  different — 
especially  inexperienced — persons. 

The  practice  of  most  architects  in  estimating  by  cubic  feet 
is  to  ascertain  the  entire  area  of  the  building  including  all  pro- 
jections, integral  parts  thereof  (but  not  including  projecting  steps, 
areas,  etc.,  at  the  ground  level  only)  and  then  multiply  this  area 
by  the  height  from  basement  floor  to  a  line  representing  the  mean 

no 


of  the  roofs.  Having  thus  ascertained  the  number  of  cubic  feet, 
the  probable  cost  of  the  building  is  obtained  by  assuming  some 
price  per  cubic  foot,  and  multiplying  the  number  of  feet  by  the 
price.  The  result  will  be  reliable  or  otherwise  according  to  the 
reliability  of  the  price  per  foot,  and  this  can  be  reliable  only 
when  the  proposed  buildinig  is  to  be  of  identical  character,  loca- 
tion and  of  reasonably  close  date  with  some  former  one  already 
built. 

For  the  benefit  of  study  and  comparison  the  following  tables 
are  published  from  the  Boston  and  St.  Louis  school  reports,  giving 
a  variety  of  valuable  cost  data  for  several  years  past,  concerning 
buildings  in  those  cities.  It  will  be  seen  that  the  price  p)er  cubic 
foot  varies  from  1 5  cents  to  30  cents,  and  the  average,  for 
Boston  is  21.3  cents,  St.  Louis  19.1  cents.  The  relative  per- 
centage of  the  various  branches  of  work  is  given,  and  in  some 
cases  the  cost  per  pupil. 

If  one  were  to  seek  some  definite  rule  based  on  this  data, 
the  only  one  of  real  value  would  probably  be  the  following:  If 
attempting  to  build  a  school  building  according  to  Boston  prac- 
tice, and  the  Boston  Code,  allow  at  least  20  cents  per  cubic  foot 
as  the  unit  price.  If  attempting  to  build  according  to  St.  Louis 
standards,  allow  at  least  I  8 J/2  cents  as  the  price  per  cubic  foot. 

The  present  Ohio  Code,  as  enforced,  is  without  doubt  the 
most  stringent  and  exacting  school  building  code  in  existence  at 
this  time  (1914).  In  many  trials,  it  hjis  been  found  that  a 
building  of  the  plainest  description,  almost  absolutely  without 
ornament,  with  flat  roof  and  heated  by  furnaces,  fan  system, 
cannot  now  be  built  according  to  Ohio  requirements  whether  (ire- 
proof  or  not,  under  16  cents  per  cubic  foot.  If  heated  and  ven- 
tilated by  the  "split"  system  (steam  with  heating  and  ventilating 
independent)  and  equipped  with  high  grade  plumbing  fixtures, 
this  price  will  be  at  least  1 8  cents  per  cubic  foot.  This  for  a 
very  plain  building,  practically  without  ornament,  and  with  very 
limited  equipment. 

Whenever  possible  costs  per  cubic  foot  are  given  with  illus- 
trations of  school  buildings  in  the  following  pages. 

Ill 


•paj 
-Bpotutuoaay 


XnOOJ-SSBIQ 


I  o    . 
O^  o 

§t!2 

oCQo 


o 


•^TOH 


•3pia 


•no  jad  ^soo      ;^ 


IBDiqnj 


^  o 

eS  n 

L*    O 

■SO  . 

O  ol.S 


•oaia 


•mnij 


*«3H 


•3pia 


•u 

k> 

■«• 

« 

'(t* 

>o 

-*                  c 

£ 

5 
1 

2c 

«■ 

CO 

CS 

00                       oc 

Eh   n 


._j2-0  t.  » 

sg  S  §  *  I!  c 


—  30<3>  t^ 

»o  ^  ^-  c^ 


aSoiK] 


•apBJO  1  CL, 


mtfauH 
o 


nffiois 


paUiiiCa 


;  1^2  DC.  -^ 
S  :0  «D  -^ 


CCMDuH 


112 


p,pouiaioo3Y 


niooj-ssBjo 


2-SS 


09 

•Mia 

c 

0) 

•q.nw 

S 

« 

- 

-^ 

- 

" 

?«aH 

1 

« 

e« 

« 

CO 

o 

c< 

•apia 

5 

o 

00 

« 

Oi 

i: 

W3 

•?ooj  oiqno 
jad  ?soo 


•s?na!)uoo 
IBOiqno 


a  O 

eO  . 
^•3 


c2 


in 


•oaia 


quinid 


•3pia 


0  .s 

1  « 


«*(l4     Wo 


so  o  — » m 


nSbH 


ate  CUM 


cqScuh 


■<*■  x>  oo> 


QaSa<H 


00  t-*»oc^ 


nScuH 


pqScuh 


•ap«JO  I  O 


O 


—  tie 
^  o  c 

C4       PQ 


ffl  '5 

j=0 


CO 


113 


1                      •^                     CO                     CO                     t-                     0                      >o 

•pdnj 

Jad  5S03 

^                           0>                           to                           05                           0>                            ■* 
■=■                           to                           0                           T»<                           t^                            U3 
■"                            <-•                           CI                           — 1                           ,-.                            rt 

p,?pOtUUJOD3V 

000000 
S               ^               2                000 

wajPlRO 

0                           «9 

000000 

•aiooj-ssB[3 

000000 
000000 

•iaaj[  asqno 

■*                            M                           ■*                            CO                           «                           M 

•s 

•3313 

g 

- 

- 

" 

- 

— 1                       «— t 

0 

q^rid 

i2 
0 

■a  ea^ 

0 

QQ 

■Ei!  3 

:     1^ 

"0                    c*                    <M                    e<>                    CI                    col 

oCQu 

iBBH 

05  S; 

0 

C^S^^" 

S 

•3pia 

g                                                     "                                                                                           «                            CO 

-1                     eg 

- 

-'                = 

N                            -. 

0 

ffi 

^oo^  oiqnO 

t?               0                    t^                    c^                    to                    to                    col 

jad  ?so3 

0 

s^ua^uo^ 

0>                         CO                         0                         ^                         lO                         -^  1 

0                    esi                    0                    U5                    TO                    t- 

IBOtqno 

991,6 
438,2 
980,1 
325,0 
411,6 
330,1 

4-> 

^                   CO                         CO                         CO                         CO                         Tj<                         -^  1 

<4-l 

•aaia 

u 

50 

0H 

S^N, 

q.nid 

^ 

^5| 

Oi 

^                   Cvi                         »                         0                         0                         00                         —  1 

^TOH 

te 

-■ 

'^ 

PL, 

■U 

fcs 

0 

•3pia 

«                   ■*                    -*                    c«                    ^                    0 

l<                     00                            00                           00                           00                           00                           00 

& 

■s 

C^                            ■*                           M                           40                            0                           10 

8        M 

0                         to                         CO                         —                         0                         « 

0  .s 

06                            ■«<                           »-l                           to                           06                           CO 

■«t"                    cq                    CO                   CO                    — 1                    cvi 

«   1 

so                         CO                         «                         t^                         00                         Tj> 

10                   00                    r^                   -^                   t^                   rC 

E^    m 

1 

lOQOOOJ 

-♦000 

CMOOO 

i«000 

0000 

osooto 

M«e     gS 

00—4005 

tOOOO 

00  OkOO 

KOt^  OC5 

0000 

t^Ot^I^ 

cooi^to 

t~r~00 

O-^  Oi  1^ 

COO— lO 

I^  l^05»0 

»oci  tood 

c  c-5      "0 

(M-4.0itO 

■*r-cioo 

ws-fl-mos 

Buildi 
Heati 
Plumb 
anc 
Electr 
Contra 

•00:0  — 

oi'-l'oo-to 

IC-'J'OJ  CO 

cSiOTjTco 

(MOOCTiO 

oloooio 

0  UO  UO  W3 
-Jb-^cocl 

00  t-^  00  CI 

00-*Cl_00 

"SIN 

so 

S3 

'^ 

PQSCuH 

PQMa,» 

P3tiJa<H 

nMcuH 

cqMcmU 

KKa,a 

•apBjQ 

0 

Cu 

0 

Oi 

0L, 

a, 

1 

1 

J4 

0 

1 

0   B 

pq 

ii 

OJ  0 

0 

1^ 

0 

s  1: 

■B 

0 

3 
He 

•-> 

114 


jad  }so3 


p,jp)ocunio3Dv 


•caooj-ss«jQ 


Up; 


OCQO 


•oaia 


q.nH 


?B3H 


•3pia 


s^ua^uoo 
[TOiqnQ 


h  o 

cU   . 


■oaia 


q.nid 


4«aH 


•3pia 


^-1 


o»ooo 


pqasoia  oaaoiH   ccaoiH  jca^H 


Oi  ao  05  3i 
tocc  ^  ^ 


•apBjp  I  0, 


KB 


_  60 


^35 


oj      no 

S  o 

9  u  g* 

z.  o  z 


115 


?8O0 


p.pointnoDDV 
najpnqo 


•mooj-s8B[3 
'^aaj  aiqno 


a*'  o 
g  a 


•aeia 


|5 
^nij  I   g 


"jsaH 


3pia 


looj  oiqno 
J3d  :(B00 


•KjuajnoQ 
ITOiqno 


5*3 

•aaia 

4J 

•* 

-r 

■* 

■>»■ 

■o 

fJ 

•q.nid 

4J 

o 

o 

^ 

•* 

^ 

■o 

tn 

?«aH 

o 

Oh 

00 

00 

« 

o 

M 

•3pia 

4^ 

o 

Pk 

00 

OO 

t^ 

OO 

00 

8       M 

•3o2 
^    I 

Ft   n 


a  S  c  3  o  u 
3*2  3  iitJ 
««(!,     Wo 


nMoiH    pdMoiCQ 


CQSiIcH 


IC  so  CO  W3 


BQSOkH     CQSCLiU 


CD  r^  -^  oi 


•apwO  I  K 


O 


o 


c«     PQ 


^*> 


116 


s 


•s 

ed 

s 

s 

o 


e 
o 

u 

9 

u 


o 


s 

a 


be 

e 

"$ 

o 


p,)oaicac»3Y 


•aiooj-s8Bi3 


•s»ia 


qainia 


•ITOH 


•3pia 


•?ooj 
ajqno  jad  ?9oo 


l«>!qno 


5  o 


•5»ia 


q«"»Id 


•1«3H 


•3pia 


k;  S  ►!  S  « - 


cct^»o  cc 


as  cc  t^  «o 


pagPnia    g3aa<K    wacua 


eooe 


o„cco 


nXfua 


ap«-io  I  eu 


w 


1^ 
•g.£f 

Q 


o 


E 

a  • 

X  B 

2o 


SO 


117 


n 


a 
0^ 


o 
o 


,0 

3 
hi 

0^ 


be 

is 

'3 

n 


o 

bo 

c 

e 

CO 


0 

0 

« 

CO 

0 

» 

^ 

0 

"5 

•» 

to 

C<3 

"" 

10 

■  ^^ 

" 

n 

0  =  0i0 

•wooo 

00U5OO 

iOC0  00« 

■0000 

<MOCO 

eoooo 
t^OOO 

000  = 
»r5  0  00 

Siii 

^  =  o>o 

cDto-*>ra 

TO  — or. « 

«00!0  05 

COcOC<I5D 

lOCOO 

■>roooo 
teat  oau5 

0000 
—  0  »  — 

«c  c  d 
r^  c;  0  = 

0  C-.  0  =^4 

tOrs-ioM 

•«•  — K5  10 

00 -< 

•0 

caScuH 

to 

so- 

00  t-t 

o>com"to 
KKcua 

SSOa4ix,cua,oo 

K5 


118 


00 

00 

O 

o 

to 

O 

«S 

5D 

00 

** 

«c 

C<5 

<N 

m 

ssgg 


t^  W3  CO  30 


;§§s 


X:  O  '—  ■* 


^5g 


(--  O  "^  ■^ 
r^  M  oc  (M 
?o  oo  t^  r^ 


ggSs 


— -ooo 


;gg5 


^00  00^ 


mBcuH    cQaonH    coaPMH    cpacLiH    «aa<a    mWcuh    ««&.« 
O O     ft-  ft<  W  a<  cu 


3  C 


(2    ;2 
I     ..2 


119 


43    0)    m    O. 

3  a>  S.3 


"3^ 


P  CD  a 
5  0.3 

o  ^   .  c 


m  t<  m  E 
S  »  oj  o 

0^0  2 


■55  bi  . 

0  CT3*f 

3  e   .  n 


.  03    O 


000 

■^  ac  c5 


—  ©©CO 

—  o5r^ 


—  C  _ 
n  H  rti 


0)  '-C  p  •" 


O  CO  CD  ^ 


PO  i— '  ?0  CO  O 

00  Ooc^f  —H 


00  OS  00 


gsgj 

qEKw 
1 
d 


■^^ 


c  «  i  «  " 


^^  P  bb 

»  P*j 

r^    ^    ^ 


^-    t^  P 

P  <4  E 

U)  ai  3 


120 


i3  m  g>  O. 


"e  g  a 

o  9"3 


o 
o 
xi 
u 
02 


.a 


0 

o 


m 


O  QQ  C 

.  ot  O 

op;  o 


V     :      ■  O 

2-S.E'S 


r-ifflo 

■>J<rtCO 
CO        ^ 


o    I 
Sj=  S 

P  §  ? 


»^      c^eoo 

OS  OU5  IC  ^ 

eo— >■*«« 


<ooc«e«ao 


e«i<x>ooo 
r^cocooo 

c*3  t^oocSos 


C0Q0C4CO 

Ot^  eo»o 


IS 

•^  9 


—  .S  IX!  «  O 

2-g.Ex-c 


E 

rt 


=5  s 


—  .S  bit)  o 

2-o.S-c'C 


^  bi 
-s.Sbc 


i  o 
•S.S  boo 

2-2.55 

gsgj 

qSSpq 


121 


<o 

o» 

to 

e^i 

e 

^ 

N 

to      1 

la"! 

■^ 

00 

CO 

0 

■^ 

r^ 

r>^ 

CO 

to 

•o 

>o 

■.J* 

0 

0( 

to 

'^ 

'^ 

" 

■^ 

— 

C<1 

•^ 

<N 

o 

r~ 

^_^ 

<M 

00 

■^ 

0 

^  ai  S  a 

(M 

<M 

CO 

IM 

•n 

t3J 

3.2  0.3 

00 

00 

00 

at 

to 

03 

00 

O-'^a 

" 

's-« 

.S-C  = 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

E  2  p- 
^  ">  a. 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

•0 

0 

>o 

c^ 

e< 

N 

0 

t- 

l^ 

" 

" 

" 

" 

■^►.£2 

(M 

00 

n 

M5 

<3> 

t^ 

0 

00 

«3 

ea 

00 

to 

* 

to 

03 

06 

es 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

"0 

0 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Cost 

per 

Class 

room 

m 

«o 

CO 

to 

0 

,_ 

to 

00 

t~ 

e>4 

C3> 

10 

«« 

oc 

00 

00 

lO 

t~r 

00 

c 

CO 

OO* 

to 

00 

r^ 

0 

05 

"0 

0 

0 

"3  -2  be  . 

CO 

t^ 

to 

0 

00 

CO 

>o 

ec 

■0 

0 

- 

■« 

to 

•--  i't; 

•* 

<o 

•0 

t-T 

r^ 

0( 

t^r 

X:  -i^-O 

00 

o 

0 

0 

<N 

to 

to 

3  c    . 

3 

Oi 

03 

o 

00 

eg 

to 

to 

o8o 

J 

'-* 

->■ 

°il 

< 

■* 

■* 

■.»■ 

'J- 

.* 

tc 

■«»l 

kO 

(M 

c< 

C^l 

« 

(N 

•ra 

OS 

•"C 

0 

to 

~tc 

oc 

0 

a> 

^ 

>ra 

to 

cc 

CQ 

00 

o 

to 

■* 

o5 

oc 

IC 

\ 

to 

05 

N 

CO 

0 

0 

cq 

.-• 

<» 

N 

t^ 

•^ 

« 

00 

o 

•♦ 

<N 

ei 

to 

^ 

t-.. 

uS 

<o 

OS 

00 

00 

t^ 

t>a 

a 

«9^ 

M 

'■S 

moo 

winocio 

cootous 

USOOiO 

CDOOO 

0     0  1 

c^oira 
Oi>>  to 

O  >— '  *o  w 

.-H  kOU?  (N 

^  O  00  IM 

W3  .—«  00 

c^       0 
to      10 

1 

■<)^  ir5  w:3  to 

or>^c^  to 

•*o6ioto 

-^tcoico 

00  Cl  lO 

Tf*  to  t^o 

t>.tO  00  o 

ooco  ^.c 

(MOOOt^ 

Tj<        b.. 

t^05  ^ 

<M01_C0-* 

to »c  toco 

tOCQ  00  o 

Cao-^c»to 

0>        00 

o 

»oodio 

eoodt^to 

cod  t-^  Its 

^Oi  tOiC 

CTOO  w'lO 

•»; 

CO        rt 

to          -H 

to          -H 

■o      « 

■^         iH 

<N 

s 

e(9- 

««■ 

,    J 

M- 

t» 

69- 

eo 

:!->.'. 

3 

0 

T 

i 

i 

0 

.>^ 

M 

^ 

^ 

M 

Ji 

Jd 

M 

kl 

bi 

u 

fc. 

M 

ki 

si 

^ 

o 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

0 

^U 

1   i 

^t; 

^ 

^^ 

^b< 

^ 

^b. 

^ 

■gli 

—  c 

bio 

•3.S  Sfio 

_  c 

biu 

„  c 

bou 

a " 

25 

.ET 

E^.E-c 

2| 

.S'C 

ss 

.ST 

lig 

ene 
lum 
eat 
lect 

ene 
lum 
eat: 
lect 

"E 

£3 

g| 

ene 
lum 
eat 
lect 

c 

p^n 

C 

fLiXH 

C 

fcKW 

c 

CU 

Sh 

C 

PkWw 

C 

1 

u 

U) 

o 

tj 

a> 

09 

E 

b 

1 

1 

tl 

C 

0  0 

0)  a> 

-1 

0 

c 
c 

1 

a 
E 

^ 

3 
c 

1 

a 
0 

ES 
SS 

1 

.1 

i 

ti 

i 

1 

1 

1 1 

OS~ 

OS  S 

o 

o 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0  — 

Dr? 

e» 

C3> 

93 

a> 

o> 

o> 

OS 

OS  OS 

My 

-^ 

'^ 

'- 

'< 

— ' 

" 

'^ 

—1 

1 

122 


o 


o 


3 

o 


w 


2  ®"E     • 


:5  -e  %^  -s 


.  el  o 

or;  o 


.S-I.-3 

C  d  c, 
^  *  ft 


*^  b  n  E 


CO  to 
tor~ 


oo 

oo 
o  o 


E 
a 

"is 


OOOOIOO 
OOOCOOO 


^  si 


.—  S  <" 

C  S  OS  cs  "  o 
a;  3  o  0)iJ  ea 


oesoooo 

00«0'*'0 
cTcDio^CvT 


•3 


c  p 


oooooo 
oooooo 


Ml  oo  o  u?  to  IC 


H*-^  flj 


0)  2  O  O^  c5 


6t3  b"" 


S^3 


.  a-  T!  g  ca  I        . 

2  i-'S  oi"S"0  i;2 
E  s-S      a  3  2- 

5  bo  3  a  a-TT  g  o 

STJ  C  S  u  O' 
"  *  K,5  i  '"  E  m 

"lllljii 

a»  c  E  ^  Ti  "  0)  J, 

3  "J  a*"  ^  t.  .2 

o  ,»;      a>  >•  a,  S  IT 

J3  "C-S-  E  o  o 
o  PS  "  *  a--"" 

■3  M=  C  §  _^  5  O 

"■3  *  o  >,Mi;=^ 

.S  -1  oj  Ki;  g_  m 
S"  <»  ^S       es"" 

O  O   C  X^        P 

T3o-a)*3aj'=-SJ 

go.s§i"g.a> 

fee       n  fe-^  X  S  « 

6  M  "O  3  o  3 
-a'r*  oj  P  -(-^  C  ,   ^ 

ca  '  -^  *C  ^  0) 
_H  ^  Pjj  D,a  » 
©►J  P'53  ij  >, 
OpQ  Q  ca  o  £« 

•g<3  £=fe£°'3 
Z^l    -^^ 

■"o'S  ft§S  -"" 
eii      e  P-  ■*  »  ta 

§§^82 

"  MO  jjja 
oa  P  "^-P  ca 


123 


« 

^ 

00 

e> 

00 

© 

1  »" 

O 

Ol 

•* 

^^1 

oc 

o> 

eo 

OS 

to 

CO 

CO 

1  « 
1  = 

"■ 

o 

ec 

<o 

00 

•o 

-* 

"= 

t^ 

^ 

<o 

" 

" 

'-' 

•-' 

eo 

CO 

1- 

-" 

" 

'^ 

Cubic 
feet 
per 

pupil 

C4 

00 

C4 

o 

eo 

1^ 

b" 

f- 

•* 

« 

« 

to 

c 

e-1 

OS 

CO 

e) 

o 

ec 

t^ 

oo 

lO 

r~. 

oo 

o 

t^ 

o 

oc 

OS 

e<i 

•* 

•" 

.S-c5 

o 

o 

o 

o 

t- 

o 

c 

a 

c 

o 

g  «  ft 

■o 

•o 

o 

o 

00 

kc 

•o 

<= 

o 

o 

>o 

o 

« 

CO 

■* 

t> 

c 

c 

e<i 

" 

" 

" 

" 

" 

Cost 

per 

cu.  ft. 

cents 

oc 

00 

OS 

^^ 

ui 

CC 

t* 

„ 

e<" 

■a 

.-< 

oi 

OS 

OS 

00 

kT 

c 

r~ 

o: 

CO 

M 

c* 

c 

4 

r 

" 

CT 

~    o 

o 

o 

c 

o 

o 

~c 

c 

c 

C 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

c 

c 

C 

o 

Cost 

per 

Class 

room 

r-i 

t^ 

OS 

o 

lO 

._ 

e: 

IC 

a 

e\ 

£ 

00 

<D 

to 

00 

O: 

c^ 

«r 

c 

■♦ 

o 

OO 

OS 

»c 

CC 

O   1  o 

cT 

00 

»■ 

t^ 

00 

t- 

t^ 

« 

« 

oo" 

■  ■ 

«o 

CD 

to 

-tC 

o 

"o 

c 

c 

c 

o 

bical 
tents 
bldg. 
.ft. 

lO 

•o 

lO 

o 

c 

c 

IC 

c 

•^ 

f 

ec 

co_ 

00 

to 

o 

CO 

o 
o 

-    ^ 

CC 

"5 

r^ 

OS 

oo 

o 

o 

■* 

e*- 

CO 

o 

51^3 

00 

« 

r- 

OS 

■* 

o 

u: 

c 

« 

,c 

eo 

^ 

" 

'' 

u 





m 

«si 

J 

hJ 

< 

< 

< 

__; 

.  <s  o 

c 

•* 

t- 

3 

•c 

C 

^ 

u 

orr  o 

Cl 

^^ 

c< 

t~ 

ec 

CT 

eg 

3 

5 

.£2 

tfi 

t^     « 

05 

c 

•  ^ 

OS 

"5 

IT 

c 

c 

OS 

•* 

CO         US 

a> 

•^ 

o 

OS 

O: 

c 

c 

1^ 

o> 

9 

c? 

O        •"! 

t~; 

CO 

00 

CO 

'It 

IC 

^^ 

t^ 

^ 

CU 

t^      oo 

«5 

00 

00 

•* 

CO 

c: 

c»" 

oc 

•o 

o> 

N        O 

eo 

eo 

CO 

C4 

CO 

c 

»— 

o 

eS     V 

CO 

w^ 

oc' 

o 

.« 

c«" 

_ 

^B 

CO 

^v 

C: 

oo 

a> 

OC 

oc 

eo 

« 

CC 

OS 

M 

CO 

CC 

d 

ca 

•» 

«» 

^ 

s 

>BOOO 

•♦ooo 

Ci<MOe: 

•*ooo 

OJtOON 

^ 

3 

n 

IC  00  o  o 

•^  CO  1^—4 

•o  ■>«■  -^  c> 

ocooccd 

w  ^  Occ 

OS  CO  00  <o 

OOlOQOtO 

t^  — 050 

ioc<i>o>n 

to  00  US  •-1 

to  OS  CO  CO 

TTOi-'riM 

^co 

"o 

C^oT-n't'T 

.-TujoTei 

wpJcJto 

dcToto 

'3 

m      04 

t- 

co'-ie* 

to       C4 

a 

«» 

o 

o 

«» 

•» 

«» 

^ 

%    \ 

, 

*c    ■ 

i 

-M 

m 

! 

i 

:    i 
!    i 

O     : 

J^ 

1 

ji  i 

^' 

ji 

Jt 

1 

T; 

1 

1-    • 

>« 

ki 

^     ! 

O 

o 

C     : 

o 

o 

5"    : 

^<> 

1 

^ti 

.2     i 

^u 

^ 

^U 

1 

gl^-S 

Is 

„  6 

tico 

S2 

U  B 

'Z 

£  sS-e 

0)  Pw-e 

0. 

£■" 

£ 
c 

g 

c 
a 

5gS 

c 

0 

fc. 

1 

3  g  S 

c 

■2| 

1 

.a 

u 

CQ 

•m 

Ji 

.^ 

, 

o 

9 

1 

bs 

6 

^ 

I 

•a 

B 

oe 

1 
< 
1 

0:> 

11 

i 

B 

•H 

a 
O 

1 

B 

■2 
o 

1 

! 

B 
« 
XI 

T 

00 

a 
E 

3 

T 

00 

« 

1 

£ 

00 

c 

1 

ol 

«•  S 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

O 

o 

o 

O 

oa 

a> 

a> 

a> 

OS 

2 

OS 

OS 

OS 

o> 

o> 

OS 

"-■ 

"^ 

'^ 

•-' 

"" 

124 


-1-    HEATING  OF  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS 

Practically  all  works  relating  to  school  buildings  treat  the 
subjects  of  heating  and  ventilating  conjointly  as  one  subject.  With 
reference  to  some  systems  this  is  fitting,  because  in  them  the 
heating  and  ventilating  is  performed  at  one  operation,  the  heated 
air  being  used  also  for  ventilating;  but  perhaps  a  more  intelligent 
understanding  of  the  subject  may  be  obtained  if  the  two  processes 
are  first  considered  separately  and  afterwards  with  reference  to 
their  relation  to  each  other. 

DIRECT    HEATING 

All  systems  of  heating  may  be  grouped  under  two  general 
heads,  ( \ )  direct  heating  systems  in  which  the  heat  radiating 
apparatus  is  located  in  the  room  being  warmed,  such  as  stoves, 
steam  and  hot  water  radiators,  and  (2)  indirect  heating  in  which 
the  heat  radiating  apparatus  is  not  located  immediately  in  the- 
room  to  be  warmed,  but  in  the  basement  or  some  other  portion 
of  the  building  distant  from  the  room  or  rooms  being  warmed. 
There  are  buildings  in  which  both  the  direct  and  indirect  are 
used  in  combination,  which  systems  are  discussed  fully  in  the 
chapter  on  verjtilation. 

One  principle  should  be  borne  in  mind  constantly, — that 
ventilation  on  any  positive  or  sanitary  basis  is  an  utter  impos- 
sibility in  rooms  warmed  by  the  direct  system;  heating  is  possible 
tut  no  practical  ventilation.  It  is  also  well  to  remember  that 
the  process  of  heating  a  room  is  a  three-fold  operation;  (I  )  heat- 
ing the  air  within  the  room,  (2)  heating  the  walls,  floor  and 
tailing  of  the  room,  and  (3)  heating  the  air  which  may  find  its 
way  into  the  room  through  crevices,  around  windows,  doors,  etc., 
to  replace  air  which  has  leaked  out  in  the  same  or  any  other 
manner. 

HEATING   DEVICES 

Direct  Sy^stem. — The  heating  apparatus  of  the  earliest 
schools  undoubtedly  consisted  of  enormous  open  grates  or  fire 

125 


It 


^ 


Fis    i 


?i>isvir»9ri»riinB 


Tig.  2 


Evolution  Of 
Heating  Systems 

7*1  G  J    Direct  Heating,,  No 
Ventilation 


Tig. 2. 


Indirect  Heating. 
No  Ventilation 


FIG.  14. 

pieces  which  were,  without  question,  bright  and  cheerful  but  not 
•suited  to  school  requirements.  The  open  fireplace  superheats 
those  nearest  the  fire  and  leaves  cold  those  at  a  distance.  It  is 
also  expensive,  as  at  least  50  per  cent  of  the  heat  producing  power 
of  the  fuel  is  lost  through  the  open  chimney.  Open  fireplaces 
may  produce  slight  ventilation  by  reason  of  the  draught  created 
by  the  hot  air  passing  up  the  chimney,  but  such  ventilation  is 
limited  exactly  to  the  amount  of  air  which  can  leak  into  the 
room  around  doors,  windows,  etc.,  and  such  leakage  rather  con- 
tributes to  the  discomfort  of  the  occupants  of  the  room,  than 
to  ensure  a  perfect  ventilating  system. 

Doubtless,  the  next  step  in  the  development  of  direct  heat- 
ing apparatus,  was  the  modern  iron  stove  which  is  still  used, 
particularly  in  rural  districts,  for  heating  school  rooms.  Any 
sort  of  stove  is  but  little  better  than  the  open  fireplace,  pos- 
sessing all  of  its  defects  and  no  additional  merit  except  that  of 
economy.  The  stove  produces  even  less  ventilation  and  in  fact 
possesses  but  one  reliable  characteristic, — the  ability  to  produce 
a  great  deal  of  heat  at  one  point  in  the  room  quickly,  and  with 
a  limited  quantity  of  fuel.     With  the  use  of  steam  for  heating 

126 


buildings,  the  annoying  and  unsightly  radiator  came  into  use,  and 
in  many  places  soon  replaced  the  old  fashioned  fireplace  and 
stove;  but  steam  radiators  for  direct  heating  of  school  rooms 
are  little  better  than  fireplaces  or  stoves,  and  are  incapable  of 
producing  any  ventilation  whatever.  They  are  chiefly  admirable 
as  dust  catchers.  Ovs^ing  to  the  excessive  temperature  and  rather 
depressing  effect  of  steam  heat,  hot  water  is  often  substituted 
therefor,  but  aside  from  the  different  character  of  heat  furnished 
by  the  two  systems  and  the  very  slight  economy  resulting  from  the 
use  of  hot  water,  the  two  systems  are  identical  in  principle  and 
results.  Many  schemes  have  been  devised  for  modifying  and 
elaborating  the  apparatus  for  direct  heating,  above  described, 
and  for  combining  socalled  systems  of  ventilation  therewith, 
but  with  very  indifferent  success.  Even  though  flues  are  pro- 
vided for  the  outflow  of  heated  air  from  the  rooms  they  do  not 
ventilate,  except  in  the  imagination  of  the  designer. 

Indirect  Heating. — Indirect  heating  is  any  system  in  which 
the  heat  radiating  surfaces  are  located  outside  of  the  room  to  be 
heated.  Indirect  systems  may  consist  of  hot  air  furnaces,  or  a 
"Battery"  of  steam  or  hot  water  coils  located  at  some  central 
point  or  points  in  the  building,  the  apparatus  being  so  connected 
with  the  flues  and  piping  that  the  air  which  is  heated  in  the 
apparatus  is  conducted,  in  the  flues,  to  the  rooms  to  be  heated. 
Flues  or  outlets  are  then  provided  in  each  of  the  rooms  for  the 
escape  of  the  air  in  the  room  outdoors.  Where  no  fan  or  blower 
is  used,  such  a  system  is  commonly  designated  as  a  gravity  system, 
this  phraseology  being  based  on  the  theory  that  the  heated  air 
entering  the  room  is  rarified,  by  means  of  the  heat,  sufficiently 
to  cause  it  to  rise  in  the  outlet^  flues  and  escape  outdoors,  thus 
creating  space  in  the  school  room  which  will  be  immediately  filled 
by  other  heated  air  and  the  operation  thus  kept  up  indefinitely; 
a  theory,  however,  far  from  reliable  or  trustworthy.  Where  the 
operation  is  controlled  by  means  of  fans  or  blowers  the  result 
may  be  positive  and  sure,  but  this  phase  of  the  subject  is  treated 
under  the  head  of  ventilation. 

127 


fRE5H  AlR- 


■  Heated  Air 


PEN  Resisted 
Radiator 


XAMPLE  Of  DiRECT-lNDIBECT  HEATING 
FIG.  15. 

In  the  systems  of  direct  heating  described  it  is  assumed  thai 
the  heating  apparatus  simply  warms,  and  keeps  warm,  the  air 
in  the  school  room,  no  provision  being  made  for  the  admission 
of  fresh  air  or  the  egress  of  vitiated  air  except  by  leakage  as 
stated.  Indirect  heating,  however,  involves  some  movement  oi 
change  in  the  air  of  the  rooms  being  heated,  and  a  system  ol 
Hues  to  provide  for  same;  for  if  no  means  be  provided  whereby 
the  air  first  in  the  rooms  man  find  its  way  out,  it  is  manifestly 
impossible  to  introduce  fresh  heated  air  from  the  basement,  or 
other  central  point,  into  the  rooms.  Indirect  heating  therefore, 
has  the  advantage  over  direct  heating  that  it  necessarily  involves 
more  or  less  positive  ventilation. 

Direct  Indirect  Heating. — A  system  of  heating  once  much 
in  vogue,  but  now  obsolete  and  little  used,  was  the  direct-indirect 
system,  which  can  be  used  only  in  connection  with  steam  or  hot 
water.  This  system  consists  in  the  placing  of  radiators  adjacent 
to  windows  or  other  openings,  leading  direct  outdoors,  the  theory 
being  that  the  heat  in  the  radiators  would  induce  currents  of 
fresh  air  to  pass  from  outdoors  over  the  radiator  into  the  rooms 
to  be  heated.  Of  course,  no  air  whatever  would  enter  the  rooms 
in  such  manner  unless  flues  were  also  provided  whereby  air  in  the 


128 


rooms  might  find  its  way  through  these  vents  outdoors,  and  even 
in  such  case,  ventilation  by  this  system  is  exceedingly  uncertain. 
Systems  of  this  sort  give  much  annoyance  through  freezing  of  the 
steam  pipes  exposed  to  the  cold  air  and  it  is  impossible  to  con- 
struct a  system  so  as  to  supply  an  ample  and  positive  volume  of 
fresh  air  for  ventilation. 


129 


GENERAL  PRINCIPLES  OF  VENTILATION 

The  physical  health,  and  the  effectiveness  of  all  animal  and 
human  energy,  are  dependent  to  a  wonderful  degree  upon  the 
quality  of  air  breathed.  It  is  therefore  impossible  to  overestimate 
the  importance  of  maintaining,  as  nearly  as  possible,  the  normal 
purity  of  outside  air  throughout  all  school  buildings. 

"The  blood  is  the  life,"  and  the  life  of  the  blood  is  fresh 
air.  Fresh  air  is  exhilarating,  vitalizing,  purifying.  Without  it, 
life  would  end  in  a  few  minutes. 

The  most  essential  element  of  life  is  not  food,  nor  drink, 
nor  light,  nor  heat,  but  fresh  air.  "Starvation  is  a  matter  of  days 
with  solids,  hours  with  liquids,  and  of  minutes  with  air."  Fresh 
air  is  the  very  source  of  vitality.  It  turns  the  blue  impure  blood 
to  rich  red  blood  in  the  lungs  and  eliminates  the  waste  tissues  of 
the  body  and  builds  up  the  new. 

As  Prof.  Woodbridge  says:  "air  is  as  much  matter  as  is 
water  or  ice.  It  may  be  clean  or  dirty;  moist  or  dry;  cold  or 
hot;  it  may  be  measured  and  weighed;  moved  and  brought  to 
rest,  and  it  may  pass  thro  all  these  states  and  yet  to  sight  appear 
the  same."  Where  there  is  arsimal  life,  there  is  always  atmos- 
pheric pollution  and  "atmospheric  purity  in  the  presence  of  that 
life  is  possible  only  when  there  is  atmospheric  abundance:" 

The  human  heart  pumps  about  twenty-six  pints  of  impure 
venous  blood  into  the  lungs  each  minute  for  the  purpose  of  puri- 
fication. The  lungs,  however,  can  trcuisform  this  blue  venous 
blood  into  pure  arterial  blood  only  by  extracting  about  six  pints 
of  oxygen  from  the  air  per  hour,  and  throwing  off  a  corresf)onding 
amoimt  of  carbonic  acid,  which  is  a  deadly  poison  totally  in- 
capable of  sustaining  life.  If  the  lungs  could  not  throw  off  this 
carborsic  acid,  a  man  would  die  in  a  few  minutes,  the  same  as 
one  who  drowns,  is  hung  or  otherwise  asphyxiated. 

Just  as  the  draft  is  as  essential  to  the  boiler  fire  as  the  coal, 
so  air  in  purity  and  abundance  is  as  essential  to  the  vitzd  (ire  as 

130 


is  food.  A  good  draft  is  of  more  importance  to  a  bright  fire 
than  is  good  coal,  for  if  the  draft  is  good,  a  hot  fire  may  be  made 
and  held  with  poor  fuel,  but  with  a  poor  draft  the  best  of  fuel 
will  not  make  and  sustain  a  hot  fire.  Inferior  food  with  an 
abundance  of  exercise  in  the  open  air  is  better  than  the  finest  of 
food  with  the  breathing  of  tainted  and  vitiated  air.  To  boiler 
power  and  engine  energy  coal  and  air  are  equally  essential.  To 
vigor  of  body  and  to  vital  energy  food  and  air  are  also  equally 
essential.  To  both  the  quality  of  air  is  of  more  importance  than 
is  the  quantity  of  fuel  and  food. 

There  is  no  menace  to  vitality  and  to  the  sum  of  the  prod- 
ucts of  vital  energy  so  continuously  imminent,  so  insidious  so 
effectively  active  as  are  the  invisible  wastes  of  the  body.  The 
dead  of  the  weapons  of  the  world's  battle-fields  are  few  com- 
pared with  those  whose  lives  have  been  either  blighted  or  pre- 
maturely ended  because  of  failure  to  maintain  the  body  in  a 
correct  relation  to  the  atmospheric  source  of  abundant  energy 
waiting  to  be  transformed  into  vital  force,  and  who  have  died 
for  want  of  prop>er  breath.  He  who  would  live  at  his  best  must 
breathe  air  at  its  purest.  There  is  no  material  necessity  to  life 
greater  than  that  of  pure  air.  There  is  nothing  so  priceless  and 
yet  so  costless  as  air.  There  is  no  financial  investment  which 
does  or  can  yield  so  sure  and  so  large  returns  as  money  wisely 
expended  for  pure  air. 

Ventilation,  as  contemplated  by  this  work,  refers  to  the 
continuous  renewal  of  the  air  within  buildings  intended  for  school 
purposes.  It  will  have  no  reference  to  accidental  or  imperfect 
ventilation,  such  as  may  be  obtained  through  windows,  doors  or 
other  such  means,  but  only  to  such  positive  ventilation  as  may  be 
brought  about  onl^  by  means  of  a  definite  supply  of  fresh  air 
forced  into  the  rooms  at  one  or  more  places  by  means  of  pressure 
from  the  blower  or  otherwise,  and  the  consequent  displacement 
of  the  foul  air  in  the  room  by  means  of  the  same  pressure; — in 
short,  will  refer  to  a  gradual,  complete  and  continuous  changing 
of  the  air  from  foul  to  fresh  so  that  the  air  breathed  by  the 
occupants  of  the  rooms  will  be  at  all  times  as  near  perfectly  pure 

131 


as  possible.  No  such  result  can  be  attained  imless  the  volume  of 
fresh  air  supplied  is  based  upon  the  niunber  of  occupants,  and 
length  of  periods  during  which  the  rooms  are  occupied;  and 
unless  the  supply  of  fresh  air,  and  the  removal  of  foul  air,  is 
accomplished  regardless  of  the  varying  internal  and  external 
temperatures,  as  well  as  the  velocity  and  direction  of  the  air 
outside  of  the  building. 

A  few  general  principles,  now  well  established,  regarding 
the  character  and  motion  of  air  in  a  room  should  be  kept  in  mind 
to  insure  an  intelligent  grasp  of  the  subject. 

(1.)  The  air  in  a  room  must  be  conceived  of  as  a  definite 
medium,  just  as  one  thinks  of  the  water  in  a  bucket  which  is 
filled  to  the  brim  with  that  liquid.  As  it  is  impossible  to  put 
more  water  into  the  bucket  without  forcing  out  of  the  bucket  some 
of  the  water  which  is  already  therein,  so  is  it  impossible  to  force 
air  into  a  room  (uniform  pressure  being  maintained)  without  dis- 
placing some  of  the  air  within  the  room.  Further,  the  volume  of 
air  which  can  be  delivered  into  any  room  is  always  equal  to  the 
quantity  of  air  displaced  therefrom,  if  the  pressure  remains  the 
same. 

(2.)  The  air  of  nature  is  a  mechanical  mixture  of 
nitrogen  and  oxygen,  with  a  little  carbonic  acid,  a  form  of  oxygen 
called  ozone  and  more  or  less  vapor  of  water.  The  amount  of 
carbonic  acid  in  the  open  air  of  nature  is  from  4  to  6  parts  in 
10,000  by  volume. 

In  places  where  ventilation  is  not  jaerfect,  air  contains  also 
impurities  such  as  sulphuretted  hydrogen,  sulphuric,  nitric  and 
other  acids  and  often  more  or  less  solid  matter  like  particles  of 
dust.  Air  in  rooms  occupied  by  human  beings  becomes  rapidly 
contaminated  by  the  products  of  respiration  from  the  human 
beings,  the  pores  of  the  skin,  etc.  Air  also  contains  bacteria  or 
disease  germs;  and  many  authorities  believe  that  the  dust  particles 
in  air  are  largely  responsible  for  the  distribution  or  propagation  of 
the  bacteria  of  various  diseases. 

(3.)  While  the  ends  to  be  sought  in  ventilating  are 
threefold  (1)  hygienic,  (2)  economic  and  (3)  mechanical,  both 

132 


heating  and  ventilating  are  most  important  for  hygienic  reasons. 
Pure  air  is  as  important  to  the  human  body  as  food  cind  water. 
A  candle  will  not  burn  in  air  improverished  of  oxygen.  So, 
also,  breathing  impure  air  dulls  the  fires  of  the  body  and  thus 
clouds  the  intellect,  The  more  the  bodily  vitality  is  lowered,  the 
greater  is  the  danger  of  contracting  both  temporary  and  per- 
manent diseeise.  Real  vital  energy  must  not  be  expected  in 
abnormal  atmospheric  conditions.  If  pure  air  is  entirely  absent, 
death  is  immediate.  One  cubic  foot  per  minute  will  barely  sup- 
port life.  Five  or  even  ten  cubic  feet  per  minute  admit  of  but 
low  vitality;  thirty  cubic  feet  per  minute  will  ensure  vigor  arad 
health,  but  additional  fresh  air  up  to  the  {x>int  where  noticeable 
draught  begins,  is  the  idecJ  condition. 

(4.)  The  air  in  a  room  is  always  in  motion  owing  to  the 
fact  that  certain  portions  of  the  room,  such  as  glass,  may  be 
colder  or  hotter  than  other  portions,  such  as  walls,  and  this  in- 
equality in  temperature  is  certain  to  result  in  air  motion  by  the 
force  of  gravity,  cold  air  falling  because  of  its  density  and  heated 
air  rising  because  of  its  rarity. 

(5.)  Carbonic  acid  gas  expelled  from  the  human  lungs  by 
respiration,  or  emitted  through  the  pores  of  the  skin,  is  50  per 
cent  heavier  them  pure  air  and  therefore  falls  toward  the  floor. 

(6.)  The  air  in  nature  is  purified  by  the  action  of  winds, 
rain,  lightning,  etc.,  but  it  is  impossible  to  purify  the  air  inside 
of  a  building  except  by  removing  and  replacing  it  by  fresh  air 
brought  from  out  doors;  therefore  any  socalled  system  of 
ventilation  which  does  not  positively  produce  this  result  is  not 
in  reality  a  system  of  ventilation  at  all. 

(7.)  Positive  ventilation  can  be  secured  only  where  pro- 
vision is  made  for  ( 1  )  some  source  of  power  for  forcibly  moving 
the  air,  (2)  flues  and  inlets  for  conducting  the  fresh  air  into 
the  rooms,  (3)  outlets  and  flues  for  conveying  the  exhausted  air 
again  to  ihe  outdoors. 

(8.)  The  quantity  of  fresh  air  necessary  to  maintain  a 
fixed  standard  of  purity  may  easily  be  determined,  using  the 
carbonic    acid    as    the   index.      Each    adult    averages    20    cubic 

133 


inches  of  air  at  each  breath,  and  about  20  respirations  each 
minute.  Knowing  the  cunount  of  carbonic  acid  in  pure  air,  and 
in  air  expelled  from  the  human  lungs,  and  knowing  by  experi- 
ment that  discomfort  if  not  harm  attends  the  breathing  of  air 
containing  more  than  8  parts  in  10,000  of  carbonic  acid,  it  is 
easy  to  figure  the  requirements  for  any  standard.  This  subject 
is  fully  elaborated  in  Prof.  R.  C.  Carpenter's  excellent  work  on 
Heating  and  Ventilating  Buildings. 

In  Massachusetts  the  state  law  requires  that  the  ventilating 
apparatus  of  all  school  buildings  shall  supply  at  least  30  cubic 
feet  of  fresh  air  per  minute  or  1800  cubic  feet  per  hour  for 
each  pupil,  upon  which  basis  the  air  in  a  standard  school  room 
containing  40  pupils  would  have  to  be  wholly  changed  once  in 
every  8  minutes.  This  has  practically  become  the  standard  the 
country  over. 

INLETS,  OUTLETS  AND  FLUES 

The  utmost  care  must  be  observed  in  designing  inlets,  out- 
lets and  flues  for  ventilation.  It  is  an  easy  matter  to  bring  a 
definite  volimie  of  air  into  a  given  space  in  a  given  time  but  it 
is  often  exceedingly  difficult  to  accomplish  this  result,  at  the  same 
time  reaching  all  parts  of  the  room  with  the  fresh,  pure  air,  but 
avoiding  the  formation  of  air  currents,  draughts  and  eddies.  To 
secure  satisfactory  results  the  air  should  be  uniformly  distributed, 
should  be  warmed  enough  to  prevent  a  feeling  of  chilliness  on 
the  part  of  individuals  in  the  room,  and  should  proceed  at  a  speed 
which  will  not  give  the  sensation  of  a  draught.  Air  entering  a 
school  room  should  not  have  an  initial  velocity  in  excess  of  10 
feet  per  second  at  the  opening  of  the  flue,  or  in  excess  of  5 
feet  per  second  in  the  school  room. 

The  best  results  are  obtained  when  the  air  inlets  are  located 
at  a  considerable  height  above  the  floor  and  the  outlets  are  located 
at  the  floor  on  the  same  side  of  room  as  the  inlets.  The  ad- 
vantages of  this  arrangement  are  that  heated  air  tends  to  rise 
and  spread  uniformly  just  under  the  ceiling,  after  which  it 
settles  lower  and  lower  in  the  room,  gradually  displacing  the  cool 
and  foul  air  therein  and  the  room  is  thus  soon  filled  with  fresh, 

134 


llj)J BRilATHlNCS  LlME_ 


W0R5T  ftosSlBLE  ArrANSEMENT 


J_1TTLE     BETXER- 


ClRCVLATION     TOO    M  l&H 


Circulation.  OmE  Sided 


Fair  Circulation 


Ideal  method 


FIG.  16. 

warm,  pure  air  while  the  vitiated  air  passes  out  through  the  vent 
shafts  under  the  impelling  force  of  the  fresh  air  which  has  been 
forced  into  the  room.  Mr.  Warren  R.  Briggs,  of  Bridgeport, 
Conn.,  published  in  the  third  annual  report  of  the  Connecticut 
State  Board  of  Health,  1  879,  the  results  of  a  series  of  experi- 
ments made  by  him  to  determine  the  most  advantageous  location 
of  inlet  and  outlet  flues  for  ventilation  purposes.  The  results 
of  these  experiments  were  given  in  the  work  published  by  Mr. 
Briggs  in  1 899,  on  the  American  School  Building.  These  ex- 
periments were  conducted  with  a  model  having  about  one-sixth 
the  capacity  of  an  ordinary  school  room. and  the  movements  of 
the  air  were  made  visible  by  mingling  smoke  therewith  whereby 
all  changes  undergone  in  the  air  were  made  visible. 


135 


These  experiments  are  illustrated  in  figure  (16).  It  is 
perhaps  well  to  add  that  the  practice  of  the  best  ventilating 
engineers  and  the  experience  of  the  years  which  have  elapsed 
since  these  experiments  by  Mr.  Briggs  demonstrate  the  correct- 
ness and  reliability  of  his  conclusions,  as  to  the  direction  of  these 
air  currents  and  the  positive  character  of  their  action. 


i?. 


If 


^ 


136 


SYSTEMS  OF  VENTILATION 

Until  very  recent  years  ventilation  was  regarded  more  as 
a  luxury  than  a  necessity.  Although  the  discomforts  of  poorly 
ventilated  rooms  have  always  been  ioiown  and  deprecated,  the 
apparent  necessity  of  complex  and  expensive  methods  for  cor- 
recting the  difficulty  has  undoubtedly  retarded  the  advancement 
in  this  department  of  building  economy.  But,  as  a  result  of  the 
recent  advance  in  hygienic  science  and  experiment,  it  is  now  well 
known  that  the  vitiated  atmosphere  of  crowded  rooms  is 
fKJsitively  and  undeniably  injurious,  often  leading  to  the  propaga- 
tion of  various  dangerous  diseases,  and  that  continued  exposure 
to  it  is  reasonably  certain  to  be  followed  by  serious  consequences. 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  school  buildings  should 
be  ventilated  according  to  the  most  advanced  knowledge  and 
experience,  and  every  school  board  should  insist  upon  expert 
service  in  this  department  of  building  economy  whether  it  has 
been  afforded  elsewhere  or  not.  The  practice,  followed  by  many 
boards,  of  permitting  various  manufacturers  to  submit  their  own 
layouts  is  very  unwise,  and  is  continued  no  doubt  because  many 
architects,  not  skilled  or  experienced  in  designing  ventilating 
apparatus,  are  glad  to  have  manufacturers  relieve  them  of 
expense  in  this  manner.  This  procedure  not  only  defeats  all  true 
comf>etition,  but  has  the  additional  defect  of  making  the  boards 
of  education  act  in  the  capacity  of  judges  of  the  various  ventilat- 
ing schemes  submitted,  which  they  are  utterly  incompetent  to  do, 
and  many  failures  can  be  explained  by  this  program.  If  any 
portion  of  a  school  building  is  worthy  the  attention  of  an  expert 
surely  this  is  it. 

VENTILATION    BY    NATURAL    METHODS 

On  the  basis  of  least  expense,  natural  agencies,  such  as 
air  supply  through  doors  and  windows,  were  long  def>ended  upon, 
but  it  is  apparent  that  such  ventilation  is  not  a  "system"  at  aJl 

137 


t  Vent  5tac  k 


Smoke  Stack 


FIG.   17 

This  illuslralion  shews 
diagramatically  the  princi- 
ple of  a  gravity  system  of 
heating  and  ventilation, 
showing  the  path  of  outside 
cold  air  as  it  passes  over 
..^^  the  furnace,  up  into  the 
^'''  school  room  and  outdoors 
again  through  the  vent 
stack.  The  motion  of  the 
air  is  produced  by  the  heat 
of  the  furnace. 

Grayjty  System 
Of  lioT  Air  Indirect  Heating 

AMD    VENTII.ATlNe  COMBINED. 

and  is  both  spasmodic  and  disagreeable,   if  not  dangerous  be- 
cause of  draught. 

VENTILATION  BY  GRAVITY 
The  first  step  away  from  ventilation  by  natural  methods 
consisted  in  supplying  buildings  with  flues  either  for  the  intro- 
duction of  fresh  air,  the  withdrawal  of  vitiated  air,  or  both;  but 
where  no  method  was  employed  for  forcing  fresh  air  in  through 
the  former,  or  drawing  the  foul  air  out  through  the  latter,  such 
systems  of  flues  were  even  less  dependable  than  the  natural 
processes  above  referred  to.  This  led  to  a  further  step  in  ad- 
vance known  as  the  Gravity  System  euid  consisting  of  some 
means  of  encouraging  or  inducing  a  movement  of  the  air  from 
the  rooms  into  the  foul  air  flue.  One  such  plan  involves  the  use 
of  two  flues  for  each  room,  one  leading  into  the  room  from  a 
furnace,  or  battery  of  furnaces,  located  in  the  basement,  and  tha 
other  leading  from  the  room  to  a  point  above  the  roof  of  the 
building.  It  is  the  theory  of  this  system  that  when  the  air  used 
for  heating  the  rooms  leaves  the  furnaces,  it  both  rises  and  ex- 
pands in  volume,  because  of  its  heat  and  lighter  specific  gravity. 


138 


FIG.  18. 

Showing    proper    arrangement    of    warm    air    and    exhaust    flues.      Fan 
plenum  system.    No  exhaust  fan  used. 

139 


and  thus  enters  the  room  with  a  certain  velocity  due  to  these 
causes.  This  velocity  is  supposed  to  be  sufficient  to  displace  an 
equal  volume  of  air  already  in  the  room  and  force  it  up  the 
vent  flue  and  thus  out  doors.  This  is  a  beautiful  theory  and 
such  systems  sometimes  do  operate  with  a  fair  degree  of  satis- 
faction when  wind  and  weather  conditions  are  favorable;  but  if 
the  winds  or  weather  are  unfavorable,  the  system  is  just  as  certain 
to  prove  ineffectual  and  little  better  than  no  system  of  ventila- 
tion whatever. 

A  final  step  in  the  development  of  the  gravity  system  con- 
sists in  placing  gas  jets,  stack  heaters,  steam  coils,  iron  smoke 
stacks,  etc.,  in  the  exhaust  flues,  with  the  idea  that  the  heat  thus 
generated  will  cause  a  positive  draught  and  thus  force  foul  air 
up  the  exhaust  flue  and  thus  out  of  doors,  but  the  same  objections 
may  be.  urged  to  this  phase  of  the  gravity  system,  which  is  some- 
times called  ventilation  by  aspiration,  as  have  been  urged  against 
the  simple  gravity  system,  differing  only  in  degree. 

FORCED  OR  MECHANICAL  VENTILATION 

The  inevitable  result  of  the  ur»satis factory  results  obtained 
from  all  methods  of  ventilation  previously  referred  to,  has  been 
the  general  conclusion  of  all  authorities  that  there  is  no  system 
of  ventilation,  of  any  sort,  which  is  positive,  uniform  or  other- 
wise dependable  except  the  method  of  supplying  air  for  ventila- 
tion fep  force  from  a  blower  or  fan;  and  that  if  the  air  is  wanted 
in  a  particular  place,  at  a  particular  time,  and  in  certain  definite 
quantities  and  velocities,  it  must  be  forced  to  go  there  under  the 
necessary  conditions  in  spite  of  vsrinds,  weather  and  all  other 
such  conditions.  Further,  actual  experience  is  demonstrating  that 
no  positive  system  of  ventilation  is  so  inexpensive — results  coi>- 
sidered — as  the   fan  system. 

VENTILATION  AND   HEATING  COMBINED 

Although  the  subject  of  heating  has  been  separately  treated 
in  the  present  work,  experience  has  demonstrated  that  in  our 
climate  it  is  never  wise  to  operate  the  system  of  ventilation  en- 
tirely by  itself.     The  air  used  for  ventilation  should  at  least  be 

140 


warmed  to  the  temperature  of  the  room  into  which  it  is  introduced. 
In  some  systems  the  heating  and  ventilation  is  performed  at  one 
operation,  the  ventilating  air  being  first  forced  through  the  heat- 
ing furnaces  or  coils,  thus  raising  it  to  a  high  temperature,  in 
which  condition  it  is  introduced  into  the  school  room  under 
pressure  from  the  fan  or  blower.  After  passing  through  the  room 
it  is  forced  on  out  through  the  ventilating  stacks,  but  not  until  it 
has  performed  the  two  operations  at  once. 

The  latter  system  while  in  more  common  use  is  not  as  good 
practice  as  the  system  in  which  the  heating  and  ventilating  are 
nearly  independent  of  each  other  for  the  following  reasons: 

1.  In  order  that  the  ventilating  air  shall  not  lose  so  much 
heat  in  its  passage  through  the  school  rooms  as  to  cause  an  un- 
pleasant and  cooling  feeling  up>on  the  occupants  of  the  room,  it 
is  necessary  to  overheat  the  air  at  the  coil  or  furnace,  thus  cook- 
ing, or  burning,  and  depriving  the  air  of  the  humidity  which  it 
must  have   for  ideal  results. 

2.  Owing  to  the  absence  of  this  humidity  the  mucous 
membranes  of  the  persons  occupying  the  room  become  affected 
and  are  more  liable  to  colds  and  other  irritating  affections. 

3.  Such  dry  air  quickly  affects  the  vitality  and  comfort, 
if  not  the  health  of  the  pupils  occupying  the  rooms,  and  it  is 
very  frequently  found  necessary  to  resort  to  the  opening  of 
windows  or  transoms  to  secure  fresh  air  in  its  natural  condition 
of  humidity  because  of  the  absence  of  same  in  the  ventilating 
air  furnished  to  the  room,  thus  counteracting  and  nullifying  the 
mechanical  ventilation. 

SYSTEMS  OF  FORCED  VENTILATION 

There  are  two  systems  of  forced  ventilation.  (1)  the 
Exhaust  system,  and  (2)  the  Plenum  or  pressure  system.  The 
exhaust  system  consists  in  using  a  fan  to  forcibly  withdraw  the 
air  from  rooms.  This  system  is  now  little  used  except  for 
ventilating  toilet  rooms,  chemical  and  other  laboratories,  etc., 
and  as  an  auxiliary  to  the  plenum  system.  In  this  system 
.a     partial     vacuum     is     created     within     the     apartment     and, 

141 


142 


as  all  air  currents  and  leaks  are  thus  inward,  there  is  nothing 
to  govern  the  quality  or  velocity  of  the  air,  and  it  is  difficult  to 
provide  proper  mccuis  of  warming  it.  In  the  case  of  toilet  rooms, 
laboratories,  etc.,  the  system  is  very  desirable,  and  in  many  build- 
ings imperative.  Further,  the  tendency  of  the  air  to  leak  from 
corridors  and  adjoining  rooms  into  the  toilet  rooms,  etc.,  be- 
cause of  the  vacuum  above  described,  is  a  positive  merit  rather 
than  a  defect  in  this  case  because  it  counteracts  all  tendency  of 
foul  smelling  air  to  pass  from  these  apartments  into  other  portions 
of  the  building. 

By  the  Plenum  system,  fresh,  pure  air  may  be  forced  into 
the  rooms  at  any  desired  degree  of  temperature  or  velocity,  at 
any  desired  degree  of  humidity,  emd  under  such  conditions  as  may 
be  positively  controlled  at  ell  times;  and  all  leakage  is  outward 
through  windows,  etc.,  thus  preventing  the  drawing  of  polluted 
air  into  the  room  from  any  source  whatever.  Moreover,  all  air 
which  is  forced  into  the  room  by  the  Plenum  or  pressure  system 
and  owing  to  that  pressure,  forces  out  of  the  room  an  equal 
volume  of  the  vitiated  air,  already  in  the  room,  and  does  so  by 
positive  measurable  processes  which  remove  all  doubt  as  to  the 
actual  results  accomplished.  When  it  is  remembered  that  the 
physical  energy  of  the  body  is  absolutely  dependent  upon  a 
constant  and  positive  supply  of  fresh,  pure  aur,  as  surely  as  the 
energy  of  the  engine  is  the  result  of  the  fires  under  the  boilers, 
the  vast  importance  of  this  result  is  easily  realized. 

HEATING   AND   VENTILATING   AIR 

Air  used  for  ventilation  is  always  heated  in  cold  weather 
before  its  introduction  into  school  rooms,  and  as  already  ex- 
plained, may  be  sufficiently  heated  so  that  the  heating  and 
ventilating  are  performed  at  one  operation.  In  buildings  where 
steam  or  hot  water  is  used  for  heating,  the  air  for  ventilation  is 
frequently  heated  to  only  70  degrees  by  means  of  indirect  coils 
located  in  the  basement,  the  idea  being  that  the  radiators  in  the 
rooms  are  to  provide  that  heat  necessary  for  the  rooms,  and  the 
indirect  coils  in  the  basement  are  for  the  purpose  only  of  temper- 

143 


ing  the  ventilating  air  so  that  it  may  enter  the  rooms  at  the  same 
temperature  as  the  air  which  is  already  in  the  rooms.  This  latter 
plan  is  considered  far  the  best  system  of  heating  and  ventilating 
now  in  common  use  and  is  much  to  be  preferred  over  any  system 
in  which  the  heating  and  ventilating  is  done  at  one  operation. 

QUANTITY   OF    VENTILATING   AIR 

Professor  Woodbridge  says  that  "Only  two  considerations 
should  be  allowed  to  limit  the  quantity  of  air  supply:  Air 
draughts  and  bank  drafts."  In  other  words,  ventilating  air  should 
be  supplied  in  maximum  quantities  up  to  the  point  where  danger 
arises  from  colds  due  to  draught,  provided  the  funds  in  hand  will 
admit  of  such  liberal  supply.  The  length  of  time  rooms  are 
actually  occupied  continuously  has  much  to  do  with  the  quantity 
of  ventilating  air  which  should  properly  be  used  in  the  rooms. 
Under  the  Massachusetts  law,  as  first  passed,  it  was  attempted 
to  require  50  cubic  feet  of  air  per  capita  per  minute  in  public 
schools,  but  as  it  was  found  impracticable  to  obtain  such  a  high 
standard,  especially  within  reasonable  financial  limits,  the 
standard  was  dropped  to  30  cubic  feet  per  minute  which  is  now 
generally  adopted  in  school  work  throughout  the  country  as  a 
minimum  volume  to  be  provided  !n  any  system  of  ventilation 
worthy  of  the  name.  As  more  and  more  attention  is  given  to 
perfecting  ventilating  apparatus,  the  time  will  probably  come 
when  40  cubic  feet  or  even  50  cubic  feet  may  be  obtained  within 
reasonable  limits  of  expense  and  this  is  the  goal  toward  which 
all  progress  should  be  aimed. 

AIR   VELOCITIES 

In  very  good  practice  of  the  present  day,  the  inlets  and  flues 
in  ventilating  systems  for  schools  are  so  designed  that  the  velocities 
of  ventilating  air  will  be  as  follows:  Leaving  the  register  into 
the  room  not  over  300  linear  feet  per  minute;  passing  through 
distributing  flues  and  risers  about  700  linear  feet  per  minute;  in 
mains  and  branches  1  000  to  1  500  linear  feet  per  minute.  The 
velocity  of  ventilating  air  in  toilet  rooms,  laboratories,  gym- 
nasiums,  physical   training  rooms   and   other  sp>ecial   rooms  may 

145 


be  varied   from  the  above  to  suit  the  special  conditions  as  the 

judgment  of  the  engineer  dictates.      But  all  such  rooms  should 

have  much  larger  per  capita  supply  than  ordinary  school  rooms. 
See  the  Ohio  code;  heating  and  ventilating. 

HEATING   BY   ROTATION 

As  a  measure  of  economy,  many  heating  and  ventilating 
plants  are  so  designed  that  for  quick  preliminary  heating  of  the 
building  the  ventilating  air  is  drawn  from  v^ithin  the  building 
itself  into  the  fan  chamber,  and  thence  forced  back  again  into 
the  building,  thus  making  a  complete  rotation  of  the  building 
without  contact  with  the  cold  air  from  out  doors.  This  process 
no  doubt  saves  exp>ense  in  the  initial  heating  of  the  buildings,  and 
may  be  recommended  for  that  purp>ose  only,  but  all  air  for 
ventilating  purposes,  while  rooms  are  occupied,  should  be  drawn 
directly  from  out  doors  and  if  possible  from  a  point  above  the 
building  rather  than  near  the  ground. 

AUTOMATIC    CONTROL 

Wherever  the  funds  in  hand  will  permit,  the  heating  and 
ventilating  apparatus  should  be  automatically  controlled,  and  no 
first  class  building  may  be  considered  complete  without  such 
control.  Among  many  systems  now  on  the  market  the  Johnson 
system,  the  American  system  and  the  Powers  system  are  probably 
in  more  general  use  than  any  others.  One  remarkable  effect  of 
impure  air  is  to  render  the  occupants  of  the  room  more  or  less 
insensible  to  heat.  Thus  both  teachers  and  pupils  in  poorly 
ventilated  rooms  will  frequently  complain  of  cold  when  the 
thermometer  indicates  the  actual  temperature  of  the  room  to  be 
as  high  as  75  or  80.  Under  such  conditions,  the  addition  of 
more  heat,  without  pure  fresh  air,  simply  aggravates  the  con- 
ditions. Moreover,  if  teachers  in  various  parts  of  the  building 
are  permitted  to  tinker  with  the  heating  and  ventilating  apparatus 
to  satisfy  their  own  whims,  or  even  if  an  experienced  janitor  is 
allowed  to  have  control  of  this  matter,  the  results  will  prove  very 
unsatisfactory  amd  annoying.  By  the  use  of  an  automatic  system 
the  heat  may  be  kept  permanently  at  emy  desired  degree  in  every 

146 


portion  of  the  building,  and  the  flow  of  ventilating  air  may  be 
controlled  according  to  the  wishes  of  the  superintendent  of  the 
building,  and  kept  within  any  bounds  desired.  This  result  is 
accomplished  by  means  of  thermostats,  located  in  each  room, 
which  are  connected  by  means  of    compressed    air  pipes  with 

147 


various  dampers  located  at  the  proper  points  in  the  heating  and 
ventilating  system.  In  some  of  the  systems  the  work  is  ac- 
complished by  means  of  electricity  instead  of  compressed  air. 
Thermostatic  valves  are  also  provided  for  attachment  directly  to 
steam  or  hot  water  radiators  so  that  no  matter  what  system  of 
healing  and  ventilating  is  used,  automatic  regulation  is  not  only 
feasible  but  has  been  demonstrated  absolutely  reliable.  In  genersJ 
the  cost  of  automatic  regulation  amounts  to  about  one-tenth  or 
one- twelfth  of  the  cost  of  the  entire  heating  and  ventilating 
system. 

LOCATION   OF  OPENINGS 

The  location  of  inlets  and  outlets  for  ventilating  air  is  a 
very  important  matter  and  has  much  to  do  with  the  efficiency 
with  which  the  ventilating  air  performs  its  work.  Naturally  the 
air  currents  within  a  room  always  tend  downward  owing  to  the 
cooling  effect  of  windows  and  the  outside  walls,  and  the  move- 
ment of  the  air  which  is  thus  slightly  chilled  is  over  the  floor  and 
back  toward  the  warmer  and  inner  walls  again.  The  tendency 
of  the  air  near  the  ceiling  is  naturallly  toward  the  outer  walls 
and  the  falling  currents  above  mentioned.  For  these  reasons  the 
proper  location  for  the  air  inlets  is  upon  the  inside  wall  at  the 
point  as  nearly  as  p>ossible  central  with  reference  to  the  outside 
or  exposed  walls,  and  the  best  practice  includes  the  use  of  dif- 
fusers  to  spread  the  air  in  every  direction  horizontally,  as  it 
enters  the  rooms,  in  order  to  encourage  its  distribution  into  all 
portions  of  the  room,  and  avoid  the  danger  of  a  mere  circling 
of  air  in  a  vertical  plane  from  the  poirjt  of  inlet  to  the  point  of 
outlet.  It  is  also  advisable  to  have  the  inlet  high  enough  to 
avoid  any  possibility  of  draught  upon  the  occupants  of  the  room 
and  the  best  practice  of  the  present  day  is  to  locate  inlets  at 
least  seven  feet  above  the  floor  level.  From  the  foregoing  reason- 
ing, it  will  be  obvious  that  the  outlet  for  vitiated  air  should  also 
be  on  the  inner  and  warmer  wall  of  the  room,  and  should  be 
in  or  near  the  floor  so  as  to  catch  all  impure  air  as  it  passes  over 
the  floor,  before  it  has  an  opportunity  to  rise  along  the  inside  wall 
and  become  again  a  part  of  the  air  current  ventilating  the  room. 

148 


Where  it  is  possible  to  do  so,  it  is  advantageous  to  have  two 
inlets  and  outlets  for  the  purpose  of  better  distribution  of  the 
ventilating    air. 

HUMIDITY 

During  the  past  few  years,  medical  men,  and  scientists 
have  been  emphasizing  the  fact  that  moisture  is  a  necessary  and 
integral  part  of  the  human  body,  and  that  heating  and  ventilating 
systems  are  failures  which  do  not  in  some  way  provide  for  this 
condition.  The  air  we  breathe  must  be  not  only  pure,  but  to  be 
ideally  healthful  must  contain  a  certain  amount  of  water  vaf)or. 
The  amount  of  moisture  the  air  contains  is  called  its  humidity. 

When  air  contains  all  the  moisture  it  can  carry  without 
precipitating  it  in  the  form  of  water  like  rain,  it  is  said  to  be 
"saturated."  This  condition  is  styled  as  100  per  cent  humidity. 
Air  containing  no  moisture  is  said  to  be  at  0  degree  humidity, 
the  term  humidity,  as  here  used,  therefore  refers  to  the  relative 
humidity  in  the  air.  The  relative  humidty  in  the  Desert  of 
Sahara  is  said  to  be  33  per  cent,  in  the  average  American  home 
and  school  room  20  to  28  per  cent — or  dr^er  than  the  Desert  of 
Sahara.  Physicians  say  these  conditions  are  not  conducive  to 
health. 

As  the  temperature  increases,  the  capacity  of  the  air  to 
hold  moisture  also  increases.  The  following  table  shows  the 
actual  weight  of  water  that  can  exist  as  a  gas  or  vapor  in  air 
at  some  of  the  ordinary  temperatures: 


Tem. 

No.  grains  in  cu. 

ft. 

Tem. 

No. 

grains  cu.  ft. 

100 

19.8 

40 

2.8 

90 

14.8 

30 

1.9 

80 

10.9 

20 

\2 

70 

8.0 

10 

.8 

60 

5.7 

0 

.5 

50  4.1  —10  .3 

The  amount  of  moisture  in  the  atmosphere  in  a  building  is 
governed  by  ( 1 )  the  temperature,  (2)  the  nature  of  the  evapor- 
ating surface  and  (3)  by  the  rate  at  which  the  humidity  is  car- 
ried away.  The  correct  percentage  of  humidity  in  school  rooms 
is  about  50  per  cent. 

149 


If  air  is  heated  to  70  degrees  or  higher  but  without  the  addi- 
tion of  watery  vapor,  its  capacity  for  absorbing  moisture  is  very 
much  increased,  and  it  will  take  up  moisture  from  all  moist  objects 
it  touches.  It  will  take  it  from  the  skin  as  rapidly  as  the  skin 
gives  it  off.  It  will  take  moisture  from  the  mucous  membranes 
of  the  nose,  mouth  and  the  respiratory  tract,  causing  more  or 
less  drying  of  the  skin  and  these  membranes,  thus  rendering  them 
fit  for  the  spread  of  disease.  Dry  skin,  throat  trouble,  catarrh, 
colds,  overactivity  of  the  glands,  etc.,  are  thought  to  be  caused 
in  many  cases  by  such  loss  of  moisture  from  the  body  due  to 
dry  heat. 

The  pneumonia  and  croup  period  is  the  season  of  artificial 
heat  in  living  rooms. 

This  dryness  of  the  air  also  requires  a  higher  temperature 
to  give  the  same  bodily  sensation  of  warmth  and  comfort  obtained 
at  a  much  lower  degree  in  air  containing  normal  percentage  of 
moisture.  If  a  room  at  70  degrees  F.  is  not  warm  enough  for 
any  normal  healthy  person,  the  percentage  of  moisture  is  too  low. 
Not  more  coal,  but  more  water  is  needed. 

FILTERING  AIR   FOR  VENTILATION 

Another  refinement  found  in  the  better  grade  of  heating 
and  ventilating  plants,  consists  of  air  filters  for  the  purpose  of 
purifying  the  air  of  solid  impurities  which  is  used  for  ventilation. 
While  such  an  equipment  may  be  desired  or  necessary  in  some 
localities,  it  is  not  as  yet  considered  of  sufficient  importance  to  be 
included  in  the  majority  of  American  school  buildings.  Hygien- 
ically  considered,  it  is  not  of  great  importance,  as  the  filters  would 
in  no  case  remove  disease  germs.  And  simply  to  remove  dust 
from  the  air  by  the  ordinary  methods  of  filtration  requires  so  much 
extra  fan  power  in  forcing  air  through  the  filters  that  the  result 
does  not  justify  the  added  expense,  except  in  closely  congested, 
smoky  and  murky  city  districts.  It  has  been  estimated  by  some 
one  that  6000  tons  of  soot  hang  over  London  every  day.  All 
cities  are  overhung  with  much  smoke,  soot  and  dust  and  every 

150 


possible  exf>edient    should    be    employed    to    prevent  this   from 
passing  into  the  school  rooms. 

NOTE: — All  readers  who  care  to  study  a  more  exhaustive  and  tech- 
nical paper  relating  to  the  warming  and  ventilating  of  school  buildings  are 
referred  to  a  treatise  written  by  Professor  S.  H,  Woodbridge  of  the  Massachu- 
setts Institute  of  Technology  for  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  State  of  Con- 
necticut in  1898.  Professor  Rolla  C.  Carpenter,  in  his  exhaustive  work  on 
Heating  and  Ventilating  Buildings,  page  430,  publishes  this  treatise  and  pro- 
iiounces  it  the  best  general  discussion  of  the  subject  hitherto  published.  The 
author  acknowledges  this  paper  to  be  his  authority  for  many  of  the  conclusions 
on  this  subject  contained  in  the  present  work. 


151 


CHART        SHOWING       5TATUS        Of       REGULATION       OF 
5CHOOLHOU5E    CONSTfiUCTION    IN  THE  UNITED  5TATES    FN    1912. 


COMPILED 

tlY 

rOAMH.  IRVIMO 

COOPER. 

e>03T0/( 

Ptn 

Plan 

QDN5TKUCTION 

toncnoN 

Sanitation 

^WISHWOS 

5 

•  State  • 

3= 

z; 

u 

tx. 

in 

H 

i 

t. 

g 

! 

s 

y- 

r 
o 

5 

10 

< 

< 

y 

8 

\ 

0 

p 

^"[ 

i 

2 

0 

to 

a 

o 

J 

Al  AftAMA 

X 

^ 

~ 

2 

ADI7nNA 

X 

1 

1 

1 

1 

■ 

1 

f5 

ADKAN<^A.S 

1 

TAI  irnDNIA 

X 

B 

1 

^// 

f^ 

CaDPAOO 

X 

J 

1 

r.nNNfr.Tir.i  it 

■ 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

■ 

1 

5 

DPI  AWAPP 

X 

% 

^ 

m 

S 

fioDinA 

^ 

nFDDr.iA 

IDAHD 

• 

11  1  INDIS 

INDIANA 

X 

X 

1 

■ 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

inWA 

X 

IHL. 

■■ 

^ 

KAN5iA.s  Vfmr\kr> 

■  H 

a 

KrNTiir.KV 

L 

1 

imilSIAMA 

X 

1 

.Jl 

1 

■ 

■ 

1 

« 

MAIHr 

X 

X 

1 

1 

Mmm 

% 

1 

^ 

^ 

^ 

f^ 

i 

MAPYI  AtJn 

1 

MA'V'iAr.nusrTT.s 

■■■-■ 

5E 

: 

nd 

m 

1 

> 

1 

1 

%* 

■ 

1 

1 

I 

MirMir.AN  vfMnrrr 

X 

jl 

^ 

MINNr.SOTA 

X 

X 

w 

1 

1 

r^ 

v^ 

^ 

% 

% 

I 

MISSISSIPPI 

MlSSpilDI 

MriNTANA 

X 

<^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

9 

NrrSDASKA 

• 

NrVARA 

HTW'   MAMP.SHIBF 

X 

g 

i 

Nrw    ^.TTDSTY 

X 

1 

1 

^^ 

1 

1 

NfW     MFVirD 

% 

NfW  vnPK 

X 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

i^ 

1 

1 

1 

^ 

<^ 

NnPTM    TADm  IWA 

^ 

■ 

1 

P 

NDDTH    r^KOTA 

X 

x^ 

1 

IL 

1 

1 

1 

~^ 

ntiin 

1 

III 

1 

1 

1 

1 

M 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

s 

OKI  AHDMA 

■ 

nDfr,nN 

prNNSYlVANIA 

X, 

1 

■i^L 

1 

^^^H 

WmW    ISl  AND 

X 

1 

C 

Sm  ITU  CkOCt  INA 

X 

1 

J 

h 

sniini  tuKnTA 

X 

1 

■ 

^ 

^ 

J;^ 

^ 

TrNfS.SFP 

5 

TTXAS 

< 

UTAH 

)^ 

^H    1 

1 

VrOMDNT 

K 

mj^ 

VlDT.INIA 

X 

wASHiNrrrr* 

X 

5 

WFST    VlDTilNIA 

X 

X 

wi.sroNsitt 

_ 

-J 

-. 

^ 

-J 

1 

Noir  A    Tut    PLAfis    KX  joca.  wiuxnos  in  "piis  staix    must  m  appgcwd  or  state  ABcwrrEJ 
Hort  D    ^rst  »i*ta  ase    pRrPAurD     w  itPAOTMnrr  cr  l^sPfC^OH  or  'mocj'.shops  factdpies 

AND     PVBLIC       DVILPINOS 
Mori  C     THtSl      iAWS     AMD    KGULATION&      APPLY      TO    STATE       BOILOINOS    CXLY 


Of  nANX  IRnMG   COOKS 


STATE  SCHOOL  CODES 

The  following  states  are  still  without  any  definite  laws  or 
code  governing  the  character  of  public  school  buildings,  in  regard 
to  construction: 


Alabeuna 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Delaware 

District  of  Columbia 

Florida 

Georgia 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Iowa 

Kentucky 

Maine 

Maryland 

Michigan 


Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

New  Mexico 

Nevada 

North  Carolina 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

Rhode   Island 

South  Carolina 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Washington 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


None  of  the  states  in  the  above  list  have  any  laws  or  codes 
governing  the  construction  of  school  buildings  at  the  present  time 
(January,  1915),  although  some  of  the  states  in  this  list  have 
laws  requiring  drawings  and  sp>ecifications  for  school  buildings 
to  be  submitted  to  the  state  boards  of  health  or  the  state  factory 
inspector  for  approval  before  the  buildings  are  constructed. 
These  conditions  obtain  in  Vermont  and  one  or  two  other  states. 
However,  no  state  in  the  above  list  has  now  any  requirements 
whatever  regarding  the  heating  and  ventilating,  lighting,  sanita- 
tion, fireproofing  or  panic  proofing  of  school  buildings. 

In  all  of  these  states,  notably  Missouri  and  Illinois,  the 
large  cities  like  St.  Louis  and  Chicago  have  city  building  codes. 


153 


the  provisions  of  which  apply  to  school  buildings  in  common 
with  all  other  buildings,  but  as  a  rule  such  city  building  ordinances 
relate  only  to  safety  of  construction,  and  to  fire  protection. 

THE  CONNECTICUT  LAW 

Every  school  house  shall  be  kept  in  a  cleanly  state  and 
free  from  effluvia  arising  from  any  drain,  privy,  or  other  nuisance, 
and  shall  be  provided  with  a  sufficient  number  of  proper  water 
closets,  earth  closets,  or  privies,  for  the  use  of  the  pupils  attend- 
ing such  school  house,  and  shall  be  properly  ventilated. 

Whenever  it  shall  be  found  by  the  state  board  of  educa- 
tion, or  by  the  board  of  school  visitors,  or  by  a  member  of  the 
town  school  committee  of  the  town  in  which  any  school  house 
is  located,  that  further  or  different  sanitary  provisions  or  means 
of  lighting  or  ventilating  are  required  in  any  school  house,  and 
that  the  same  can  be  provided  without  unreasonable  expense, 
either  of  said  boards,  or  such  member  of  the  town  school  com- 
mittee may  recommend  to  the  person  or  authority  in  charge  of 
or  controlling  such  school  house  such  changes  in  the  ventilation, 
lighting,  or  sanitary  arrangements  of  such  school  house  as  they 
may  deem  necessary.  In  case  such  changes  be  not  made  sub- 
stantially as  recommended  within  two  weeks  from  the  date  of 
notice  thereof  such  board  or  member  of  the  committee  may  make 
complaint  to  the  proper  health  authority  of  the  community  in 
which  such  school  house  is  situated,  which  said  authority  shall, 
after  notice  to  and  hearing  of  the  parties  mterested,  order  such 
changes  made  in  the  lighting,  ventilation  or  sanitary  wrange- 
ments  of  such  school  house  as  it  may  deem  necessary  and  prop>er. 

All  public  school  houses,  the  construction  of  which  was 
not  begun  before  the  passage  of  this  act,  shall  be  constructed 
in  accordance  with  the  provisions  hereof. 

No  school  house  for  the  accommodation  of  pupils  of  gram- 
mar school  grade,  or  of  a  lower  grade,  shall  be  constructed  so 
as  to  contain  more  than  two  stories  above  the  basement. 

No  school  house  for  the  accommodation  of  pupils  of  a 
higher  grade  than  grammar  school  grade  shall  be  constructed  so 

154 


as  to  contain  more  than  two  stories  above  the  basement,  unless 
such  school  house  is  of  fire-proof  construction  throughout,  and  in 
that  event  shall  not  exceed  three  stories  above  the  basement. 

All  school  houses  of  eight  or  more  class-rooms  not  of  fire- 
proof construction  throughout  shall  be  built  as  follows: 

(a)  The  outer  walls  shall  be  of  brick,  natural  or  artifi- 
cial stone,  terra  cotta  blocks,  re-enforced  concrete,  or  other  fire- 
proof material. 

(b)  The  walls  separating  the  school  rooms  from  the  halls 
or  corridors  shall  be  of  masonry  or  other  fire-proof  material. 

(c)  There  shall  be  a  stairway  constructed  in  at  least 
two  opposite  sides  of  the  building  leading  to  the  ground  floor 
from  the  floor  or  floors  above,  and  no  such  school  house  here- 
after built  shall  contain  circular  stairs. 

(d)  There  shall  be  one  exit  constructed  in  at  least  each 
of  two  opposite  sides  of  the  building  upon  the  first  floor  leading 
to  the  groimd,  which  may  be  the  same  as  the  exits  from  the 
floor  or  floors  above  the  first. 

(e)  The  stairs  and  stairways  shall  be  of  fire-proof  con- 
struction. 

(f)  All  doors  leading  from  rooms  into  halls  or  corridors 
shall  be  hung  so  as  to  swing  into  the  hall  or  corridor,  and  all 
doors  leading  from  the  corridors  out  of  the  building  shall  be  so 
hung  as  to  swing  outward. 

(g)  There  shall  be  a  door  of  fire-proof  material  at  the 
head  of  each  stairway  leading  from  the  first  floor  to  the  base- 
ment 

(h)  All  wooden  partitions,  ceilings,  floors,  and  wood- 
work about  the  heating  apparatus  or  plant  shall  be  covered  with 
asbestos,  tin,  sheet  iron,  or  other  fire-proof  material  so  as  to 
effectually  overcome  danger   from  fire. 

No  door  leading  from  a  school  room  into  a  hall  or  corridor, 
or  from  a  hall  or  corridor  out  of  the  building  shall,  during  school 
hours,  be  locked  or  bolted  or  secured  in  any  other  manner  than 
by  a  spring  which  will  readily  yield  to  pressure  from  the  inside. 

155 


There  shall  be  placed  in  a  hall  or  corridor  of  every  such 
school  an  alarm  consisting  of  a  bell  or  gong  arranged  or  equipped 
so  as  to  be  sounded  from  at  least  one  convenient  station  or  place 
upon  each  floor  and  of  sufficient  size  and  volume  of  tone  to  be 
distinctly  heard  in  every  room  when  sounded.  In  the  absence 
of  such  alarm  there  shall  be  placed  in  each  room  an  alarm  con- 
sisting of  a  bell  or  gong  of  sufficient  volume  to  be  heard  through- 
out the  room  where  placed,  all  or  simultaneously  from  the  same 
station  or  place,  at  least  one  of  which  stations  or  places  shall  be 
conveniently  located  in  a  hall  or  corridor  upon  each  floor. 

The  following  act  regulates  the  employment  of  architects 
on  public  buildings: 

Section  1 .  Whenever  any  building  is  to  be  erected  by 
the  State  of  Connecticut  in  the  designing  or  construction  of  which 
the  services  of  an  architect  shall  be  required,  the  comptroller 
shall  give  public  notice,  for  not  less  than  one  month,  through  the 
public  press,  that  such  public  building  is  to  be  erected,  together 
with  a  statement  of  the  amount  appropriated  therefor  and  other 
details  of  the  proposed  construction,  and  that  any  and  all  archi- 
tects who  may  see  fit  may  submit  plans,  sp>ecifications,  and  esti- 
mates of  cost  for  the  construction  of  such  building. 

Section  2.  Upon  application  to  the  comptroller  by  any 
architect,  the  comptroller  shall  give  such  additional  information 
regarding  such  contemplated  building  and  its  character,  construc- 
tion,  and  details  as  he  may  possess. 

Section  3.  All  plans,  specifications,  and  estimates  for 
such  building,  submitted  to  the  comptroller,  shall  be  received  by 
him  and  by  him  delivered  into  the  custody  of  the  board  of  con- 
trol or,  in  case  a  committee  is  raised,  or  persons  appointed  by 
the  general  assembly  to  have  charge  of  the  supervision  or  con- 
struction of  such  building,  then  to  such  committee  or  persons, 
which  board,  committee,  or  persons  shall  receive  and  inspect  all 
of  such  plans  and  specifications. 

Section  4.  Said  board,  committee,  or  persons  having 
charge  of  the  supervision  or  construction  of  such  building  and 
the   selection   of   plans   and   specifications   therefor,    shall   give   a 

156 


public  hearing  to  all  parties  interested,  who  shall  have  ample 
opportunity  to  present  the  merits  of  any  of  said  plans  and  specifi- 
cations. 

Section  5.  Said  board,  committee,  or  persons  shall 
have  the  right  to  accept  and  adopt  any  onv  of  the  said  plans 
and  specifications,  and  may  reject  any  or  all  of  them,  and  such 
selections  shall  be  conclusive. 

Any  janitor,  teacher,  or  other  person  who  violates  the  pro- 
visions of  311  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  three  hundred 
dollars,  or  imprisoned  not  more  than  three  months,  or  both. 
Every  member  of  a  board  of  education,  school  board,  board  of 
school  visitors,  or  building  committee,  or  official  who  is  charged 
with  the  duty  of  plaiming,  contracting  for,  or  building  a  public 
school  house,  who  plans  or  contracts,  or  participates  in  contract- 
ing for,  or  votes  to  build,  or  builds  such  school  house  in  viola- 
tion of  any  of  the  provisions  of  308-309  shall  be  firmed  not 
more  than  three  hundred  dollars,  or  imprisoned  not  more  thjui 
three  months,  or  both. 

Every  story  above  the  first  story  of  a  building  used  as  a 
school  house,  orphan  asylum,  insane  asylum,  reformatory,  opera 
house,  hall  for  public  assemblies,  boarding  house  accommodating 
more  than  twelve  persons,  or  tenement  house  occupied  by  more 
than  five  families  shall  be  provided  with  more  than  one  way 
of  egress,  by  stairways  on  the  inside  or  fire  escapes  on  the  out- 
side of  such  building.  Said  stairways  and  fire  escapes  shall,  at 
all  times,  be  kept  free  from  obstruction  and  shall  be  accessible 
from  each  room  in  every  story  above  the  first  story. 

Every  theater,  nickelette,  school  house,  or  hall,  excepting 
town  halls,  in  which  people  commonly  assemble  in  larger  num- 
bers than  one  hundred,  shall  be  provided  with  one  or  more  exits, 
each  exit  consisting  of  a  door  so  hung  as  to  open  outward,  and 
in  case  any  passageway  from  such  theater,  nickelette,  school 
house,  or  hall  to  such  exit  contains  one  or  more  doors,  each  door 
shall  be  so  hung  as  to  open  outward. 

The  owner  or  lessee  of  any  such  theater,  nickelette,  school 
house,  or  hall  who  uses  or  permits  any  such  theater,  nickelette, 

157 


school  house,  or  hall  to  be  used  as  a  place  for  the  assembly  of 
people  when  such  theater,  nickelette,  school  house,  or  hall  does 
not  conform  to  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  fined  not  more 
than  two  hundred  dollars,  or  confined  in  jail  not  more  than  six 
months,  or  both.  If  the  owner  or  lessee  is  a  corporation,  the 
directors  shall  be  deemed  the  owners  or  lessees  within  the  mean- 
ing of  this  act.  If  the  owner  or  lessee  is  an  ecclesiastical  society 
or  a  school  district,  the  trustees  of  such  society  or  the  board 
having  control  of  the  property  or  of  such  school  house  shall  be 
deemed  the  owner  or  lessee  within  the  meaning  of  this  act. 

THE  INDIANA  LAW 

DOORS   MUST   SWING  OUTWARD 

243.  Whoever,  being  the  owner,  manager,  lessee,  trus- 
tee, or  person  having  the  charge  of  any  theater,  opera  house, 
museum,  college,  seminary,  church,  school  house,  or  other 
public  building,  refuses  or  neglects  to  cause  all  the  doors  thereof, 
constructed  for  the  purpose  of  ingress  and  egress,  whether  inner 
or  outer  doors,  to  be  so  hung  that  the  same  shall  swing  outwardly, 
shall  be  fined  in  any  sum  not  exceeding  one  thousand  dollars 
nor  less  than  ten  dollars,  to  which  may  be  added  imprisonment 
in  the  county  jail  for  any  period  not  exceeding  six  months: 
Provided,  that  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  the  outer  doors  of 
one-story  churches  and  school  houses. 

SANITARY    BUILDINGS 

1.  That  after  the  going  into  effect  of  this  act,  all  school 
houses  which  shall  be  constructed  or  remodeled,  shall  be  con- 
structed in  accordance  and  conform  to  the  following  sanitary 
principles,  to-wit: 

(a)  Sites. — ^AU  sites  shall  be  dry,  and  such  drainage  as 
may  be  necessary  to  secure  and  maintain  dry  grounds  and  dry 
buildings,  shall  be  selected  and  supplied.  Said  site  and  said 
buildings  shall  not  be  nearer  than  500  feet  to  steam  railroads, 
livery  stable,  horse,  mule  or  cattle  barn  used  for  breeding  pur- 
poses or   any  noise-making  industry  or  any   unheal thful   condi- 

158 


tions.  Good  dry  walks  shall  lead  from  the  street  or  road  to 
every  school  house  and  to  all  outhouses,  and  suitable  play 
grounds  shall  be  provided. 

(b)  Buildings. — School  buildings,  if  of  brick,  shall  have 
a  stone  foundation,  or  the  foundation  may  be  of  brick,  or  con- 
crete: Provided,  a  layer  of  slate,  stone  or  other  impervious 
material,  be  interposed  above  the  ground  line,  or  the  foundation 
may  be  of  vitrified  brick  and  the  layer  of  impervious  material 
will  not  be  required.  Every  two-story  school  house  shall  have 
a  dry,  well-lighted  basement  under  the  entire  building,  said  base- 
ment to  have  cement  or  concrete  floor  and  ceiling  to  be  not  less 
than  ten  feet  above  the  floor  level.  The  ground  floor  of  all 
school  houses  shall  be  raised  at  least  three  feet  above  the  ground 
level  and  have,  when  possible,  dry,  well-lighted  basement  under 
the  entire  building,  and  shall  have  a  solid  foundation  of  brick, 
tile,  stone  or  concrete,  and  the  area  between  the  ground  and  the 
floor  shall  be  thoroughly  ventilated.  Each  pupil  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  not  less  than  225  cubic  feet  of  pace,  and  the  inte- 
rior walls  and  ceiling  shall  be  either  painted  or  tinted  some 
neutral  color  as  gray,  slate,  buff  or  green. 

(c)  Lighting  and  Seating. — All  school  rooms  where 
pupils  are  seated  for  study,  shall  be  lighted  from  one  side  only 
and  the  glass  area  shall  be  not  less  than  one-sixth  of  the  floor 
area  and  the  windows  shall  extend  from  not  less  than  four  feet 
from  the  floor  to  at  least  one  foot  from  the  ceiling,  all  windows 
to  be  provided  with  roller  or  adjustable  shades  of  neutral  color 
as  blue,  gray,  slate,  buff  or  green.  Desks  zmd  desk  seats  shall 
preferably  be  adjustable,  and  at  least  twenty  per  cent  of  all 
desks  and  desk  seats  in  each  room  shall  be  adjustable,  and  shall 
be  so  placed  that  the  light  shall  fall  over  the  left  shoulders  of 
the  pupils.  For  left-handed  pupils,  desks  and  seats  may  be 
placed  so  as  to  p)ermit  the  light  to  fall  over  the  right  shoulder. 

(d)  Blackboards  and  Cloak  Rooms. — Blackboards  shall 
be  preferably  of  slate,  but  of  whatever  material,  the  color  shall 
be  a  dead  black.     Cloak  rooms,  well  lighted,  warmed  and  ven- 

159 


tilated,   or   sanitary   lockers,   shall   be   provided    for   each   study 
school  room. 

(e)  Water  Supply  and  Drinking  Arrangements. — All 
school  houses  shall  be  supplied  with  pure  drinking  water  and 
the  water  supply  shall  be  from  driven  wells  or  other  source  ap- 
proved by  the  health  authorities.  Only  smooth,  stout  glass  or 
enameled  metal  drinking  cups  shall  be  used;  water  buckets  and 
tin  drinking  cups  shall  be  unlawful  and  are  forbidden;  and 
whenever  it  is  practicable,  flowing  sanitary  drinking  fountains 
which  do  not  require  drinking  cups,  shall  be  provided.  All 
school  house  wells  and  pumps  shall  be  supplied  with  troughs 
or  drains  to  take  away  waste  water,  and  under  no  conditions 
shall  p>ools  or  sodden  places  or  small  or  large  mud  holes  be 
allowed  to  exist  near  a  well.  When  water  is  not  supplied  at 
pumps  or  from  water  faucets  or  sanitary  drinking  fountains,  then 
covered  tanks  or  coolers  supplied  with  spring  or  self-closing 
faucets  shall  be  provided. 

(f)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — Ventilating  heating  stoves, 
furnaces,  and  heaters  of  all  kinds,  shall  be  capable  of  maintain- 
ing a  temperature  of  70  degrees  Fahrenheit  in  zero  weather  and 
of  maintaining  a  relative  humidity  of  at  least  40  per  cent;  and 
said  heaters  of  all  kinds  shall  take  air  from  outside  the  building 
and  after  heating,  introduce  it  into  the  school  room  at  a  point 
not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  seven  feet  from  the  floor,  and 
at  a  minimum  rate  of  thirty  (30)  cubic  feet  per  minute  for  each 
pupil  regardless  of  outside  atmospheric  conditions:  Provided, 
that  when  direct-indirect  steam  heating  is  adopted,  this  provision 
as  to  height  of  entrance  of  hot  air  shall  not  apply.  Halls,  office 
rooms,  laboratories  and  manual  training  rooms,  may  have  direct 
steam  radiators,  but  direct  steam  heating  is  forbidden  for  study 
school  rooms,  and  direct-indirect  steam  heating  is  permitted.  All 
school  rooms  shall  be  provided  with  ventilating  ducts  of  ample 
size  to  withdraw  the  eur  at  least  four  times  every  hour,  and  said 
ducts  and  their  openings  shall  be  on  the  same  side  of  the  room 
with  the  hot  air  ducts. 

160 


(g)  Water-closets  and  Outhouses. — Water-closets  or  dry 
closets  when  provided,  shall  be  efficient  and  scinitary  in  everj' 
particular,  and  furnished  with  stalls  for  each  hopper  or  place, 
and  when  said  water  or  dry  closets  are  not  provided,  then  sani- 
tary outhouses,  well  separated  for  the  sexes,  shall  be  provided. 
Good  dry  walks  shall  lead  to  all  outhouses  and  screens  or  shields 
be  built  in  front  of  them.  Outhouses  for  males  shall  have  uri- 
nals arranged  with  stalls  and  with  conduits  of  galvcmized  iron, 
vitrified  drain  pipe,  or  other  impervious  material,  draining  into  a 
sewer,  vault  or  other  suitable  place,  approved  by  the  health 
authorities.  Any  school  trustee  or  trustees,  who  shall  build  or 
construct  any  school  house  or  cause  to  be  built  or  constructed 
any  school  house  which  does  not  include  each  and  every  sanitary 
provision  commanded  in  this  act,  shall,  upon  conviction,  be  fined 
in  any  sum  not  less  than  one  hundred  nor  more  than  five  hun- 
dred dollars;  and  any  money  claim  for  the  material  entering 
into,  or  any  money  claim  for  the  construction  of  any  school 
house,  which  does  not  in  every  way  and  all  respects  comply  with 
the  requirements  of  this  act,  shall  be  null  and  void. 

BUILDINGS FIRE MEANS    OF    ESCAPE 

1.  Every  building  now  or  hereafter  used  in  whole  or  in 
part  as  a  public  building,  public  or  private  institution,  sanitarium, 
surgical  institute,  asylum,  school  house,  dormitory,  church, 
theater,  public  hall,  place  of  assemblage  or  place  of  public  resort, 
and  every  building  in  which  persons  are  employed  above  the 
second  story  in  a  factory,  workshop,  or  mercantile  or  other  estab- 
lishment, and  every  hotel,  family  hotel,  apartment  house,  board- 
ing house,  lodging  house,  club  house  or  tenement  house,  in  which 
persons  reside  or  lodge  above  the  second  story,  and  every  factory, 
workshop,  mercantile  or  other  establishment  of  more  than  two 
stories  in  height,  shall  be  provided  with  proper  ways  of  egress 
or  means  of  escape  from  fire,  sufficient  for  the  use  of  all  persons 
accommodated,  assembled,  employed,  lodged  or  residing  in  such 
buildings,  auid  such  ways  of  egress  and  means  of  escape  shall  be 
kept   free   from  obstruction,   in  good  repair  and  ready    for   use 

161 


at  all  times,  and  all  rooms  above  the  second  story  in  such  build- 
ing shall  be  provided  with  more  than  one  way  of  egress  or  escape 
from  fire,  placed  as  near  as  practicable  at  opposite  ends  of  the 
room  and  leading  to  fire  escape  on  the  outside  of  such  building 
or  to  stairways  on  the  inside,  provided  with  proper  railings.  All 
outside  doors  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  open 
outward,  and  all  windows  open  outward  or  upward.  No  chairs 
or  seats  shall  be  allowed  in  the  eiisles  or  passways  of  such  build- 
ing during  any  entertainment  or  service,  or  when  people  are  assem- 
bled therem,  and  no  one  shall  interfere  with  any  peace  officer  in 
attempting  to  enforce  the  provisions  of  this  act.  The  proscenium, 
or  curtain  oi>ening,  of  all  theaters  shall  have  a  fire-resisting  cur- 
teiin  of  some  incombustible  material,  and  such  curtain  shall  be 
properly  constructed  and  shall  be  operated  by  proper  mechanism. 
The  certificate  of  the  fire  chief  of  the  city  where  said  building  if 
located,  certifying  that  the  provisions  of  this  act  have  been  com- 
plied with,  shall  be  prima  facie  evidence  of  a  compliance  with 
such  requirements. 

FIRE    ESCAPES 

2.  In  addition  to  the  foregoing  means  of  escape  from  fire, 
all  such  buildings  as  are  enumerated  in  section  1  of  this  act  as 
are  more  than  two  stories  in  height  shall  have  one  or  more  fire 
escapes  on  the  outside  of  said  building,  as  may  be  directed  by 
the  fire  chief  aforesaid,  except  in  such  cases  as  said  fire  chief 
may  deem  such  fire  escape  to  be  unnecessary  in  consequence  of 
adequate  provisions  having  been  already  made  for  the  (sic) 
safety  in  event  of  fire,  and  in  such  cases  of  exemption  the  said 
fire  chief  shall  give  the  owner,  lessee  or  occupant  of  said  build- 
ing a  written  certificate  to  that  effect  and  his  reasons  therefor, 
and  such  fire  escapes  as  are  provided  for  in  this  section  shall  be 
constructed  according  to  specifications  issued  by  (the)  state  de- 
partment of  inspection  and  accepted  by  the  chief  insf)ector,  o\ 
approved  by  the  fire  chief,  and  shall  be  connected  with  each 
floor  above  the  first,  well  fastened  and  secured  by  extending  the 
bolts  or   fastenings  entirely  through  the  walls,   and  of  sufficient 

162 


strength,  each  of  which  fire  escapes  shall  have  landings  or  bal- 
conies guarded  by  iron  railings  not  less  than  three  feet  in  height, 
and  embracing  one  or  more  windows  at  each  story  and  connect- 
ing with  the  interior  by  easily  accessible  and  unobstructed  open- 
ings, and  all  the  balconies  or  lauidings  shall  be  cormected  by  iron 
stairs,  placed  at  a  slant  of  not  more  than  forty- five  degrees,  pro- 
tected by  a  well  secured  hand  rail  on  both  sides,  with  a  sixteen- 
inch-  wide  drop  ladder  from  the  lower  platform,  reaching  to  the 
ground;  except  in  cases  of  school  buildings  iron  stairs  shall  ex- 
tend to  a  ground  landing,  and  no  telegraph,  telephone,  electric 
light  poles,  trees  or  wire,  signs  or  other  obstructions  shall  inter- 
fere with  the  construction  and  use  of  any  fire  escape. 

PLAN    OF    ESCAPES APPROVAL 

3.  Any  other  plan  or  style  of  fire  escape  shall  be  suffi- 
cient if  approved  by  the  chief  inspector,  but  if  not  so  approved 
the  chief  inspector  may  notify  the  owner,  proprietor  or  lessee  of 
such  establishment  or  of  the  building  in  which  such  establishment 
is  conducted,  or  the  agent  or  superintendent,  or  school  officer, 
or  either  of  them,  in  writing,  that  any  such  plan  or  style  of  fire 
escape  is  not  sufficient,  and  may  by  an  order  in  writing,  served 
in  like  maimer,  require  one  or  more  fire  escapes  as  he  shall  deem 
necessary  and  sufficient  to  be  provided  for  such  establishment  at 
such  location,  and  (of)  such  plan  and  style  as  shall  be  specified 
in  such  written  order.  Within  twenty  days  after  the  service  of 
such  order  the  number  of  fire  escapes  required  in  such  order  for 
such  establishment  shall  be  provided  therefor,  each  of  which  shall 
be  of  the  plan  and  style  in  accordance  with  the  specifications  in 
said  order  required.  The  windows  or  doors  to  each  fire  escape 
shall  be  of  sufficient  size  and  be  located,  as  far  as  possible,  con- 
sistent with  accessibility  from  the  stairways  and  elevators,  hatch- 
ways or  openings,  and  the  ladder  thereof  shall  extend  to  the  roof. 
Stationary  stairs  or  ladders  shall  be  provided  on  the  inside  of 
such  establishment  from  the  upper  story  to  the  roof  as  a  means 
of  escape  in  case  of  fire. 

163 


THE  KANSAS  LAW 

Be  ii  enacted  b^  the  Legislature  of  the  State  of  Kansas: 

DOORS    IN    SCHOOL    HOUSES 

That  the  doors  of  all  public  or  private  school  houses  of 
more  than  one  story  shall  open  outwards,  and  all  doors  of  school 
houses  shall  remain  unlocked  while  school  is  in  session. 

SEPARATE    EXITS 

That  in  every  public  or  private  school  house  of  two  or  more 
stories  every  story  above  the  first  shall  be  provided  with  either 
two  or  more  exits  from  the  upper  floor,  separate  and  distinct  from 
the  exits  of  the  lower  floor,  or  shall  be  provided  with  sufficient 
and  suitable  lire  escapes,  which  shall  be  built  of  iron  or  steel. 

FURNACES 

That  the  tops  of  all  furnaces  in  public  or  private  school 
houses  shall  be  covered  with  asbestos  covering  or  masonry,  and 
the  top  of  such  furnace  shall  not  be  nearer  than  eighteen  inches 
to  the  nearest  woodwork  above.  The  ceiHng  above  said  fur- 
nace shall  be  covered  with  asbestos. 

PLANS ^STATE    ARCHITECT 

That  no  contract  shall  be  let  for  the  erection  of  any  school 
building,  nor  shall  any  public  funds  be  paid  out  for  the  erection 
of  school  houses  of  two  or  more  stories,  until  the  plans  for  such 
buildings  shall  have  been  submitted  to  the  state  architect  and 
approved  as  to  all  the  requirements  of  this  act. 

INSPECTIONS 

That  each  county  superintendent  shall  annually  inspect  each 
public  school  building,  including  the  county  high  school  building, 
in  districts  under  his  supervision;  and  the  mayor  or  fire  marshal 
shall  annually  inspect  all  public  and  private  school  buildings  in 
cities  of  the  second  class;  and  the  fire  marshal  shall  annually 
insp>ect  all  public  and  private  school  buildings  in  cities  of  the 
first  class.      The  examining  officer  under  this  section  shall  report 

164 


to  the  respective  school  boards  having  jurisdiction  any  violation 
of  this  act,  or  any  conditions  w^hich  he  may  deem  dangerous,  or 
w^hich  vv^ill  in  any  way  prevent  a  speedy  exit  from  the  building, 
emd  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  school  board  when  thus  notified 
immediately  to  make  such  changes  as  are  required  by  this  act, 
and  such  boards  are  hereby  authorized  to  draw  upon  their  gen- 
eral revenue  funds,  without  further  appropriation,  to  comply 
with  all  requirements  of  this  act. 

FIRE    DRILLS 

That  in  every  public  or  private  school  having  more  than 
one  hundred  pupils  (excepting  colleges  and  universities)  a  fire 
drill  and  summary  dismissal  from  the  building  shall  be  practiced 
at  least  once  each  month  at  some  time  during  school  hours,  aside 
from  the  regular  dismissal  at  the  close  of  the  day's  session. 

PENALTIES 

That  einy  officer  or  member  of  a  school  board  who  shall 
permit  any  provision  of  this  act  to  be  violated  for  sixty  days  may 
be  removed  from  his  office  by  a  civil  action.  Independent  of 
such  civil  action,  any  officer,  member  of  a  school  board,  city 
superintendent,  principal  or  teacher  violating  amy  provision  of 
this  act  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  shall  be  punished 
by  a  line  of  not  less  than  fifty  dollars  or  more  than  live  hundred 
dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in  jail  not  exceeding  six  months,  or 
by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment;  provided,  however,  that  this 
act  shall  not  prevent  the  prosecution  and  punishment  of  an  officer 
or  other  person  under  the  ordinary  provisions  of  the  crimes  act 
for  death  or  injury  to  any  child  in  a  public  or  private  school 
occasioned  by  the  negligence  of  such  officer  or  other  person. 

WHEN    EFFECTIVE PENALTIES 

That  within  sixty  days  after  the  taking  effect  of  this  act 
the  provision  of  section  1  of  this  act  must  be  fully  complied  with, 
and  within  one  hundred  and  twenty  days  the  provisions  of  sec- 
tions 2  and  3  must  be  complied  with;  and  any  neglect  to  comply 
with  the  provisions  of  this  act  beyond  the  times  herein  specified 


shall  subject  the  officers  and  persons  named  in  this  act  to  the 
penalties  prescribed  in  this  act. 

This  act  shall  take  effect  and  be  in  force  from  and  after 
its  publication  in  the  statute  book. 

Approved  February  23,    1909. 

Published   May   29.    1909. 

LOUISIANA  LAW 

Note: — By  Act  192  or  1898  the  state  board  of  health 
is  authorized  to  enact  regulations  which  are  binding  upon  the 
public. 

PARISH    BOARD    AND   SUPERINTENDENT   TO    ENFORCE    RULES 
AND   REGULATIONS 

The  parish  or  municipal  school  board,  and  the  parish  su- 
perintendent of  schools  shall  be  held  responsible  for  the  execution 
and  enforcement  of  the  following  rules  and  regulations,  and  all 
other  health  laws  governing  the  hygiene  of  the  school  room  and 
the  premises  of  the  schools  under  their  respective  jurisdictions. 

PLANS  FOR  SCHOOL  HOUSES  TO  BE  SUBMITTED  TO  STATE 
SUPERINTENDENT,  PARISH  SUPERINTENDENT  AND 
PARISH    HEALTH   OFFICER 

Plans  and  specifications  for  every  school  house  hereafter 
erected  in  the  state  must  be  submitted  to  the  parish  superintendent 
of  schools,  and  to  the  state  superintendent  of  education,  and  also 
to  the  parish  health  officer,  that  it  may  be  determined  whether 
every  hygienic  or  necessary  provision  is  made,  especially  with 
reference  to  ventilation,  light  and  protection  against  fire. 

REGULATING   VENTILATION   AND   LIGHT 

Every  school  house,  public  or  private,  or  other  building 
used  for  school  purp>oses,  shall  be  ventilated  in  such  manner  as 
to  afford  eighteen  hundred  cubic  feet  of  air  per  hour  for  each 
adult,  and  a  proportionate  amount  for  each  child,  and  shall  con- 
tain not  less  than  two  hundred  cubic  feet  of  air  space  for  each 

166 


child  to  be  taught  therein.  Windows  and  transoms  shall  be  so 
constructed  that  windows  may  be  lowered  from  the  top  and  trcuis- 
soms  of>ened.  Every  school  house  must  be  lighted  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  minimize  the  eye  strain.  Each  room  must  contain 
of  actual  surface  of  glass  in  windows  not  less  than  one-seventh 
of  the  floor  space. 

REGULATING  THE   SWINGING   DOORS 

All  doors  except  those  which  slide  into  wall  pockets  shall 
open  outward  cmd  all  partition  doors  shall  be  hung  on  double- 
action  hinges. 
GOVERNING    THE    TREATMENT    AND    SWEEPING    OF    FLOORS 

AND  WIPING   OF    FURNITURE,    ETC. 

The  floors  of  every  school  must  be  treated  with  some  anti- 
septic floor  dressing.  Applications  to  be  at  sufficiently  frequent 
intervals  to  keep  down  effectually  the  dust;  floors  to  be  scrubbed 
thoroughly  before  each  application.  Floor  dressirjg  for  use  in 
the  schools  must  be  approved  by  the  state  analyst. 

The  floors  of  every  school  must  be  swept  daily,  sweeping  to 
be  done  after  all  pupils  have  left  the  building.  All  windows 
must  be  thrown  open  and  school  house  thoroughly  aired  after 
cleaning. 

All  desks,  wainscoting,  window  sills  and  baseboards  in 
every  school  house  in  the  state  must  be  wiped  off  daily  with  a 
cloth  moistened  with  1-2000  bichloride  of  mercury,  or  3  per 
cent  carbolic  acid  solution. 

SPITTING    ON    FLOORS    STRICTLY    PROHIBITED 

Spitting  on  floors,  walls,  etc.,  must  be  strictly  prohibited 
and  anti-spitting  placards  placed  in  every  room. 

MASSACHUSETTS  LAW 

In  the  State  of  Massachusetts,  school  and  all  other  public 
buildings  are  under  the  authority  of  the  inspection  department 
of  the  district  police,  whose  inspectors  are  required  to   enforce 

167 


the  laws  regarding  factories  and  public  buildings.  The  city 
of  Boston  has  a  school  house  commission  consisting  at  the  pres- 
ent time  (January  1st,  1914)  of  three  persons:  R.  Clipston 
Sturgis,  Jas.  B.  Noyes  and  Tilton  S.  Bell. 

This  commission  has  full  charge  of  the  school  buildings  in 
the  city  of  Boston,  determines  the  character  of  buildings  to  be 
erected  for  school  purposes,  selects  the  architects  and  approves 
the  drawings  and  specifications  used  for  the  construction  of  such 
buildings,  and  has  prepared  a  very  elaborate  and  itemized  build- 
ing code,  relating  to  school  buildings  for  the  city  of  Boston, 
based  on  the  experience  and  researches  of  the  members  of  the 
commission,  as  well  as  the  experience  gained  from  the  construc- 
tion of  many  buildings  in  recent*  years.  It  is  believed  that  this 
code  represents  the  very  acme  of  public  school  requirements  at 
the  present  day,  and  may  safely  be  considered  as  authoritative, 
proper  allowance  being  made  for  local  modifications  and  con- 
ditions necessary  in  the  different  parts  of  the  country.  This 
code  is  reproduced  in  full  by  permission  from  the  1914  rep>ort 
of  the  Boston  School  House  Commission  among  the  following 
codes. 

STATE   LAW 

Form  of  specification  to  accompany  plans  for  public  build- 
ings and  school  houses. 

This  form  is  intended  to  give  architects  and  others  general 
information  as  to  what  is  required  by  law  and  the  regulations 
of  this  department,  and,  if  fully  filled  out,  may  be  accepted  by 
the  inspector  in  place  of  a  copy  of  the  building  specifications,  bul 
full  detail  specifications  may  be  required  if  deemed  essential  to 
a  clear  understanding  of  the  plans. 

The  law  requires  that  a  copy  of  the  plans  of  every  public 
building  and  every  school  house  (except  in  the  city  of  Boston) 
shall  be  deposited  with  the  inspector  of  factories  and  public 
buildings  of  the  district  in  which  such  building  is  located,  before 
the  erection  of  the  building  is  begun,  which  plans  shall  also  in- 
clude the  system  or  method  of  ventilation  to  be  provided,  together 
with  such  portion  of  the  specification  as  the  inspector  may  require. 

168 


The  plans  usually  required  are  a  plan  of  each  floor,  in- 
cluding the  basement  and  the  attic,  if  the  attic  is  occupied,  and 
a  front  and  a  side  elevation,  and  also  plans  and  sectional  detail 
drawings  of  the  system  of  ventilation.  Further  plans  may  be 
required  by  the  inspector  if  deemed  by  him  to  be  necessary. 

In  planning  buildings  to  be  used  for  school  rooms,  or 
places  of  assemblage  above  the  first  story,  provision  should  be 
made  for  at  least  two  stairways,  and  such  stairways  should  be  as 
far  apart  as  practicable.  No  such  stairway  should  be  less  than 
four  feet  wide  in  the  clear,  and  winding  steps  should  be  avoided. 
The  height  of  rise  and  width  of  tread  of  all  stairs,  measured  on 
the  cut  of  the  stringer,  should  be  given  on  the  plans.  No  flight 
of  stairs  should  be  more  than  fifteen  steps  between  landings. 

The  main  stairways  from  places  of  assemblage  should  have 
a  width  of  not  less  than  twenty  inches  for  every  hundred  persons 
accommodated  there.  Such  stairways  should  be  railed  on  both 
sides.  All  outside  doors  to  such  buildings  should  open  out- 
wardly, and  be  plainly  so  shown  on  plans.  The  standing  leaf 
of  all  pairs  of  doors  leading  to  ways  of  egress  should  be  fastened 
by  face  bolts,  operated  at  top  and  bottom  by  one  handle,  at  a 
convenient  height  from  the  floor. 

In  the  ventilation  of  school  buildings  the  many  hundred 
examinations  made  by  the  inspector  of  this  department  have 
shown  that  the  following  requirements  can  be  easily  complied 
with: 

1 .  That  the  apparatus  will,  with  proper  management, 
heat  all  the  rooms,  including  the  corridors,  to  70  degrees  F.  in 
amy  weather. 

2.  That,  with  the  rooms  at  70  degrees  and  a  difference 
of  not  less  than  40  degrees,  between  the  temperature  of  the  out- 
side air  and  that  of  the  air  entering  the  room  at  the  warm-air 
inlet,  the  apparatus  will  supply  at  least  thirty  cubic  feet  of  air  per 
minute  for  each  scholar  accommodated  in  the  rooms. 

3.  That  such  supply  of  air  will  so  circulate  in  the  rooms 
that  no  uncomfortable   draught  will   be   felt,   and  that  the  dif- 

169 


ference  in  temperature  between  any  two  points  on  the  breathing 
plane  in  the  occupied  portion  of  a  room  will  not  exceed  3  degrees. 

4.  That  vitiated  air  in  amount  equal  to  the  supply  from 
the  inlets  will  be  removed  through  the  ventiducts. 

5.  That  the  sanitary  appliances  will  be  so  ventilated  that 
no  odors  therefrom  will  be  perceived  in  any  portion  of  the  build- 
ing. 

To  secure  the  approval  of  this  department  of  plans  showing 
methods  or  systems  of  heating  and  ventilation,  the  above  require- 
ments must  be  guaranteed  in  the  specifications  accompanyirjg  the 
plans. 

MINNESOTA  LAW 

Note:  The  State  of  Minnesota  has  no  definite  law  or 
code  governing  the  construction  of  school  buildings,  but  all  plans 
for  school  buildings  in  the  State  of  Minnesota  must  be  prepared 
in  accordance  with  the  regulations  of  the  State  Board  of  Health 
which  are  as  follows: 

No  school  room,  or  class  room,  except  an  assembly  room, 
shall  have  a  seating  capacity  that  will  provide  less  than  eighteen 
square  feet  of  floor  space  and  216  cubic  feet  of  air  space  per 
pupil,  and  no  ceiling  in  buildings  hereafter  to  be  erected  shall  be 
less  than  twelve  feet  from  the  Hoor. 

A  system  of  ventilation,  in  order  to  be  approved  by  the 
Minnesota  State  Board  of  Health,  shall  furnish  not  less  than 
thirty  cubic  feet  of  air  per  minute  for  each  person  that  the  room 
will  accommodate,  when  the  difference  of  the  temperature  be- 
tween the  outside  air  and  the  air  in  the  school  room  shall  be 
thirty  degrees  F.  or  more. 

In  a  gravity  system  of  ventilation,  in  connection  with  a 
furnace  or  steam  plant,  the  flues  for  admitting  fresh  air  to  the 
room,  as  well  as  the  vent  flues,  shall  have  a  horizontal  area  of 
not  less  than  one  square  foot  for  every  nine  persons  that  the 
room  will  acconmiodate. 

170 


The  flues  for  a  "plenum"  or  "vacuum"  system  of  ventila- 
tion shall  have  a  horizontal  area  of  not  less  than  one  square  foot 
for  every  fifteen  persons  that  the  room  will  accommodate. 

The  window  space  shall  equal  one-fifth  of  the  floor  space 
of  the  school  room. 

In  all  rooms  not  exceeding  twenty-five  feet  in  width  all 
the  light  shall  be  admitted  to  the  left  of  the  pupils. 

In  rooms  exceeding  twenty-five  feet  in  width,  light  shall  be 
admitted  to  the  left  and  rear  of  the  pupils. 

Translucent  instead  of  opaque  shades  shall  be  used  in  the 
windows   for  controlling  the  light. 

The  top  of  the  windows  shall  be  as  near  the  ceiling  as  the 
mechanical   construction  of  the  building  will   allow. 

No  cloak  room  shall  be  less  than  six  feet  wide,  nor  shall 
it  have  less  than  one  window. 

The  so-called  "Sanitary  wardrobe"  which  allows  the  foul 
air  of  the  room  to  pass  throu^  the  clothing  of  the  children  be- 
fore passing  into  the  vent  duct,  shall  be  condemned  as  un- 
sanitary. 

THE  NEW  HAMPSHIRE  LAW 

BUILDINGS,  ETC.,  IN  CITIES 

No  schoolhouse  shall  be  erected,  altered,  remodeled,  or 
changed  in  any  city  school  district,  unless  the  plans  thereof  have 
been  previously  submitted  to  the  school  board  of  that  district  and 
received  its  approval,  and  all  new  school  houses  shall  be  con- 
structed imder  the  direction  of  a  joint  special  conmiittee,  chosen 
in  equal  numbers  by  the  city  councils  and  the  school  board. 

Upon  the  completion  of  a  new  school  house,  the  city  councils 
shall,  by  vote,  transfer  it  to  the  care  and  control  of  the  school 
board.  Whenever  a  schoolhouse  shall  no  longer  be  needed  for 
public  school  purposes,  the  school  board  shall  re-transfer  its 
care  and  control  to  the  city. 

DOORS    TO    OPEN    OUTWAFID 

The  outer  doors  and  doors  of  passage  leading  outward,  of 
churches  hereafter  built  or  rebuilt,  school  house  containing  more 

171 


than  two  school  rooms,  and  halls  and  other  buildings  used  for 
public  gatherings,  shall  open  outward;  and  it  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  selectman  of  towns  to  see  that  these  provisions  are  com- 
plied with,  and  to  prosecute  persons  who  neglect  to  do  so. 

NEW  JERSEY  LAW 

STATE  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 
The  State  Board  of  Education  shall  have  j>ower: 
To  frame  and  modify  by-laws  for  its  own  government;  to 
elect  its  president  and  other  officers,   and  to  prescribe  and  en- 
force   rules    and    regulations   necessary    to    carry    into    effect    the 
school  laws  of  this  State. 

Appoint  an  Inspector  of  Buildings,  who  who  shall  devote 
his  time  during  the  entire  twelve  months  in  the  year  to  visiting 
the  schools  in  the  State  and  to  making  a  thorough  report  with 
regard  to  each. 

COMMISSIONER  OF  EDUCATION 
The  Commissioner  of  Education  shall  be  the  Secretary  of 
the  State  Board  of  Education,  and  a  member,  ex-officio,  of  all 
boards  of  examiners.  He  shall  enforce  all  rules  and  regulations 
prescribed  by  the  State  Board  of  Education.  He  shall  have 
supervision  of  all  the  schools  of  the  State  receiving  any  part 
of  the  State  appropriation.  He  shall,  from  time  to  time,  instruct 
County  and  City  Superintendents  as  to  their  duties  arjd  as  to 
the  best  manner  of  conducting  schools,  constructing  schoolhouses 
and   furnishing  the  same. 

The  Commissioner  of  Education  may  direct  the  entire  or 
partial  abandonment  of  any  building  used  for  school  purposes 
and  may  direct  the  making  of  such  changes  therein  as  to  him 
may  seem  proper. 

TTie  Commissioner  of  Education  shall  decide,  subject  to 
appeal  to  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  without  cost  to 
the  parties,  all  controversies  and  disputes  that  shall  arise  under 
the  school  laws,  or  under  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  State 
Board  of  Education.  The  facts  involved  in  any  controversy  or 
dispute  shall,  if  he  sheill  so  require,  be  made  known  to  him  by 

172 


written  statements  by  the  parties  thereto,  verified  by  oath  or  af- 
firmation, and  accompanied  by  certified  copies  of  all  docimients 
necessary  to  a  full  understanding  of  the  question  in  dispute,  and 
his  decision  shall  be  binding  until,  upon  appeal,  a  decision  thereon 
shall  be  given  by  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

The  Commissioner  of  Education  shall  keep  a  record  of  all 
his  official  acts  and  shall  preserve  copies  of  all  decisions  made  by 
him,  and  shall  adopt  and  provide  an  official  seal.  Copies  of  all 
acts,  orders  and  decisions  made  by  him,  and  of  all  papers  de- 
posited or  filed  in  the  Department  of  Public  Instruction  may  be 
authenticated  under  said  seal,  and,  when  so  authenticated,  shall 
be  evidence  equally  with  and  in  like  manner  as  the  originals. 

In  case  a  Board  of  Education,  or  any  officer  thereof,  or 
the  legal  voters  of  any  school  district,  or  any  board  or  officer 
of  the  municipality  in  which  any  such  school  district  shall  be 
situate  shall  neglect  or  refuse  to  perform  any  duty  imposed  upon 
such  board,  officer  or  legal  voters  by  this  act  or  by  the  rules 
and  regulations  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  the  custodian 
of  the  school  moneys  of  such  school  district  shall,  upon  notice 
from  the  County  Superintendent  of  Schools,  approved  by  the 
Commissioner  of  Education,  withhold  all  moneys  received  by  him 
from  the  County  Collector  and  then  remaining  in  his  hands  to 
the  credit  of  such  district,  until  he  shall  receive  notice  from  said 
County  Superintendent  of  Schools  that  said  board,  officer  or  legal 
voters  have  fully  complied  with  the  provisions  of  this  act  and 
with  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

The  Commissioner  of  Education  shall  prepare  and  cause 
to  be  printed  forms  for  making  all  reports  and  conducting  all 
proceedings  under  the  school  laws  of  this  State.  He  shall  cause 
all  school  laws  to  be  printed  in  pamphlet  form,  and  shall  annex 
thereto  forms  for  making  reports  and  conducting  school  businMS, 
and  shall  distribute  the  same. 

COUNTY   SUPERINTENDENTS 
A  County  Superintendent  of  Schools  shall  have  power: 
To  exercise  general  supervision  over  the  public  schools  of 
the  county  under  his  charge  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and 

173 


regulations  prescribed  from  time  to  time  by  the  State  Board  of 
Education;  to  visit  and  examine  all  the  schools  under  his  care; 
to  inquire  into  the  management,  methods  of  instruction  and  dis- 
cipline in  such  schools;  to  note  the  condition  of  the  schoolhouses, 
sites,  buildings  and  appurtenances;  to  examine  the  courses  of 
study,  textbooks  and  school  libraries;  to  advise  with  and  coimsel 
Boards  of  Education  in  relation  to  their  duties,  particularly  in 
respect  to  the  construction,  heating,  ventilating  and  lighting  of 
schoolhouses,  and  to  recommend  to  Boards  of  Education  and 
teachers  proper  studies,  methods,  discipHne  and  management  for 
the  schools. 

SCHOOLHOUSES,    FACILITIES    AND    ACCOMMO- 
DATIONS—NEW JERSEY 

Each  school  district  shall  provide  suitable  school  facilities 
and  accommodations  for  all  children  residing  in  the  district  and 
desiring  to  attend  the  public  schools  therein.  Such  facilities  and 
accommodations  shall  include  proper  school  buildings,  together 
with  furniture  and  equipment,  convenience  of  access  thereto,  and 
courses  of  study  suited  to  the  ages  and  attainments  of  all  pupils 
between  the  ages  of  five  and  twenty  years.  Such  facilities  and 
accommodations  may  be  provided  either  in  schools  within  the 
district  convenient  of  access  to  the  pupils  or  as  provided  in  sec- 
tions one  hundred  and  seventeen,  one  hundred  and  eighteen  and 
one  hundred  and  nineteen  of  the  act  to  which  this  act  is  an  amend- 
ment. Whenever  any  school  district  shall  fail  to  provide  such 
facilities  or  accommodations,  the  County  Superintendent  of 
Schools  shall  transmit  to  the  custodian  of  the  school  moneys  of 
the  school  district  an  order  directing  him  to  withhold  from  such 
district  all  moneys  in  his  hands,  or  which  shall  thereafter  come 
into  his  hands,  to  the  credit  of  such  school  district  received  from 
the  State  appropriation  or  from  the  State  school  tax  until  such 
suitable  facilities  or  accommodations  shall  be  provided,  and  shall 
notify  the  Board  of  Education  of  such  district  of  his  action  with 
the  reasons  therefor.     Such  order  ?hall  not  take  effect  vmtil  ap- 

174 


proved  in  writing  by  the  Commissioner  of  Education,  and  said 
approval  shall  state  when  said  order  shall  take  effect. 

Each  Board  of  Education  shall  provide  at  least  two  suitable 
and  convenient  out-houses  or  water-closets  for  each  of  the  school- 
houses  under  its  control.  Said  out-houses  or  water-closets  shall 
be  entirely  separated  each  from  the  other  and  shall  have 
separate  means  of  access.  Said  out-houses  and  said  water- 
closets,  if  detached  from  the  schoolhouse,  shall  be  separated  by 
a  substantial  close  fence  not  less  than  seven  feet  in  height.  The 
Board  of  Education  shall  have  said  out-houses  and  water-closes 
kept  in  a  clean  and  wholesome  condition.  The  question  of  rais- 
ing the  amount  needed  to  carry  into  effect  the  provisions  of  this 
section  shall  not  be  submitted  to  the  legal  voters  of  the  school 
district,  but  the  Board  of  Education  shall  notify  the  assessor  or 
assessors  and  collector,  by  notice  signed  by  the  president  and  dis- 
trict clerk  or  secretary,  of  the  amount  needed  for  such  purpose, 
and  such  amount  shall  be  assessed,  levied  and  collected  at  the 
same  time  and  in  the  seune  manner  as  other  special  school  taxes 
are  assessed,  levied  and  collected. 

The  Commissioner  of  Charities  and  Corrections  shall,  upon 
the  request  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education,  cause  to  be  pre- 
pared standard  plans  and  specifications  for  school  buildings  to 
contain  one,  two,  four,  six,  eight,  twelve,  sixteen,  twenty  and 
twenty-four  rooms.  The  Commissioner  of  Education  shall,  upon 
receipt  of  such  plauis  and  specifications,  cause  blueprints  to  be 
made  of  the  plans,  and  shall  have  printed  copies  of  the  specifica- 
tions and  shall  loan  copies  to  any  district  upon  its  application. 
The  Commissioner  of  Charities  and  Corrections  shall  also,  uf>on 
the  request  of  the  Commissioner  of  Education,  cause  to  be  made 
a  thorough  examination  of  any  school  building  and  to  rep>ort  to 
the  Commissioner  of  Education  his  findings  in  regard  thereto. 

No  contract  for  the  erection  of  any  public  school  building 
or  any  part  thereof  shall  be  made  until  and  after  plans  and  speci- 
fications therefor  have  been  submitted  to  and  approved  by  the 
State  Board  of  Education.  A  copy  of  the  plans  and  specifica- 
tions as  approved  shall  be  filed  forthwith  with  the  State  Board 

175 


of  Education.  A  copy  of  the  contracts  for  the  erection  of  the 
whole  or  any  part  of  the  school  building  and  for  the  furnishing 
thereof  shall  be  filed  with  the  State  Board  of  Education  within 
ten  days  after  the  same  have  been  signed.  No  change  in  the 
plans  or  specifications  shall  be  legal  unless  the  same  have  been 
submitted  to  and  approved  by  the  State  Board  of  Education.  A 
copy  of  all  changes  as  approved  shall  be  filed  forthwith  with 
the  said  Board. 

RULES  AND   REGULATIONS   OF  STATE   BOARD 
OF  EDUCATION— NEW  JERSEY 

Revised  to  August  15,  1914 
In  order  that  the  lives,  health,  sight,  and  comfort  of  pupils 
may    be    properly    protected,    all    schoolhouses   hereafter    erected 
chall  comply  with  the  following  conditions. 

When  existing  schoolhouses  are  enlarged  these  provisions 
shall  apply  only  to  the  added  portion.  It  is  recommended,  how- 
ever, that  the  old  portion  of  such  buildings  shall  conform  to  the 
provisions  of  the  Code  as  far  as  practicable.  Correspondence 
is  invited  from  districts  considering  the  enlarging  or  remodeling 
of  existing  schoolhouses. 

DEFINITION  OF  CLASSROOM 
Whenever  the  word  "classroom"  is  used  it  is  construed  to 
mean  "all  rooms  in  a  school  building  used  by  the  pupils  for  class- 
room  or    study    purposes"    (exclusive   of    gymnasium,    assembly 
rooms  and  manual  training  rooms). 

LIGHT 

Unilateral  Lighting 
The  windows  in  all  classrooms  shall  be  so  arranged  that 
the  light  shall  come  from  the  pupils'  left.  If  desirable  to  have 
more  window  space,  the  supplemental  light  shall  come  from  the 
rear.  The  windows  shall  be  grouped  together  as  nearly  as 
possible  on  the  pupils'  left.  The  windows  shall  extend  as  near 
to  the  ceiling  as  the  principles  of  construction  will  admit,  and 
must  be  without  transoms  or  unnecessary  framework.     Any  con- 

176 


siderable  area  on  the  side  to  the  left  of  the  pupils  that  is  with- 
out window  surface  should  be  opposite  the  space  in  front  of  or 
in  the  rear  of  the  pupils'  desks.  The  total  glass  area  on  the 
pupils'  left  side,  exclusive  of  mullions,  stiles,  rails  and  check  rails, 

must  equal  at  least  20  per  cent  of  the  floor  surface. 
t 

PRISMATIC    GLASS 

A  1 0  per  cent  deficiency  in  the  required  glass  area  of  a 
classroom  may  be  corrected  by  the  use  of  prism  glass  in  the 
upper  sash  of  ^^^ndows. 

BAY  WINDOWS 

Bay  windows  will  not  be  permitted  in  classrooms,  exceprt 
those  used  for  kindergarten  purposes  exclusively. 
LABORATORIES  AND  LIBRARIES 

Laboratories  and  libraries  shall  have  glass  area  equal  to  at 
least  20  per  cent  of  the  floor  space;  this  light  may  come  from 
any  direction. 

VENTILATION 

Each  classroom  shall  have  at  least  1  8  square  feet  of  floor 
space  and  200  cubic  feet  of  air  space  for  each  pupil  to  be  ac- 
commodated in  such  classroom.  All  school  buildings  shall  have 
a  system  of  ventilation  by  means  of  which  each  classroom  shall 
be  supplied  with  fresh  air  at  the  rate  of  not  less  than  30  cubic 
feet  per  minute  per  pupil.  Approved  ventilating  stoves  will  be 
allowed  in  all  one-story  school  buildings,  and  in  all  school  build- 
ings in  which  the  number  of  rooms  does  not  exceed  two. 

The  State  Board  of  Education  strongly  recommends  the 
installation  of  a  mechanical  system  of  ventilation,  operating  by 
electricity,  gas,  steam  or  other  motive  power,  in  all  buildings  of 
four  or  more  rooms,  and  of  two  or  more  stories  in  height,  as 
experience  shows  that  gravity  ventilation  is  unreliable. 

HEAT  AND  VENT  FLUES 
All   fresh  and  foul  air  ventilating  flues  and  ducts  must  be 
of  fireproof  material   and  the  flues  and  ducts  shall  not  come  in 
contact  with  wood  construction. 

177 


HEAT 

The  heating  plant  must  be  capable  of  heating  all  parts  of 
the  building  to  a  uniform  temperature  of  70  degrees  in  zero 
weather  with  the  ventilating  system  furnishing  the  required 
amount  of  fresh  air  in  each  classroom. 

HEATER   ROOMS 

All  boiler  and  furnace  rooms  shall  be  enclosed  by  fireproof 
walls,  floors  and  ceilings,  and  all  doors  shall  be  of  Underwriters* 
approved  type  firedoors,  tin-clad,  hung  with  proper  equipment 
to  keep  them  closed.  The  ceiling  or  floor  construction  over  said 
rooms  shall  be  of  reinforced  concrete  or  standard  fireproof  hollow 
arched  tile  and  steel  beam  construction,  designed  to  be  absolutely 
fireproof  and  capable  of  sustaining  a  live  load  of  100  pounds 
per  square  foot. 

SUGGESTIONS  FOR  PLACING  BLACKBOARDS 

The  importance  of  blackboards  in  the  daily  work  of  the 
school  is  often  very  much  underrated  by  school  boards  and  archi- 
tects. This  matter  is  now  generally  well  planned  in  new  buildings 
in  cities,  but  in  country  districts  it  is  not  unusual  to  find  black- 
boards of  very  poor  quality  and  unnecessarily  limited  in  amount. 

All  available  space  in  the  front  of  the  schoolroom  and  on 
the  right  hand  side  of  pupils  should  be  given  to  blackboards. 

TTiese  boards  should  be  of  slate  and  of  good  quality. 

They  should  be  4  feet  wide  (from  top  to  bottom). 

A  chalk  trough  3  inches  wide  should  be  placed  along  the 
lower  edge  of  all  boards. 

The  following  directions  for  placing  blackboards  have  been 
issued  by  the  U.  S.  Bureau  of  Education. 

ONE-ROOM    BUILDINGS 

Grades  I— VII 

Board  on  front  wall — 32  inches  above  floor. 
Board  on  side  wall — 26  inches  above  floor. 

178 


TWO-ROOM    BUILDINGS 
Grades  I— IV 

Board  on  front  wall — 26  inches  above  floor. 

Board  on  side  wall — 26  inches  above  floor. 
Grades  V—VIII 

Board  on  front  wall — 30  inches  above  floor. 

Board  on  side  wall — 30  inches  above  floor. 

TWO-STORY    BUILDINGS 
All   school   buildings   two   stories   in   height,    and   of   more 
than   four  classrooms  above  the  first  floor,   shall  have  enclosing 
walls  of  hard  burned  brick,  stone  or  concrete. 

THREE-STORY  BUILDINGS 
All  school  buildings  of  three  or  more  stories  in  height  shall 
be    of    fireproof    construction.      The   doors,    windows,    window 
frames,  roof  rafters  and  trusses,  trim,   finished  floors  and  othe^ 
interior  finish  may  be  of  wood. 

BASEMENTS 

When  a  school  building  has  a  basement,  the  ceiling  of 
which  is  7|/2  feet  or  more  above  the  finished  grade  line  at  any 
point,  such  basement  shall  constitute  a  story,  and  will  be  so 
considered  in  determining  the  number  of  stories  in  such  school 
building. 

AUDITORIUMS 

A  building  having  an  auditorium  or  classroom  on  the  third 
floor  is  considered  a  three-story  building. 

It  is  strongly  recommended  that  auditoriums  be  placed  on 
the  first  floor.  All  auditoriums  shall  have  ample  means  of  exit, 
leading  direct  to  the  street.  Unless  especially  approved,  auditor- 
iums will  not  be  allowed  on  the  second  floor  if  their  seating 
capacity  is  500  or  more  persons. 

FLOOR    BEAMS 

The  following  is  a  schedule  of  the  size  of  unsupported  floor 
beams  and  the  maximum  spans  of  such  unsupported  floor  beams 
that  will  be  permitted. 

179 


Hemlock :  Spans  over  1 8  feet  and  up  to  20  feet,  in- 
clusive, 2x12  spaced   i  6  inches  on  center. 

Spruce:  Spans  over  20  feet  and  up  to  22  feet,  inclusive, 
3x12  spaced  12  inches  on  center. 

Spruce:  Spans  over  22  feet  and  up  to  24  feet,  inclusive, 
3x14  spaced  1 2  inches  on  center. 

bellow  Pine:  Spans  over  24  feet  and  up  to  26  feet,  in- 
clusive, 3x14  spaced  1  6  inches  on  center. 

Yellow  pine:  Spans  over  26  feet  and  up  to  30  feet,  in- 
clusive, 3x14  spaced  1  2  inches  on  center. 

All  spans  shall  be  bridged  with  2x3  herring-bone  bridg- 
ing not  less  than  8  feet  apart. 

TERR.\    COTTA   TILE    WALLS 

Hollow  tile  may  be  used  for  exterior  and  interior  bearing 
walls  which  receive  directly  the  loads  from  floors  or  roofs,  in 
addition  to  their  acting  as  partition  walls,  in  buildings  not  more 
than  two  stories  in  height,  provided  the  load  does  not  exceed  200 
pounds  per  square  inch  of  effective  bearing  parts.  The  thickness 
of  such  walls  shall  not  be  less  than  would  be  required  for  brick 
walls.  The  thickness  of  walls  shall  be  calculated  as  the  out- 
side dimension  of  the  tile  (exclusive  of  plaster  and  stucco)  and 
each  tile  .shall  be  the  full  thickness  of  the  wall. 

All  tile  used  in  bearing  walls  shall  be  laid  with  the  voids 
running  vertically  (except  an  approved  interlocking  tile)  and  shall 
be  laid  in  mortar  composed  of  1  part  Portland  cement,  2|/2 
parts  sand  and  not  more  than  1-10  (bulk  measurement)  of  hy- 
drated  lime. 

No  blocks  will  be  approved  that  do  not  develop  a  com- 
pressive strength  of  at  least  3500  pounds  per  square  inch  of  net 
section;  and  in  no  case  shall  the  voids  exceed  50  per  cent  of  the 
gross  sectional  area. 

All  blocks  used  in  outside  walls  must  be  dense  and  well 
burned,  and  shall  not  absorb  more  than  1-10  (10  per  cent) 
of  their  weight  in  water  after  immersion  two  hours,  and  must  have 
a  clear  ringing  sound  when  struck. 

180 


No  tile  shall  be  used  in  any  bearing  walls  below  the  first 
floor  of  becims. 

Hollow  tile  may  be  faced  with  brick,  or  stuccoed  after  be- 
ing made  damp-proof  by  approved  methods.  If  faced  with  brick, 
such  brick  facing  shall  not  be  considered  as  performing  any  con- 
structive function  unless  such  brickwork  is  properly  bonded  to 
the  tile  walls  by  a  continuous  course  of  brick  headers  at  least 
every  2  courses  in  height  of  tile,  or  every  7th  course  of  brick- 
work, if  ihe  tiles  are  of  such  size  as  will  permit. 

Header  course  of  flemish  bond  will  be  approved.  The 
header  courses  may  be  backed  with  hollow  brick. 

Where  floor  beams  rest  on  tile  walls,  2  courses  of  hard 
burned  brick  shall  be  laid  directly  under  such  beams. 

Where  girders  rest  upon  walls  so  that  there  is  a  concen- 
trated load  on  the  block  of  more  than  1  ton,  the  blocks  sup- 
porting the  girder  must  be  made  solid  by  filling  with  Portland 
cement  concrete.  Where  such  concentrated  loads  shall  exceed  3 
tons,  the  blocks  for  2  courses  below  and  for  a  distance  extending 
at  least  1  8  inches  each  side  of  such  girder,  shall  be  made  solid. 
Where  the  load  on  the  wall  exceeds  5  tons,  the  blocks  for  3 
courses  beneath  and  at  least  3  feet  each  side  of  such  girder  shall 
be  made  solid  in  a  similar  manner. 

All  piers  or  jambs  that  support  loads  in  excess  of  4  tons 
shall  be  built  with  brick  masonry,  concrete  or  blocks  filled  solid 
with  Portland  cement  concrete. 

Each  tier  of  beams  shall  be  anchored  to  the  side  and  end 
walls  at  mtervals  of  not  more  than  6   feet. 

No  walls  constructed  of  hollow  tile  shall  be  broken  to  re- 
ceive pipes,  but  must  be  provided  with  chase  or  esp)ecially  mould- 
ed blocks. 

Hollow  blocks  spanning  more  than  4  feet  must  be  properly 
reinforced.  The  skew-backs  must  also  be  filled  solid  with  con- 
crete. 

Where  walls  are  decreased  in  thickness,  the  top  course 
of  the  thicker  wall  must  be  made  solid  with  concrete  or  have  2 
courses  of  hard  burned  brick. 

181 


CHIMNEYS 
No  chimney  shall  be  started  or  built  upon  any  floor  or 
wood  beams.     The  bricks  used  in  chimneys  shall  be  good,  hard, 
and  well  burned. 

CORRIDOR  WALLS  AND  FLOORS 
Interior  corridor  walls  and  hallway  floor  construction  must 
be  of  fireproof  material,      (See  heater  rooms,  ceiling  construction, 
for  floor  in  corridors,) 

HEIGHT    OF    CEILINGS 
Ail  ceilings  shall   be   at  least    12    feet  in  height.      Every 
school  building  more  than  one  story  in  height  shall  have  sheet 
metal  ceilings,  or  plastered  ceilings  on  metal  lath. 

MANUAL  TRAINING  ROOMS 
Any  school  building  having  rooms  in  the  basement  which 
are  used  for  such  activities  as  manual  training,  domestic  science 
or  chemical  laboratory,  said  rooms  shall  have  enclosing  walls 
of  fireproof  construction.  The  ceilings  over  said  rooms  shcill 
also  be  of  fireproof  materials.  (See  heater  rooms,  ceiling  con- 
struction.) The  interior  doors  leading  to  the  rooms  shall  be  of 
kalamein  or  other  approved  fireproof  doors;  said  doors  to  be 
equipped  with  proper  springs  to  keep  them  normally  closed.  No 
stops,  hooks  or  other  devices  to  hold  the  doors  open  will  be 
approved.  When  such  doors  are  glazed  it  must  be  with  wire- 
glass. 

STAIRS 

Width,  Treads,  Risers 

All  stairways  (except  cellar  stairs)  must  be  not  less  than 
4  feet  in  width  and  shall  have  intermediate  landings.  The  stair 
risers  shall  not  exceed  7  inches  in  height,  and  the  treads  shall 
not  be  less  than  1 2  inches  in  width  (including  the  projecting 
nosings). 

A  uniform  width  must  be  maintained  in  all  stairways  and 
platforms,  and  there  must  be  a  uniform  rise  and  tread  for  each 
run. 

182 


HANDRAILS 

Handrails  shall  be  properly  placed  on  both  sides  on  all 
stairways  used  by  pupils,  and  the  inside  rail  must  be  continuous. 

WINDERS 

No  winders  will  be  allowed. 

SAFETY  TREADS 

Stairways  constructed  of  reinforced  concrete  shall  have  an 
approved  non-slippable  tread  embedded  in  the  concrete. 

CONSTRUCTION,  ENCLOSURE 
All  stairs  must  be  constructed  of  fireproof  material  (except 
stairs  in  one-story  buildings  leading  to  the  cellar  or  basement, 
which  may  be  of  slow-burning  construction),  with  no  open  riser, 
and  must  be  enclosed  by  fireproof  walls  and  without  open  well 
holes. 

PARTITIONS 

All  Stairways  in  buildings  of  more  than  one  story  in  height 
must  be  separated  from  corridors  by  thick  wood,  iron  or  kalamein 
partitions.  Doors  shall  swing  toward  the  exits  only  and  be 
glazed  with  polished  wire-glass.  All  such  doors  shall  have  door 
springs  and  checks,  but  no  floor  stops  or  other  devices  to  hold 
the  doors  open  will  be  allowed. 

NUMBER  OF  STAIRWAYS 

There  should  be  2  flights  of  stairs  in  buildings  having 
more  thcui  two  rooms  and  less  than  nine  rooms  on  the  second 
floor,  I  stairway  at  each  end  of  the  building,  and  each  leading 
direct  to  an  exit  from  the  first  floor  to  the  ground. 

Every  school  building  having  nine  or  more  classrooms  on 
the  second  floor  shall  have  at  least  3  flights  of  stairs,  each  lead- 
ing to  an  exit  from  the  first  floor  to  the  ground.  There  should 
be  1  stairway  near  each  end  of  the  building;  other  stairways 
must  be  subject  to  approval  as  to  number  and  location  in  each 
case. 

183 


DOORS 

"In  any  schoolhouse  of  two  or  more  stories  in  height,  the 
doors  leading  from  the  classrooms  to  the  corridors,  and  from 
the  said  corridors  to  the  street  or  to  the  ground  surrounding  such 
schoolhouse,  shall  open  outward.  All  swing  doors  shall  have 
plate  glass  wmdows  of  suitable  diipensions."  (Swing  doors  are 
construed  to  mean  single  and  double  acting  doors.) 

ANTI-PANIC    BOLTS 

All  outside  entrance  or  exit  doors  shall  have  key  locks  that 
can  be  locked  on  the  outside  only,  but  that  can  always  be  easily 
opened  on  the  inside  by  simply  turning  the  knob  or  pressing  the 
release  bar.  No  night-latch  attachment,  bolts,  hooks,  thumb 
knobs  or  other  locking  device  is  to  be  used. 

FIRE  DOOR  AT   BASEMENT  STAIRWAY 

Every  school  building  shall  have  an  exit  to  the  ground  for 
every  flight  of  stairs  leading  to  the  first  floor.  All  doors  leading 
to  the  cellar  or  basement  shall  be  fireproof  and  fitted  with  springs 
to  keep  them  closed,  except  in  one-story  buildings. 

CLOAK-ROOMS 

Ample  cloak-rooms  shall  be  provided.  They  should  be 
well  lighted,  ventilated  and  heated.  They  should  be  provided 
v^'ilh  a  sufficient  number  of  hooks  so  that  each  pupil  may  have 
one  for  his  individual  use.  These  hooks  should  be  placed  low 
enough  so  that  the  young  children  can  readily  reach  them. 

INSIDE   TOILETS 

Individual  porcelain  bowl  water-closets,  and  slate,  corru- 
gated glass  or  porcelain  urinals,  properly  ventilated,  must  be  pro- 
vided where  running  water  can  be  secured.  No  latrine,  range 
or  incinerating  closets  will  be  permitted.  All  floor  surrounding 
and  within  3  feet  of  inside  water-closets  or  urinals  must  be  con- 
structed of  non-absorbent  waterproof  materials.  Suitable  wash- 
bowls must  be  installed   in  each  toilet  room. 

184 


VENT    FLUES 

The  ventilating  flues  and  ducts  leading  from  toilet  rooms 
must  not  connect  with  those  leading  to  or  from  any  other  room. 
All  toilet  rooms  must  be  located  so  as  to  receive  ample  outside 
light, 

OUTSIDE    DRY    TOILETS 

Each  board  of  education  shall  provide  at  least  two  suit- 
able and  convenient  outhouses  or  water-closets  for  each  of  the 
schoolhouses  under  its  control.  Said  outhouses  or  water-closets 
shall  be  entirely  separated  each  from  the  other,  and  shall  have 
separate  means  of  access.  Said  outhouses  and  said  water-closets, 
if  detached  from  the  schoolhouse,  shall  be  separated  by  a  sub- 
stantial close  fence,  not  less  than  seven  feet  in  height. 

The  vaults  under  these  outhouses  or  water-closets  shall  be 
built  of  brick  and  laid  in  cement  mortar  or  concrete  and  shall 
not  extend  under  the  floor  of  said  buildings,  but  may  project 
beyond  the  rear  of  the  buildings  to  facilitate  the  proper  cleaning. 

The  vaults  shall  be  properly  ventilated  by  running  a  wooden 
or  metal  flue  from  the  underside  of  the  floor  line  up  through  the 
roof.  This  flue  should  not  be  less  than  8  inches  square  (inside 
measurement).  Each  toilet  should  be  provided  with  a  sash  not 
less  than  2  feet  square,  arranged  to  slide  or  hang  on  hinges. 
This  opening  must  be  covered  with  a  close  mesh  copper  wire  fly 
screen.  Outside  of  each  boys'  outhouse  or  water-closet,  properly 
protected  from  the  rain  or  snow,  shall  be  provided  a  metal  urinal 
trough  drained  into  the  vault  of  said  closet.  This  trough  and 
the  buildings  are  to  be  properly  screened  by  a  tight  board  screen 
not  less  than  7  feet  high.  All  outside  toilet  doors  shall  be 
equipped  with  proper  locks  and  spring  hinges  or  springs  to  keep 
said  doors  shut. 

FIRE    ESCAPES 

Where  fire  escapes  are  found  necessary  they  shall  be  con- 
structed of  iron  strings,  treads  and  closed  risers,  said  risers  being 
not  more  than  7  inches  high  and  the  treads  not  less  than  1 0|/2 
inches  in  width.     The  top  platform  must  be  level  with  the  class- 

185 


room  floor,  and  entrance  to  the  platform  shall  be  made  by  means 
of  a  door,  which  must  be  cut  down  to  the  level  of  the  floor. 
The  stairs  shall  not  be  less  than  36  inches  wide  and  shall  be 
supported  on  strong  iron  brackets  bolted  entirely  through  the 
wall,  or  on  iron  columns.  Long  runs  must  have  intermediate 
landings.  The  lowest  flight  must  not  be  movable.  The  outside 
strings  shall  be  protected  by  a  heavy  galvanized  wire  mesh  screen 
or  other  approved  protective  railing  not  less  than  5  feet  high. 
Whenever  a  fire  escape  crosses  a  window,  said  window  must  be 
glazed  with  wire-glass.  Hand-rails  must  be  provided  for  each 
side  of  the  stairs. 

WASTE   PAPER   CHUTES 

Waste  paper  chutes  must  be  constructed  of  fireproof  ma- 
terial throughout,  including  self-closing  doors. 

SEATING 

All  plans  and  blue  prints  must  show  the  location  of  each 
pupil's  and  teacher's  desk,  together  with  the  number  of  pupils' 
desks. 

LIVING    APARTMENTS 

Living  apartments  will  not  be  approved  in  any  part  of  a 
school  building. 

APPLICATION  FOR  APPROVAL  OF  PLANS 

The  following  form  should  be  properly  filled  out  and  for- 
warded to  the  Secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  with 
the  plans  and  specifications  submitted  for  approval.  This  blank 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Commissioner  of  Education  or  the 
form  may  be  copied  from  this  pamphlet. 

Date 

Calvin  N.  Kendall 

Secrelary  Stale  Board  of  Education,  Trenton,  N.  J. 
Dear  Sir: 

Herewith  I  submit  for  examination  and  approval  the  plans  and  s{>ecifi- 

cations  in  duplicate  for  the  proposed 

(New  school  house  or  addition) 
to  be  known  as 

Name  of  school „ 

186 


Street  location  

School  District  of. „ „.County  of.. 

No.  of  sheets  of  building  blue  prints 

No.  of  sheets  of  heating  and  ventilation  blue  prints.... 

with 


No.  of  rooms <       i  [Basement 

(Cross  out  one) 
brick  or  frame 

i     -.L     .      (  Auditorium 
( without     ) 

(Cross  out  one) 

Money  available  $ Elstimated  cost  of  building  $ _. 

H.  and  V.  $ Seating  $ Total  $ 

Architect's  name  „ 

The  District  Clerk  is 

Address  „ „ 

In  drawing  these  plans  and  specifications  I  have  fully  complied  with  all 
the  requirements  of  the  New  Jersey  School  Law  in  reference  to  school 
buildings. 


(Signature) 

THE  NEW  YORK  LAW 

No  schoolhouse  shall  hereafter  be  erected  in  any  city  of 
the  third  class  or  any  incorporated  village  or  school  district,  and 
no  addition  to  a  school  building  in  any  such  place  shall  here- 
after be  erected,  the  cost  of  which  shall  exceed  five  hundred 
dollars,  until  the  plans  and  specifications  for  the  same  shall  have 
been  submitted  to  the  commissioner  of  education  and  his  approval 
indorsed  thereon.  Such  plans  and  specifications  shall  show  in 
detail  the  ventilation,  heating  and  lighting  of  such  building. 

Such  commissioner  of  education  shall  not  approve  any 
plans  for  the  erection  of  any  school  building,  or  addition  thereto, 
unless  the  same  shall  provide  at  least  fifteen  square  feet  of  floor 
space  and  two  hundred  cubic  feet  of  air  space  for  each  pupil  to 
be  accommodated  in  each  study  or  recitation  room  therein,  and 
no  such  plans  shall  be  approved  by  him  unless  provision  is  made 
therein,  for  assuring  at  least  thirty  cubic  feet  of  pure  air  every 
minute  per  pupil,   and  the   facilities   for  exhausting  the   foul  or 

187 


vitiated  air  therein  shall  be  positive  and  independent  of  atmos- 
pheric changes. 

No  tax  voted  by  a  district  meeting  or  other  comi>etent 
authority  in  any  such  city,  village  or  school  district  exceeding  the 
sum  of  five  hundred  dollars,,  shall  be  levied  by  the  trustees  until 
the  commissioner  of  education  shall  certify  that  the  plans  and 
specifications  for  the  same  comply  vv^ith  the  provisions  of  this 
section. 

All  schoolhouses  for  which  plans  and  detailed  statements 
shall  be  filed  and  approved,  as  required  by  this  section,  shall 
have  all  halls,  doors,  stairw^ays,  seats,  passagew^ays  and  aisles, 
and  all  lighting  and  heating  appliances  and  apparatus,  arranged 
to  facilitate  egress  in  cases  of  fire  or  accident  and  to  afford  the 
requisite  and  proper  accommodations  for  public  protection  in  such 
cases.  All  exit  doors  shall  open  outw^ardly,  and  shall,  if  double 
doors  be  used,  be  fastened  with  movable  bolts  op>erated 
simultaneously  by  one  handle  from  the  inner  face  of  the  door. 
No  staircase  shall  be  constructed  with  wider  steps  in  lieu  of  a 
platform,  but  shall  be  constructed  with  straight  runs,  changes  in 
direction  being  made  by  platforms.  No  doors  shall  run  im- 
mediately upon  a  flight  of  stairs,  but  a  landing  at  least  the 
width  of  the  door  shall  be  provided  between  such  stairs  and  such 
doorways. 

This  act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 

The   following  points  should  be  specially  observed: 

1 .  The  plans  and  specifications  must  be  submitted  in 
duplicate,  the  original  set  to  be  returned  after  the  indorsement 
of  approval,  the  duplicate  to  be  retained  on  file  at  this  depart- 
ment. 

2.  The  plans  and  specifications  must  show  in  detail  the 
ventilation,  heating  and  lighting  of  the  building  and  must  be 
accompanied  by  a  guaranty  from  the  contractor  that  the  system 
of  ventilation  described  will  provide  at  least  30  cubic  feet  of  air 
every  minute  for  each  pupil.  It  will  be  necessary  to  give  the 
size  of  windows,  distance  from  top  of  window  to  ceiling  and 
number  of  panes  in  sash. 

188 


3.  At  least  15  square  feet  of  floor  space  and  200  cubic 
feet  of  ciir  space  for  each  pupil  to  be  accommodated  in  each 
study  or  recitation  room  must  be  provided.  In  this  corjnection 
it  will  be  necessary  not  only  to  state  the  size  of  the  rooms 
(length,  breadth  and  height)  but  also  to  give  the  number  of 
individual  desks  to  be  placed  in  the  room. 

The  plans  and  specifications  must  clearly  show  that  proper 
provision  is  made  in  all  respects  "to  facilitate  egress  in  cases  of 
fire  or  accident  and  to  afford  requisite  and  proper  accommoda- 
tions for  public  protection  in  such  cases." 

NORTH  DAKOTA  LAW 

GOVERNING  THE  CONSTRUCTION  OF   PUBLIC  SCHOOL  BUILD- 
INGS AND  PROVIDING  FOR  THE  INSPECTION 
VENTILATION   AND  SANITATION 
THEREOF 

An  Act  entitled   "An  Act   for  the  Purpose  of  Governing  the 
Construction   of    Public   School    Buildings    and    Providing 
for  the  Inspection,  Ventilation  and  Sanitation  Thereof." 
Be  it  Enacted  by  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  the  State  of  North 
Dakota : 

BUILDINGS  INSPECTED 
\.  Plans  and  specifications  to  be  submitted  to  superintend- 
ent of  public  instruction. — No  building  which  is  designed  to  be 
used,  in  whole  or  in  part,  as  a  public  school  building,  shall  be 
erected  until  a  copy  of  the  plans  thereof  has  been  submitted  to 
the  state  superintendent  of  public  instruction,  who  for  the 
purposes  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  act  is  hereby 
designated  as  inspector  of  said  public  school  building  plans  and 
specifications,  by  the  person  causing  its  erection  or  by  the 
architect  thereof;  such  plans  shall  include  the  method  of  ventila- 
tion provided  for,  and  a  copy  of  the  specifications  therefor, 

CONSTRUCTION    OF    SCHOOL    HOUSES 
2.     Such  plans  and  specifications  shall  show  in  detail  the 
ventilation,   heating   and   lighting  of  such  building.      The   state 

189 


superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  not  approve  any  plams 
for  the  erection  of  any  school  building  or  addition  thereto  imless 
the  same  shall  provide  at  least  twelve  square  feet  of  floor  space 
and  two  hundred  cubic  feet  of  air  space  for  each  pupil  to  be 
accommodated  in  each  study  or  recitation  room  therein. 

(I.)  Light  shall  be  admitted  from  the  left  or  from  the 
left  emd  rear  of  class  rooms  and  the  total  light  area  must,  unless 
strengthened  by  the  use  of  reflecting  lenses  be  equal  to  at  least 
20  per  cent  of  the  floor  space. 

(2.)      All  ceilings  shall  be  at  least  twelve  feet  n  height 

(3.)  No  such  plans  shall  be  approved  by  him  unless  pro- 
vision is  made  therein  for  assuring  at  least  30  cubic  feet  of 
pure  air  every  minute  per  pupil  and  warmed  to  maintain  an 
average  temperature  of  70  degrees  F.  during  the  coldest  winter 
weather,  and  the  facilities  for  exhausting  the  foul  or  vitiated  air 
therein  shall  be  positive  and  independent  of  atmospheric  changes. 
No  tax  voted  by  a  district  meeting  or  other  competent  authority 
in  any  such  city,  village,  or  school  district,  exceeding  the  simi  of 
two  thousand  dollars  ($2000.00)  shall  be  levied  by  the  trustees 
until  the  state  superintendent  of  public  instruction  shall  certify 
that  the  plans  and  specifications  for  the  same  comply  with  the 
provisions  of  this  act.  All  school  houses  for  which  plans  and 
detailed  specifications  shall  be  filed  and  approved,  as  required 
by  this  act,  shall  have  all  halls,  doors,  stairways,  seats,  passage- 
ways and  aisles  and  all  lighting  and  heating  appliances  and 
apparatus  arranged  to  facilitate  egress  in  case  of  fire  or  accident 
and  to  afford  the  requisite  and  proper  accommodations  for 
public  protection  in  such  cases.  All  exit  doors  shall  open  out- 
wardly, and  shall  if  double  doors  be  used,  fasten  with  movable 
bolts  operated  simultaneously  by  one  handle  from  the  inner  face 
of  the  door.  No  staircase  shall  be  constructed  with  wider  steps 
in  lieu  of  a  platform,  but  shall  be  constructed  with  straight  runs, 
changes  in  direction  being  made  by  platform.  No  doors  shall 
open  immediately  upon  a  flight  of  stairs,  but  a  landing  at  least 
the  width  of  the  door  shall  be  provided  between  such  stairs  and 
such  doorway. 

190 


(4.)  Every  public  school  building  shall  be  kept  clean 
and  free  from  effluvia  arising  from  any  drain,  privy  or  nuisance, 
and  shall  be  provided  with  suf&cient  number  of  proper  water 
closets,  earth  closets  or  privies,  and  shall  be  ventilated  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  tiir  shall  not  become  so  impure  as  to  be 
injurious  to  health. 

TOILET    ROOMS 

3.  How  Constructed. — No  toilet  rooms  shall  be  con- 
structed in  any  public  school  building  unless  same  has  outside 
ventilation  and  windows  permitting  free  access  of  air  and  light. 
The  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  enforced  by  the  state  superin- 
tendent of  public  instruction  or  some  person  designated  by  him 
for  that  purpose. 

METHOD  OF   INSPECTION   AND   ADJUSTMENT  OF   GRIEVANCES 

4.  If  it  appears  to  the  state  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction or  his  deputy  appointed  for  that  particular  purpose, 
that  further  or  different  sanitary  or  ventilating  provisions,  which 
can  be  provided  vsathout  unreasonable  expense,  are  required  in 
any  public  school  building,  he  may  issue  a  written  order  to  the 
proper  person  or  authority,  directing  such  sanitary  or  ventilating 
provisions  to  be  provided.  A  school  committee,  public  officer 
or  person  who  has  charge  of  any  such  public  school  building, 
who  neglects  for  four  weeks  to  comply  with  the  order  of  said 
stale  superintendent  of  public  instruction  or  his  deputy,  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  one  hundred  dollars  nor  more 
than  one  thousand  dollars. 

(1.)  Whoever  is  aggrieved  by  the  order  of  the  state 
superintendent  of  public  instruction  or  his  deputy  issued  as  above 
provided,  and  relating  to  a  public  school  building,  may  within 
thirty  days  after  the  service  thereof,  apply  in  writing  to  the  board 
of  health  of  the  city,  town,  incorporated  village  or  school  board, 
after  notice  to  all  parties  interested,  shall  give  a  hearing  upon 
such  order,  and  may  alter,  annul  or  affirm  it. 

191 


VENTILATING      FLUES     AND      METHOD     OF      CONSTRUCTING 

SAME 

5.  No  wooden  flue  or  air  duct  for  heating  or  ventilating 
purposes  shall  be  placed  in  any  building  which  is  subject  to  the 
provisions  of  this  act,  and  no  pipe  for  conveying  hot  air  or  steam 
in  such  building  shall  be  placed  or  remain  within  one  inch  of 
any  woodwork,  unless  protected  by  suitable  guards  or  casings 
of  incombustible  material. 

APPROVAL  OF   PLANS 

6.  B^  Whom  and  Penalty  for  Violation. — To  secure  the 
approval  of  plans  showing  the  method  or  systems  of  heating  and 
ventilation  as  provided  for  in  section  2  the  foregoing  require- 
ments must  be  guaranteed  in  the  specifications  accompanying  the 
plans.  Hereafter  erections  or  constructions  of  public  school 
buildings  by  em  architect  or  other  person  who  draws  plans  or 
specifications  or  superintends  the  erection  of  a  public  school  build- 
ing, in  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  shall  be  punished 
by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  one  hundred  dollars  nor  more  than 
one  thousand  dollars. 

THE  OHIO  CODE 

TITLE    3 SCHOOL    BUILDINGS 

CLASSIFICATION 

Section  1.  Under  the  classification  of  "School  Build- 
ings" are  included  all  public,  parochial  and  private  schools,  col- 
leges, academies,  seminaries,  libraries,  museums  and  art  galleries, 
including  all  buildings  or  structures  containing  one  or  more  rooms 
used  for  the  assembling  of  persons  for  the  purp>ose  of  acquiring 
knowledge,  or  for  mental  training. 

Grade  A. — Under  this  grade  are  included  all  rooms  or 
buildings  appropriated  to  the  use  of  primary,  grammar  or  high 
schools,  including  all  rooms  or  buildings  used  for  school  purposes 
by  pupils  or  students  eighteen  (18)  years  of  age  or  less. 

Grade  B. — Under  this  grade  are  included  all  rooms  or 
buildings  appropriated  to  the  use  of  schools,  colleges,  academies, 

192 


seminaries,   libraries,   museums,    and   art   galleries;    including   all 
rooms  or  buildings  not  included  under  grade  "A." 

CLASS  OF   CONSTRUCTION 

Section  2.  Grade  A. — No  building  of  this  grade  shall 
have  the  topmost  floor  level  more  than  thirty-eight  (38)  feet 
above  the  average  grade  of  the  building. 

Buildings  with  the  topmost  floor  level  from  twenty-three 
(23)  to  thirty-eight  (38)  feet  above  the  average  grade  shall  be 
of  fireproof  construction. 

Buildings  with  the  topmost  floor  level  less  than  twenty- 
three  (23)  feet  above  the  average  grade  shall  be  of  fireproof  or 
composite   construction. 

No  building  of  this  grade  shall  have  the  first  floor  level 
less  than  four  (4)   feet  above  the  average  grade. 

Grade  B. — No  building  of  this  grade  shall  have  the  topn 
most  floor  level  more  than  fifty  (50)  feet  above  the  average 
grade  line. 

Buildings  with  the  topmost  floor  level  from  thirty  (30)  to 
fifty  (50)  feet  above  the  average  grade  shall  be  of  fireproof  or 
composite  construction. 

Buildings  with  the  topmost  floor  level  less  than  thirty  (30) 
feet  above  the  average  grade  shall  be  of  fireproof  or  composite 
construction. 

Grades  A  and  B — Buildings  one  story  high,  without  base- 
ment and  with  the  floor  line  not  more  than  four  (4)  feet  nor  less 
than  two  (2)  feet  above  the  grade  shall  be  of  fireproof,  com- 
posite or  frame  construction,  providing  when  built  of  frame  con- 
struction the  same  is  erected  thirty  (30)  feet  away  from  any 
other  building  structure  or  lot  lines. 

EXPOSURE  AND  COURTS 

Section  3.  Exposure. — A  building  of  A  grade  shall 
be  erected  upon  a  lot  or  site  of  such  dimensions  as  wall  provide 
for  each  pupil  not  less  than  thirty  (30)  square  feet  of  playground 
space;  or,  all  or  part  of  such  playground  space  may  be  within 
or  on  top  of  the  school  building. 

193 


No  building  of  grade  B  shall  occupy  more  tham  ninety-five 
(95)  per  cent  of  a  corner  lot  nor  more  than  ninety  (90)  per 
cent  of  an  interior  lot  or  site.  The  measurements  beiryg  taken  at 
the  lowest  tier  of  floor  joists. 

No  wall  of  any  building  of  this  classification  containing 
windows  used  for  lighting  school  or  class  rooms  shall  be  placed 
nearer  any  opposite  building,  structure  or  property  line  than 
thirty   (30)    feet. 

Courts — Recess  or  inner  courts  may  be  used  providing  the 
least  distance  between  any  two  opposite  walls  containing  windows 
used  for  lighting  class  and  school  rooms  is  equal  to  the  height 
from  the  lowest  window  sill  to  the  top  of  the  highest  cornice  or 
•fire  wall.  All  walls  to  inner  or  recess  courts  shall  be  of  masonry 
or  other  fireproof  construction  (except  for  buildings  of  frame 
construction). 

If  areas  are  used  for  lifting  basements,  the  width  of  the 
area  shall  be  not  less  than  equal  to  the  height  from  tht  lowest 
window  sill  to  the  top  of  the  adjoining  grade. 

SUB-DIVISIONS  AND   FIRE  STOPS 

Section  4.  Buildings  of  this  classification  built  in  con- 
nection or  as  part  of  a  building  of  a  lower  grade  of  construction, 
shall  be  separated  from  the  other  parts  of  the  building  by 
stauidard  fire  walls,  and  all  communicating  openings  in  these  walls 
shall  be  covered  by  double  standard  fire  doors,  using  a  standard 
self-closing  door  on  one  side  of  the  wall  and  either  a  standard 
automatic  fire  door  or  a  standard  automatic  rolling  steel  door 
on  the  other  side  of  the  wall. 

All  rooms  or  apartments  used  for  general  storage,  storing  of 
furniture,  carpenter  shops,  general  repairing,  paint  shops  or  other 
equally  hazardous  purposes  shall  be  constructed  with  standard 
fireproof  walls,  ceilings  and  floors,  and  all  openings  between  these 
rooms  or  apartments  and  the  other  parts  of  the  building  shall  be 
covered  by  double  fire  doors,  using  a  standard  self-closing  door 
on  one  side  of  the  wall  and  a  standard  automatic  fire  door  or 
standard  automatic  rolling  steel  door  on  the  other  side  of  the 
wall. 

194 


No  open  wells  communicating  between  any  two  (2)  stories 
of  a  public  hall  shall  be  used,  in  a  building  of  A  or  B  grade  of 
composite  construction;  nor,  in  a  building  of  A  grade  of  fire- 
proof construction,  except  the  necessary  stair  and  elevator  wells. 

In  B  grade  buildings  of  fireproof  construction  open  wells 
communicating  between  stories  may  be  used  in  connection  with 
monumental  stairways  and  rotundas,  when  at  least  one  means  of 
egress  is  provided  for  each  wing  or  section  of  each  building,  and 
such  means  of  egress  is  located  at  the  opposite  end  of  such  wing 
or  section  from  the  open  well. 

All  external  and  court  walls  of  buildings  under  this  class- 
ificaticn  (except  buildings  of  frame  construction)  within  thirty 
(30)  feet  of  any  other  building  structure  or  lot  line  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  the  following  fire  stops,  viz. : 

Walls   shall   be  standard   fire  walls. 

All  windows  shall  be  automatic  standard  fireproof  windows, 
and  all  door  openings  shall  be  covered  by  stcmdard  hinged  fire 
doors  without  automatic  attachment. 

HEATER  ROOM 

Section  5.  Furnaces,  hot  water  heating  boilers  and  low 
pressure  steam  boilers  may  be  located  in  the  buildings,  providing 
the  heating  apparatus,  breeching,  fuel  room  and  firing  room  are 
inclosed  in  a  standard  fireproof  heater  room,  and  all  openings  into 
the  same  from  the  other  parts  of  the  building  are  covered  b> 
standard  self-closing  fire  doors. 

No  boiler  or  furnace  shall  be  located  under  any  lobby, 
exit,  stairway  or  public  hall. 

No  cast  iron  boiler  operated  at  more  than  ten  ( 1 0)  pounds 
pressure  or  steel  boiler  operated  at  more  than  thirty-five  (35) 
pounds  pressure  shall  be  located  withm  the  main  walls  of  any 
school  building. 

BASEMENT    ROOMS 

Section  6.  No  room  used  for  school  purposes  shall  be 
placed  wholly  or  partly  below  the  grade.  Rooms  for  domestic 
science,   manual   training  and   recreation   may   be  placed  partly 

i95 


below  the  grade,  provided  the  same  are  properly  lighted,  heated 
and  ventilated. 

If  areas  are  used  the  width  of  the  area  shall  not  be  less 
than  equal  to  the  height  from  the  lowest  window  sill  to  the  grade, 
DIMENSIONS    OF    SCHOOL   AND   CLASS    ROOM 

Section  7.  Floor  Space. — The  minimum  floor  space  to 
be  allowed  per  person  in  school  and  class  rooms,  shall  not  be  less 
than  the  following,  viz.: 

Primary  grades  sixteen   ( 1 6)   square  feet  per  person. 

Grammar  grades  eighteen  ( 1 8)   square  feet  per  p)erson. 

High  schools  twenty   (20)   square  feet  i)er  person. 

All  other  schools  and  class  rooms  twenty-four  (24)  square 
feet  per  person. 

Cubical  Contents. — The  gross  cubical  contents  of  each 
school  and  class  room,  shall  be  of  such  a  size  as  to  provide  for 
each  pupil  or  person  not  less  than  the  following  cubic  feet  of 
air  space,  viz.: 

Primary  grades  200   cubic   feet. 

Grammer  grades  225  cubic  feet. 

High  schools,  250  cubic  feet  and  in  grade  B  buildings 
300  cubic  feet. 

Height  of  Stories. — Toilet,  play,  rest  and  recreation  rooms 
shall  be  not  less  than  eight  (8)  feet  high  in  the  clear  measuring 
from  the  floor  to  the  ceiling  line. 

The  height  of  all  rooms,  except  toilet,  play,  rest  and  recrea- 
tion rooms  shall  be  not  less  than  one-half  the  average  width  of 
the  room,  and  in  no  case  less  than  ten  (10)  feet  high. 

REST    ROOMS 

Section  8.  In  all  school  buildings  of  grade  "A"  con- 
taining four  eind  not  more  than  eight  (8)  school  or  class  rooms,  a 
rest  or  hospital  room  shall  be  provided,  and  in  all  school  build- 
ings of  grade  "A"  containing  more  than  eight  school  or  class 
rooms,  two  such  rooms  shall  be  provided. 

Where  a  water  supply  is  available  each  rest  room  shall  be 
provided  with  a  water  closet  and  sink. 

196 


ASSEMBLY    HALLS 

Section  9.  A  room  seating  or  accommodating  more 
than  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  persons  shall  be  considered  as  an  as- 
sembly hall. 

Assembly  halls  used  in  connection  with  and  as  a  necessary 
adjunct  to  a  school  building  and  not  rented  or  let  out  for  the 
use  of  the  general  public  are  classified  as  minor  assembly  halls 
and  shall  be  designed,  constructed  and  equipped  as  prescribed 
for  clubs  and  lodge  buildings  (see  Part  2,  Title  6),  except  no 
minor  assembly  hall  in  an  "A"  grade  school  building  of  fireproof 
construction  shall  be  placed  more  than  twenty-three  (23)  feet; 
nor  in  a- building  of  composite  construction  more  than  ten  (10) 
feet  above  the  grade  at  any  entrance  to  or  exit  from  the  same; 
nor  shall  such  a  minof  assembly  hall  for  an  "A"  grade  school 
be  placed  in  a  building  of  frame  construction  and  not  more  than 
one  balcony  shall  be  placed  in  an  auditorium  of  composite  con- 
struction. 

SEATS,   DESKS  AND  AISLES 

Section  10.  Securing  seats. — Seats,  chairs  and  desks 
placed  in  class,  recitation,  study  and  high  school  rooms  shall  be 
securely  fastened  to  the  floor,  except  in  rooms  seating  less  than 
fifteen  (15)  persons,  and  where  the  nature  of  the  occupancy  will 
not  p>ermit. 

Desks  and  chairs  used  by  the  teachers  may  be  portable. 

Class  room  seats  and  aisles. — Class  and  school  rooms  shall 
have  aisles  on  all  wall  sides. 

In  primary  rooms,  center  aisles  shall  not  be  less  than  one 
foot  five  inches  (!'  5")  and  wall  aisles  not  less  than  two  feet 
four  inches  (2'  4")  wide. 

In  Grammar  rooms,  center  aisles  shall  not  be  less  than  one 
foot  six  inches  ( 1 '  6")  and  wall  aisles  not  less  than  two  feet  six 
inches   (2'  6")   wide. 

In  high  school  rooms,  center  aisles  shall  not  be  less  than  one 
foot  eight  inches  (!'  8")  and  wall  aisles  not  less  than  three  (3) 
feet  wide. 

197 


In  all  other  class  and  school  rooms,  center  aisles  shall  not 
be  less  than  two  (2)  feet  and  wall  aisles  not  less  than  three  (3) 
feet  wide. 

OPTICS 

Section  I  1.  The  proportion  of  glass  surface  in  museums, 
libraries  and  art  galleries,  shall  not  be  less  than  one  ( 1  )  square 
foot  of  glass  to  each  six  (6)  square  feet  of  floor  area. 

The  proportion  of  glass  surface  in  each  class,  study,  reci- 
tation, high  school  rooms  and  laboratory,  shall  be  not  less  than 
one    (I)    square  foot  of  glass  to  each  five   (5)    square   feet  of 

floor  area.     (For  glass  surface  in  rooms  used  for  domestic  science 

.  .  .  * 

and  manual  training,   see   Part  2,   Title  7,  Section    10,   Work- 
shops, Factories  and  Mercantile  Establishments.) 

The  proportion  of  glass  surface  in  each  play,  toilet  or 
recreation  room,  shall  be  not  less  than  one  (I)  square  foot  of 
glass  surface  to  each  ten  (10)  square  feet  of  floor  area. 

Windows  shall  be  placed  either  at  the  left,  or  the  left  and 
rear  of  the  pupils  when  seated. 

Tops  of  windows,  except  in  libraries,  museums  and  art  gal- 
leries shall  not  be  placed  more  than  eight  (8)  inches  below  the 
minimum  ceiling  height  as  established  ursder  "Dimensions  of 
School  and  Class  Rooms."     (See  Section  7.) 

The  unit  of  measurement  for  the  width  of  a  properly 
lighted  room,  when  lighted  from  one  side  only,  shall  be  the 
height  of  the  window  head  above  the  floor. 

The  width  of  all  class  and  recitation  rooms  when  lighted 
from  one  side  only,  shall  never  exceed  two  and  one-half  {.lYi) 
times  this  unit  measured  at  right  angles  to  the  source  of  light. 

All  windows  shall  be  placed  in  the  exterior  walls  of  the 
building,  except  for  public  halls,  corridors,  stock  and  supply 
closets,  which  may  be  lighted  by  ventilated  skylights  or  by 
windows  placed  in  partitions  or  partition  walls. 

Museums,  libraries  and  art  galleries  may  be  lighted  by 
skylights,  or  clere  story  windows. 

198 


MEANS  OF   EGRESS 

Section  12.  All  means  of  egress  shall  be  exit  doors 
unless  the  same  lead  to  "A"  standard  fire  escapes,  which  shall 
be  either  exit  doors  or  exit  windows. 

Grade  A.  Buildings  of  Fire  Proof  Construction.  Means 
of  egress  from  rooms  in  the  basement  and  superstructure  shall  be 
in  proportion  to  three  (3)  feet  in  width  to  each  one  hundred 
(100)  persons  to  be  accommodated  in  buildings  accommodating 
not  more  than  five  hundred   (500)   persons. 

When  buildings  accommodate  from  five  hundred  (500)  to 
one  thousand  (1,000)  persons,  two  (2)  feet  additional  exit 
width  shall  be  provided  for  each  one  hundred  (100)  p>ersons  or 
fraction  thereof  in  excess  of  five  hundred  (500)  persons. 

When  buildings  accommodate  more  than  one  thousand 
( 1 ,000)  persons  one  ( 1  )  foot  additional  exit  width  shall  be  pro- 
vided for  each  one  hundred  (100)  persons  or  fraction  thereof 
in  excess  of  one  thousand  ( 1 ,000)  persons,  but  in  no  case  shall 
an  exit  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  or  more  than  six  (6)  feet 
wide. 

In  computing  the  widths  of  exits  at  the  foot  of  stairways 
the  standing  capacity  of  the  stairway  including  the  landings, 
allowing  three  (3)  square  feet  per  person  may  be  deducted  from 
the  number  of  persons  the  exit  shall  be  designed  to  accommodate. 

Buildings  of  fireproof  construction  shall  have  at  least  two 
(2)  stairways  located  as  far  apart  as  possible  and  the  same  shall 
be  continuous  from  the  grade  to  the  topmost  story. 

The  basement  shall  have  at  least  two  stairways  located  as 
far  apart  as  possible  and  run  from  the  basement  floor  level  to 
the  grade  which  stairway  may  be  placed  under  the  main  stairway. 

When  buildings  are  divided  into  sections  or  parts  by  solid 
partitions  or  by  partitions  wth  doors  normally  locked,  each  such 
section  or  part  of  the  building  shall  have  two  (2)  stairways  as 
above  prescribed. 

No  further  meems  of  egress  will  be  necessary. 

Grade  B.  Buildings  of  Composite  Construction. — Each 
room  in  the  superstructure  used  by  pupils  as  a  class  or  school 

199 


room  shall  have  at  least  two  separate  and  distinct  means  of  egress. 

No  class,  school  or  high  school  room  shall  have  more  than 
one  door  or  opening  betw^een  it  and  the  main  halls  or  corridors 
of  the  building. 

Communicating  doors  between  two  class  or  school  rooms 
shall  not  be  considered  as  a  means  of  egress,  except  school  or 
class  rooms  accommodating  not  more  than  fifteen  (15)  pupils  and 
directly  connected  with  another  school  or  class  room  provided 
with  two  (2)  means  of  egress  as  above  prescribed,  may  be  con- 
sidered as  part  of  the  adjoining  class  room  and  need  not  have 
any  additional  means  of  egress. 

The  width  of  the  means  of  egress  shall  not  be  less  than 
three  (3)  feet  to  each  one  hundred  (100)  persons  to  be 
accommodated. 

One  half  of  the  means  of  egress  shall  lead  to  the  public 
halls  and  the  other  half  to  inclosed  fireproof  stairways,  B,  C  or 
D  standard  fire  escapes  or  stone,  cement  or  iron  steps  leading  to 
the  grade.  No  exit  door  shall  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  or 
more  than  six  (6)  feet  wide.  No  fire  escape  or  outside  stairway 
shall  be  used  when  the  height  of  the  same  exceeds  eight  (8)  feet 
above  the  grade. 

Each  room  in  the  basement  used  by  the  pupils  shall  have  a 
direct  exit  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  wide,  with  stone,  cement 
or  iron  steps  leading  up  to  the  grade. 

Steps  shall  be  not  less  than  three  feet  six  inches  (3'  6") 
wide.  Areas  around  such  steps  shall  have  substantial  hand  and 
guard  rails  on  both  sides. 

These  means  of  egress  from  the  basement  shall  be  provided 
in  addition  to  the  usual  service  stairways  and  means  of  ingress. 

Grade  B.  Buildings  of  Fireproof  or  Composite  Con- 
struction.— Each  room  or  apartment  used  for  any  purposes  other 
than  storage  shall  have  two  separate  and  distinct  means  of  egress. 

If  the  various  rooms  connect  directly  with  a  public  hall, 
means  of  egress  at  each  end  of  the  public  hall  will  be  sufficient. 

These  means  of  egress  shall  be  either  an  inside  stairway 
running   continuously    from   the   grade   to    the    topmost    story,    or 

200 


from  the  basement  to  the  grade;  A,  B,  C  or  D  standard  fire- 
escapes;  stone,  cement  or  iron  steps  extending  to  the  grades;  or 
self-closing  doors  connecting  directly  with  a  public  hall  of  an 
adjoining  section  of  the  same  building  containing  a  stairway. 

Means  of  egress  shall  be  at  the  ratio  of  three  (3)  feet  per 
one  hundred  ( 1 00)  persons  accommodated  in  buildings  accom- 
modating not  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  persons,  when  build- 
ing accommodates  from  five  hundred  (500)  to  one  thousand 
(1,000)  persons  two  (2)  feet  of  additional  stairway  width 
shall  be  provided  for  every  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  persons  or  frac- 
tion thereof  in  excess  of  five  hundred  (500),  when  buildings 
accommodate  more  than  one  thousand  (1,000)  persons  one  foot 
additional  stairway  width  shall  be  provided  for  every  one  hun- 
dred ( 1 00)  persons  or  fraction  thereof  in  excess  of  one  thou- 
sand ( 1 ,000)  persons. 

In  computing  the  width  of  exits  at  the  foot  of  stairways  the 
standing  capacity  of  the  stairway,  including  the  landings,  allow- 
ing three  (3)  square  feet  per  person  may  be  deducted  from  the 
number  of  persons  the  exit  should  be  designed  to  accommodate. 

It  shall  be  presumed  that  the  persons  assembled  will  be 
equally  distributed  to  the  various  means  of  egress. 

In  libraries,  museums  and  art  galleries  the  capacity  of  the 
building  shall  be  established  by  allowing  to  each  person  fifty 
(50)   square  feet  of  floor  area,  except  in  stack  rooms. 

Grade  A  and  B.  Buildings  of  Frame  Construction. — Each 
roon>  shall  have  at  least  two  three  (3)  foot  exits;  one  leading  to 
the  open  with  steps  to  the  grade,  and  the  other  the  usual  means  of 
ingress;  and  all  steps  shall  have  hand  rails  on  both  sides. 

Signs  for  all  Buildings. — Over  each  exit  door  shall  be 
painted  a  sign  indicating  the  word  "EXIT"  in  plain  block  letters 
not  less  than  six  (6)  inches  high. 

STAIRWAYS 

Section  13.  Grade  A.  Buildings  of  Fireproof  Con- 
struction.— For  the  number  and  location  of  stairways  see  "Means 
of  Egress"      (Section   12.) 

201 


The  main  service  stairways  shall  be  enclosed  with  walls  or 
partitions  made  of  incombustible  material,  or  wire  glass  not  less 
than  one-quarter  V/4)  inch  thick  set  in  metal  sash  and  frames, 
with  standard  self-closing  fire  doors  at  each  story,  and  shall  be 
provided  with  platforms  and  exit  doors  not  less  than  three  feet 
(3')  wide  at  the  grade. 

No  wire  glass  shall  be  used  in  partitions  separating  stair- 
ways from  rooms  containing  highly  combustible  materials. 

Grade  A.  Buildings  of  Composite  Construction. — Base- 
ment stairways  shall  be  enclosed  with  either  brick  walls  not  less 
than  nine  (9)  inches  thick,  concrete  walls  not  less  than  six  (6) 
inches  thick,  or  hollow  tile  walls  not  less  than  twelve  (12) 
inches  thick. 

All  openings  in  these  walls  shall  be  provided  with  standard 
self-closing  fire  doors.  The  width  of  stairways  required  under  this 
classification  shall  be  equally  divided,  one-half  being  placed  in 
the  main  service  stairways  and  the  other  half  in  the  standard 
enclosed  fireproof  stairs  or  fire  escapes. 

Grade  B.  Buildings  of  Fireproof  Construction. — Stair- 
ways shall  be  separted  from  the  other  parts  of  the  building  by 
walls  or  partitions  made  of  incombustible  material,  or  wire  glass 
not  less  than  one-quarter  O/4)  inch  thick  set  in  metal  sash  and 
frames  with  standard  self-closing  fire  doors. 

No  wire  glass  shall  be  placed  in  partitions  separating  stair- 
ways from  rooms  containing  highly  combustible  material. 

Stairways  shall  be  provided  with  grade  platforms  with  exit 
doors  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  wide  leading  to  streets,  alleys, 
yards,  or  courts. 

Grade  B.  Buildings  of  Composite  Construction. — In 
buildings  of  composite  construction  the  stairways  shall  be 
separated  from  the  other  parts  of  the  building  by  standard  fire- 
proof walls,  standard  fireproof  ceilings  at  the  topmost  story, 
standard  fireproof  Hoors  at  the  lowermost  level,  and  all  openings 
to  these  inclosures  shall  be  provided  with  standard  self-closing 
fire  doors. 

202 


TTie  above  enclosure  shall  be  provided  with  grade  plat- 
forms, and  with  exit  doors  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  wide 
leading  to  streets,  alleys,  yards  or  courts. 

Staim^a^  Construction. — Width  of  stairway  shall  be  at  the 
ratio  of  three  (3)  feet  per  one  hundred  (100)  persons  accom- 
modated in  buildings,  accommodating  not  more  than  five  hundred 
(500)  persons,  when  building  accommodates  from  five  hundred 
(500)  to  one  thousand  (1,000)  persons  two  (2)  feet  of  ad- 
ditional stairway  width  shall  be  provided  for  every  one  hundred 
(100)  persons  or  fraction  thereof  in  excess  of  five  hundred 
(500),  when  buildings  accommodate  more  than  one  thousand 
(1,000)  persons  one  (1)  foot  additional  stairway  width  shall 
be  provided  for  every  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  persons  or  fraction 
thereof  in  excess  of  one  thousand  ( 1 ,000)  persons. 

In  computing  the  width  of  stairways  the  standing  capacity 
of  the  stairway  including  the  landings  allowing  three  (3)  square 
feet  per  person  may  be  deducted  from  the  number  of  persons  the 
stairway  should  be  designed  to  accommodate. 

No  stairway  shall  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  six  (6) 
inches  nor  more  than  six  (6)  feet  wide  measuring  between  the 
hand  rails.  Stairways  over  six  (6)  feet  wide  shall  have  sub- 
stantial center  hand  rails  with  angle  and  newel  posts  not  less  than 
six  (6)  feet  high.  No  stairway  shall  have  less  than  three  (3) 
nor  more  than  sixteen  ( 1  6)  risers  in  any  run. 

No  stairway  shall  have  winders  and  all  nosing  shall  be 
straight. 

A  uniform  width  shall  be  maintained  in  all  stairways  and 
stair  platforms  by  rounding  or  beveling  the  corners  aixl  angles. 

Hand  rails  shall  be  provided  on  both  sides  of  all  stairways 
and  steps. 

Outside  steps  and  areas  shall  be  provided  with  guard  rails 
not  less  than  two  (2)   feet  six  (6)  inches  high. 

Stairways  shall  have  a  uniform  rise  and  tread  in  each  run 
as  follows,  viz. : 

Primary  schools  shall  have  not  more  than  a  six  (6)  inch 
rise  nor  less  than  eleven  (11)  inch  tread. 


Grammar  schools  shall  have  not  more  than  a  six  and 
one-half   (6I/2)   inch  rise  nor  less  than  eleven   (11)   inch  tread. 

All  other  schools  shall  have  not  more  than  a  seven  (7)  inch 
rise  nor  less  than  ten  and  one-half  (IOJ/2)  inch  tread. 

The  above  dimensions  shall  be  from  tread  to  tread,  and 
from  riser  to  riser. 

No  door  shall  open  directly  upon  a  stairwray,  but  shall  of>en 
on  a  platform  or  landing  equal  in  length  to  the  width  of  the  door. 

In  combination  primary  and  grammar  school  buildings  all 
staiirways  below  the  first  floor  shall  be  designed  for  primary 
school  pupils,  and  all  stairways  above  the  first  floor  may  be  de- 
signed for  either  primary  or  grammar  pupils. 

No  closet  for  storage  shall  be  placed  under  any  stairway. 

All  treads  shall  be  covered  with  rubber  or  lead  mats, 
securely  fasterved  to  place  or  be  formed  with  non-slipping 
surfaces. 

Monumental  Stairways  and  Steps. — Monumental  stairways 
may  be  used  in  grade  "B"  buildings  when  such  buildings  are 
provided  with  stairways  as  prescribed  under  Sub-divisions  and 
Fire  Stops  (see  Section  4). 

Monumental  stairways  may  be  of  a  greater  width  than  six 
(6)  feet  measuring  between  the  hand  rails,  and  such  stairways 
need  not  be  provided  with  more  hand  rails  than  would  be  neces- 
sary for  the  actual  width  required  as  a  means  of  egress. 

Monumental  steps  from  the  grade  to  the  first  story  with  more 
than  five  (5)  risers,  shall  be  provided  with  hand  rails  on  both 
sides  of  the  same,  and  such  steps  watt  five  (5)  or  less  risers  need 
not  be  provided  with  hand  rails. 

GRADIENTS 

Section  14.  To  overcome  any  difference  in  floor  levels 
which  would  require  less  than  three  (3)  risers,  gradients  shall 
be  employed  of  not  to  exceed  one  ( 1  )  foot  rise  in  twelve  (12) 
feet  of  run. 

204 


PASSAGEWAYS 

Section  15.  No  public  hall  leading  to  a  stairway  or 
exit  shall  be  less  in  width  than  the  stairway  or  exit,  as  the  case 
may  be. 

Public  halls  and  passageways  shall  be  so  designed  and 
proportioned  as  to  prevent  congestion  and  confusion. 

ELEVATORS 

Section  1 6.  Elevators  shall  not  be  considered  or  com- 
puted as  a  means  of  egress.  (For  the  construction  of  elevators 
and  elevator  shafts  see  Elevators,  Part  8.) 

EXIT    DOORS    AND    WINDOWS 

Section  I  7.  Doors  to  rooms  occupied  by  less  than  ten 
(10)  persons  are  not  considered  under  the  classification  of  exit 
doors. 

Exit  doors  shall  not  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  wide,  not 
less  than  six  (6)  feet  four  (4)  inches  high,  level  with  the  floor, 
swing  outward,  viz. :  toward  the  opening,  or  toward  the  natural 
means  of  egress,  and  shall  be  so  hung  as  not  to  interfere  with 
passageways  or  close  openings,  stairways  or  fire  escapes. 

No  single  door  or  leaf  to  a  double  door  shall  be  more  than 
four  (4)  feet  wide.  No  two  (2)  doors  hinged  together  shall 
be  used  as  a  means  of  ingress  or  egress.  Accordion  doors  may 
be  used  in  dividing  class  rooms,  providing  the  free  sections  swing 
outward  and  provide  the  required  amount  of  exit  width. 

No  double  acting,  rolling,  sliding  or  revolving  doors  shall 
be  installed  where  used  or  liable  to  be  used  as  a  means  of  ingress 
or  egress  except  as  previously  prescribed  under  sub-divisions  (see 
Section  4). 

Sliding  or  rolling  doors  may  be  used  when  installed  in 
addition  to  the  prescribed  means  of  egress. 

(For  exit  windows  see  Standard  Devices,  Part  3,  Title  7, 
Section   6.) 

205 


SCUTTLES 

Section  18.  Every  building  exceeding  twenty-five  (25) 
feet  in  height  shall  have  in  the  roof  a  bulk-head  or  scuttle  not 
less  than  two  (2)  feet  wide  and  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet 
long,  covered  on  the  outside  with  metal  and  provided  with  a 
stairway  or  permanent  ladder  leading  thereto. 

Bulk-head  and  scuttle  doors  shall  not  be  provided  with 
locks. 

SPECIAL    CONSTRUCTION 

Section  19.  All  floors  to  toilet  rooms,  lavatories,  water 
closet  compartments,  or  any  enclosure  where  plumbing  fixtures 
are  used  within  the  building  shall  have  a  waterproof  floor  and 
base  as  prescribed  under  Sanitation  (see  Part  4,  Title  12,  Sec- 
tion  1). 

All  basement  rooms  used  by  the  pupils  or  public  shall  have 
a  damp-proof  or  water-proof  floor  properly  drained  to  carry  off 
surface  water. 

All  basement  ceilings  except  where  concrete  or  brick  is 
used  shall  be  plastered  or  be  covered  with  pressed  or  rolled  steel 
ceiling. 

Whenever  possible,  window  and  door  jambs  shall  be 
rounded  and  plastered,  except  in  museums,  libraries  and  art 
galleries. 

All  interior  wood  finish  shall  be  as  small  as  possible  and 
free  from  unnecessary  dust  catchers. 

All  floors  between  the  finished  portions  of  the  building 
shall  be  deadened  or  made  sound-proof. 

floors  and  roof  loads 

Section  20.  In  calculating  construction  the  superim- 
posed load  uniformly  distributed  on  the  various  floors  and  roofs 
shall  be  assumed  at  not  less  than  the  following,  viz. : 

Class-rooms,  sixty  (60)  pounds  per  square  foot. 

Public  halls,  assembly  halls,  and  stairways,  eighty  (80) 
pounds  per  square  foot. 

206 


Museums,  libraries  and  art  galleries,  one  hundred  (100) 
p>ounds  per  square  foot. 

Attics  not  used  for  storage,  twenty  (20)  pounds  per  square 
foot. 

Roofs,   forty   (40)   poiinds  per  square  foot. 

HEATING   AND   VENTILATING 

Section  21.  A  heating  system  shall  be  installed  which 
will  uniformly  heat  all  public  halls,  play  rooms,  toilet  rooms, 
recreation  rooms,  assembly  rooms,  gymnasiums  and  manual  train- 
ing rooms  to  a  uniform  temperature  of  65  degrees  in  zero  weather; 
and  will  uniformly  heat  all  other  parts  of  the  building  to  70 
degrees  in  zero  weather. 

Exceptions. — Rooms  with  one  or  more  open  sides  used  for 
open-air  or  outdoor  treatment, 

A  combination  heating  and  ventilating  system  shall  be  in- 
stalled which  will  at  normal  temperature  supply  the  following 
amounts  of  fresh  air,  viz.:  In  all  parts  of  "A"  grade  building 
except  corridors,  hall  and  storage  closets,  six  (6)  changes  of 
air  per  hour;  in  all  parts  of  colleges,  academies  and  seminaries 
except  corridors,  halls  and  storage  closets,  supply  to  each  p>erson 
the  room  is  designed  to  accommodate,  eighteen  hundred  ( 1 ,800) 
cubic  feet  of  air  per  hour — in  which  case  the  plans  shall  be 
clearly  marked  showing  the  maximum  number  of  persons  the 
room  will  accommodate,  libraries,  museums  and  art  galleries 
need  not  be  provided  with  a  change  of  air. 

The  heating  system  to  be  installed  where  a  change  of  air 
is  required,  shall  be  either  standard  ventilating  stoves,  gravity 
or  mechanical  furnaces,  gravity  indirect  steam  or  hot  water,  a 
mechanical  indirect  steam  or  hot  water  system  or  a  split  steam 
or  hot  water  system. 

Where  wardrobes  are  not  separated  from  the  class-room 
they  shall  be  considered  as  part  of  the  class-room  and  the  vent 
register  shall  be  placed  in  the  wardrobe. 

Where  wardrobes  are  separated  from  the  class-room,  they 
shall  be  separately  heated  and  ventilated  the  same  as  the  class- 

207 


rooms,  and  shall  be  provided  with  not  less  than  six  (6)  changes 
of  air  per  hour. 

No  floor  registers  shall  be  used  in  any  part  of  the  build- 
ing, except  foot  warmers  which  may  be  placed  in  the  floors  of 
the  main  corridors  or  lobbies. 

A  hood  shall  be  placed  over  each  and  every  stove  in  the 
domestic  science  room,  over  each  and  every  compartment  desk 
or  demonstration  table  in  the  chemical  laboratories  and  chemical 
laboratory  lecture  rooms,  of  such  a  size  as  to  receive  and  carry 
off  all  ofl'cnsive  odors,  fumes  and  gases.  aoiiBviys 

These  ducts  shall  be  connected  to  vertical  ventilating  flues 
placed  in  the  walls  and  shall  be  independent  of  the  room  venti- 
lation as  previously  provided  for. 

Where  electric  current  is  available  electric  exhaust  fans 
shall  be  placed  in  the  ducts  or  flues  from  the  stove  fixtures  in 
domestic  science  rooms  and  chemical  laboratories,  and  where 
electric  current  is  not  available  and  a  steam  or  hot-water  system 
is  used,  the  main  vertical  flues  from  the  above  ducts  shall  be 
provided  with  accelerating  coils  of  pro{>er  size  to  create  sufficient 
draught  to  carry  away  all  fumes  and  offensive  odors. 

SANITATION 

Section  22.  Where  a  water  supply  and  sewerage  sys- 
tem are  available  a  sanitary  equipment  shall  be  installed  as  fol- 
lows: 

Drinking  fountains  shall  be  provided  as  follows,  viz. :  In 
grade  "A"  school  buildings  one  in  each  story  of  the  superstruc- 
ture to  each  six  thousand  (6,000)  square  feet  of  floor  area  or 
less;  and,  one  in  the  basement  to  each  two  hunidred  (200)  males 
or  less  and  one  to  each  two  hundred   (200)    females  or  less. 

In  all  other  buildings  one  drinking  fountain  shall  be  pro- 
vided to  each  six  thousand  (6,000)  square  feet  of  floor  area  or 
less.  These  shall  be  centrally  located  and  if  more  than  one  is 
required  they  shall  be  located  in  different  stories  of  the  building. 

Drinking  fountains  shall  have  a  jet  giving  a  continuous 
flow  of  water  or  be  operated  by  a  ring  or  foot  valve. 

208 


"A"  grade  school  buildings  shall  be  provided  with  slop 
sinks  in  the  number  as  prescribed  for  drinking  fountains,  or  in 
lieu  of  slop  sinks  lavatories  without  stoppers  may  be  used. 

In  colleges,  academies  and  seminaries  one  lavatory  without 
stopper  shall  be  provided  to  each  one  hundred  ( I  00)  persons. 

In  libraries,  museums  and  art  galleries  there  shall  be  pro- 
vided the  following  fixtures,  viz. : 

One  water-closet  to  each  fifty  (50)  females  or  fraction 
thereof. 

One  water-closet  to  each  one  hundred  (100)  males  or 
fraction  thereof.  *  ' 

One  urinal  to  each  one  hundred  (100)  males  or  fraction 
thereof. 

The  above  to  be  based  upon  the  actual  number  of  persons 
to  be  accommodated,  the  capacity  being  established  as  prescribed 
under  means  of  egress  (Section   12). 

In  all  other  school  buildings  there  shall  be  provided  the 
following  fixtures,  viz. : 

One  water-closet  for  each  fifteen  (15)  females  or  fraction 
thereof. 

One  water-closet  for  each  twenty-five  (25)  males  or  frac- 
tion thereof. 

One  urinal  for  each  fifteen  males  or  fraction  thereof. 

Toilet  accommodations  for  males  and  females  shall  be 
placed  in  separate  rooms,  with  a  traveling  distance  between  the 
same  of  not  less  than  twenty  (20)   feet. 

Juvenile  or  short  closets  shall  be  used  for  primary  and 
grammar  grade  schools.  This  does  not  apply  w4ien  latrine 
closets  are  used. 

In  buildings  accommodating  males  and»  females  it  shall  be 
presumed  that  the  occupants  will  be  equally  divided  between 
males  and  females,  unless  such  building  be  used  exclusively  by 
either  sex  or  a  different  constant  proportion  is  known. 

Where  water  supply  and  sewerage  systems  are  not  avail- 
able no  sanitary  equipment  shall  be  installed  within  the  building, 
but  pumps  in  lieu  of  drinking   fountains,  closets  and  urinals  in 

209 


the  above  proportions  shall  be  placed  upon  the  school  building 
grounds,  and  no  closets  or  urinals  shall  be  placed  nearer  any 
occupied  building  than  fifty   (50)    feet. 

Buildings  more  than  three  (3)  stories  in  height  shall  be 
provided  with  toilet  rooms  in  each  story  and  basement,  and  in 
these  shall  be  installed  water-closets  and  urinals  in  the  above 
prescribed  ratios  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  persons  to  be 
accommodated  in  the  various  stories. 

Toilet  rooms  for  males  shall  be  clearly  marked  "BOYS' 
TOILET"  or  "MEN'S  TOILET"  and  for  females  "GIRLS' 
TOILET"  or  "WOMEN'S  TOILET." 

GAS  AND  VAPOR  LIGHTING 

Section  23.  A  system  of  gas  or  vapor  lighting,  if  used, 
shall  be  installed  as  follows: 

All  outlets  in  class  and  recitation  rooms  shall  be  dropped 
from  the  ceiling  and  be  equally  distributed  so  as  to  uniformly 
light  the  room. 

The  number  of  burners  provided  shall  not  be  less  than  the 
following: 

In  gymnasiums  one  three  (3)  foot  burner  to  each  fifteen 
(15)   square  feet  of  floor  area. 

In  public  halls  and  stairways  one  three  (3)  foot  burner 
to  each  twenty- four  (24)   square  feet  of  floor  area. 

In  class  and  recitation  rooms  one  three  (3)  foot  burner 
to  each  twelve   (12)   square  feet  of  floor  area. 

Enclosed  fire-proof  stairways,  service  stairways,  public  halls, 
and  toilet  rooms,  shall  be  lighted  by  artificial  light,  and  the  same 
shall  be  provided  with  a  sufficient  number  of  outlets,  properly 
located  to  amply  light  the  same  at  night. 

Burners  shall  be  placed  seven  (7)   feet  above  the  floor  line. 

If  gas  or  vapor  lighting  is  used  the  same  shall  be  installed 
as  prescribed  under  Gas,  Vapor  and  Oil  Fitting  and  Equipment 
(see  Part  6). 

ELECTRICAL   WORK 

Section  24.  An  electric  lighting  system,  if  used,  shall 
be   installed   as   follows: 

210 


All  wiring  shall  be  done  in  conduit  or  armored  cable  and 
the  same  shall  be  installed  as  prescribed  under  Electrical  Work 
(see  Part  7). 

All  outlets  in  class  and  recitation  rooms  shall  be  dropped 
from  the  ceiling  and  be  equally  distributed  so  as  to  uniformly 
light  the  room. 

The  candle-power  of  lamps  provided  shall  not  be  less  than 
the  following,  viz. : 

Gymnasium  one  candle-p>ower  to  two  and  one-half  square 
feet  of  floor  area. 

Public  halls  and  stairways  one  candle-power  to  four  square 
feet  of  floor  area. 

Class  and  recitation  rooms  one  candle-p)ower  to  two  square 
feet  of  floor  area. 

Enclosed    fire-proof    stairways,    service    stairways,    public 
halls  and  toilet  rooms  shall  be  lighted  by  artificial  light  and  the 
same  shall  be  provided  with  a  sufficient  number  of  lights,  prop- 
erly located  to  amply  light  the  same  at  night. 
FINISHING    HARDWARE 

Section  25.  All  entrance  and  exit  doors  shall  be 
equipp>ed  with  hardware  of  such  a  nature  as  to  be  always  un- 
lockable    from   within. 

Single  outside  doors  used  for  egress  only  shall  have  one 
knob  latches  or  double  extension  bolts  as  hereinafter  prescribed 
and  no  bolts,  hooks  or  other  locking  device  shall  be  placed  op 
these  doors. 

Single  outside  doors  used  for  ingress  and  egress,  shall  have 
locks  that  may  be  locked  from  the  outside  only,  but  can  always 
be  opened  on  the  Inside,  by  simply  turning  the  knob  or  lever, 
or  by  pushing  against  a  bar  or  plate. 

No  attachment  shall  be  placed  on  these  locks,  which  will 
interfere  with  their  free  and  immediate  operation  at  all  times, 
and  no  bolts,  hooks,  thumb  latches  or  other  locking  devices  shall 
be   used. 

Doors  from  public  halls  to  rooms  and  cloak  rooms  shall 
have  no  locks  upon  same,  but  shall  be  equipped  with  knob  latches 

211 


only.  If  locks  are  desired  the  same  style  locks  as  above  pre- 
scribed for  entrance  doors  shall  be  used  and  they  shall  be  so 
placed  on  the  door  that  they  can  be  locked  on  the  hall  side,  and 
can  always  be  opened  on  the  room  or  cloak  room  sides,  whether 
locked  on  hall  side  or  not. 

One  of  each  pair  of  double  doors  shall  be  equipped  with 
a  double  extension  bolt  on  one  door  operated  by  a  knob,  lever, 
push  bar,  push  plate,  push  handle,  or  device  whereby  the  simple 
act  of  turning  a  knob,  or  lever,  or  pushing  against  the  same  will 
release  the  top  and  bottom  bolts  at  the  same  time. 

Independent  top  and  bottom  bolts  shall  not  be  used. 

All  bolts,  latches,  face  of  locks,  working  parts  of  extension 
bolts,  and  other  exposed  working  parts  about  this  hardware  shall 
be  of  cast  metal  properly  protected  from  corrosion. 

(For  hardware  for  exit  windows  see  Standard  Devices, 
Part  3.  Title  7,  Section  6.) 

FIRE    EXTINGUISHERS 

Section  26.  Where  a  water  supply  of  sufficient  pres- 
sure to  reach  the  various  portions  of  the  building  is  available 
standard  stand  pipe  and  hose  shall  be  provided  in  the  basement 
of  grade  "A"  buildings  and  in  each  story  and  basement  of  grade 
"B"  buildings  with  sufficient  length  of  one  and  one-half  (1^4) 
inch  hose  to  reach  any  part  of  the  story. 

Hose  lengths  shall  be  not  more  than  seventy-five  (75)  feet 
long,  and  where  hose  of  such  length  will  not  reach  the  extreme 
portions  of  the  story  additional  stand  pipes  and  hose  shall  be 
provided. 

Note:  All  rooms  or  apartments  used  for  storing  of  furniture,  car- 
penter shops,  general  repairing,  paint  shops  or  other  equally  hazardous 
purposes   shall   be   provided   with   standard   automatic   sprinklers. 

Where  water  supply  of  sufficient  pressure  to  reach  the  ex- 
treme portions  of  the  building  is  not  available,  standard  chemical 
fire  extinguishers  shall  be  provided  in  the  proportion  of  one  ( 1  ) 
extinguisher  to  each  two  thousand  (2,000)  square  feet  of  floor 
area  or  less. 

212 


Standard  chemical  fire  extinguishers  shall  be  provided  in 
each  story  above  the  basement  of  all  grade  "A"  buildings  in  the 
proportion  of  one  (1)  extinguisher  to  each  two  thousand  (2,000) 
square  feet  of  floor  area,  or  less. 

All  stand  pipes  and  hose  shall  be  prominently  exposed  to 
view  and  always  accessible. 

FIRE    ALARM 

Section  27.  All  buildings  with  basement,  and  all  build- 
ings more  than  one  story  high  shall  be  provided  with  eight  (8) 
inch  in  diameter  trip  fire  gong  with  connections  enabling  the  ring- 
ing of  same  from  any  story  or  basement. 

In  semi-detached  buildings  gongs  shall  be  provided  for 
each  section  and  shall  be  connected  up  so  as  to  ring  simultaneous 
from  any  story  or  basement  of  either  section. 

Gongs  shall  be  centrally  located  in  the  public  halls,  and  the 
operating  cords  shall  be  placed  so  as  to  be  always  accessible. 

Exceptions. — In  institutions  for  the  deaf,  electric  lights  with 
red  globes  shall  be  placed  near  each  teacher's  desk,  and  these 
shall  be  operated  simultaneously  by  switches  placed  in  each  story 
and  basement. 

BLOWERS    IN    WORKSHOPS 

Section  28.  See  Maintenance  of  Buildings  (Part  11, 
Title   1,  Section  40). 

GUARDING    MACHINERY   AND    PITS 

Section  29.  See  Maintenance  of  Buildings  (Part  11, 
Title   I,  Section   40). 

Note:  The  entire  Ohio  building  code  may  be  had  upon 
request  of  TTie  State  Inspector  of  Workshops  and  Factories.  Only 
such  portions  are  here  pnnted  as  directly  relate  to  school  build- 
ings. 


213 


PART  II— TITLE  1 

THEATERS    AND  ASSEMBLY    HALLS 
CLASSIFICATION 

Section  I .  Theaters. — Under  the  classification  "Thea- 
ters" are  included  all  buildings  or  parts  of  buildings  in  which 
persons  congregate  to  witness  spectacular,  vaudeville,  burlesque, 
dramatic  or  operatic  performances,  or  other  buildings  or  parts  of 
buildings  in  which  movable  scenery  is  used,  or  in  which  motion 
pictures  are  thrown  up>on  canvas,  screens  or  walls. 

This  classification  shall  not  apply  to  nor  include  buildings 
or  parts  of  buildings  designed  and  used  for  a  different  kind  of 
occupancy  than  a  theater,  when  such  motion  picture  machine  is 
used  not  to  exceed  seven  (7)  days  in  any  one  month;  nor,  does 
it  include  buildings  or  parts  of  buildings  included  under  the  classi- 
fication of  Club  and  Lodge  Buildings  or  Minor  Assembly  Halls, 
when  such  picture  machine  is  used  to  illustrate  educational  or 
ritualistic  work  and  the  general  public  is  not  admitted  thereto. 

Assembly  Halls. — Under  the  classification  of  "Assembly 
Halls"  are  included  all  buildings  or  parts  of  buildings  in  which 
persons  are  assembled  for  entertainment,  amusement  or  dancing, 
including  all  buildings  or  parts  of  buildings  in  which  persons 
congregate  to  witness  vaudeville,  burlesque,  dramatic  or  operatic 
performances,  to  hear  speakers  or  lectures,  to  listen  to  of)eras, 
concerts  or  musical  entertainments  in  which  no  scenery  is  used 
and  no  motion  pictures  are  thrown  upon  canvas,  screens  or  walls 
(see  exceptions  under  Sec.  1,  Theaters),  and,  seating  or  accom- 
modating one  hundred  ( 1 00)   or  more  persons. 

All  assembly  halls  used  in  connection  with  and  as  a  neces- 
sary adjunct  to  school  buildings,  hospitals,  clubs  or  lodge  build- 
ings, hotels,  workshops,  factories  or  mercantile  establishments  or 
similar  buildings  or  institutions  and  used  for  private  gatherings; 

214 


and  designed  principally  for  the  use  of  the  occupants  of  such 
buildings;  and,  all  rooms  and  apartments  used  for  public  assem- 
blages of  less  than  one  hundred  (100)  persons  are  classified  as 
minor  assembly  halls  and  shall  be  designed,  constructed  and 
equipped  as  prescribed  for  club  and  lodge  buildings  (see  Part  2, 
Tide  6). 

TITLE  6— CLUB  AND  LODGE  BUILDINCiS 

CLASSIFICATION 

Section  1 .  Under  this  classification  are  included  all 
buildings  or  parts  of  buildings  containing  an  assembly  hall,  lodge, 
social,  recreation,  exercise,  or  other  rooms,  used  by  a  fraternal, 
social,  military  or  other  organization  for  the  private  assemblage 
of  p>ersons,  including  all  ante  and  other  rooms  of  utility  used  in 
connection  therewith,  when  such  buildings  or  parts  of  such  build- 
ings are  not  rented  or  let  out  for  the  use  of  the  general  public. 

All  rooms  or  apartments  in  club  and  lodge  buildings  not 
irxluded  in  the  various  classifications  of  the  different  Titles  of 
Part  2  and  not  a  customary  or  necessary  adjunct  thereto  are 
herein  classified  as  minor  assembly  halls. 

This  classification  also  includes  assembly  halls  and  churches 
built  in  connection  with  and  as  a  necessary  adjunct  to  a  school 
building,  hospital,  hotel,  workshop,  factory  or  mercantile  estab- 
lishment or  similar  building  or  institution,  and  used  for  private 
gatherings  and  designed  principally  for  the  use  of  the  occupants 
of  such  buildings;  and,  all  rooms  or  apartments  used  for  public 
assemblages  of  less  than  one  hundred  (100)  persons,  all  of  which 
are  herein  classified  as  minor  assembly  halls. 

This  classification  does  not  include  buildings  designed  as 
residences  for  single  families  and  used  as  a  club  house. 

(For  minor  theaters  see  Section  27.) 

(For  use  of  motion  picture  machines  in  minor  assembly  halls 
see  Part  2,  Title  1,  Section  15.) 

CLASS    OF    CONSTRUCTION 

Section  2.  No  minor  assembly  hall  or  minor  theater 
in  an  "A"  grade  school  building  of  fire-proof  construction  shall 

215 


be  placed  more  than  twenty-three  (23)  feet  nor  in  a  building 
of  compxjsite  construction  more  than  ten  (10)  fe^t  above  the 
grade  at  any  entrance  to  or  exit  from  the  same;  and,  no  minor 
assembly  room  for  an  "A"  grade  school  building  shall  be  placed 
in  a  building  of  frame  construction.  Such  minor  assembly  hall 
shall  not  seat  or  accommodate  more  than  the  number  of  p>erscns 
given  in  the    following  table. 

No  minor  assembly  hall  used  by  the  general  public  in  a 
building  of  fire-proof  construction  shall  be  placed  more  than 
thirty-five  (35)  feet;  nor,  in  a  building  of  composite  construc- 
tion more  than  twenty  (20)  feet  above  the  grade  line  at  the  main 
entrance  to  the  building. 

With  the  above  exceptions  the  following  table  gives  the 
maximum  number  of  persons  that  shall  be  seated  or   accommo- 


Maximum  height 
above  the 
grade. 

Maximum  number  of  persons 
accommodated. 

that  shall  be 

In  a  building  of 
fireproof  con- 
struction. 

In  a  building  of 
composite  con- 
struction. 

In  a  building  of 
frame  construc- 
tion. 

48  feet  and  over. 
46  feat 

100  persons 

150  persons 

200  persons 

250  persons 

300  persons 

400  persons 

500  persons 

600  persons 

700  persons 

800  persons 

1,000  persons 

1,200  persons 

1,400  persons 

1,600  persons 

1,800  persons 

2,100  persons 

2,400  persons 

2,700  persons 

3,000  persons 

3,300  persons 

unlimited    . 

unlimited 

unlimited 

No  persons  at 
or  above 

50  persons 
100  persons 
150  persons 
200  persons 
250  persons 
300  persons 
350  persons 
400  persons 
450  persons 
500  persons 
550  persons 
600  persons 
650  persons 
700  persons 
750  persons 
800  persons 
900  persons 
1,000  persons 
1,200  persons 
1,400  persons 

No  person  at 
or  above 
50  persons 
100  persons 
1 50  persons 
200  persons 
300  persons 
400  persons 

44  feat 

/2feet 

^Ofeat..  . 

38  feat . 

36  feat 

34  feat 

32  feat 

30  feat 

28  feat . 

26  feat 

24  feat 

22  f  3at 

20  feat 

IS  feat 

13  feet 

14  feat 

12  feat 

10  feet 

8  feet 

6  faet 

4  feet 

216 


dated  in  a  minor  assembly  hall,  the  maximum  distance  the  highest 
point  of  the  main  floor  of  such  minor  assembly  hall  shall  be 
placed  above  the  grade  at  the  main  entrance  to  the  building  and 
the  class  of  construction  that  shall  be  employed  in  the  erection 
of  a  building  containing  such  a  minor  assembly  hall. 

When  a  building  containing  two  or  more  different  kinds 
of  occupancy  as  classified  under  Part  2  (see  titles  3,  4,  5,  6  and 
7)  the  entire  building  shall  be  built  of  the  best  grade  of  con- 
struction prescribed  under  the  various  titles  of  Part  2  affecting 
the  different  sections  or  parts  of  the  building. 

EXPOSURE   AND    COURTS 

Section  3.  Exposure. — No  club  or  lodge  building  shall 
occupy  more  than  ninety-five  (95)  per  cent  of  a  comer  lot  or 
site,  nor  more  than  ninety  (90)  per  cent  of  an  interior  lot  or  site, 
the  measurements  being  taken  at  the  lowest  floor  line,  except,  a 
building  not  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  feet  wide  may  occupy 
one  hundred  (100)  per  cent  of  a  corner  lot  or  site. 

If  the  building  contains  a  theater,  assembly  hall,  or  church 
which  is  rented  or  let  out  for  public  gatherings  the  walls  of  the 
theater,  assembly  hall  or  church  shall  abut  upon  streets,  alleys, 
yards  or  courts,  in  the  number  and  of  the  size  as  prescribed  for 
theaters  and  assembly  halls  (see  Part  2,  Title  1  )  or  churches 
(see  Part  2,  Title  2)   as  the  case  may  be. 

The  walls  of  a  minor  theater  and  minor  assembly  hall  shall 
abut  upon  streets,  alleys,  yards  or  courts  of  a  combined  width 
of  all  means  of  egress  leading  thereto,  and  run  to  and  connect 
with  public  highways. 

Walls  containing  windows  lighting  school  or  class-rooms 
shall  not  be  placed  nearer  any  other  building,  structure  or  prop- 
erty line  than  thirty    (30)    feet. 

Courts. — The  height  of  courts  shall  be  measured  from  the 
top  of  the  lowest  window  sill  to  the  top  of  the  cornice  or  fire 
wall. 

If  fire  escapes,  bay  windows  or  other  appendages  are  erected 
in  or  above  a  recess  or  inner  court,  the  wridths  or  areas  of  the 

217 


same  shall  be  added  to  the  dimensions  given  xmder  the  following 
table  of  widths  and  areas  of  courts. 

The  followmg  table  gives  the  minimum  width  and  areas  of 
the  various  courts  that  shall  be  employed  to  secure  proper  light 
and  ventilation,  providing  the  building  does  not  contain  school 
or  class-rooms. 


Height. 

Inner  Court. 

Recess  Court, 

Width.          Area.        j  Width.          Area. 

18  ft.  and  less 

18  ft.  to  30  ft 

30  ft.  to  45  ft 

45  ft.  to  60  ft 

60  ft.  to  75  ft 

75  ft.  to  90  ft 

90  ft.  to  105  ft...  .. 

105  ft.  to  120  ft 

120  ft.  to  135  ft ... 
135  ft.  to  150  ft..  . 
150  ft.  to  165  ft.... 

7  ft. 

9  ft. 
12  ft. 
15  ft. 
18  ft. 
21ft. 
24  ft. 
27  ft. 
30  ft. 
33  ft. 
36  ft. 

90  sq.  ft. 

122  sq.  ft. 

216  sq.  ft. 

338  sq.  ft. 

486  sq.  ft. 

662  sq,  ft. 

864  sq.  ft. 
1,094  sq.  ft. 
1,350  sq.  ft. 
1,634  sq,  ft. 
1,944  sq.  ft. 

4Mft. 
6      ft. 
7Mft. 
9Kft. 
lOK  ft. 

12      ft. 
131^  ft. 
15      ft. 
161^  ft. 
18      ft. 

50  sq.  ft. 

60  sq.  ft. 
108  sq.  ft, 
169  sq,  ft. 
243  sq.  ft. 
331  sq,  ft.    ' 
432  sq.  ft.   , , 
547  sq.  ft. 
675  sq.  ft. 
817  sq.  ft. 
976  sq.  ft. 

If  the  building  contains  school  or  class-rooms  recess  or 
inner  light  courts  may  be  used,  providing  the  least  distance  be- 
tween any  two  opposite  walls  is  equal  to  the  height  from  the 
lowest  sill  of  a  window  lighting  such  room,  to  the  top  of  the 
cornice  or  fire  wall. 

All  walls  of  inner  or  recess  courts  shall  be  of  masonry  or 
fire-proof  construction  (except  for  buildings  of  frame  construc- 
tion). 

Windows  may  be  placed  in  the  angles  of  the  above  courts 
providing  the  running  length  of  the  wall  containing  such  windows 
shall  not  exceed  six  (6)   feet. 

Each  inner  court  shall  be  provided  with  one  fresh  air  intake, 
placed  at  the  bottom  of  the  court,  and  run  to  and  connected  with 
a  street,  alley  or  yard.  If  inner  courts  are  of  the  same  or  greater 
size  than  prescribed  for  courts  lighting  school  or  class-rooms  (see 
Part  2,  Title  3)  fresh  air  intakes  will  not  be  required. 


218 


Intakes  shall  be  constructed  of  fire-proof  material  and  there 
shall  be  no  openings  into  these  intakes  other  than  the  inlet  and 
outlet. 

The  area  of  these  intakes  shall  be  of  a  size  equal  to  not 
less  than  the  prescribed  area  of  the  inner  court,  but  in  no  case 
shall  an  intake  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  wide,  nor  less  than 
three   (3)    feet  high. 

SUB-DIVISIONS    AND    FIRE    STOPS 

Section  4.  A  building  of  this  classification  built  in  con- 
nection, with  or  as  a  part  of  a  building  of  a  lower  grade  of 
construction,  shall  be  separated  from  the  other  parts  of  the  build- 
ing by  standard  fire  walls,  and  all  communicating  openings  shall 
be  covered  by  double  standard  fire  doors,  using  a  standard  self- 
closing  fire  door  on  one  side  of  the  wall  and  either  a  standard 
automatic  fire  door  or  a  standard  automatic  rolling  steel  door 
on  the  other  side  of  the  WcJl. 

If  the  building  contains  a  theater  the  same  shall  be  pro- 
vided with  the  necessary  fire  stops  and  fire  walls  as  prescribed 
for  theaters.      (See  Part  2,  Title   I.) 

Standard  fire-proof  walls  shall  sub-divide  buildings  of  non- 
fire-proof  construction  into  floor  areas  of  not  more  than  two  thou- 
sand (2,000)  square  feet  each,  except  when  single  rooms  of  a 
greater  dimension  are  required,  in  which  case  the  floor  area  above 
such  rooms  need  not  be  divided  as  above  prescribed. 

If  a  building  of  this  classification  is  placed  over  rooms  or 
apartments  of  non-fire-proof  construction  used  for  other  purposes, 
the  ceiling  below  the  same  shall  be  lathed  with  incombustible 
lath  emd  be  plastered,  or  be  covered  with  pressed  or  rolled  sheet 
steel. 

All  rooms  or  apartments  used  for  storing  furniture,  carpenter 
shops,  general  repairing,  paint  shops,  ammunition  or  other  equally 
hazardous  purposes,  shall  be  enclosed  by  standard  fire-proof 
walls,  ceilings  and  floors,  and  all  openings  between  these  rooms 
or  apartments,  and  the  other  parts  of  the  building  shall  be  cov- 
ered by  double  fire  doors,  using  a  standard  self-closing  fire  door 
on  one  side  of  the  wall,  and  a  standard  automatic  fire  door  or 

219 


a  standard  automatic  rolling  steel  door  on  the  other  side  of  the 
wall. 

No  open  wells  communicating  between  any  two  stories  of 
a  public  hall  shall  be  used,  except  the  usual  stair  and  elevator 
wells,  and  openings  through  not  more  than  one  successive  mezza- 
nine story. 

All  external  and  court  walls  of  buildings  more  than  three 
(3)  stories  high  and  within  thirty  (30)  feet  of  any  other  build- 
ing, structure  or  lot  line  shall  be  provided  with  the  following 
fire  stops,  viz.,  wall  shall  be  standard  fire  walls;  windows  shall 
be  of  the  automatic  type  of  standard  fire-proof  windows,  and 
doors  shall  be  standard  hinged  fire  doors  without  automatic 
attachment. 

HEATER   ROOM 

Section  5.  Furnaces,  hot  water  heating  boilers  and  low 
pressure  steam  boilers  may  be  located  in  the  building,  providing 
the  heating  apparatus,  breeching,  fuel  and  firing  rooms  are  en- 
closed in  a  standard  fire-proof  heater  room  and  all  openings  into 
the  same  from  the  other  parts  of  the  building  are  covered  by 
standard  self-closing  fire  doors. 

No  furnace  or  boiler  shall  be  located  under  any  lobby, 
exit,  stairway  or  public  hall. 

No  cast  iron  boiler  operated  at  more  than  ten  ( 1 0)  pounds' 
pressure  or  steel  boiler  operated  at  more  than  thirty-five  (35) 
p>ounds'  pressure  shall  be  located  within  the  main  walls  of  any 
club  or  lodge  building. 

Exceptions. — If  a  club  or  lodge  building  does  not  contain  a 
minor  assembly  hall  accommodating  more  than  fifty  (50)  per- 
sons, a  fire-proof  heater  room  will  not  be  required,  but  the  entire 
ceiling  over  the  apartments  containing  the  heating  apparatus,  fuel, 
breeching  and  firing  space,  if  of  combustible  construction,  shall 
be  lathed  with  incombustible  lath  and  be  plastered. 
BASEMENT    ROOMS 

Section  6.  No  room  wholly  below  the  grade  shall  be 
used  for  any  purpose  other  than  storage,  heating  apparatus  and 
fuel   rooms. 

220 


Rooms  with  not  more  than  half  \he  height  of  the  story  be- 
low the  grade  may  be  used  for  storage,  heater,  apparatus,  fuel 
rooms,  social  purposes,  recreation,  dining,  drilling,  domestic 
science,  manual  training,  exercise,  physical  culture,  baths,  toilets 
and  barber  shops. 

No  room  wholly  or  partly  below  the  grade  shall  be  used 
as  an  assembly  room  or  for  worship,  religious  instructions,  school 
lodge,  living  or  sleeping  purposes. 

Dining  rooms,  lunch  rooms,  bakeries  and  kitchens  may  be 
placed  wholly  or  partly  below  the  grade  when  the  same  are 
properly  lighted  by  windows  with  stationary  sash;  all  entrances 
from  the  streets,  alleys,  yards  or  courts  are  provided  with  vesti- 
bules with  two  sets  of  self-closing  doors;  no  open  areaways  con- 
nect directly  with  the  rooms  and  the  rooms  are  provided  with  a 
mechanical  system  of  ventilation,  which  will  change  the  eiir  not 
less  than  six   (6)   times  per  hour. 

No  laundry  shall  be  placed  wholly  or  partly  below  the 
grade  unless  the  same  is  provided  with  a  mechanical  system  of 
ventilation  which  will  change  the  air  not  less  than  six  (6)  times 
per  hour  and  the  ceiling  is  covered  with  plaster  or  otherwise 
made  tight. 

If  a  club  or  lodge  building  is  not  located  over  a  building 
used  for  other  purposes,  the  first  story  shall  be  placed  not  less 
than  three  (3)  feet  above  the  grade  and  the  basement  shall  be 
properly  ventilated  by  windows  or  grille  work. 

DIMENSIONS    OF    ROOMS 

Section  7.  The  dimensions  of  the  various  rooms  or 
apartments  shall  be  as  prescribed  under  the  various  titles  of  Part 
2,  according  to  the  classification  and  purpose  for  which  the 
rooms  and  apartments  are  designed  or  intended  to  be  used. 

SEATS,    SEAT    BENCHES,    AISLES    AND    FOYERS 

Section  8.  Seats,  seat  benches,  aisles  and  foyers  in 
minor  assembly  halls  and  churches,  shall  be  installed  as  pre- 
scribed for  theaters  and  assembly  halls  and  churches  (see  Part 
2,  Titles  1  and  2). 

221 


In  lodge  and  dance  halls,  single  rows  of  loose  chairs,  seats 
or  benches  may  be  placed  against  the  walls  or  partitions,  other- 
wise such  chairs,  seats,  or  benches  shall  be  installed  as  prescribed 
for  theaters  and  assembly  halls. 

In  rooms  used  for  social,  dancing,  recreation,  drilling,  ex- 
ercise or  similar  purposes  the  seats,  chairs  or  benches  may  be 
portable. 

Seats,  desks  and  aisles  in  school  or  class  rooms  shall  be 
installed  as  prescribed  for  school  buildings  (see  Part  2,  Title  3, 
Section   10). 

DINING    ROOMS 

Section  9.  Dining  rooms  are  classified  as  minor  assem- 
bly halls  and  shall  not  seat  or  accommodate  more  persons  at  a 
given  height  above  the  grade  line  than  prescribed  under  Sec- 
tion 2. 

OPTICS 

Section  1 0.  Windows  are  not  required  in  minor  assem- 
bly halls,  and  bath,  and  ante  rooms  when  such  rooms  are  pro- 
vided with  a  mechanical  system  of  heating  cmd  ventilating. 

All  other  minor  assembly  halls,  bath,  toilet  and  ante  rooms 
and  stairways  shall  be  lighted  by  windows  placed  in  the  external 
walls  of  the  building  unless  the  use  of  such  hall  or  room  will 
not  permit,  and  the  glass  surface  of  such  windows  (except  stair- 
ways) shall  not  be  less  than  equal  to  one-tenth  (1-10)  the  floor 
area  of  the  room. 

Exceptions. — All  rooms  and  halls,  except  sleeping  apart- 
ments and  school  and  class-rooms  may  be  lighted  by  clere  story 
windows  or  skylights,  providing  the  glass  surface  is  of  the  amounr 
prescribed   for  windows. 

The  upper  half  of  all  v^nndows  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to 
open  the  full  width;  one-half  (I/2)  of  the  clere  story  windows 
shall  be  arranged  to  open;  and  if  skylights  are  used,  louvers, 
vents  or  other  devices  with  closing  dampers  shall  be  installed 
which  will  provide  ventilating  openings  equal  to  one-fourth  ('4) 
the  required  area  of  the  skylight. 


The  above  openings  shall  be  provided  with  operating  de- 
vices by  which  the  windows  or  dampers  may  be  operated  from 
the  floor  level  below. 

Should  the  building  contain  rooms  or  apartments  included 
in  the  classifications  of  the  various  titles  of  Part  2,  such  rooms 
or  apartments  shall  be  provided  with  windows  as  prescribed 
under  the  various  titles  of  Part  2,  effecting  the  rooms  or  apart- 
ments, and  their  necessary  appurtenances. 

MEANS    OF    EGRESS 

Section  1  I .  All  means  of  egress  shall  be  exit  doors 
unless  the  same  lead  to  A  standard  fire  escapes,  in  which  case 
either  exit  doors  or  exit  windows  shall  be  used. 

The  number  of  persons  that  the  building  will  accommodate 
shall  be  ascertained  as   follows: 

In  assembly  halls  with  fixed  seats,  the  seating  capacity  shall 
be  established  by  the  actual  number  of  persons  to  be  accommo- 
dated in  seats,  benches  and  pews;  and,  where  the  assembly  hall 
is  seated  with  portable  seats  or  chairs,  the  capacity  shall  be  estab- 
lished by  allowing  to  each  person  six  (6)  square  feet  of  floor 
area. 

In  all  other  parts  of  the  building  the  capacity  shall  be 
established  as   follows: 

Dining  rooms,   1  5  sq.  ft.  of  floor  area  per  person. 

Lodge  rooms,    1  5  sq.   ft.  of  floor  area  per  person. 

Dance  halls,   15  sq.  ft.  of  floor  area  per  person. 

Primary  school  rooms,   16  sq.  ft.  of  floor  area  per  person. 

Grammar  school  rooms,    18  sq.    ft.  floor  area  per  person. 

High  school  room,  20  sq.  ft.  of  floor  area  per  person. 

Other  school  rooms,  24  sq.  ft.  of  floor  area  per  person. 

Social  rooms,    1 5  sq.    ft.  of  floor  area  per  person. 

Drill  rooms,    1 5  sq.   ft.  of  floor  area  per  person. 

In  all  other  rooms  means  of  egress  shall  be  based  on  the 
actual  number  of  persons  to  be  accommodated. 

Auditoriums  and  balconies  in  "A"  grade  school  buildings 
of  composite  construction  shall  be  provided  with  means  of  egress 

22S 


the  same  as  prescribed  for  school  rooms  in  "A"  grade  school 
buildings  of  composite  construction. 

Otherwise  each  room,  balcony  or  apartment  used  for  any 
purpose  other  than  storage  shall  have  at  least  two  (2)  separate 
and  distinct  means  of  egress.  If  the  various  rooms  connect 
directly  with  a  public  hall  means  of  egress  at  each  end  of  the 
public  hall  will  be  sufficient. 

Such  means  of  egress  shall  be  either  inside  stairways  running 
continuously  from  the  grade  to  the  topmost  story,  or  from  the 
basement  to  the  grade;  A,  B,  C,  or  D  standard  fire  escapes; 
outside  stone,  concrete  or  iron  steps,  extending  to  the  grade  or 
self-closing  doors  leading  directly  to  the  public  hall  of  an  ad- 
joining section  of  the  building  containing  a  stairway. 

Means  of  egress  shall  be  in  the  proportion  to  three  (3) 
feet  in  width  to  each  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  persons  to  be  accommo- 
dated in  buildings  accommodating  not  more  than  five  hundred 
(500)    persons. 

When  buildings  accommodate  from  five  hundred  (500)  to 
one  thousand  (1,000)  persons,  two  (2)  feet  additional  exit 
width  shall  be  provided  for  each  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  persons 
or  fraction  thereof  in  excess  of  five  hundred   (500)   persons. 

When  buildings  accommodate  more  than  one  thousand 
(1,000)  persons,  one  (1)  foot  additional  exit  width  shall  be 
provided  for  each  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  persons  or  fraction 
thereof  in  excess  of  one  thousand  (1,000)  persons,  but  in  no 
case  shall  an  exit  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  or  more  than  six 
(6)    feet  wide. 

In  club  and  lodge  buildings  the  widths  of  the  means  of 
egress  need  not  be  more  than  necessary  to  accommodate  the 
number  of  persons  assembled  under  normal  conditions  after  mak- 
ing the  proper  reduction  for  unoccupied  rooms. 

WTien  a  minor  assembly  hall  is  built  in  connection  with 
and  as  a  necessary  adjunct  to  a  school  building  other  than  of 
"A"  grade  and  of  composite  construction;  or,  with  or  to  a  hos- 
pital, hotel,  workshop,  factory  or  mercantile  establishment,  the 
stairways  and  means  of  egress  beyond  the  walls  of  the  minor 

224 


assembly  hall  need  not  be  more  than  prescribed  for  the  building 
which  the  minor  assembly  hall  serves,  exclusive  of  the  seating 
capacity  of  the  minor  assembly  hall;  but,  in  no  case  shall  such 
stairways  and  means  of  egress  be  less  in  width  than  the  width 
of  the  means  of  egress  from  the  minor  assembly  hail  leading 
thereto. 

In  computing  the  widths  of  exits  at  the  foot  of  stairways 
the  standing  capacity  of  the  stairway,  including  the  landings, 
allowing  three  (3)  square  feet  per  person  may  be  deducted 
from  the  number  of  -persons  the  exit  should  be  designed  to  serve. 

It  shall  be  presumed  that  the  {persons  assembled  will  be 
equally  distributed  to  the  various  means  of  egress. 

"A"  standard  fire  escapes  may  be  installed  only  on  build- 
ings used  exclusively  by  males. 

Means  of  egress  shall  be  so  arranged  as  to  give  free  access 
to  the  same  without  passing  through  more  than  one  intervening 
room  to  a  means  of  egress  or  to  a  public  hall  leading  to  two  (2) 
or  more  means  of  egress. 

All  exits  shall  lead  to  streets  or  alleys,  or  to  courts  con- 
nected with  public  highways. 

All  stairways  and  exits  (not  marked  by  illuminated  exit 
signs)  shall  have  painted  signs  on  or  above  the  same,  indicating 
the  word  "EXIT"  in  plain  block  letters  not  less  than  six  (6) 
inches  high. 

STAIRWAYS 

Section  12.  All  stairways  shall  be  enclosed  by  stand- 
ard fire  walls,  or  by  standard  fire  proof  walls,  ceilings  and  floors; 
and  all  openings  through  these  walls  shall  be  covered  by  standard 
self-closing  fire  doors. 

In  buildings  of  fire  proof  construction,  these  enclosures  may 
be  made  of  incombustible  material;  or  made  of  wire  glass  not  less 
than  one-quarter   (|/^)   inch  thick  set  in  metal  sash  and  frames. 

No  wire  glass  shall  be  used  in  partitions  separating  stair- 
ways  from  rooms  containing  highly  combustible  materials. 

The  width  of  stairways  shall  be  at  the  ratio  of  three  (3) 
feet  per  one  hundred  (100)  persons  accommodated  in  buildings 


accommodating  not  more  than  five  hundred  (500)  persons,  when 
buildings  accommodate  from  five  hundred  (500)  to  one  thou- 
sand ( 1 ,000)  persons  two  (2)  feet  of  additional  stairway  width 
shall  be  provided  for  every  one  hundred  (100)  persons  or  frac- 
tion thereof  in  excess  of  five  hundred  (500),  when  buildings 
accommodate  more  than  one  thousand  ( 1 ,000)  p>ersons,  one  foot 
additional  stairway  width  shall  be  provided  for  every  one  hun- 
dred ( 1 00)  persons  or  fraction  thereof  in  excess  of  one  thousand 
(1.000)  persons. 

In  club  and  lodge  buildings  the  width  of  the  stairways  need 
not  be  more  than  necessary  to  accommodate  the  number  of  per- 
sons assembled  under  normal  conditions  after  making  the  proper 
reduction  for  unoccupied  rooms. 

In  computing  the  widths  of  stairways,  the  standing  capacity 
of  the  stairway,  including  the  landings,  allowing  three  (3)  square 
feet  per  person  may  be  deducted  from  the  number  of  persons 
the  stairway  should  be  designed  to  accommodate. 

No  stairway  shall  be  more  than  six  (6)  feet  nor  less  than 
three  feet  six  inches  (3'  6")  wide,  measuring  in  the  clear  between 
the  hand  rails. 

Where  stairways  more  than  six  (6)  feet  wide  are  required, 
the  same  shall  be  divided  by  a  substantial  center  hand  rail  with 
newel  and  angle  posts  not  less  than  six  (6)  feet  high,  which 
shall  divide  the  stairway  into  widths  not  less  than  three  feet  six 
inches  (3'  6")   and  not  exceeding  six  (6)    feet  wide. 

The  rise  and  tread  of  stairways  shall  be  as  follows: 

Stairways  used  by  servants  only,  riser  not  more  than  eight 
(8)  inches,  and  tread  not  less  than  nine  (9)  inches;  used  by 
adults,  riser  not  more  than  seven  and  one-half  (JYl)  inches, 
and  tread  not  less  than  ten  (10)  inches;  used  by  children,  riser 
not  more  than  six  and  one-half  (6J/2)  inches,  and  tread  not  less 
than  eleven  (11)  inches. 

No  riser  shall  be  less  than  five  (5)  inches.  The  above 
dimensions  shall  be  from  riser  to  riser  and  from  tread  to  tread. 

No  stairway  shall  have  more  than  sixteen  ( 1 6)  nor  less 
than  three  (3)  risers  in  any  run. 

226 


No  winders  shall  be  used  and  all  nosings  shall  be  straight. 

Hand  rails  shall  be  provided  on  both  sides  of  all  stairways 
and  steps. 

A  uniform  width  shall  be  maintained  in  aill  stairs  and  stair 
platforms  by  rounding  or  beveling,  the  angles  and  corners. 

No  door  shall  open  directly  upon  a  stairway,  but  shall  open 
on  a  platform  equal  in  width  to  the  width  of  the  door. 

No  closet  for  storage  shall  be  placed  under  any  stairway. 

No  stairway  shall  lead  downward  to  a  platform  and  then 
upward  to  a  new  level,  or  vice  versa,  except  steps  in  balcony 
eusles. 

At  least  one-half  of  the  stairways  shall  have  grade  plat- 
forms with  exit  doors  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet  wide  opening 
up>on  streets,  alleys,  yards  or  courts  leading  to  public  thorough- 
fares, when  such  stairways  are  used  in  place  of  fire  escapes. 

Stair  treads  shall  be  covered  with  rubber  or  lead  mats 
securely  fastened  to  place,  the  treads  formed  of  non-slipping 
surfaces  or  be  covered  with  carpet  as  prescribed  under  Mainte- 
narxe  of  Buildings  (see  Part  1  1,  Title  1,  Section  8). 

Outside  areas  and  steps  shall  be  provided  with  guard  rails 
not  less  than  two  feet  six  inches  (2'  6")  high. 

Monumental  Stairv^ays  and  Steps. — Monumental  stairways 
may  be  used  for  the  basement  to  the  second  story  when  there  are 
no  sleeping  rooms  in  any  story  communicating  with  such  stair- 
ways; or  monumental  stairways  may  be  used  when  placed  as 
far  distant  from  the  other  stairways  as  possible  and  supplied  in 
addition  to  the  other  stairways  and  means  of  egress  required. 

Monumental  stairways  may  be  of  a  greater  width  than  six 
(6)  feet  measuring  between  the  hand  rails  and  such  stairways 
need  not  be  provided  with  more  hand  rails  than  would  be  neces- 
sary for  the  actual  width  required  as  a  means  of  egress. 

Monumental  steps  from  the  grade  to  the  first  story  with 
more  than  five  (5)  risers,  shall  be  provided  with  hand  rails  on 
both  sides  of  the  same;  and  such  steps  with  five  (5)  or  less 
risers  need  not  be  provided  with  hand  rails. 


GRADIENTS   AND    INCLINES 

Section  1 3.  To  overcome  any  difference  in  floor  levels 
which  would  require  less  than  three  (3)  risers,  gradients  shall 
be  employed  of  not  to  exceed  one  ( I  )  foot  in  rise  in  twelve  (12) 
feet  of  run. 

PASSAGEWAYS 

Section  14.  Public  halls,  shall  be  so  designed  and  pro- 
portioned as  to  prevent  congestion  and  confusion. 

No  public  hall  leading  to  a  stairway  or  exit  shall  be  less 
in  width  than  the  stairway  or  exit,  and  in  no  case  less  than  four 
(4)    feet  wide. 

Any  stairway  or  public  hall  shall  be  of  equal  capacity  to 
the  aggregate  width  of  all  stairways  or  public  halls  which  it 
serves  as  a  means  of  egress. 

ELEVATORS 

Section  1 5.  Elevators  shall  not  be  considered  or  com- 
puted as  a  means  of  egress. 

(For  the  construction  of  elevators  and  elevator  shafts,  see 
Elevators,  Part  8.) 

EXIT   DOORS 

Section  16.  Doors  to  rooms  occupied  by  less  than  ten 
(10)  persons  are  not  included  imder  the  classification  of  exit 
doors. 

Exit  doors  shall  not  be  less  than  three  (3)  feet  vv^de,  nor 
less  than  six  feet  four  inches  (6'  4")  high,  and  shall  be  level 
with  the  floor,  swing  outward,  viz.,  towards  the  open  or  the 
natural  means  of  egress,  and  be  so  hung  as  not  to  interfere  with 
passageways  or  close  of>enings,  stairways  or  fire  escapes. 

No  single  door  or  leaf  to  a  double  door  shall  be  more  than 
four   (4)    feet  wide. 

No  two  (2)  doors  hinged  together  shall  be  used  as  a  means 
of  egress  or  ingress. 

Accordion  doors  may  be  used  to  divide  social  rooms,  pro- 
viding the  free  section  wings  outward  and  provides  the  required 
amount  of  exit  width. 

228 


No  double  acting,  revolving,  sliding  or  rolling  doors  shall 
be  installed  w^here  used  or  liable  to  be  used  as  a  means  of  ingress 
or  egress;  except  as  previously  prescribed  under  sub-divisions  and 
fire  stops  (Section  4). 

Sliding  or  rolling  doors  may  be  used  to  divide  social  rooms, 
providing  they  are  installed  in  addition  to  the  prescribed  means 
of  egress. 

(For  exit  windows  see  Standard  Devices,  Part  3,  Title  7, 
Section  6.) 

SCUTTLES 

Section  17.  Every  building  exceeding  twenty-five  (25) 
feet  in  height  shall  have  in  the  roof  a  bulkhead  or  scuttle  not 
less  than  two  (2)  feet  wide  and  not  less  than  three  (3)  feet 
long,  covered  on  the  outside  with  metal,  and  provided  with  a 
stairway  or  permanent  ladder  leading  thereto. 

Bulkhead  and  scuttle  doors  shall  not  be  provided  with 
locks. 

SPECIAL   CONSTRUCTION 

Section  1 8.  All  floors  to  toilet  rooms,  lavatories,  water- 
closet  compartments  and  any  enclosure  where  plumbing  fixtures 
are  used  within  the  building,  shall  have  a  water-proof  floor  and 
base  as  prescribed  under  Sanitation  (see  Part  4,  Title  12,  Sec- 
tion  1). 

All  basements  shall  have  damjvproof  or  water-proof  floors 
properly  drained  to  carry  off  surface  water. 

No  garbage  chute  shall  be  erected  in  or  be  connected  with 
any  building  included  in  this  classification. 

FLOOR   AND    ROOF    LOADS 

Section  19.  In  calculating  construction,  the  superim- 
posed load  on  the  various  floors  and  roof  shall  be  assumed  at 
not  less  than  the  following: 

In  halls  used  for  dancing,  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150) 
pounds  per  square  foot. 

In  auditoriums  with  fixed  seats,  eighty  (80)  pounds  per 
square  foot. 

229 


In  auditoriums  or  lodge  rooms  with  movable  seats,  one  hun- 
dred (100)   pounds  per  square   foot. 

In  public  halls  and  stairways  one  hundred  (100)  pounds 
per  square  foot. 

In  social  rooms  not  used  for  dancing,  eighty  (80)  pounds 
per  foot. 

In  sleeping  apartments  and  private  halls,  fifty  (50)  p>ounds 
per  square  foot. 

In  school  rooms,   sixty    (60)    pounds  per  square   foot. 

In  dining  rooms,  one  hundred  (100)  pounds  per  square 
fool. 

In  drill  rooms,  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  ix>unds  per 
square    foot. 

In  attics  not  used  for  storage  twenty  (20)  jw^nds  per 
square  foot. 

For  roofs,   forty   (40)  pounds  per  square  foot. 

HEATING  AND   VENTILATING 

Section  20.  Minor  assembly  halls  used  for  drilling, 
dancing,  exercises  or  similar  purposes  when  the  persons  assembled 
therein  are  in  action  shall  be  heated  to  sixty  (60)  degrees  in 
zero  (0)  weather,  and  all  other  minor  assembly  halls  shall  be 
heated  to  seventy  (70)  degrees  in  zero  (0)  weather. 

All  minor  assembly  halls  not  provided  with  windows  or 
skylights,  minor  assembly  halls  used  by  the  general  public,  minor 
assembly  halls  used  for  lodge  purposes,  and  all  assembly  halls 
and  churches  used  in  connection  with  and  as  a  necessary  adjunct 
to  school  buildings,  hospitals,  hotels,  workshops,  factories, 
mercantile  establishments  shall  be  provided  with  a  combination 
heating  and  ventilating  system  which  will  change  the  air  at  normal 
temperature  not  less  than  four  (4)  times  per  hour  in  lodge  rooms 
and  not  less  than  six  (6)  times  per  hour  in  all  other  rooms.  In 
sparsely  occupied  or  lofty  rooms  the  air  supply  may  be  reduced 
to  twelve  hundred  (1200)  cubic  feet  of  air  per  person. 

(See  means  of  egress  Sec.  1  I  for  the  method  of  establishing 
the  capacity  of  the  rooms.) 

230 


The  system  to  be  installed  when  a  change  of  air  is  required 
shall  be  either  standard  ventilating  stoves,  a  gravity  or  mechanical 
furnace  system,  a  gravity  indirect  steam  or  hot  water  system,  a 
mechanical  steam  or  hot  water  system,  or  a  split  steam  or  hot 
water  system. 

Bakeries,  laundries  and  kitchens  shall  be  provided  with  a 
system  of  ventilation  which  will  remove  the  air  not  less  than  six 
(6)  times  per  hour. 

Open  grates  may  be  used  in  social  rooms  but  shall  not  be 
used  in  any  assembly  or  lodge  room,  or  public  hall. 

If  stoves  are  used  in  public  halls  the  same  shall  be  enclosed 
in  substantial  screens  or  guard  rails. 

If  the  building  contains  rooms  or  apartments  included  in 
the  classifications  of  the  various  titles  of  Part  2,  such  rooms  or 
apartments  shall  be  provided  with  a  system  of  heating  cuid 
ventilating  as  prescribed  under  the  various  titles  of  Part  2, 
affecting  the  different  rooms  or  apartments,  and  their  necessary 
appurtenances. 

SANITATION 

Section  2 1 .  Where  a  water  supply  and  sewerage  system 
are  available  a  sanitary  equipment  shall  be  installed  within  the 
building  as  follows: 

If  the  building  is  used  by  males  and  females,  separate  toilet 
rooms  shall  be  provided  for  each  sex,  and  the  traveling  distance 
between  the  entrance  doors  to  such  toilet  rooms  shall  not  be  less 
than  twenty  (20)   feet. 

No  toilet  room  shall  connect  directly  with  any  kitchen, 
dining  room  or  other  room  where  edibles  are  prepared  or 
consumed. 

The  number  of  plumbing  fixtures  to  be  installed  in  club  and 
lodge  buildings  shall  not  be  less  than  given  in  the  following  table. 
The  same  shall  be  based  on  the  maximimi  number  of  persons  to 
be  accommodated  under  normal  conditions  after  making  the 
proper  reduction  for  unoccupied  rooms. 

(See  means  of  egress,  section  1  1  for  the  method  of  establish- 
ing the  capacity  of  the  rooms.) 

2St 


One  lavatory  to  each  one  hundred  (  1 00)  persons  or  fraction 
thereof. 

One  water  closet  to  each  seventy  (70)  females  or  fraction 
thereof. 

One  water  closet  to  each  one  hundred  (100)  males  or 
fraction  thereof. 

One  urinal  to  each  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  males  or  fraction 
thereof. 

One  drinking  fountain  to  each  one  hundred  ( 1 00)  persons 
or  fraction  thereof. 

Minor  assembly  halls  built  in  connection  with  and  as  a 
necessary  adjunct  to  a  school  building,  hospital,  hotel,  workshop, 
factory  or  mercantile  establishment  need  not  be  supplied  with 
any  sanitary  equipment  other  than  that  prescribed  for  the  build- 
ings, which  it  serves. 

Lavatories  shall  not  be  provided  with  waste  plugs  or  stoppers. 

Drinking  fountains  giving  a  continuous  flow  of  water  or 
operating  by  a  ring  or  foot  valve  shall  be  installed. 

If  a  water  supply  and  sewerage  system  are  not  available 
no  sanitary  equipment  shall  be  inistalled  within  the  building;  but 
pumps  (in  lieu  of  drinking  fountains),  water  closets  and  urinals 
in  the  above  proportions  shall  be  placed  on  the  building  ground, 
and  no  water  closet  or  urinal  shall  be  placed  nearer  any  occupied 
building  than  twenty   (20)    feet. 

Toilet  rooms  for  males  shall  be  clearly  marked  "Men's 
Toilet"  or  "Boys'  Toilet"  and  for  females  "Women's  Toilet" 
or  "Girls'  Toilet." 

LIGHTING 

Section  22.  Minor  Assembly  Halls  which  are  not  kept 
lighted  during  the  entire  performance  or  entertainment  or  during 
the  time  the  same  are  occupied  shall  be  provided  with  illuminated 
exit  signs  as  prescribed  for  theatres  and  assembly  halls;  except 
two  separate  services  will  not  be  required. 

All  public  halls,  stairways  and  toilet  rooms  and  all  rooms 
or  apartments  leading  to  the  means  of  egress  shall  be  provided 

232 


With  a  sufficient  number  of  gas,  vapor  or  electric  lights,  projjerly 
located  to  amply  light  the  Scune  at  night. 

Lamps  may  be  used  for  lighting  only  when  gas,  vapor  or 
electricity  is  not  available. 

All  buildings  of  this  classification  if  wired  for  electric  power 
or  lighting  shall  be  wired  in  conduit  or  armored  cable  as  prescribed 
under  electrical  work   (See  Part  7). 

FINISHING    HARDWARE 

Section  23.  AH  entrance  and  exit  doors  shall  be 
equipped  with  hardware  of  such  a  nature  as  to  be  always  un- 
lockable  from  within. 

Single  outside  doors  used  for  egress  only  shall  have  one 
knob,  latches,  or  double  extension  bolts  as  hereafter  prescribed, 
and  no  bolts,  hooks  or  other  locking  device  shall  be  placed  on 
these  doors. 

Single  outside  doors  used  for  ingress  and  egress  shall  have 
locks  that  may  be  locked  from  the  outside  only,  but  can  always 
be  operated  from  the  inside  by  simply  turning  the  knob  or  lever 
or  by  pushing  against  a  bar  or  plate.  No  attachments  shall  be 
placed  on  these  locks,  which  will  interfere  with  their  free  and 
immediate  operation  at  all  times  and  no  bolts,  hooks,  thumb 
latches  or  other  locking  devices  shall  be  used. 

One  of  each  pair  of  double  doors  shall  be  equipped  with 
a  double  extension  bolt  on  one  door,  operated  by  a  knob,  lever, 
push  bar,  push  plate,  push  handle  or  other  device  whereby  the 
simple  act  of  turning  a  knob  or  lever,  or  pushing  against  a  bar, 
plate  or  handle  will  release  the  top  and  bottom  bolt  at  the  same 
time. 

No  independent  top  and  bottom  bolts  shall  be  used. 

Locks  for  these  doors  shall  be  as  prescribed  for  single  exit 
doors. 

All  bolts,  latches,  face  of  locks,  working  parts  of  extension 
bolts  and  other  exposed  working  parts  about  this  hardware  shall 
be  of  cast  metal  properly  protected  from  corrosion. 

(For  hardware  for  exit  windows  see  Standard  Devices, 
Part  3,  Title  7.  Section  6.) 

2S3 


FIRE  EXTINGUISHERS 

Section  24.  Where  a  water  supply  of  sufficient  pressure 
to  reach  the  various  portions  of  the  building  is  available  all  rooms 
or  apartments  used  for  storing  of  furniture,  carpenter  shops, 
general  repairing,  paint-shops  or  other  equally  hazardous  purposes 
shall  be  provided  with  standard  automatic  sprinklers. 

Club  and  lodge  buildings  and  minor  assembly  halls  shall 
be  equipped  with  either  standard  stand  pipes  and  hose  or  standard 
chemical  fire  extinguishers. 

When  stand  pipes  and  hose  are  installed,  one  standard 
stand  pipe  with  a  line  of  one  and  one-half  (  P/i)  inch  hose  shall 
be  placed  in  the  basement  and  each  tier  and  story  and  when 
such  lines  of  hose  will  not  reach  the  extreme  portions  of  the  build- 
ing additional  stand  pipes  and  hose  shall  be  installed. 

All  stand  pipes  and  hose  shall  be  placed  in  the  public  parts 
of  the  building  prominently  exosed  to  view  and  always  accessible. 

When  chemical  fire  extinguishers  are  used,  one  chemical 
fire  extinguisher  shall  be  placed  as  follows,  viz. :  one  in  each 
kitchen,  one  in  each  storage  room,  one  in  each  heater  room,  and 
one  in  each  basement,  tier,  level  and  story  to  each  two  thousand 
(2,000)   square  feet  of  floor  area  or  less. 

FIRE   ALARM 

Section  25.  Club  and  lodge  buildings  more  than  two 
(2)  stories  high  shall  be  equipped  with  an  eight  (8)  inch  trip 
fire  gong  with  connections  enabling  the  ringing  of  the  same  from 
any  story  or  basement. 

Minor  assembly  halls  need  not  be  provided  with  fire  alarms 
other  than  prescribed  for  the  building  which  they  serve. 

PROHIBITED    LOCATION 

Section  26.  No  club  or  lodge  building  shall  be  placed 
over  a  stable,  bam,  hay  mow,  garage,  dry  cleaning  establishment, 
fire  department  building,  planing  mill,  carpenter  shop,  or  paint 
shop. 

234 


MINOR    THEATRES 

Section  27.  When  a  club  or  lodge  building  or  minor 
assembly  hall  contains  a  stage  and  scenery  as  hereinafter  de- 
scribed, such  hall,  room  or  place  of  assemblage  is  classified  as  a 
minor  theatre  and  such  minor  theatre  shall  comply  with  all  the 
prescribed  conditions  for  club  and  lodge  buildings  with  the  fol- 
lowing exception. 

A  stage  containing  not  to  exceed  one  permanent  set  of 
scenery  the  entire  set  including  the  drop  curtain  containing  not 
to  exceed  six  hundred  (600)  square  feet  of  surface,  all  scenery 
fireproofed  as  prescribed  for  theatres  (see  Part  2,  Title  I,  Sec- 
tion 37)  amd  containing  no  transient  scenery  is  classified  as  a 
minor  theatre  and  may  be  used  in  connection  with  a  minor  as- 
sembly hall  and  need  not  be  provided  with  fire  stops,  asbestof 
curtain  or  stage  ventilator;  otherwise  such  a  minor  theatre  shall 
be  designed,  constructed  and  equipp)ed  as  prescribed  for  as- 
sembly halls. 

A  stage  built  in  excess  of  the  above  requirement  but  con- 
taining not  to  exceed  three  entrances  (scenery  term)  not  over 
fifteen  (15)  feet  deep,  not  over  twenty-five  (25)  feet  wide, 
all  scenery  fireproofed  as  prescribed  for  theatres  (see  Part  2, 
Title  I,  Section  37)  and  containing  no  traps  or  transient  scenery 
is  classified  as  a  minor  theatre  and  may  be  built  in  connection 
with  a  minor  assembly  hall  under  the  following  conditions,  viz. : 
the  stage  shall  be  separated  from  the  auditorium  or  other  parts 
of  the  building  by  standard  fireproof  walls,  ceilings  and  floors 
and  all  communicating  openings  through  these  walls  shall  be 
covered  by  standard  automatic  or  self-closintg  fire  doors;  the  area 
of  the  automatic  stage  ventilator  may  be  reduced  to  one-sixteenth 
(1/16)  the  area  of  the  stage,  the  proscenium  of>ening  shall  be 
covered  by  a  proscenium  curtain  as  prescribed  for  theater  (see 
Part  2,  Title  1,  Section  17),  otherwise  the  stage  shall  be 
designed,  constructed  and  equipped  as  prescribed  for  theaters 
and  the  auditorium  designed,  constructed  and  equipped  as  pre- 
scribed for  minor  assembly  halls. 

235 


Buildings  containing  a  stage  built  in  excess  of  the  above 
limitations  may  have  the  stage  located  in  any  story  providing  the 
stage,  property  rooms,  traps  or  trap  space  are  separated  from  the 
other  parts  of  the  building  by  standard  fireproof  walls,  ceilings 
and  floors  and  all  communicating  openings  are  covered  by 
standard  automatic  or  self-closing  doors. 

Otherwise  the  stage  shall  be  designed,  constructed  and 
equipped  as  prescribed  for  theaters  (see  Part  2,  Title  1 )  and 
the  auditorium  designed,  constructed  and  equipped  as  prescribed 
for  minor  assembly  halls. 

MOTION    PICTURE   MACHINE   AND    BOOTH 

Section  28.  Motion  picture  machines  may  be  used  in 
a  club  or  lodge  building,  or  minor  assembly  hall  when  such 
picture  machine  is  used  to  illustrate  educational  or  ritualistic  work 
and  the  general  public  is  not  admitted  thereto. 

Such  motion  picture  machine  before  being  operated  shall  be 
installed  in  a  motion  picture  machine  booth  (see  Part  2,  Title  1, 
Section   15). 

HEATING   AND   VENTILATING   SYSTEMS 

In  accordance  with  the  State  Building  Code  relative  to 
Theaters,  Assembly  Halls,  Churches  and  School  Buildings  and 
the  requirements  of  the  Ohio  State  Department  of  Inspection  of 
Workshops,  Factories  and  Public  Buildings  relative  to  Hospitals, 
Asylums  and  Homes,  and  General  Installation. 

CLASSIFICATION 

A.  Theaters. — Includes  all  buildings  containing  a  stage 
with  movable  scenery  or  a  motion  picture  machine. 

B.  Assembl})  Halls. — Includes  all  Assembly  Halls  or 
rooms,  except  Churches  and  Theaters. 

C.  Churches. — Includes  all  buildings  used  for  Christian 
worship  or  religious  instruction. 

D.  School  Buildings. — Includes  all  Public,  Parochial 
and  private  Schools,  Colleges,  Academies,  Seminaries,  Libraries, 
Museums  and  Art  Galleries. 

236 


E.  Asylums,  Hospitals  and  Homes. — Includes  all  build- 
ings used  for  the  detention,  refuge,  protection,  treatment  or  care 
of  the  abandoned,  homeless,  infirm,  helpless,  blind,  deaf,  diseased 
in  body  or  mind,  incorrigible  youths  and  felons. 

(This  classification  does  not  include  Hotels,  Tenement 
Houses  or  Private  Residences.) 

TEMPERATURE 

A  heating  system  shall  be  installed  which  will  uniformly 
heat  the  various  parts  of  the  building  to  the  following  temperatures 
in  zero  weather. 

Theatres  and  Assembly  Halls. — All  parts  of  the  building, 
exceprt  storage  rooms,  to  65  degrees. 

Churches. — Auditoriums,  social  and  assembly  rooms,  65 
degrees. 

All  other  parts  of  the  building,  except  storage  rooms  to  70 
degrees. 

School  Buildinss. — Corridors,  hallways,  play  rooms,  toilets, 
assembly  rooms,  gymnasiums  and  manual  training  rooms,  65 
degrees. 

All  other  parts  of  the  building  to  70  degrees. 

Hospitals,  Asylums  and  Homes. — Operating  rooms,  85 
degrees. 

All  other  parts  of  the  building,  except  storage  rooms,  to  70 
degrees. 

CHANGE  OF  AIR 

The  heating  system  shall  be  combined  with  a  system  of 
ventilation  which  at  normal  temp>erature  will  change  the  air  the 
following  number  of  times  or  supply  to  each  person  the  following 
number  of  cubic  feet  of  air  per  hour. 

Theatres. — Parlors,  retiring,  toilet  and  check  rooms,  six 
changes  per  hour. 

Auditoriums,   1,200  cubic  feet  of  air  per  person  per  hour. 

Assembly  Halls. — When  used  in  connection  with  a  school 
building,  lodge  building,  club  house,  hospital  or  hotel,  six   (6) 

237 


changes  per  hour;  and  in  all  other  assembly  halls  twelve  hundred 
(1,200)   cubic  feet  of  air  per  hour  p>er  person. 

Churches. — Auditoriums,  assembly  rooms  and  social  rooms 
six   (6)   changes  per  hour. 

School  Buildings. — All  parts  of  the  building,  except  cor- 
ridors, halls  and  storage  rooms,  six  (6)  times  per  hour. 

Asylums,  Hospitals  and  Homes. — Rooms  with  fixed 
capacity. 

Adult  Children  Babiei 

Hospitals,   contagious  and  epidemic 6,000  4,000  3,000 

Hospitals,  surgical  and  medical 3,000  2,400  1.500 

Penal  Institutions  1.800  1,800          

All    other    buildings 1,800  1,500          

Rooms  with  variable  capacities. 

Hospitals,   epidemic    and    contagious 12  times  per  hour 

Hospitals,   surgical    and   medical 12  times  per  hour 

All    other    buildings „ _ 6  times  per  hour 

Rooms  accommodating  four  or  less  persons  need  not  be 
provided  with  a  system  of  ventilation. 

RADIATORS 

No  radiators  shall  be  placed  in  any  aisle,  foyer  or  passage- 
way of  a  new  Theater,  Assembly  Hall  or  Church,  but  such 
radiators  may  be  placed  in  recesses  in  the  walls. 

,   .  REGISTERS 

No  floor  registers  shall  be  used  in  Theatres,  Assembly 
Halls,  or  Hospitals. 

No  floor  registers,  except  foot  warmers  shall  be  used  in  a 
school  building. 

Floor  registers  may  be  used  in  churches. 

Otherwise  all  vent  registers  shall  be  placed  not  more  than 
2  inches  above  the  floor  line,  and  warm  air  registers  not  less  than 
eight  (8)  feet  above  the  floor  line  (except  when  such  registers 
are  used  when  a  change  of  air  is  not  prescribed). 

Cast  iron  registers  must  be  fifty  (50)  per  cent  and  ^vire 
screens  ten  (10)  per  cent  larger  than  the  prescribed  area  of  the 
flue  opening.  "^' ' 

238 


SYSTEMS    TO    BE    INSTALLED    WHERE    A    CHANGE    OF    AIR    IS 

REQUIRED 

The  system  to  be  installec}  when  a  change  of  air  is  required 
shall  be  either  a  gravity  or  mechanical  furnace  system,  gravity 
indirect  steam  or  hot  water  system;  mechanical  indirect  steam 
or  hot  water  system,  or  split  steam  or  hot  water  system,  except 
in  hospitals  where  a  direct-indirect  system  may  be  used  in  con- 
nection with  an  exhaust  fan. 

The  fresh  air  supply  shall  be  taken  from  outside  the  build- 
ing and  no  vitiated  air  shall  be  reheated. 

All  vitiated  air  shall  be  conducted  through  flues  or  ducts 
and  be  discharged  above  the  roof  of  the  building. 

Exceptions. — Standard  ventilating  stoves  may  be  used  in 
the  following  buildings: 

Assembly  halls  seating  less  than  one  hundred  (100) 
persons. 

Churches  seating  less  than  one  hundred   (100)   persons. 

All  school  buildings,  hospitals,  asylums  and  homes. 

(See  pamphlet  on  standard  ventilating  stoves.) 

(The  table  for  flue  sizes  being  for  six  (6)  changes  per 
hour,  for  other  changes  these  dimensions  shall  be  increased  or 
decreased  in  direct  proportion.) 

STOVES  AND  GRATES 

Theater  and  Assembly  Halls. — No  stove  or  open  grate 
shall  be  used. 

Churches. — No  stoves  shall  be  used  except  standard 
ventilating  stoves  which  may  be  used  in  churches  seating  less 
than  one  hundred  (100)  persons. 

No  open  grates  shall  be  used  in  auditoriums,  assembly 
halls  or  Sunday  school  rooms. 

School  Buildings. — Stoves  may  be  used. 

Hospitals,  Asylums  and  Homes. — No  stove  or  open  grate 
shall  be  used  in  any  part  of  the  building,  used  by  the  inmates  or 
patients,  unless  the  same  be  enclosed  by  substantial  metal  guards 

239 


of  not  less  than  two  (2)  inch  mesh  placed  at  no  point  nearer  the 
stove  or  grate  than  four   (4)   inches. 

PROHIBITED  BOILER  PRESSURE 

No  cast  iron  boiler  carrying  more  than  ten  ( 1 0)  pounds 
pressure  or  steel  boiler  carrying  more  than  thirty-five  (35)  pounds 
pressure  shall  be  located  within  the  main  walls  of  any  new  or 
existing  building. 

FURNACES 

Furnaces  may  be  used  in  all  classes  of  buildings. 

Furnaces  shall  be  connected  to  masonry  hot  air  flues,  which 
will  carry  the  heated  air  up  and  enter  same  into  rooms  at  a 
height  of  at  least  eight  (8)   feet  above  the  floor  level. 

In  churches,  heated  air  from  furnaces  will  be  aillowed  to 
enter  into  rooms  through  floor  registers,  but  masonry  flues  must 
be  provided  for  all  other  buildings.  All  furnace  pipes  must  be 
wrapped  with  at  least  three  (3)  thicknesses  of  asbestos  paper, 
and  must  be  kept  at  least  eight  (8)  inches  away  from  wood 
ceiling,  joists,  etc.,  and  all  wood  work  must  be  protected  by 
placing  one-quarter  (V4)  inch  thick  asbestos  board  over  pipes, 
same  being  at  least  twelve  (12)  inches  wider  than  pipes  on  both 
sides.  All  floor  boxes  shall  be  kept  at  least  one  ( 1  )  inch  away 
from  all  wood  work,  and  all  these  spaces  shall  be  lined  with  one- 
quarter  (14)  inch  asbestos  board  before  metal  floor  box  is  placed 
in  position. 

GRAVITY  INDIRECT   HOT  WATER  OR  STEAM  RADIATOR  SYSTEM 

Indirect  hot  water  or  steam  radiators  shall  be  located  in 
basement  fresh  air  rooms  directly  at  the  base  of  masonry  hot  air 
flues,  and  shall  be  properly  connected  to  same  wath  galvanized 
iron  housing. 

Hot  air  flues,  protecting  wood  work,  outside  fresh  air  con- 
nections, etc.,  same  as  above  sp>ecified  for  furnace  work,  shall 
be  used  in  connection  with  indirect  radiators. 

Indirect  Radiating  Surface  for  Heating  and  for  Ventilat- 
ing Purposes. — One  square  foot  of    radiating    surface  shall  be 

240 


provided  to  heat  not  more  than  the   following  number  of  cubic 
feet  of  air  per  hour. 

Height  Steam  Hot  raater 

First   story    200  125 

Second    story    250  160 

Third  story  300  200 

Fourth    story    250  235 

For  Heating  Wall  and  Class  Surfaces. — The  amount  of 
radiating  surface  for  the  heating  of  the  glass  and  wall  surface 
shall  not  be  less  than  that  obtained  by  adding  together  the  glass 
surface  and  one- fourth  (I/4)  the  exposed  wall  surface,  both  in 
square  feet,  and  multiplying  by  the  following  factors: 

Height  Steam  Hoi  water 

First    story    0.7  1.05 

Second    story    0.6  0.9 

Third    story    0.5  0.75 

Fourth   story   0.4  0.5 

Accelerating  Coils  for  Vent  Flues. — Vent  flues  used  in 
connection  with  a  gravity  indirect  steam  or  hot  water  system  shall 
be  provided  with  accelerating  coils  placed  one  ( 1 )  foot  above  the 
vent  openings. 

One  square  foot  of  radiating  surface  shall  be  provided  to 
heat  not  more  than  the  following  number  of  square  inches  of  area 
in  the  ventilating  flue. 

Height   of   flue  Steam  Hot  ivater 

Four    stories    35  21 

Three    stories    30  18 

Two    stories    25  15 

One    story    20  12 

The  above  story  heights  shall  be  from  the  inlet  to  the  out- 
let of  the  flue. 

The  accelerating  coils  or  radiators  shall  be  placed  with  the 
lower  part  at  the  back  of  the  vent  flue  and  inclined  upward  and 
toward  the  front. 

MECHANICAL    FAN    pLeNUM    SYSTEM 

This  system  shall  be  so  designed  with  furnaces  or  temper- 
infg  coils  and  blast  coils  to  furnish  heated  air,  to  have  cleaning 
screens,   fan  plenum  chamber,  galvanized  iron  or  masonry  hori- 

241 


zontal  ducts,  masonry  hot  air  flues,  electric  motor,  gas  or  gasoline 
engine,  or  a  low  pressure  steam  engine  operating  on  a  steam 
pressure  not  to  exceed  thirty-five  (35)  pounds  to  operate  fan  and 
such  other  device  as  is  necessary  to  make  this  a  complete  work- 
ing system.  All  parts  and  apparatus  in  connection  with  system, 
to  be  of  ample  size  to  make  a  f>erfectly  free  and  easy  working 
system,  and  to  thoroughly  heat  all  portions  of  the  building  with- 
out forcing. 

PIPE    COVERING 

All  steam  and  hot  water  main  and  return  piping  shall  be 
covered  with  sectional  asbestos  pipe  covering. 

Main  arjd  return  steam  piping  where  used  as  radiation  in 
finished  portions  of  buildings  need  not  be  covered.  All  pip>es 
passing  through  floors,  walls,  etc.,  shall  have  metal  protecting 
sleeves  or  collars  entirely  through  the  floor,  wall,  etc.,  and  flang- 
ing out  on  both  sides  for  pipes  to  pass  through. 

AIR  AND   FLOOR   SPACE 

The  minimum  cubic  feet  of  air  space  or  the  minimum  floor 
space  to  be  allowed  per  p>erson  shall  not  be  less  than  the  fol- 
lowing : 

Theaters,  Assembly^  Halls  and  Churches. — Where  fixed 
seats  are  used,  bjy  the  actual  number  of  persons  to  be  accom- 
modated. 

Where  portable  seats  and  chairs  are  used,  six  (6)  square 
feet  of  floor  space  shall  be  allowed  per  person. 

In  dining  rooms,  lodge  rooms,  dance  halls,  social  rooms, 
and  drill  halls,  fifteen  (15)  square  feet  of  floor  space  shall  be 
allowed  per  person. 

School  Buildings. — Primary  grades,   200  cubic   feet. 

Grammar  grades,  225  cubic  feet. 

High  school,  250  cubic  feet. 

All  other  buildings,   300  cubic  feet. 


242 


Kind  of  occupancy. 


Cubic  feet  of  air  space. 


Adults 


Child- 
ren 


Babies 


Private    rooms,    hospitals 

Dormilories,   hospitals  

Cells,    penal    institutions 

Private  rooms,  other  buildings. 
Dormitories,    other    buildings. 


900 
820 
400 
700 
550 


675 
600 
400 
540 
325 


500 
400 


300 
225 


VELOCITY  OF  AIR 

The  velocity  of  the  air  traveling  through  ducts,  flues,  etc., 
shall  never  exceed  the  following  number  of  feet  per  minute; 

Feet  per 
Ducts,  Flues,  Etc.  minute. 

Fresh  air   screens    (small   mesh) 600 

Fresh  air  ducts,  gravity  system 300 

Fresh  air  ducts,   mechanical   system 850 

Tempering    coils,    gravity    system 300 

Tempering    coils,    mechanical    system 1,000 

Furnaces,     gravitjf    system 400 

Furnaces,    mechanical    system 900 

Trunk   ducts,    mechanical    system 1,000 

Laterals,  branches  and  single  ducts,  mechanical  system. 750 

Vertical  flues,   mechanical  system 500 

Vertical  warm  air  flues,  gravity  system,  first  story 300 

Vertical  warm  air  flues,  gravity  system,  second  story. 350 

Vertical  warm  air  flues,   gravity  system,   third  story...._, 390 

Vertical  vent  flues  less  than  20  feel  high 300 

Vertical  vent  flues  20  to  33  feet  high 350 

Vertical  vent  flues  33   to  46  feet  high 390 

Vertical  vent  flues  46  to  60  feet  high 440 

Warm    air    registers 300 

Vent    registers    300 

For  flues,  ducts,  etc.,  used  in  connection  vvith  stoves,  see 
pamphlet  on  Standard  Ventilating  Stoves. 

MAXIMUM  SPEED  OF   FANS 

The  maximum  speed  of  fans  used  in  connection  with  either 
an  exhaust  or  plenum  system  of  heating  or  ventilating,  under 
normal  conditions  shall  never  exceed  the  following: 

243 


iameter  of  fan  in  inches. 

Resolutions  per  minute. 

18 

700 

24 

550 

36 

400 

48 

300 

60 

225 

72 

175 

% 

150 

120 

125 

180 

75 

TEMPERATURE    REGULATION 

Either  a  manually  op>erating  or  mechanically  operating 
system  of  temperature  control  for  mixing  hot  and  cold  air  in 
flues,  shall  be  installed  in  connection  with  all  heating  systems, 
except  gravity  furnace  systems  installed  in  churches;  and,  for 
gravity  steam  or  hot  water  heating  when  used  for  the  change  of 
air  only  and  the  radiators  connected  therewith  shall  not  be  valved. 

Cold  air  by-pass  connections  shall  be  made  from  fresh  air 
intakes  or  rooms  to  the  hot  air  flues,  and  a  valve  shall  be  ar- 
ranged in  flue  so  that  the  hot  and  cold  air  can  be  mixed  in  flue 
to  regulate  the  temp>erature ;  this  valve  shall  be  manually  operated 
by  handle  and  dial  located  in  each  school  room,  or  by  mechanncal- 
ly  operated  temperature  regulating  device. 

DUCTS,  FLUES  AND  HEATER  ROOMS 

In  accordance  with  the  State  Building  Code  relative  to 
Theaters,  Assembly  Halls  and  Churches,  and  the  requirements 
of  the  Ohio  State  Department  of  Inspection  of  Workshops, 
Factories  and  Public  Buildings  relative  to  Hospitals,  Asylums 
anid  Homes,  and  General  Installation. 

HOT    AIR    AND    VENT    FLUES CONSTRUCTION    OF 

All  hot  air  and  vent  flues  thirteen  by  thirteen  (13x13) 
inches  or  smaller  in  size  shall  be  enclosed  in  four  (4)  inch  brick 
walls  and  all  flues  larger  in  size  shall  be  enclosed  in  eight  (8) 
inch  brick  walls,  these  flues  being  smoothly  plastered  on  inside 
with  Portland  cement  mortar.       Division  walls  in  flues  can  be 

244 


four  (4)  inches  in  thickness.  All  flues  shall  start  at  ground  on 
substantial  foundations,  or  be  supported  by  fireproof  construction 
extending  to  the  ground,  and  all  vent  flues  shall  extend  through 
and  above  the  roof,  except  as  below  stated.  All  hot  air  flues 
shall  have  arched  top  back  of  registers,  to  turn  hot  air  into  rooms. 

In  fireproof  buildings  the  vertical  flues  may  be  made  of 
galvanized  iron  enclosed  by  tile  walls  or  by  partitions  made  of 
metal  studs,  metal  lath  and  plaster. 

In  all  classes  of  construction  twenty  (20)  gauge  galvanized 
iron  flues  enclosed  with  two  (2)  inches  of  reinforced  concrete, 
will  be  accepted  in  place  of  four  (4)  inch  brick  walls,  and 
twenty  (20)  gauge  galvanized  iron  flues  enclosed  with  four  (4) 
inches  of  reinforced  concrete  will  be  accepted  in  place  of  eight 
(8)   inch  brick  walls. 

When  an  exhaust  fan  is  placed  in  the  attic  twenty  (20) 
gauge  galvanized  iron  ducts  or  flues  may  be  used  to  connect  the 
vertical  flues  ta  the  fan. 

In  buildings  of  composite  construction  a  weighted  fire  door 
or  damper  shall  be  placed  at  the  top  of  each  vertical  flue  and 
in  buildings  of  fireproof  construction,  one  such  damper  shall  be 
placed  close  to  the  fan  and  so  located  as  to  control  the  air  or 
fire  travel  in  all  ducts.  These  fire  doors  or  dampers  shall  be  held 
open  by  a  fusible  link,  so  in  case  of  fire  traveling  through  such 
duct  or  flue  will  fuse  the  link,  release  the  fire  door  or  damper 
and  the  same  will  close  and  shut  off  the  flow  of  air  or  fire  by 
its  own  weight. 

LOCATION   OF   HEATER   ROOM 
No  heater  room   shall  be  located    under    the    auditorium, 
stage,    lobby,    passageway,    stairway   or   exit   of   a   theater;    nor, 
under   any   exit,    passageway,    public   hall    or   lobby   of   any   as- 
sembly hall,   church,  school  building,   asylum,   hospital  or  home. 
This  applies  to  new  buildings,  and  a  changed  location  of  a  heater 
room  in  an  existing  building.     . 
STAND.ARD   FIREPROOF   HEATER  ROOM   FOR  NEW  BUILDING 
All  furnaces  and  boilers  including  the  breeching,  fuel  rooms 
and  firing  spaces  shall  be  enclosed  by  brick  walls  not  less  than 

245 


twelve  (12)  inches  thick  or  by  monolithic  concrete  walls  not 
less  than  eight  (8)  inches  thick;  and  the  ceiling  over  the  same 
shall  not  be  less  than  the  following,  reinforced  concrete  slab  four 
(4)  inches  thick,  brick  arches  four  (4)  inches  thick  covered 
with  an  inch  of  cement  mortar  and  supported  by  fireproof  steel 
with  the  necessary  tie  rods,  or  by  hollow  tile  arches  six  (6) 
inches  thick  covered  with  two  (2)  inches  of  concrete,  plastered 
on  the  under  side  and  supported  by  fireproof  steel  with  the 
necessary  tie  rods. 

All  openings  in  the  above  apartments  from  the  outer  parts 
of  the  building  shall  be  covered  by  standard  self-closing  fire  doors. 

HEATER  ROOMS    FOR  OLD    BUILDINGS 

In  old  buildings,  the  boiler  or  furnace  and  fuel  rooms,  shall 
be  enclosed  in  same  masonry  walls  and  shall  have  standard  fire 
doors  on  opening  to  same,  and  the  entire  ceiling  shall  be  fire- 
proofed  as  follows:  First  overlay  the  entire  ceiling  with  one- 
quarter  (J/4)  inch  asbestos  board,  lapped  at  least  one  and  one- 
half  (l^->)  inches  in  joints,  then  furr  same  with  one  and  one- 
half  (1^)  inches  high  metal  furring  spaced  twelve  (12) 
inches  on  centers;  then  lath  with  metal  lath  and  heavily  plaster 
with  asbestos  and  Portland  cement  plaster. 

THE   CEILING  OF    HEATER  AND   FUEL  ROOMS  IN   OLD   BUILD- 
INGS  MAY   BE   FIREPROOFED  ACCORDING   TO 
THE   FOLLOWING  SPECIFICATIONS 

Materials. — Furring  strips  shall  be  of  corrugated  asbestos 
lumber  one-quarter  (^)  inch  thick,  or  corrugated  metal  rein- 
forced with  asbestos,  in  strips  five  (5)  inches  wide,  one  and 
one-half  (IJ/2)  inches  high,  ninety-six  (96)  inches  long. 

Ceiling  finish  shall  be  asbestos  lumber  or  asbestos  wood 
forty-two  by  ninety-six  inches  by  one-quarter  (42x96x|/^) 
inches  thick. 

Batten  over  end  butt  joist  shall  be  asbestos  lumber  or 
asbestos  wood  three  by  forty-two  by  one-quarter  (3x42x^) 
inches  thick. 

246 


Cove  in  angles  of  ceiling  shall  be  asbestos  lumber  or 
asbestos  wood  two  by  one-quarter  (2x^)  inches  thick. 

Method  of  Erection. — Furnish  and  erect  on  the  under- 
side of  ceiling  joist,  furring  strips  of  corrugated  asbestos  lumber, 
or  corrugated  metal  reinforced  asbestos,  running  in  opposite  direc- 
tions to  the  joists. 

These  furring  strips  shall  be  spaced  twenty-one  (21) 
inches  on  centers,  and  nailed  to  every  bearing  with  two  (2)  eight 
penny  nails. 

Nails  shall  be  driven  directly  through  strips. 

On  these  furring  strips  furnish  and  erect  a  ceilng  finish  of 
forty-two  by  ninety-six  by  one-quarter  (42x96x|/^)  inches 
asbestos  lumber  or  asbestos  wood  laid  the  long  way  of  the  fur- 
ring strips. 

The  lumber  or  wood  shall  be  so  spaced  as  to  break  joints 
over  the  furring  strip  joints,  and  joints  in  finishing  sheet  shall  be 
broken  every  course. 

Sheets  shall  be  screwed  to  the  furring  strips  using  a  No. 
8  screw  one  and  one-quarter  ( 1  '/4 )  inches  long  countersunk. 

Each  sheet  shall  have  three  (3)  rows  of  screws.  One  row 
on  each  side  and  one  in  the  center,  running  with  the  furring  strips. 
Center  row  of  screws  shall  start  and  finish  three-quarters  (%) 
inch  from  the  end  of  the  sheets,  and  the  side  row  of  screws  shall 
be  spaced  one  and  one-quarter  (Ij/^)  inches  from  the  edges  of 
the  sheet  and  start  and  finish  three-quarters  (%)  of  an  inch 
from  the  end  of  the  sheets. 

There  shall  be  seven  (7)  screws  in  each  row  spaced 
equally  between  the  end  screws;  these  screws  shall  be  staggered 
to  miss  the  nails  in  the  furring  strips.  Furring  strips  and  ceiling 
boards  shall  be  drilled  for  screws,  using  drill  one  size  smaller  than 
the  screws. 

Cove. — Erect  in  all  the  angles  between  the  ceiling  and  the 
side  walls  a  two  by  one-quarter  2x^4)  inch  asbestos  lumber  or 
asbestos  wood  cove,  screwed  through  the  ceiling  material  into 
the  furring  strips  and  nailed  in  the  masonry  walls. 

247 


Cove  shall  be  drilled  for  nail  and  screw  holes  using  a  drill 
one  size  smaller  than  the  nail  or  screw. 

Joints. — All  joints  in  furring  strips,  ceiling  boards  and  cove 
shall  be  tight  butt  joints. 

All  end  butt  joints  in  ceiling  boards  shall  be  covered  with 
three  by  forty-two  by  one-quarter  (3x42x1/4)  inch  thick  asbes- 
tos lumber  or  asbestos  wood  batten  secured  by  screws  through  the 
ceiling  board  into  joists  or  furring  strips. 

Batten  shall  be  drilled  for  screw  holes,  using  drill  one  size 
smaller  than  the  screw.  The  batten  shall  form  a  butt  joint  into 
the  upper  leg  of  the  cove.  All  joints  m  furring  strips,  cove 
where  battens  butt  into  cove,  and  all  open  joints  due  to  uneven 
base  where  ceiling  is  erected,  shall  be  pointed  up  with  electro- 
bestos  or  other  fireproof  cement  of  equal  quality. 

Department   of   Workshops,    Factories   and   Public 
Buildings, 

Thos.  p.  Kearns, 

Chief  Inspector. 
Lester  Redding, 

Ass't  Chief  Inspector. 

THE  PENNSYLVANIA  LAW 

grounds  and  buildings 

Section  601.  The  board  of  school  directors  of  each 
district  shall  provide  the  necessary  grounds  and  suitable  school 
buildings  to  acocmmodate  all  the  children  between  the  ages  of 
six  and  twenty-one  years,  in  said  district,  who  attend  school. 
Such  buildings  shall  be  constructed,  furnished,  equipped,  and 
maintained  in  a  proper  manner  as  herein  provided,  suitable  pro- 
visions being  made  for  the  heating,  ventilating,  and  sanitary  con- 
ditions thereof,  so  that  every  pupil  in  any  such  building  may 
have  proper  and  healthful  accommodations. 

Section  615.  After  the  organization  of  the  State  Board 
of  Education  provided  for  in  this  act,  no  public  school  build- 
ing shall  be  contracted  for,  constructed,  or  reconstructed,  in  any 

248 


school  dstrict  of  the  second,  third,  or  fourth  class,  until  their 
plans  and  specifications  have  been  submitted  to  the  State  Board 
of  Education,  and  any  recommendations  concerning  the  same 
by  the  State  Board  of  Education  have  been  laid  before  the 
board  of  school  directors:  Provided,  When  any  school  build- 
ing is  being  constructed  or  remodeled  at  the  time  of  the  ap- 
proval of  this  act,  or  when  a  contract  has  been  awarded  for  the 
construction  or  remodeling  of  any  school  building,  such  build- 
ing may  be  constructed  or  remodeled  without  being  subject  to 
the  provisions  of  this  section. 

Section  616.  The  State  Board  of  Education  shall 
cause  to  be  prepared  and  shall,  at  the  expense  of  the  Common- 
wealth, publish,  and  upon  application  furnish  without  charge,  to 
boards  of  school  directors,  plans  and  specifications  of  different 
kinds  of  school  buildings  suited  to  the  needs  of  the  public 
schools:  Provided^  That  school  buildings  may  be  built  ac- 
cording to  plans  and  specifications  thus  furnished,  without  sub- 
mitting the  same  to  the  State  Board  of  Education. 

Section  617.  Every  contract  in  excess  of  three  hun- 
dred dollars  ($300.00),  made  by  any  school  district  in  this 
Commonwealth,  for  the  introduction  of  heating,  ventilating,  or 
lighting  systems,  or  the  construction,  reconstruction,  or  repair  of 
any  school  building,  or  work  upon  any  school  property,  shall  be 
awarded  to  the  lowest  and  best  bidder,  after  due  public  notice 
has  been  given,  up>on  proper  terms  asking  for  competitive  bids. 

Section  618.  All  school  buildings  hereafter  built  or 
rebuilt  shall  comply  with  the  following  conditions: 

In  every  school  room  the  total  light  area  must  equal  at 
least  twenty  per  centum  of  the  floor  space,  and  the  light  shall 
not  be  admitted  thereto  from  the  front  of  seated  pupils. 

Every  room  shall  have  not  less  than  fifteen  square  feet  of 
floor  space,  and  not  less  than  two  hundred  cubic  feet  of  air 
space  per  pupil. 

Section  619.  No  board  of  school  directors  in  this 
Commonwealth  shall  use  a  common  heating  stove  for  the  purpose 
of   heating   any   school   room,   unless   such   stove   is   in   part   en- 

249 


closed  within  a  shield  or  jacket  made  of  galvanized  iron,  or 
other  suitable  material,  and  o  fsufficient  height,  and  so  placed 
as  to  protect  all  pupils  while  seated  at  their  desks  from  direct 
rays  of  heat. 

Section  620.  No  school  room  or  recitation  room  shall 
be  used  in  any  public  school  which  is  not  provided  with  ample 
means  of  ventilation,  cind  whose  windows,  when  they  are  the 
only  means  of  ventilation,  shall  not  admit  of  ready  adjustment 
both  at  the  top  and  bottom,  and  which  does  not  have  some 
device  to  protect  pupils  for  currents  of  cold  air.  Every  school 
room  or  recitation  room  shall  be  furnished  with  a  thermometer. 

Section  621.  Every  school  building  hereafter  erected 
or  reconstructed,  whose  cost  shall  exceed  four  thousand  dollars 
($4,000.00)  or  which  is  more  than  one  story  high,  shall  be  so 
heated  and  ventilated  that  each  school  room  and  recitation  room 
shall  be  supplied  with  fresh  air  at  the  rate  of  not  less  than  thirty 
cubic  feet  per  minute  for  each  pupil,  and  which  air  may  be 
heated  to  an  average  temperature  of  seventy  degrees  Fahrenheit 
during  zero  weather. 

Section  622.  All  school  buildings,  two  or  more  stories 
high,  hereafter  erected  or  leased  in  any  school  district  of  the 
first  class  in  this  Commonwealth,  shall  be  of  fireproof  construc- 
tion, and  in  any  school  district  of  the  second,  third,  or  fourth 
class,  every  building  more  than  two  stories  hi^,  hereafter  built 
or  leased  for  school  purposes,  shall  be  of  fireproof  construction. 

Section  623.  All  doors  of  entrance  into  any  building 
more  than  one  story  high,  used  for  a  public  school  building  in 
this  Commonwealth,  shall  be  made  to  open  outward,  and  the 
board  of  school  directors  of  every  district  in  this  Commonwealth 
shall,  before  the  opening  of  the  school  term  next  following  the 
approval  of  this  act,  change  the  entrance  doors  of  every  such 
school  building  so  that  they  shall  all  open  outward. 

Section  624.  In  all  school  buildings  more  than  one  story 
high,  hereafter  erected,  all  entrance  doors,  as  well  as  all  doors 
from  class  rooms,  school  rooms,  cloak  rooms,  or  other  rooms 
into  halls  shall  open  outward. 

250 


Section  625.  Every  school  building  shall  be  provided 
with  necessary  fire-escapes  and  safety-appliances  as  required  by 
law. 

Section  626.  The  board  of  school  directors  in  each 
school  district  shall  put  the  grounds  about  every  school  building 
in  a  neat,  prop>er,  and  sanitary  condition,  and  so  mantain  the 
same,  and  shall  provide  and  maintain  a  proper  number  of  shade 
trees. 

Section  627.  The  board  of  school  directors  of  any  dis- 
trict may  permit  the  use  of  its  school  grounds  and  buildings  for 
social,  recreation,  and  other  proper  purposes,  under  such  rules 
and  regulations  as  the  board  may  adopt,  and  shall  make  such 
arrangements  with  any  city,  borough,  or  township  authorities  for 
the  improvement,  care,  protection,  and  maintenance  of  school 
buildings  and  grounds  for  school,  park,  play,  or  other  recre- 
ation purjx)ses,  as  k  may  see  proper,  and  any  board  of  school 
directors  may  make  such  arrangements  as  it  may  see  prop>er, 
with  any  association  or  indivdual  for  the  temjwrary  use  of  school 
property  for  schools,  play  grounds,  social,  recreation,  or  other 
proper  educational  purjxtses. 

Section  628.  If  any  person  shall  wilfully  or  mali- 
ciously break  into,  enter,  deface,  or  write,  mark,  or  place  any 
obscene  or  improper  matter  upon,  any  public  school  building,  or 
other  building  used  for  school  purposes,  or  other  purposes  pro- 
vided for  in  this  act,  or  any  outhouse  used  in  connection  there- 
with; or  shall  deface,  injure,  damage,  or  destroy  any  school 
furniture,  books,  papers,  maps,  charts,  apparatus,  or  other  prop- 
erty contained  in  any  public  school  building,  or  other  building 
used  and  occupied  for  school  purposes,  or  other  purposes  pro- 
vided for  in  this  act;  or  shall  injure,  damage,  or  destroy  any 
shade-tree,  shrubbery,  fences,  or  any  other  property  of  any  kind, 
upon  any  public  school  grounds,  or  upon  any  public  school  play- 
ground, such  person  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon 
conviction  thereof  shall  be  sentenced  to  pay  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  five  dollars  ($5.00)  and  not  more  than  two  hundred  dol- 
lars  ($200.00),  or  undergo  an  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail 

251 


for  a  period  not  exceeding  six  months,  either  or  both,  at  the  dis- 
cretion of  the  court. 

Section  629.  The  board  of  school  directors  in  each 
district  shall,  when  they  are  not  otherwise  provided,  purchase  a 
United  States  flag,  flagstaf,  and  the  necessary  appliances  there- 
for, and  shall  display  said  flag  upon  or  near  each  public  school 
building  in  clement  weather,  during  school  hours,  and  at  such 
other  times  as  the  said  board  may  determine. 

Section  630.  The  board  of  school  directors  in  any 
school  district  may,  in  the  manner  herein  provided,  enter  into  any 
contract  with  any  person,  firm,  association,  or  corpyoration,  for 
the  furnishing  of  light,  heat,  or  water  to  such  school  district,  for 
any  term  not  exceeding  five  years.  The  amount  to  become  due 
and  payable  thereon,  under  such  contract,  may  be  distributed 
equally  during  the  years  over  which  the  same  extends,  and  only 
so  much  thereof  as  becomes  due  and  payable  in  any  one  year  need 
be  provided  for  in  the  annual  estimate  of  school  exF>enses  for  any 
school  year,  and  be  certified  to  by  any  school  controller. 

Section  63 1 .  All  school  property  owned  by  any  school 
district,  real  and  personal,  that  is  occupied  and  used  by  any 
school  district  for  public  school,  recreation,  or  any  other  pur- 
poses provided  for  by  this  act,  shall  be,  and  hereby  is,  made 
exempt  from  every  kind  of  State,  county,  city,  borough,  town- 
ship, or  other  tax,  as  well  as  from  all  costs  or  exp>ense  for  paving, 
curbing,  sidewalks,  sewers,  or  other  municipal  improvements: 
Provided,  That  any  school  district  may  make  any  municipal 
improvement,  in  any  street  on  which  its  school  property  abuts,  or 
may  contribute  any  sum  toward  the  cost  thereof. 

Section  632.  The  board  of  school  directors  in  every 
district  shall,  with  every  building  used  for  school  purposes,  pro- 
vide and  maintain  in  a  proper  manner,  a  suitable  number  of 
water  closets  or  outhouses,  not  less  than  two  for  each  building, 
where  both  sexes  are  in  attendance.  Such  water  closets  or  out- 
houses shall  be  suitably  constructed  for,  and  used  separately  by, 
the  sexes.  When  any  water  closets  or  outhouses  are  outside  and 
detached    from  the  school  building,   the  entrances   thereto   shall 

2S2 


be  properly  screened,  and  they  shall,  imless  constructed  at  a 
remote  distance  from  each  other,  have  separate  means  of  access 
thereto,  and,  if  possible,  for  not  less  than  twenty-five  feet  from 
such  water  closets  or  outhouses,  such  means  of  access  or  walks 
leading  thereto  shall  be  separated  by  a  closed  partition,  wall,  or 
fence,  not  less  than  seven  feet  high. 

Section  633.  The  board  of  school  directors  shall  keep 
all  water  closets  or  outhouses,  used  in  connection  with  amy  school 
building,  in  a  clean  and  sanitary  condition;  and  shall,  not  less 
than  ten  days  prior  to  the  opening  of  any  term  of  school,  and 
oftener  if  necessary,  have  them  prop>erly  cleamed  and  disinfected 
by  the  use  of  fresh  dry-slacked  lime,  or  other  proper  disinfect- 
ing material. 

Section  634.  The  board  of  school  directors  in  every 
school  district  shall  have  full  power  and  authority  to  make  and 
enter  into  any  contract  or  contracts  it  may  deem  proper  with  any 
person,  firm  or  corporation,  for  the  purpose  of  insuring  against 
loss  or  damage  by  fire,  or  otherwise,  any  or  all  of  the  school 
buildings  or  other  property  of  the  school  district. 

SOUTH  DAKOTA  LAW 

SCHOOL    HOUSE    PLANS 

Plans  for  school  buildings  approved  by  State  Sup>erintend- 
ent:  In  order  that  due  care  may  be  exercised  in  the  heating, 
lighting  cuid  ventilation  of  public  school  buildings  hereafter 
erected,  no  school  house  shall  be  erected  by  any  board  of  educa- 
tion or  school  district  board  in  this  State  until  the  plans  and 
specifications  for  the  same  showing  in  detail  the  proper  heating, 
lighting  and  ventilation  of  such  building  shall  have  been  ap- 
proved by  the  superintendent  of  public  instruction. 

School  houses  shall  have  in  each  class  room  at  least  fifteen 
square  feet  of  floor  space,  and  not  less  than  two  hundred  cubic 
feet  of  air  space  per  pupil,  and  shall  provide  for  an  approved 
system  of  heating  and  ventilation  by  means  of  which  each  class 
room  shall  be  supplied  with  fresh  air  at  the  rate  of  not  less  than 
thirty  cubic  feet  per  minute  for  each  pupil,  and  have  a  system 

253 


of   heating   capable   of   maintaining   an   average   temperature   of 
seventy  degrees  Fahrenheit  during  the  coldest  weather. 

THE  UTAH  LAW 

SCHOOL  SITES  AND  BUILDINGS 
When  necessary  for  the  welfare  of  the  schools  of  the  dis- 
trict, or  to  provide  proper  school  privileges  for  the  children  there- 
in, or  whenever  petitioned  so  to  do  by  one- fourth  of  the  resident 
tax  payers  of  the  district,  the  board  shall  call  a  meeting  of  the 
qualified  voters,  as  defined  in  Section  eighteen  hundred  and 
eleven,  at  some  convenient  time  and  place  fixed  by  the  board, 
to  vote  upon  the  question  of  selection,  purchase,  exchange  or  sale 
of  a  school  house  site,  or  the  erection,  removal,  purchase,  ex- 
change, or  sale  of  a  school  house,  or  for  payment  of  teachers' 
salaries,  or  for  the  current  expenses  of  maintaining  schools.  If 
a  majority  of  such  voters  present  at  such  meeting  shall  by  vote 
select  a  school  house  site,  or  shall  be  in  favor  of  the  purchase, 
exchange,  or  sale  of.  a  designated  school  house  site,  or  of  the 
erection,  removal,  or  sale  of  a  school  house,  as  the  case  may 
be,  the  board  shall  locate,  purchase,  exchange  or  sell  such  site,  or 
erect,  remove,  or  sell  such  school  house,  as  the  case  may  be, 
in  accordance  with  such  vote;  provided,  that  it  shall  require  a 
two-thirds  vote  to  order  the  removal  of  a  school  house. 

Provided  that  no  school  house  shall  hereafter  be  erected 
in  any  school  district  of  this  State  not  included  in  cities  of  the 
first  and  second  class,  and  no  addition  to  a  school  building  in 
any  such  place,  the  cost  of  which  school  house  or  addition 
thereto  shall  exceed  $1,000,  shall  hereafter  be  erected  until  the 
plans  and  specifications  for  the  same  shall  have  been  submitted 
to  a  commission  consisting  of  the  State  Superintendent  of  Public 
Instruction,  the  Secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Health,  and  an 
architect  to  be  appointed  by  the  Governor,  and  their  approval 
endorsed  thereon.  Such  plans  and  specifications  shall  show  in 
detail  the  ventilation,  heating,  and  lighting  of  such  buildings. 
The  commission  herein  provided  shall  not  approve  any  plans  for 
the  erection  of  any  school  building,  or  addition  thereto,  unless 

254 


the  same  shall  provide  at  least  fifteen  square  feet  of  floor  space 
and  two  hundred  cubic  feet  of  air  space,  for  each  pupil  to  be 
accommodated  in  each  study  or  recitation  room  therein,  and  no 
such  plans  shall  be  approved  by  them  unless  provision  is  made 
therein  for  assuring  at  least  thirty  feet  of  pure  air  every  minute 
for  each  pupil,  and  the  facilties  for  exhausting  the  foul  or 
vitiated  air  therein  shall  be  positive  and  independent  of  atmos- 
pheric changes.  No  tax  voted  by  a  district  meeting,  or  other 
competent  authority  in  any  such  school  district,  shall  be  levied 
by  the  trustees  until  the  commission  shall  certify  that  the  plans 
and  specifications  for  the  same  comply  with  the  provisions  of 
this  act.  All  school  houses  for  which  plans  and  detailed  state- 
ments shall  be  filed  and  approved,  as  required  by  this  act,  shall 
have  all  halls,  doors,  stairways,  seats,  passageways,  and  ausles, 
all  lighting  and  heating  appliances  and  apparatus  arranged  to 
facilitate  egress  in  cases  of  fire  or  accident,  and  to  afford  the 
requisite  and  proper  accommodations  for  public  protection  in 
such  cases. 

No  school  house  shall  hereafter  be  built  with  the  furnace 
or  heating  apparatus  in  the  basement  or  inmiediately  under  such 
school   building. 

The  commission  herein  provided  shall  serve  without  com- 
pensation, but  shall  receive  their  actual  and  necessary  expenses 
incurred  in  the  performance  of  their  official  duties,  except  the 
architect,  who  shall  receive  as  above  provided,  and  four  dollars 
per  day  while  attending  meetings  of  the  commission,  the  amount 
for  which  shall  be  verified  on  oath  and  be  paid  from  the  state 
school   fund. 

Approved  March  9th,    1909. 

THE  VERMONT  LAW 

The  words,  "Public  Buildings,"  as  used  in  this  chapter, 
shall  mean  churches,  school  buildings,  hotels  more  than  two 
stories  high,  and  places  of  amusement  more  than  one  story  high, 
and  buildings,  factories,  mills  or  workshops  more  than  two  stories 
high  in  which  persons  are  employed  above  the  second  story. 

25S 


Said  board  shall  take  cognizance  of  the  interests  of  the 
life  and  health  oi  the  inhabitants  of  the  state,  shall  make  or 
cause  to  be  made  sanitary  investigations  and  inquiries  respecting 
causes  of  disease,  especially  of  epidemics,  and  the  means  of  pre- 
venting same;  the  sources  of  mortality  and  sickness  and  the  effect 
of  localities,  employments,  habits  and  circumstances  of  life  on 
the  public  health,  and,  when  requested,  or  when,  in  their  opinion, 
it  is  necessary,  shall  advise  with  municipal  officers  in  regard  to 
drainage,  water  supply  and  sewerage  of  towns  and  villages,  and 
in  regard  to  the  erection,  construction,  heating,  ventilation  and 
sanitary  arrangements  of  public  buildings;  and  said  board  may 
compel  the  o\vners  of  such  buildings  to  provide  them  with  the 
necessary  appliances  and  fire  escapes  for  preventing  accidents 
to  persons  who  may  be  in  such  buildings;  and  said  board  shall 
exercise  the  p>owers  and  authority  imposed  by  law  upon  said 
board. 

Said  board  shall,  when  necessary,  issue  to  local  boards  of 
health  its  regulation  as  to  the  lighting,  heating  and  ventilation 
of  school  houses,  and  shall  cause  sanitary  inspection  to  be  made 
of  churches,  school  houses  and  places  of  public  resort,  and  make 
such  regulations  for  the  safety  of  F>ersons  attending  the  same  as 
said  board  deems  necessary.  Public  buildings  now  standing  or 
hereafter  erected  shall  conform  to  the  regulations  of  said  board 
in  respect  to  sanitary  conditions  and  fire  escapes  necessary  for 
the  public  health  and  for  the  safety  of  individuals  in  such  public 
buildings. 

A  person,  corporation  or  committee  intending  to  erect  a 
public  building  shall  submit  plans  thereof  showing  the  method 
of  heating,  plumbing,  ventilation  and  sanitary  arrangements  to 
said  board,  and  procure  its  approval  thereof,  before  erecting  such 
building. 

A  person,  corporation  or  committee  which  erects  a  public 
building  without  the  approval  and  without  complying  with  the 
regulations  of  the  state  board  of  health  as  provided  for  in  the 
preceding  section,  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  five  hundred 
dollars,  nor  less  than  one  hundred  dollars,  and  shall  make  such 

256 


building  to  conform  to  the  regulations  of  said  board  before  the 
seune  is  used,  otherwise  such  building  shall  be  deemed  a  nuisance, 
and  be  put  in  proper  condition  by  the  local  health  officer  under 
the  direction  of  said  board  at  the  expense  of  the  owner. 

Said  board  may  examine  or  cause  to  be  examined  a  school 
building  or  an  outhouse  and  condemn  the  same  as  unfit  for  occu- 
pation or  use,  and  a  building  or  outhouse  so  condemned  by 
written  notice  served  upon  the  chairman  of  the  board  of  school 
directors,  or  the  person  having  such  school  in  charge,  shall  not 
be  occupied  or  used  until  the  same  is  repaired  and  the  sanitary 
conditions  approved  by  the  state  board  of  health.  A  person 
who  violates  a  provision  of  this  section  shall  be  fined  not  more 
than  fifty  dollars  nor  less  than  five  dollars. 

THE  VIRGINIA  LAW 
(Approved  March   11,1 908) 
Whereas,  It  is  of  great  importance  to  the  people  of  this 
commonwealth  that  public  school  buildings  hereafter  erected  by 
any  school   board  shall   be  properly   heated,   lighted  and  venti- 
lated; therefore, 

1.  Be  it  enacted  b^  the  General  Assembly  of  Virginia, 
That  the  state  board  of  inspectors  for  public  school  buildings 
shall  not  approve  any  plans  for  the  erection  of  any  school  build- 
ing, or  room  in  addition  thereto,  unless  the  same  shall  provide 
at  least  fifteen  square  feet  of  floor  space  and  two  hundred  cubic 
feet  of  air  space  for  each  pupil  to  be  acconunodated  in  each  study 
or  recitation  room  therein,  and  no  such  plans  shall  be  approved 
by  said  board  unless  provision  is  made  therein  for  assuring  at 
least  thirty  cubic  feet  of  pure  air  every  minute  per  pupil,  and 
the  facilities  for  exhausting  the  foul  and  vitiated  air  therein  shall 
be  positive  and  independent  of  atmospheric  changes.  All  ceil- 
ings shall  be  at  least  twelve  feet  in  height. 

2.  All  school  houses  for  which  plans  and  detailed  state- 
ments shall  be  filed  and  approved  by  said  board,  as  required 
by  law,  shall  have  all  halls,  doors,  stairways,  seats,  passage- 
ways,  and  aisles,   and  all   lighting  and  heating  appliances  and 

as7 


apparatus,  arranged  to  facilitate  egress  in  cases  of  fire  or  acci- 
dents, and  to  afford  the  requisite  and  prop>er  accommodations 
for  public  protection  in  such  cases.  All  exit  doors  in  any  school 
house  of  two  or  more  stories  in  height  shall  open  outwardly.  No 
stair-case  shall  be  constructed  except  with  straight  runs,  changes 
in  direction  being  made  by  platforms.  No  doors  shall  open 
immediately  upon  a  flight  of  stairs,  but  a  landing  at  least  the 
width  of  the  doors  shall  be  provided  between  such  stairs  and 
such  doorway. 

All  school  houses,  as  aforesaid,  shall  provide  for  the  ad- 
mission of  light  from  the  left,  or  from  the  left  and  rear  of  the 
pupils,  and  the  total  light  area  must  be  at  least  twenty-five  per 
centum  of  the  floor  space. 

THE  WEST  VIRGINIA  LAW 

MUST    PROVIDE   SITES   AND    BUILDINGS 

The  board  of  education  of  every  district  shall  provide  by 
purchase,  condemnation,  leasing,  building  or  otherwise,  suitable 
school  houses,  and  ground  in  their  districts,  in  such  locations  as 
will  best  accommodate  the  pupils  thereof,  and  improve  such 
grounds  and  provide  such  furniture,  fixtures  and  apparatus  for 
the  said  school  houses,  as  the  comfort,  health,  cleanliness  and 
convenience  of  the  pupils  may  require,  and  keep  such  grounds, 
school  houses,  furniture,  fixtures  and  apparatus  in  good  order 
and  repair,  but  no  board  of  education  may  purchase  school 
apparatus  of  any  kind  without  the  advice  and  consent  of  the 
county  superintendent  first  had  in  writing. 

COUNTY  SUPERINTENDENT  SHALL  APPROVE   PLANS 

Whenever  any  board  of  directors  shall  be  authorized  by 
the  electors  of  their  district  to  erect  a  school  building,  it  shall 
be  the  duty  of  such  board,  before  entering  into  any  contract  for 
the  erection  of  zuiy  building,  to  obtain  the  approval  of  the  county 
superintendent,  of  the  plans  and  specifications  for  the  buildmg 
to  be  erected,  including  also  the  heating,  lighting,  ventilating  and 
safety  thereof. 

258 


APPROVAL  OF  LOCATION  AND  PLANS 

In  the  construction  of  school  houses  the  board  of  education 
of  each  district  shadl  have  regard  to  economy,  convenience  and 
durabiHty  of  structure,  and  the  heahh  and  comfort  of  pupils, 
and  no  such  school  house  shall  be  constructed  until  the  location 
and  plan  thereof  have  first  been  approved  by  the  county  super- 
intendent, and  in  the  event  the  board  of  education  cannot  agree 
upon  plans  or  location,  the  county  si^)erintendent  shall  select  the 
plans  and  location  for  such  house. 


259 


OFFICIAL  CODE  OF  THE  BOSTON  SCHOOL  HOUSE 
COMMISSION 

THE  BOSTON  CODE  REQUIREMENT  FOR 
ARCHITECTS*  SERVICES 

City  of  Boston 

Every  Architect  employed  by  the  Schoolhouse  Commis- 
sioners of  the  City  of  Boston  as  the  Architect  for  erecting  a 
building  is  to  perform  the  duties  hereinafter  provided. 

Section  1. — The  Board. —  (a.)  Is  to  furnish  the  Archi- 
tect w^ith  the  requirements  and  information  for  the  design  and 
construction  of  the  building  for  which  he  is  the  Architect,  2md 
give  the  approximate  cubical  contents  and  proposed  cost  p>er 
cubic  foot  thereof; 

(fc.)  Is  to  provide  the  services  of  domestic  engineers  to 
confer  vs^ith  the  Architect  during  the  preparation  of  preliminary 
studies,  and  when  these  are  accepted  by  the  Board  to  advise 
the  Architect  in  the  details  of  their  work,  and  make  the  neces- 
sary working  drawings  and  specifications  for  (excepting  plumb- 
ing), and  have  the  direction  of,  the  plumbing,  heating,  venti- 
lating and  electric  work  for  the  building,  said  work  being  herein- 
after designated  as  the  domestic  engineering; 

(c.)  Is  to  give  the  grade  and  lines  of  streets  and  adjoin- 
ing lots; 

(d.)  Is  to  make  all  borings  necessary  to  determine  the 
quality  of  the  foundations,  and  on  request  of  the  Architect,  or  of 
any  person  doing  work  on  the  building,  furnish  him  full  infor- 
mation relating  to  the  above,  the  sewer,  water,  gas  and  electric 
service,  and  to  the  rights,  restrictions  and  boundaries  of  the  lot 
on  which  the  building  is  to  be  constructed. 

Sec.  2. — The  Architect. —  (a.)  Is  to  consult  and  ad- 
vise with  the  Board  and  make  such  preliminary  studies  as  will 
acquaint  the  Board  with  the  contemplated  arrangement,  design, 

260 


construction  and  cubical  contents  of  the  building,  and  enable  it 
to  agree  with  the  Architect  up>on  a  definite  limit  of  cost  therefor, 
and  to  accept  said  preliminary  studies  as  the  basis  of  working 
drawings   and  specifications ; 

(b.)  Is  to  make  upon  the  basis  of  said  preliminary  studies 
one  complete  set  of  working  drawings  in  ink  on  tracing  cloth, 
floor  and  framing  plans,  sections  and  elevations  at  one-eighth 
scale,  plumbing  drawings  and  such  detail  drawings  on  a  larger 
scale  as  are  necessary  to  explain  the  specifications; 

(c.)  Is  to  furnish,  revise  and  correct  for  the  printer  one 
complete  set  of  specifications,  including  plumbing,  for  everything 
to  be  furnished  or  done  in  constructing  the  building,  except  the 
domestic   engineering ; 

(d.)  Is  to  loan  to  the  Board,  to  make  blueprints  there- 
from, the  said  set  of  working  drawings; 

(e.)  Is  to  restudy,  and  if  necessary  redraw,  without 
charge,  any  or  all  of  said  drawings  and  specifications,  if,  owing 
to  an  unwarranted  departure  from  the  approved  preliminary 
studies  or  to  a  needlessly  extravagant  or  elaborate  interpretation 
of  them  in  said  drawings  and  specifications,  the  lowest  bid  for 
doing  the  work  in  accordance  therewith  overruns  the  limit  of  cost 
agreed  upon  by  the  Architect  and  the  Board; 

(/.)  Is,  upon  the  signing  of  contract,  to  deliver  to  the 
Board,  to  remain  their  property,  two  sets  of  blueprints,  mounted 
on  cloth,  taken  from  the  said  set  of  working  drawings,  a  per- 
spective drawing  of  the  exterior  of  the  building  and  such  floor 
plans  as  the  Board  may  request,  suitable  for  reproduction,  and 
at  the  conclusion  of  the  work  a  complete  set  of  working  draw- 
ings on  tracing  cloth,  either  the  set  previously  referred  to  or  a 
copy  therefrom,  which  shall  be  corrected  to  agree  with  and 
embody  all  changes  made  during  construction; 

(g.)  Is  to  make  application  for  a  building  permit  to  the 
Building  Department  on  a  form  signed  by  the  chairman  of  the 
Board,  and  deliver  to  the  Building  Department  two  sets  of  such 
blueprints    from   the   said   set   of   working   drawings   as   may   be 

26t 


required   by    the    Building    Department    (the    Board    furnishing 
specifications  to  the  Building  Department)  ; 

(/i.)  Is  to  have  general  supervision  of  the  domestic  engi- 
neering and  be  the  Architect  of  all  other  work  to  be  done  under 
any  written  contract  for  the  construction  of  the  building,  and 
render  the  full  usual  Architect's  services  and  supervision  for  such 
other  work; 

(i.)  Is,  in  the  form  prescribed  by  the  Board,  to  make  all 
estimates  ar-J  allowances  for  payments  under  any  contract  in 
which  he  is  made  the  Architect  of  the  work,  and  such  estimates 
for  the  domestic  engineering  are  to  be  accompanied  by  certifi- 
cates of  said  engineers  as  to  their  accuracy; 

(/.)  Is  to  advise  with  the  Board  on  any  changes  in  the 
building  contemplated  by  the  Board,  and  is  to  order  changes 
when  required  by  the  Board  so  to  do; 

(^.)  Is  to  cause  the  drawings  and  specifications  furnished 
by  him  to  conform  to  all  regulations  of  law  and  public  authorities, 
and  to  be  in  accordance  with  established  methods  of  building 
construction,  faithfully  carry  out  all  the  foregoing  provisions, 
use  all  proper  knowledge,  skill  and  care  therein,  and  be  account- 
able for  any  failure  so  to  do. 

Sec.  3. —  (a.)  The  city,  as  full  compensation  for  the 
services  aforesaid,  is  to  pay  the  Architect  3  per  cent  upon  the 
cost  of  the  domestic  engineering,  exclusive  of  plumbing,  and  6 
per  cent  upon  the  cost  of  all  other  work; 

(b.)  Payments  to  be  made  as  follows:  3  per  cent  upon 
all  contracts  other  than  those  for  domestic  engineering  is  to  be 
paid  on  the  signing  of  such  contracts,  and  thereafter  3  p>er  cent 
upon  the  value  of  the  materials  and  labor,  as  specified  in  each 
estimate  for  payment  under  the  contract,  is  to  be  paid  on  the 
making  of  the  estimate,  until  the  full  payment  aforesaid  is  made, 
and  if  any  thereof  remains  unpaid  at  the  completion  of  the  work 
it  is  then  to  be  paid.  When  preliminary  studies  are  completed, 
the  value  of  the  Architect's  services  to  date  shall  be  reckoned 
one-sixth  of  the  estimated  total  commission;  when  working  draw- 
ings and  specifications  are  ready  for  contract,  if  for  any  reason 


the  signing  of  contracts  is  delayed,  the  value  of  his  services  to 
date  shall  be  reckoned  at  3  per  cent  of  cost  based  on  allowance 
for  building  given  by  the  Board  to  the  Architect.  If  the  Board 
discontinue  the  services  of  the  Architect  at  any  intermediate  stage 
the  value  of  his  services  shall  be  reckoned  proportionately.  Five 
per  cent  on  cost  of  domestic  engineering,  exclusive  of  plumbing, 
and  1 0  per  cent  on  other  work  will  be  paid  to  Architects  on  all 
changes  and  alterations  made  within  or  to  existing  buildings. 
Additions  and  extensions  made  outside  of  such  buildings  to  be 
regarded  as  new  work  and  the  commission  to  be  reckoned  ori 
that  basis. 

Sec.  4. — When  for  any  reason  other  than  those  stated  in 
section  2,  paragraph  (e),  above,  the  Board  shall  set  aside  the 
whole  or  any  part  of  an  Architect's  studies,  drawings  and  speci- 
fications while  retaining  him  to  prepare  corresp>onding  new  studies, 
drawings  and  specifications  for  the  same  school  building,  the 
city  shall  pay  the  Architect  for  the  work  thus  set  aside  a  sum 
not  exceeding  three  times  the  actual  cost  of  draughting,  and  the 
new  work  shall  be  paid  for  on  a  commission  basis,  as  stated  in 
section  3,   above. 

Sec.  5. — In  the  above  agreement  the  term  "building"  is 
used  to  define  not  only  the  structure  itself  but  all  work  in  con- 
nection with  it  committed  to  the  Architect  by  the  order  of  the 
Board,  as  fencing,  grading,  roads,  walks,  planting,  decorative 
painting  and  sculptural  decoration. 

BOSTON  SCHOOL  CODE 

YARDS 

( 1  )  Grading. — Grade  the  yards  as  determined  after  con- 
sultation with  the  commissioners. 

(2.)  Fences. — Provide  fences,  planting,  etc.,  as  deter- 
mined after  consultation. 

(3.)  Gates. — Provide  the  gates  in  fences  inclosing  the 
yards  with  hasp  and  staple  to  receive  the  Department  Standard 
yard  padlock,  which  will  be  furnished  by  the  Department  out- 
side of  the  general  contract. 

26S 


(4.)  Picy^-yards. — Play-yards  located  on  the  sunny  side 
of  the  building  are  desired,  and  approximately  30  square  feet 
per  pupil  should  be  provided.  Play-yards  are  to  be  paved  with 
hard-burned  brick?,  laid  flat  in  sand  and  sloping  at  proper  grades 
to  catch-basins  cornect;ng  to  sewer. 

(5.)  IVailfs. — Pave  the  walks  and  approaches  with  hard- 
burned  brick  laid  flat  in  sand. 

(6.)  Curbs. — Curbs  forming  borders  may  be  paved 
with  brick  laid  on  edge.     Bull-nose  brick  may  be  used  for  curbs. 

(7.)  Sidewalks. — Sidewalks  for  public  use  outside  of 
the  lot  line  and  curbs  for  same  are  to  be  included  in  general 
contract    for   building   as   an   allowance. 

(8.)  Basement  Entrances. — Separate  entrances  are  to  be 
provided  for  boys  and  girls  from  their  respective  yards  to  the 
play-room.  Areas,  steps  and  inclines  are  to  be  avoided  wherever 
possible.  A  separate  entrance  for  janitor  to  boiler-room  may 
be  provided.  A  proper  entrance  for  coal  and  exit  for  ashes 
should  be  provided. 

(9.)  Drivewa)^s. — Driveways  such  as  for  coal  and 
ash  teams  are  to  be  paved  with  vitrified  pavers  laid  at  the  proper 
pitches,  and  in  cement  mortar  on  a  sufficiently  thick  concrete 
base. 

(10.)  Flagstaff. — Provide  a  flagstaff  with  halliards, 
truck,  etc.,   complete. 

NoiE. — All  the  above  items  except  as  noted  to  be  in- 
cluded in  the  general  building  contract. 

ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS 

In  General. — Elementary  schools  are  sub-divided  into 
upper  and  lower.  Lower  includes  Grades  I.,  II.  and  III.,  and 
are  to  have  12-inch  by  18-inch  desks.  The  buildings  for  the 
lower  grades  are  to  have  besides  the  class-iooms  required,  rooms 
for  teachers,  nurse,  book  storage  and  emergency  closets.  The 
upper  elementary  buildings  are  to  contain  Grades  IV.  to  VIII., 
inclusive,    and   are  to  have  besides  the  class-rooms   required   an 

264 


assembly  hall  and  rooms  for  master,  teachers,  nurse,  book  storage 
and  emergency  closets. 

Grades  IV.,  V.  and  VI.  are  to  have  1  5 -inch  by  21 -inch 
desks  and  Grades  VII.  and  VIII.  are  to  have  16-inch  by  23- 
inch  desks. 

Desks  are  to  be  spaced  according  to  standard  seating 
plan. 

THE    BUILDING 

The  building  will  be  either  "Low^er  Elementary,"  which 
includes  class-rooms  for  Grades  I.,  II.  and  III.,  or  "Upf>er 
Elementary,"  which  includes  class-rooms  for  Grades  IV.  to 
VIII.,  inclusive.  This  will  be  determined  by  the  Commissioners, 
who  will  act  as  an  intermediary  between  architects  and  the 
school  authorities  and  committee.  Relations  between  commis- 
sioners, architects  and  contractors  to  be  as  defined  by  contract. 
Commissioners  are  to  determine  the  type  of  construction  of  the 
building. 

Orientation. — It  is  desired  to  place  the  building  so  that 
each  class-room  should  receive  sunlight  during  some  portion  of 
the  day. 

Setting. — Set  the  building  above  grade  so  that  the  play- 
rooms are  well  lighted  and  entrances  are  provided  into  base- 
ment play-rooms  as  before  mentioned.  (See  Basement  En- 
trances.) Boiler-room  floor  wash  to  drain  direct  to  sewer  wher- 
ever possible. 

Heat  and  Vent  Flues. — To  be  of  galvanized  iron  or 
masonry,  as  determined  by  the  commissioners.  If  of  masonry, 
to  have  joints  neatly  struck  and  the  inner  surface  fairly  smooth. 

Fireproofing. — The  ceiling  of  boiler-room  and  coal  storage 
should  be  fireproof  construction  if  these  rooms  are  placed  under 
class-rooms  or  corridors.  Doors  for  boiler-room  and  coal-p>ocket 
to  be  metal  covered.      Boiler-room  to  be  self  closing. 

LOWER    ELEMENTARY 

This  type  of  building,  besides  the  required  class-rooms,  play- 
rooms,  sanitaries,  boiler,   coal   and  janitor's  rooms,   should  con- 

285 


tain  ro(Hns  for  teachers,  nurse  and  book  storage;  also  emergency 
closets  are  to  be  provided  as  directed.  To  have  kindergarten- 
room  where  so  directed  by  commissioners.  Closets  should  be 
provided  for  electrician  as  needed  for  batteries,  switches,  etc. 

Note. — A  paper  burner  should  be  provided  in  connec- 
tion with  the  boiler-room  as  directed. 

UPPER  ELEMENTARY 

This  type  of  building,  in  addition  to  the  requirements  for 
the  lower  elementary,  should  contain  an  assembly  hall  with  its 
necessary  rooms,  and  a  master's  room  writh  waiting-room  if  so 
directed.  Rooms  for  cooking,  manual  training,  etc.,  are  to  be 
provided  when  called   for  by  the  commissioners. 

SCHOOL-ROOMS 

(1.)  5ize  will  be  20  by  28  for  lower  and  20  by  30 
for  upp>er  elementary  grades  and  not  less  than  1 2  feet  high  in 
clear.  Modification  allowable  only  after  consultation  with  the 
Board.  Desks  should  be  Izud  out  on  the  preliminary  plans.  (See 
drawing.)  The  School  Conmiittee  advise,  and  this  Board  has 
adopted,  the  policy  of  having  a  small  portion  of  the  rooms  in  a 
building,  perhaps  1 0  or  20  i>er  ceni,  of  a  size  that  will  seat  50. 
Every  class-room  shall  be  consecutively  numbered  on  the  plans 
to  designate  it.  These  numbers  to  be  for  the  doors,  as  noted 
below,  and  for  the  annimciatqr.  Other  rooms  that  appear  on 
the  annunciator  to  be  named  on  the  plans,  as  assembly  hall, 
teachers'  or  master's  room,  cooking-room,  manual  treiining  room. 
The  kindergarten  shall  be  counted  as  a  class-room.  In  high 
schools  both  class  and  recitation  rooms  to  be  numbered,  othei 
rooms  named. 

(2.)  WindoTvs  will  be  on  the  long  side  for  left-hand  light- 
ing. The  glass  measured  inside  the  sash  shall  contain  not  less 
than  one-fifth  of  floor  area,  neither  double  run  of  sash  nor  double 
glazing  nor  weather  strips  will  be  required,  the  head  square  and 
close  to  the  ceiling;  the  sill  about  2  feet  6  inches  from  the 
floor  where  a  gravity  indirect  system  of  heating  is  installed  and 
2    feet    I  I    inches  where   there  is   to  be   a  plenum   system ;   the 

266 


windows  divided  with  muntms,  no  large  sheets  of  glass.  Finished 
with  plastered  jamb,  no  architrave,  metal  corner  bead. 

(3.)  Doors. — One  to  corridor,  3  feet  6  inches  by  7 
feet,  partly  glazed,  to  open  out,  placed  preferably  near  the 
teacher's  end;  (two  doors  may  be  desired  under  certain  condi- 
tions) ;  brass-plated  steel  butts,  4-level  mortise  lock;  master  keyed; 
cast  brass  knobs,  marble  flush  thresholds  to  corridors  for  first- 
class  construction.  Doors  to  have  2-inch,  plain  brass  numbers, 
and  cardholders,  3|/2  inches  by  5  inches,  and  hooks  to  hold  open. 

(4.)      Floors  will  be  maple. 

(5.)  Walls  will  be  painted  burlap  up  to  top  of  black- 
boards, or  of  tack  boards,  and  above  this  plaster  tinted  in  water 
color, — a  warm  gray  green  or  buff  gives  the  best  results, — the 
blackboards  4  feet  high,  2  feet  2  inches  from  floor  in  kinder- 
garten, 2  feet  4  inches  to  2  feet  6  inches  in  Grade  IV.,  aiid 
2  feet  8  inches  in  Grade  V.  to  VIII. ;  behind  the  teacher  and 
on  the  long  side.  These  will  be  of  best  black  slate  |/4  inch 
thick.  At  end,  in  place  of  blackboard,  soft  wood  sheath- 
ing with  burlap  stretched  over  it  with  sewed  seams  for  a  tack 
board,  to  extend  from  the  base  to  the  moulding  at  top  of  black- 
boards, to  have  wood  strips  to  cover  tacks.  In  lower  grades  a 
card  rack  covered  with  burlap  is  required  above  the  blackboard 
only.  A  picture  moulding  at  top  of  burlap,  and  also  near  ceil- 
ing in  all  rooms.      (See  drawings.) 

(6.)  Ceilings  will  be  level,  plaster  tinted  a  light  cream 
color.      Ceiling  angles  square. 

(7.)  Lights. — Nine  chain  pendant  electric  fixtures  on 
three  switches.      No  gas. 

(8.)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — The  inlet  for  heat  about 
5  square  feet,  the  outlet  for  ventilation  about  5  square  feet. 

(9.)  Boolfcase. — Provide  a  bookcase  in  any  conve- 
nient position,  capable  of  contaning  300  octavo  volumes  (600 
volumes  in  bookcases  for  upper  grades)  ;  upper  doors  fitted  with 
pin  tumbler  locks,  and  latch  and  knob;  drawers  fitted  with  pin 
tumbler  locks  and  small  brass  pulls.  Lower  doors  to  have  pin 
tumbler  locks;  seune  lock  in  each  bookcase;  all  bookcase  locks 

267 


master  keyed.  (See  drawing.)  Special  equipment  for  care 
of  books  where  school  is  held  day  and  evening  is  desired 
similar  to  that  existing  at  the  Charlestown  High  School,  so  that 
the  books  of  the  day  pupils  will  be  put  away  in  pigeonholes, 
leaving  the  desks   free   for  evening  use. 

(10.)  Teacher's  Closet. — Provide  a  small  closet  for 
teacher's  coat  and  hat,  preferably  opening  from  the  class-room, 
but  allowable  from  the  wardrobe,  closet  to  have  about  6  hooks 
and  one  shelf. 

(11.)  Fittings. — Bulletin  board  and  letter  box  should 
be  included  in  general  contract. 

FRESH-AIR    ROOMS 

The  School  Committee  is  responding  to  the  more  general 
demand  for  fresh-air  rooms  for  children  who  are  anaemic  or  of 
tubercular  tendencies.  At  present  all  that  the  Board  is  advising 
to  meet  this  new  demand  is  that  a  sunny  room,  preferably  a  cor- 
ner room,  be  chosen  for  this  work,  and  that  the  windows  on  one 
or  on  two  sides  be  made  casement,  to  open  out,  or  arranged  as 
the  Board  may  direct;  and  that  the  heat  be  largely  direct,  so  that 
the  temperature  can  be  quickly  raised,  if  necessary,  when  the 
windows  are  closed.  Otherwise  these  rooms  will  be  the  same 
as  other  class-rooms. 

WARDROBES 

(a.)  (1.)  Side. — Wardrobes  will  adjoin  school-room 
and  be  from  4  feet  6  inches  to  5  feet  wide. 

(2  and  3.)  Windoivs  and  Doors. — Outside  light,  two 
doors,  both  connecting  with  school-room,  and  not  to  corridor,  and 
having  no  thresholds.  Doors,  double  swung,  2  feet  6  inches 
wide,  brass  double-acting  butts,  foot  and  hand  plates,  hooks  or 
adjustable  stops  to  hold  open,  ventilation  under  door  farthest 
from  vent. 

(4.)  Floors. — Terrazzo  or  composition  with  border 
and  base  for  first-class  construction.  For  second-class  construc- 
tion, to  have  composition  floor  and  base.  For  all  cases,  to  have 
a  drip  gutter   for  umbrellas. 

26S 


(5.)  Walls. — Painted  burlap  to  a  height  of  7  feet, 
p)oles  on  brass-plated  iron  brackets  with  hooks  under  and  pins 
over,  44  in  number;  umbrella  clips  and  drip  gutter  below.  (See 
drawing.)  Walls  above,  plaster,  tinted.  Height  of  lower  pole, 
kindergarten  30  inches  from  floor;  lower  grades,  36  inches  to 
40  inches;  upper  grades,  44  inches,  48  inches  and  52  inches; 
distance  between  poles,  8  inches  for  elementary,  1 2  inches  for 
high  schools.  Pins  and  hooks,  8  inches  to  I  2  inches  on  centers 
for  elementary  and  1 6  inches  to  1 8  inches  for  high.  Each 
hook  to  have  a  painted  number  1  '/4  inches  high.  An  individual 
compartment  is  desired  for  each  pupil.  The  Commissioners  are 
expjerimenting   along  this   line  at  present. 

(6.)      Ceiling. — Plaster,    untinted. 

(7.)  Light. — One  lamp.  Ceiling  outlets,  electric.  Switch 
in  class-room. 

(8.)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — Heating,  direct.  Ven- 
tilation, vent  duct,   1   2-3  square  feet  area  cross  section. 

CORRIDORS   AND  VESTIBULES 

(1.)  Size. — Not  less  than  8  feet  wide  for  four  rooms 
on  a  floor ;  not  less  than  1 0  feet  for  over  four  rooms,  governed 
by   length,   access   to   stairs,   etc. 

(2.)      Windows. — Outside   light    essential. 

(3.)  Doors. — Main  outer  doors  to  open  out,;  heavy 
butts,  standard,  master  keyed,  school  lock;  lock  set  to  be  fur- 
nished by  the  Department  but  set  by  the  Contractor;  door  check; 
heavy  hooks  to  hold  open.  Vestibule  doors  open  out,  heavy 
butts,  pulls,  push  plates,  hooks  to  hold  open,  door  checks,  no 
locks.  Outer  doors  to  basement  open  out,  and  fitted  with  stand- 
ard latch  lock.      Other  hardware   as  above. 

(4.)  Floors. — Terrazzo  divided  into  areas  not  to  ex- 
ceed 80  square  feet,  by  slate  strips,  and  to  have  terrazzo  or 
marble  base  for  first-class  construction.  Wood  floor  and  base 
second-class  construction. 

(5  and  6.)  Walls  and  Ceilings. — ^A  light  glazed 
brick,  untinted  walls  and  ceilings.  Put  picture  moulding  at 
ceiling  in  corridors. 


(7.)  Light. — Ceiling  or  short  pendant  fixtures  (electric), 
32  candle  power  each,  also  gas  for  emergency  in  corridors,  on 
stairs,   and  in  vestibules. 

(8.)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — Heat  direct,  supple- 
mented by  foot  warmers  on  first  floor.  Ventilation  where  pos- 
sible. 

(9.)  Sinlfs  and  Closets. — On  each  floor  above  the  first, 
one  or  two  4- foot  sinks,   with  2    fountains. 

STAIRCASES 

(1.)  Number  and  Arrangement. — Determined  by  the 
Board,  and  not  over  5   feet  wnde. 

(2.)  Material. — The  treads.  North  River  stone  on  iron 
string,  or  concrete  construction  with  granolithic  surface  for  first- 
class  construction ;  wood  for  second-class  construction.  Rails 
of  a  simple  pattern,  easily  cleaned;  wall  rails  are  desired. 

(3.)  5/eps. — About  6^  or  7  inches  by  10|/2  inches. 
Rail  not  less  than  2  feet  8  inches  on  runs  and  3  feet  on  landings. 

(4.)  Exits. — Exits  from  the  lower  landings  of  stairs  are 
desired.     These  may  have  emergency  bolts  where  so  desired. 

SANITARIES 

(1.)  Size. — General  toilet-rooms  in  basement,  in  size  ap- 
proximating space  for  1  ^  water-closets  for  each  school-room,  i.  e., 
%  boys  and  I  '/4  for  girls,  and  33  inches  of  urinal  for  every 
school-room,  arranged  for  convenient  supervision  and  circulation. 
Slate  sinks,  length  from  10  inches  per  class-room  in  small  build- 
ings 6  inches  per  class-room  in  large  buildings,  located  pref- 
erably in  the  play-rooms.     The  above  refers  to  mixed  schools. 

(2.)  Windows. — Ample  outside  light;  glazed  where  ex- 
posed to  view  outside  with  ribbed  glass;  to  have  wire  guards. 

(3.)  Doors. — The  doors  arranged  "in"  and  "out,"  with 
spring  or  door  check  and  stout  brass  hooks  to  hold  open;  glazed 
with  ribbed  glass;  half  doors  to  water-closets. 

(4.)  Floors. — Asphalt.  Boys'  drained  to  urinal,  girls' 
to  floor  wash. 

270 


(5.)  Walls. — Salt-glazed  brick  or  other  non-porus  inex- 
pensive surface,  7  feet  high;  above,  brick  painted. 

(6.)  Ceiling. — Untinted  plaster  or  white-we^shed  con- 
crete. Basement  ceiling  need  not  be  furred  level  for  first-class 
construction.  For  second-class  construction  ceiling  should  be 
plastered. 

(7.)      Light. — Ceiling   or   short   pendant   electric   fixtures. 

(8.)  Heat  and  Ventilation. — Heat  direct.  Ventilation 
through  water-closets  and  space  back  of  urinals,  allow  1  0  square 
inches  local  vent  for  each  water-closet  and  8  square  inches  for 
each  lineal  foot  of  urinal. 

PLUMBING  FIXTURES 

(1.)  Water-Closets. — The  pupils'  water-closets  for  ele- 
mentary schools  are  wash  down  closets;  siphon  action,  upper 
classes,  16J/^  inches  high;  lower  classes,  1 3|/2  inches  high. 
Teachers'  same  with  raised  rear  vent  1 6J/2  inches  high.  (See 
drawing. ) 

(2.)  Partitions. — To  be  %-inch  V-grooved  hard 
wood  sheathing  applied  vertically,  with  top  and  bottom  rails  of 
same  wood,  supported  at  ends  with  iron  pipe  about  8  feet  high, 
tied  together  and  to  the  wall,  to  wliich  doors  are  hung.  Back 
partition  of  water-closets  to  be  wood  sheathing  over  a  2- foot  slate 
base.  Finish  of  wood  (color)  to  match  that  of  rest  of  building. 
(See  drawing.) 

(3.)  Urinals. — The  urinals  will  be  of  slate,  floor 
slab,  trough  and  back,  with  partitions  where  requested,  flushed 
automatically  from  special  tank,  through  ^-inch  jjerforated  pipe, 
with  cold  water;  vented  at  bottom  into  space  behind.  (See 
drawing.) 

(4.)  Sinks  of  black  slate,  two  self-closing  cocks,  and 
jet  drinking  fountains,  set  20  inches  on  centres.  A  sink  is  de- 
sired for  electrician  unless  there  is  one  near  by. 

(5.)  Floor  Washes  in  sanitaries  and  play-rooms  as  al- 
ready   mentioned.       (See   drawing.) 

(6.)  Piping. —  (a.)  Cast  iron  must  be  laid  on  good 
footing   in   basement,    clean-outs   at   every   change   of   direction, 

271 


Soils  and  vents  exposed  as  far  as  possible,  no  asphaltum,  red 
lead  and  three  coats  of  paint. 

{b.)  Supplies. — Exposed  as  far  as  possible;  where  cov- 
ered may  be  plain  brass,  elsewhere  polished  brass;  no  nickel 
plate.  Hot  water  for  janitor's  use  in  basement,  cooking-room, 
and  for  master's  and  teachers'  room.  Supply  from  boiler  and 
from  summer  boiler,  if  any,  or  from  an  independent  hot  water 
heater.      No  auxiliary  supply  wanted   for  water-closet  tanks. 

(c.)  Fire  Lines. — In  buildings  over  three  stories  high, 
one  or  more  lines  of  3-inch  pipe  if  requested  by  the  Board. 

PLAY-ROOMS 

All  free  basement  space  to  be  arranged  as  play-rooms  for 
boys  and  girls.  Salt-glazed  brick,  7  feet  high,  and  painted  or 
whitewashed  brick  or  stone  walls  above.  Granolithic  floors, 
plaster  ceilings  or  whitewashed  concrete.  Basement  doors  and 
windows  to  have  wire  guards  in  channel  iron  frames ;  guards  to 
be  hinged  and  padlocked.  Doors  are  desired  from  the  play- 
rooms to  the  play-yards.     Areas  at  doors  are  not  desired. 

master's  and  teachers'  rooms 

(1.)  In  each  school  of  the  upper  grades  a  room  of  about 
240  square  feet  for  the  master,  with  a  water-closet  and  bowl 
and  a  book-closet  adjoining.  This  room  should  be  near  the 
centre  of  the  building,  i.  e.,  on  the  second  floor,  in  a  three-story 
building.  In  all  schools  a  room  or  rooms  for  teachers,  averag- 
ing about  300  square  feet  for  ten  teachers,  with  one  water- 
closet  and  bowl.  Doors  to  be  clearly  marked  "Master"  or 
"Teachers"  in  brass  letters  and  one  water-closet  and  bowl  on 
each  floor  of  six  rooms  for  teachers'  emergency. 

(2.)  Where  men  as  well  as  women  are  teachers,  a  sep- 
arate room  with  toilet  accommodations  for  men. 

(3.)  Opportunity  in  teachers'  rooms  for  warming  lun- 
cheon, either  gas  or  electric. 


272 


SPECIAL  ROOMS 

ASSEMBLY    HALLS 

Assembly  halls  should  accommodate  from  400  to  800. 
It  is  not  considered  necessary  to  seat  the  full  number  of  pupils 
in  schools  of  greater  capacity.  The  floor  to  be  level  and  of 
wood  like  class-rooms,  or  linoleum.  The  windows  to  be  fitted 
with  rebated  mouldings  to  take  black  shades,  and  so  designed 
as  to  make  the  op>eration  of  shades  practical  and  simple.  The 
platform  should  be  capable  of  accommodating  one,  or,  in  the 
large  schools,  two  classes,  and  should  have  removable  stepped 
platforms  of  wood  to  take  the  benches.  Galleries  may  be  used 
where  the  hall  is  two  stories  in  height.  Ante-rooms  near  the 
platform  are  desirable,  and  a  connection  from  adjoining  class- 
rooms to  the  ante-rooms  or  directly  to  the  platform.  A  digni- 
fied architectural  treatment  of  the  walls  and  a  studied  color 
scheme  for  walls  and  ceiling  is  exp)ected.  The  lighting,  acoustics 
and  exits  should  be  such  as  belong  to  a  small  lecture  hall. 
Artificial  lighting  to  be  under  control  from  at  least  two  points, 
one  of  which  must  be  near  an  exit.  Electric  outlet  for  30- 
ampere  projection  lantern,  25  feet  from  curtain.  Provide  re- 
cess in  ceiling  over  platform  for  spring-rolled  curtain  1 3  feet 
long.  For  assembly  hall  an  allowance  in  cubing  is  made  by 
the  Board  of  two  class-rooms  for  schools  of  medium  size,  that 
is,  about  sixteen  class-rooms,  2uid  four  class-rooms  for  schools 
of  larger  size,  i.  e.,  over  twenty-four  class-rooms  to  represent  the 
added  area  for  this  purpose. 

MANUAL  TRAINING  ROOMS 

(1.)  Size. — Room,  generally  located  in  basement,  if  floor 
can  be  above  grading,  should  be  approximately  900-1,000 
square  feet,  preferably  a  corner  room,  and  the  larger  of  the 
two  allowed  sizes  of  rooms,  and  arrangement  shown  by  drawing, 
for  number  of  benches  there  given,  25.  In  elementary  schools 
for  boys  only  22  benches  are  sufficient. 

(2.)  Light. — TTie  windows  should  be  as  near  full  length 
as  possible  and  on  two  sides.  Artificial  light  in  chain  pendant 
electric  fixtures,  one  light  to  every  four  benches. 

273 


(3.)      Floors. — Of  wood. 

(4.)  Walls. — A  basement  room  should  be  finished  as 
a  shop;  salt-glazed  brick  up  to  7  feet  where  exposed,  and  above 
blackboard  brick  walls  whitewashed.  If  above  basement,  fin- 
ished as  a  class-room. 

(5.)      Ceilings. — Like  basement. 

(6.)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — The  same  as  in  class- 
rooms.     If  in  basement  provide  some  direct  radiation. 

(7.)  Fittings. — (a.)  Stock-room. — -Stock-room  should 
contain  at  least  80  square  feet,  preferably  long  and  narrow. 
Eighteen-inch  shelves  should  run  around  the  room,  5  feet  6 
inches  and  6  feet  6  inches  from  the  floor. 

(fc.)  Wardrobes. — Wall  space  for  26  double  coat  and 
hat  hooks,  in  a  separate  room. 

(c.)  Teachers'  Closets. — Teachers'  closet  should  be 
small  for  p>ersonal  belongings,  with  shelving  and  hooks  under. 

(d.)  Store-room. — For  finished  work  and  hardware 
should  be  fitted  with  all  shelving  possible ;  an  area  40  square 
feet  is  adequate. 

(e.)  Bookcases. — Like  those  in  class-rooms,  150 
capacity. 

(/.)  Work-raclf. — About  28  feet  long,  made  in  sec- 
tions, 6  feet  6  inches  high  and  2  feet  deep.  The  length  is  to 
take  24  compartments  (equaling  the  number  of  benches)  and 
the  height  the  number  of  divisions  that  use  the  room  (two  each 
day,  five  days,  outside  limit).  Compartments  to  have  numbers 
and  letters  painted.      (For  all  of  these,   see  drawings.) 

(g.)  Sin}(. — A  3-foot  soapstone  sink,  with  hot  and  cold' 
water,  with  drinking  fountain  if  desired. 

(h.)  Display  Frames. — Four  display  frames,  size  and 
position  as  indicated,  of  burlap  over  soft  wood  back,  with  2-inch 
moulding  around. 

(i.)  Demonstration  Steps. — Demonstration  steps  are,  de- 
sired. 

(/'.)  Furniture. — (Not  included  in  the  building  contract.) 
The   furniture  comprises  25  benches  and  stools,  teachers'  desk, 

274 


table  4  feet  by  21/2  feet,  with  unfinished  top,  I  desk  chair  and 
2  common  chairs,  a  clock.  (See  drawing.)  Lay  these  out  on 
preliminary  drawings.  Lower  benches  to  be  set  toward  the  front 
and  nearer  the  windows. 

(^.)  Blackboards. — Provide  about  15  running  feet  of 
slate  blackboards,  4  feet  high. 

(/.)      Clue  Pot. — Provide  electric  or  gas  connections  for 


same. 


COOKING    ROOM 


(1.)  Size. — Should  have  an  area  of  900-1,000  square 
feet,  preferably  a  corner  room  on  top  floor,  but  generally  in  base- 
ment, and  the  larger  of  the  two  allowed  sizes  of  room,  and 
arranged  for  24  stations. 

(2.)  Light. — Windows  as  in  a  class-room,  if  located  in 
a  corner,  from  two  sides.      Artificial  light  as  in  a  class-room. 

(3.)  Walls. — Above  basement,  similar  to  school-rooms, 
blackboards,  4  by  1 0  feet,  back  of  teacher's  desk.  Walls 
painted  in  oils.  A  basement  room  may  have  salt-glazed  brick 
walls  up  to  7  feet  and  painted  brick  above.      (See  drawings.) 

(4.)  Floors. — The  floor  to  be  wood  or  linoleum,  on 
cement,  except  space  occupied  by  ranges,  which  is  tiled. 

(5.)  Ceilings. — Ceilings  like  basement,  or,  if  above  base- 
ment, like  class-rooms. 

(6.)  Heat  and  Ventilation. — Less  heat  is  required  than 
in  a  class-room,  but  the  ventilation  should  be  the  same,  with 
additional  vent  from  the  demonstration  ranges.  Hoods  over 
ranges  if  Board  so  desires. 

(7.)  Fittings. —  (a.)  Wardrobes. — Provision  for  24 
pupils,  double  coat  and  hat  hooks  in  separate  lighted  closet,  and 
teachers'  small  closet. 

(b.)  Work  Benches,  accommodating  24  pupils,  fitted 
with  compartment  for  utensils,  bread-board,  etc.,  a  Bunsen  burner 
with  a  hinged  iron  grille  over  it,  set  on  aluminum  plate  at  each 
station;  benches  arranged  in  the  form  of  ellipse,  or  oblong,  with 
access  to  centre  from  two  sides;  top  of  pine  24  inches  wide;  open 
underneath  and  supported  on  pipe  standards.      One  section  de- 

275 


tached  and  fitted  as  a  demonstration  bench;  a  clear  space  of  4 
feet  all  around.  Dining  table  (furnished  under  another  con- 
tract) is  to  be  set  in  centre.  (See  drawings.)  Lay  these  out 
on  preliminary  drawings  and  include  in  final  drawings  and  con- 
tract. 

(c.)  Dresser. — Ten  feet  long,  in  3  sections,  4  adjustable 
shelves  and  glazed  sliding,  or  hinged  doors  at  top;  one  set  of 
3  drawers  and  2  cupboards  on  lower  part.  A  shelf  should  be 
put  in  each  cupboard  about   1 2  inches  from  top. 

(d.)  Fuel-box. — In  2  compartments,  each  about  24 
inches  square  and  30  inches  deep,  with  hinged  lids;  small  shelf  in 
one  section.  Accommodations  in  the  main  coal-room  for  a 
supply  of  range  coal  and  kindling  wood. 

(e.)      Boolfcase. — Similar  to  those  provided  in  class-rooms. 

(/. )  Sinlf. — Soapstone,  4  feet  long ;  2  cold  and  2  hot 
water  cocks;  soapstone  drip  shelves  24  inches  long,  at  each  end 
of  sink,  provided  with  grease  trap.      Sink  should  be  near  ranges. 

(g.)  Hot  Water  Supply. —  (See  instructions  in  plumb- 
ing.) 

(h.)  Coal  and  Gas  Ranges. — A  six-hole  coal  range  and 
a  similar  gas  range,  with  hood  provided,  and  set  on  a  hearth  pre- 
viously mentioned. 

(i.)  Refrigerator. — Will  be  a  part  of  the  furniture.  Fur- 
nished under  another  contract, 

«► 

SEWING   ROOM 

The  following  is  a  list  of  standard  equipment  adopted  by 
the  School  Committee. 

(Not  to  be  included  in  the  general  contract  for  building.) 

30  Portable   tables    (inserted  yard   measure) .• 
50  Chairs  in  girls'  school* 

and 
30    In   mixed    schools,   varying   in   height    from    14   inches    to   21    inches 
from    floor.* 
1  Glass  show  case  about  8  feet  long,  2}/z  feet  or  3  feet  wide. 
1    Cutting   table,  8   feet   long,   3    feet  wide   and   2    feet   6   inches   high, 
inserted   yard   measure,   3    drawers   in    table,   blackboards,    minimum 
of    30  square   feet. 
Closet  for  teachers'  wraps. 

276 


Stationary  washbowl  with  running  hot  and  cold  water. 
I    7J/2-lb.  electric  iron. 
14-lb.   electric  iron. 
Standard  box  rack  with  box  for  each  girl. 
(See  drawing.) 
I    Sewing  machine  for  500  or   fewer  girls. 
*  Not  required  when  no  regular  "sewing  room"  is  available. 

KINDERGARTEN 

(1.)  Size. — The  rooms  can  be  contained  in  the  space  of 
a  class-room  and  wardrobe,  but  a  sHghtly  larger  area,  800  to 
900  square  feet,  is  desirable,  and  preferably  the  larger  of  the 
two  allowed  sizes  of  room.  They  comprise  a  lafge  room,  a  small 
room,  a  supply  closet,  a  wardrobe  and  a  water-closet.  The  large 
room  should  take  a  16- foot  circle,  regulation  lines  painted  on 
the  floor  with  at  least  4  feet  all  around  it.  (See  drawing.) 
The  small  room,   about  200  square   feet. 

(2.)  Light. — Windows  should  be  as  in  a  class-room,  if 
on  a  corner,  on  both  sides.  Exposure  should  be  sunny.  Artifi- 
cial light  of  the  class-room  type  arranged  for  the  different  rooms. 

(3.)  Doors. — Door  to  corridor  as  in  class-rooms.  Wide 
doors  should  open  from  small  room  into  large  room. 

(4.)  Floors. — Wood  or  linoleum  cemented  onto  concrete 
surface,  with  painted  lines  as  above. 

(5.)  Walls. — As  in  class-rooms,  with  blackboard  as  in 
lower  grades. 

(6.)      Ceilings. — As  in  class-rooms. 

(7.)      Heat  and  Ventilation. — As  in  class-rooms. 

(8.)  Fittings.  (a.)  Wardrobe. — Hooks  for  60,  ar- 
ranged as  in  ordinary  wardrobes. 

(b.)  Teachers'  Closet. — For  clothing  of  two  or  three 
teachers. 

(c.)  Toilet-room. — Immediately  adjoining  with  low- 
down  seat  and  bowl  or  sink. 

d.)      Boof(case. — As  in  lower  grades. 

nurse's  room 

(1.)  Size. — From  200  to  400  square  feet,  according  to 
size  of  school. 

277 


(2.)      Windows. — Outside  light  as  in  class-rooms. 
(3.)      Shades. — Set  to  roll  from  windowsill  upward.     Not 
in  building  contract. 

(4.)  Doors. — One  door  to  corridor,  as  in  class-room, 
marked  "Nurse's  room." 

(5.)  Walls. — Upper  two-thirds  plaster,  smooth  finish, 
round  corners,  painted  with  light  green  oil  paint.  Lower  one- 
third  to  floor,  glazed  white  tile  with  sanitary  base. 

(6.)  Floor. — Terrazzo,  like  corridors  for  first-class  con- 
struction.     CompKJsition    for   second-class. 

(7.)      Heat  and   Ventilation. — As  in  class-rooms. 

(8.)  Light. — Pendant  electroher  with  special  shade. 
Extra  socket  on  body  of  fixture  for  hand  portable. 

(9.)  Nurse's  Closet  for  Supplies. — Size,  3  by  4;  one 
shelf;  6  hooks   for  clothing. 

(10.)  Bath  Tub. — Five- foot  porcelain  enameled  iron, 
hot  and  cold  water,  where  requested  by  Superintendent  of  Nurses. 

(11.)  Bowl. — Enameled  iron,  hot  and  cold  water  fau- 
cets with  shcunpoo  cock.  Hot  water  must  be  available  all  the 
year. 

(12.)  Stove  and  Clock- — ^^s  or  electric  heater  as  in 
teachers'  rooms,  and  a  secondary  clock. 

(13.)  Fittings. —  (Not  in  building  contract.)  (a.) 
Cabinet. — Oak  finish  medical  cabinet,  adopted  as  standard  by 
Schoolhouse  Commission,  (b.)  Stool. — White  enamel  revolv- 
ing stool,  (c.)  Table. — Dressing  table,  white  enamel  frame, 
glass  top  and  shelf;  size,  16  to  20,  rubber  crutch  tips.  (d.) 
Filing  Case  for  Nurse's  Records. — Oak  finish,  to  hold  1,000 
cards,  4  by  6;  lock  and  key;  guide  cards,  (e.)  Writing  Table. 
— Oak  finish,  with  drawer  and  lock;  size,  20  by  30.  (/.) 
Chair. — Oak  to  match  table,  (g.)  Couch. — Flat  frame  oak, 
canvas  adjustable  top.  (h.)  Mirror. — Size,  2|/2  by  3,  set 
over  bowl. 


278 


HIGH  SCHOOLS 

CLASS-ROOMS    AND    RECITATION-ROOMS 

High  school  class-rooms  are  leiid  out  for  classes  of  thirty- 
six  or  forty-two,  generally  the  latter.  A  room  26  feet  by  32 
feet  will  accommodate  forty-two  high  school  desks.  The  larger 
class-rooms  are  to  accommodate  from  sixty  to  eighty  pupils;  the 
larger  number  can  be  acconrunodated  in  a  room  33  feet  8  inches 
by  43  feet.  Recitation-rooms,  which  to  a  certain  extent  will  be 
used  also  as  class-rooms,  should  be  about  16  by  26.  These 
rooms,  if  equipped  with  continuous  desks  and  seats  as  in  a  lecture- 
room,  or  with  double  desks,  such  as  are  to  be  used  in  the  Charles- 
town  High,  would  accommodate  about  thirty  pupils  each.  Lay 
out  desks  in  one  roona  of  each  type  on  preliminary  plans. 

ASSEMBLY  HALL 

For  a  hig^  school  would  not  differ  materially  from  that  already 
described  for  elementary  schools. 

master's  and  teachers'  rooms 

For  accommodation  of  the  principal  there  should  be  an 
outer  office,  that  is,  a  waiting-room  or  reception-room,  and  an 
inner  office,  and  rooms  for  both  men  and  women  teachers,  which 
might  well  be  concentrated  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  reception- 
room  and  the  principal's  room. 

chemistry 

The  Rooms  in  Ceneral  Required. — Laboratory,  separate 
from  lecture-room,  may  be  used  as  recitation-room,  but  better  to 
use  lecture-room  and  keep  laboratory  free  from  desks  and  demon- 
stration table.  Lecture-room,  separate  from  laboratory,  but  easy 
of  access,  may  be  used  for  recitation;  in  that  case  should  have 
facilities  for  demonstration.  Combined  lecture-room  for  physics 
and  chemistry  admissible.  Three  rooms  for  administrative  pur- 
poses, store-room  for  dry  chemicals  and  apparatus,  room  for 
storage  of  liquid  chemicals  and  preparation  of  reagents,  which 
may  also  be  used  as  a  teacher's  laboratory  and  an  office.     The 

279 


total  area  of  the  laboratory  and  administration  rooms  should  be 
about  1 ,200  square  feet  and  of  the  lecture-room  about  600  square 
feet. 

CHEMICAL    LABORATORY 

(1.)  Size. — Should  accommodate  a  class  of  forty  to 
fifty  pupils,  with  apparatus.  Accommodation  for  three  such 
classes. 

(2.)      Light — On  two   sides. 

(3.)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — On  same  basis  as  for 
class-rooms,  but  removal  of  gases  should  also  be  provided  for 
by  a  hood,  each  compartment  of  which  should  be  ventilated  by 
9-inch  hole  at  top,  venting  into  elbow  or  T  of  drain  pipe,  thence 
connected  by  drain  pipe  into  main  flue,  in  which  should  be  a 
fan  operated  by  a  motor. 

(4.)  Walls  and  Ceiling. — Walls  of  brick  ideal,  but  not 
generally  feasible,  except  on  outside  walls;  plaster  walls  painted 
in  oils  and  ceiling  of  plaster,  covered  with  water-resisting  surface 
containing  no  lead.  All  woodwork  to  have  natural  finish,  except 
lops  of  desks. 

(5.)  Floor. — Preferably  of  concrete;  may  be  of  hard- 
wood in  narrow  strips,  filled  in  by  asphalt;  should  slope  very 
slightly  between  desks,  interspaces  again  trending  to  common 
corner,  which  may  be  drained. 

(6.)  Equipment. — Working  desks  at  right  angles  to 
greater  length  of  room,  in  sections  back  to  back  between  win- 
dows; sections  movable  when  top  is  removed.  Each  section  21 
feet  to  24  feet  6  inches  long,  2  feet  wide,  3  feet  to  3  feet  2 
inches  in  height.  Distance  between  double  sections  about  5  feet, 
same  distance  at  least  between  ends  of  sections  and  hood,  which 
should  be  opposite  longer  line  of  windows  and  at  right  angles 
to  direction  of  desk  sections.  Other  ends  of  sections  near  enough 
to  wall  to  allow  for  drain  at  right  angles  to  sections  and  under 
windows.  Desks  to  be  of  ash  or  any  durable  wood,  natural 
finish.  Top  of  narrow  pine  strips,  treated  with  aniline  black 
and  waterproof  lead  finish.  Individual  desks  provided  with  3 
lockers  and  3  sets  of  drawers  each,  each  set  of  drawers  operated 

280 


by  bar  from  locker,  combination  lock  to  fasten  locker.  Each 
double  section  of  desks  provided  with  soapstone  sink,  placed  be- 
tween sections  and  flush  with  section  top,  which  should  slope 
slightly  to  sink.*  Sink  8  inches  wide  at  least,  and  should  begin 
within  I  foot  of  the  end,  toward  hood,  depth  here  to  be  6  inches, 
runnmg  nearly  to  other  end,  where  depth  should  be  8  inches. 
Each  pupil  to  have  working  space  of  3  feet  6  inches  by  1  foot 
8  inches.  Each  double  section  of  desks  provided  with  shelf  for 
reagents,  running  length  of  desk,  10  inches  to  12  inches  above 
desk,  supported  by  metal  standards  at  suitable  intervals,  of  white 
wood,  1  Y4  inches  thick,  9  inches  wide,  natural  finish,  covered 
with  glass  plates,  I/4  inch  thick,  9  inches  wide,  suitable  lengths, 
clamped  to  wooden  shelf  with  as  few  clamps  as  possible.  Wooden 
shelf  at  free  end  of  each  section,  1  inch  to  I  Yl  inches  thick,  3 
feet  to  4  feet  long,  not  over  I  foot  3  inches  wide,  height  of  2 
feet  8  inches  to  2  feet  1 0  inches,  for  holding  blast  lamps,  re- 
agent jars,  etc.  Finish  off  top  of  shelf  in  aniline  black.  Floor 
space  under  second  row  of  windows  taken  up  with  line  of  extra 
desks,  built  like  sections,  furnished  in  similar  way,  but  without 
necessarily  a  drain  to  be  used  for  emergency  or  general  utility. 
Wall  space  not  otherwise  occupied  may  be  used  for  shelves  or 
cabinets.  Fixed  slate  blackboards  at  end  opposite  second  set 
of  windows  and  parallel  to  desk  sections,  sliding  slate  blackboards 
above  hood.  Liquid  waste  may  be  thrown  into  desk  sink,  dry 
waste  into  earthen  jars.  Hood  should  run  at  right  angles  to 
desk  sections  and  along  wall  opposite  free  ends  of  sections.  In 
the  construction  of  hood,  protection  against  fire  should  be  con- 
sidered. Should  be  built  against  brick  wall.  Floor  of  hoods 
to  be  of  slate;  wood,  inside  and  outside,  to  be  finished  natural. 
Space  divided  into  three  or  four  compartments,  closed  by  sliding 
windows.  Space  against  wall  not  occupied  by  hood  for  general 
link. 

(7.)      Cas. — ^Lead  from  gas  main  at   free  end  of  centre 
of  double  desk  sections,  branch  into  two  leads  along  back  of  each 

*  Individual  sinks  are  preferred  by  the  teachers,  although  the  long 
trough  is  apparently  adequate  for  teaching  elementzuy  chemistry,  and  is  less 
cxpensiYc. 

281 


section.  Take-offs  between  each  working  desk  space  in  form 
of  pillar  with  two  '/^-inch  cocks,  at  each  end  desk  a  single  cock. 
Two  J/^-inch  gas  nipples  at  each  side  of  each  compartment  of 
hood.  Cocks  of  these  outside  of  hood.  Wall  desk  fitted  with 
single  gas  taps  at  intervals  of  two  feet. 

(8.)  Water. — Lead  from  water  main  at  free  end  of 
centre  of  double  desk  sections.  Size,  large  enough  to  fill  section 
sink  rapidly.  Lead  of  ordinary  size  along  length  of  section  un- 
derside of  shelf,  take-off  at  free  end  of  section,  to  which  blast 
and  suction  pump  may  be  attached.  At  junction  of  each  four 
working  desk  spaces  take-off,  carrying  two  valves  with  hose  bibb 
delivery  14 -inch,  the  two  valves  or  cocks  facing  oj^wsite  sides. 
Suction  pump  attached  to  these  bibbs  if  desired. 

(9.)  Drains. — Section  desk  sink  to  have  open  drain  and 
mercury  arrester,  into  which  should  be  set  movable  concave  net- 
ting of  wide  mesh  to  arrest  larger  solid  matter.  Main  desk  drain 
at  right  angles  to  sections  along  and  under  wnndows,  between 
windows  and  sections  should  be  in  form  of  wooden  trough,  in 
sections  dovetailed  from  6  inches  to  8  inches  inside  diameter  and 
equally  deep,  covered  with  asphalt  paint  or  filling;  may  be  sup- 
ported on  brackets  against  wall  and  left  open,  or  covered  and 
provided  with  movable  top.  Into  this  drain  will  drip  the  lead 
pipes  coming  from  section  sink.  Slate  floor  of  each  hood  com- 
partment should  deepen  slightly  in  centre,  where  there  should  be 
a  hole  1  inch  in  diameter,  into  which  is  fitted  short  lead  drain 
pipe,  closed  by  perforated  plug;  drain  pipes  to  be  connected  with 
sloping  drain  pipe,  ofjen  or  closed,  running  toward  and  delivering 
into  general  sink.. 

(10.)  Electricity. — Current  of  electricity  on  section  desks 
need  not  exceed  ten  volts,  may  be  supplied  from  source  common 
to  physical  and  chemical  side.  Plugs  between  each  working 
space  placed  under  desk  top  on  frame. 

LECTURE    AND    RECITATION-ROOM 

(1.)  Size. — Area  to  depend  on  number  of  seatings  re- 
quired or  nimiber  of  pupils  in  classes;  should  be  large  enough 

282 


for  two  classes  and  should  occupy  a  position  between  the  labora- 
tories for  physics  and  chemistry, 

(2.)  Light. — As  much  glass  area  as  class-room,  prefer- 
ably from  left.  Fit  windows  and  other  openin'gs  admitting  light 
with  dark  curtains  as  specified  under  Assembly  Hall.  Electric 
lighting  from  top,  controlled  at  point  convenient  to  demonstration 
table. 

(3.)  Floor  stepped  up  in  fireproof  construction  and  fin- 
ished in  wood,  like  floor.  idv  OS  oj  C  ]o  liuato  dno 

(4.)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — As  for  class-rooms,  with 
extra  ventilation  to  remove  fumes.  Space  at  left  end  of  desk 
provided  with  register  and  flue  of  at  least  10  inches  diameter,  to 
afford  means  of  down  draught.  Flue  carried  under  floor  to 
nearest  wall,  flue  and  draught  actuated  by  motor  if  not  sufficient. 

(5.)  Equipment. — Demonstration  table,  not  less  than  12 
feet  long,  not  more  than  3  feet  nor  less  than  30  inches  wide, 
height  32  inches.  Placed  4  feet  distant  from  wall,  material 
same  as  that  of  room,  top  made  of  pine  plank  and  finished  like 
chemical  laboratory  desks.  Pneumatic  sink  at  right  hand  of 
desk,  of  soapstone  in  two  depths.  Not  to  exceed  30  inches 
long,  20  inches  wide.  Depth,  4  inches  to  6  inches  minimum; 
16  inches  to  18  inches  maximum.  Length  of  minimum  depth 
not  to  exceed  60  per  cent  of  total  length.  Sink  to  be  depressed 
in  table  and  provided  with  flush  cover.  Sink  to  have  screened 
drain  with  mercury  trap  and  overflow.  Supply  hot  and  cold 
water  under  reduced  pressure  and  cold  water  under  street  pres- 
sure for  quick  filling,  2  goosenecks  with  ^-inch  hose  bibbs,  to 
one  of  which  combined  blast  and  suction  pump  may  be  attached; 
steam  supply  direct  from  boiler  main  with  a  by-pass  to  summer 
boiler;  supply  gas  air  suction,  and  gas  taps  not  exceeding  6  in 
number.  Over  demonstration  table,  secured  to  ceiling,  provide 
a  plank  with  heavy  screw  hooks.  Behind  lecture  table  provide 
sliding  blackboards  of  not  less  than  50  square  feet,  and  a  can- 
vas curtain  on  heavy  spring  roller  for  attaching  charts.  Drawers 
and  closets  for  lesser  lecture  apparatus  and  chemicals  in  body 
of  table,  wall  on  either  side  provided  with  shelves   for  reagent 

283 


bottles  under  glass,  and  side  wall  provided  with  cabinets  for 
larger  pieces  of  permanent  apparatus,  if  there  is  no  special  room 
for  this.  Lifting  seats  with  desk  for  taking  notes  arranged  on 
platforms,  so  that  the  successive  tiers  will  rise  one  above  the 
other  to  insure  an  unobstructed  view  of  demonstration  table. 
(See  drawing.) 

(6.)  Electricity. — Provide  three  (3)  forms  of  current, 
viz.,  one  circuit  for  direct  current  at  1  10  volts,  30  amperes,  and 
one  circuit  of  5  to  20  volts,  50  amperes,  and  one  circuit  for 
alternating  current  at  110  volts,  30  amperes.  Regulating  rheo- 
stat for  the  5  to  20  volt  direct  current  to  be  located  conveniently 
to  table.  A  50-ampere  ammeter  and  a  125-volt  voltmeter,  both 
with  extra  large  illuminated  dials,  mounted  on  swing  brackets  in 
full  view  of  class  and  instructor;  suitable  means  for  switching 
ammeter  and  voltmeter  to  either  circuit.  Terminate  circuits  in 
non-reversible  push  plug  receptacles.  A  projection  lantern  and 
receptacles  for  same  at  end  of  table  and  at  rear  of  room.  Lantern 
screen  on  spring  roller  at  side  of  room,  width  of  screen  usually 
12  feet,  but  dependent  on  distance  and  lenses  used. 
ADMINISTRATIVE    FACILITIES 

(1.)  Apparatus  Store-room. — Should  give  ample  space 
for  storage  of  extra  and  reserve  apparatus  and  original  packages 
of  stock  chemicals.  These  should  be  kept  in  dust-proof  cabinets 
with  glass  doors  and  in  drawers. 

(2.)  Preparation-room. — This  should  adjoin  the  above. 
Primarily  for  storage  of  liquid  chemicals  in  bulk  and  preparation 
of  liquid  reagents  and  storage  of  supply  bottles,  also  fitted  for 
teacher's  laboratory.  Should  have  wide  centre  table  with  gas 
in  centre,  working  desks,  with  drawers  and  closets  along  two 
sides,  also  gas,  water,  sink,  blast,  suction,  steam  and  electricity. 
Shelves  along  desks  for  storage  of  liquid  chemicals,  supply  bottles 
and  smaller  reagent  bottles.  An  adequate  hood  should  be  pro- 
vided. 

(3.)  Office  and  Balance  Room. — Adjoining  store-room 
and  preparation-room  should  be  small  room  to  contain  desk,  book 
shelves,  table  and  a  good  grade  balance. 

284 


PHYSICAL   LABORATORY 

(I.)  Size. — In  a  space  about  30  by  40  feet.  A  labo- 
ratory, apparatus-room  and  shop. 

(2.)  Light. — The  same  basis  as  for  class-rooms,  one 
wall  having  as  direct  a  southern  exposure  as  possible  for  porte 
lumiere  studies.  Artificial  light  as  in  a  class-room.  Dark  cur- 
tains in  addition  to  regular  shades  for  darkening  room.  Win- 
dows and  all  openings  admitting  light  fitted  as  specified  under 
Assembly  Halls  (page  65). 

(3.)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — On  same  general  basis 
as  for  class-rooms. 

(4.)  Equipment. — Small  laboratory  tables  to  accommo- 
date two  or  four  pupils  at  each,  built  of  hard  wood,  white  pine 
tops,  fitted  with  4  drawers,  supports  and  adjustable  crossbar. 
Wall  tables  around  room  on  sides  where  there  are  windows,  with 
one  or  two  shallow  drawers  under,  but  not  deep  enough  to  inter- 
fere with  comfort  of  pupil.  Soapstone  drip  sinks  with  cold 
water  to  be  provided  at  these  tables,  one  to  every  six  or  eight 
pupils.  Instructor's  table,  fitted  with  hot  and  cold  water,  Rich- 
ards' pump,  numerous  cupboards  and  drawers  of  various  depths 
and  widths.  Two-inch  plank  bolted  to  ceiling  over  this  table, 
with  space  of  2  or  3  inches  between  plank  and  ceiling  for  attach- 
ment of  pendulums  and  other  apparatus.  Provide  electric  out- 
let for  stereopticon  and  screen  for  same. 

(5.)  Furniture. — Provide  adjustable  stools  for  all  the 
tables  and  a  sufficient  number  of  tablet  arm  chairs  to  accommo- 
date the  entire  division  during  demonstration  exercises.  Chairs 
to  be  placed  in  rectangle  formed  by  pupils'  tables  emd  demon- 
stration table.  These  are  not  in  building  contract,  but  to  be 
laid  out  on  preliminary  plans. 

(6.)  Electricity. — One  outlet  for  direct  current  at  110 
volts  E.  M.  F.  and  30-ampere  capacity.  One  outlet  for  direct 
current  at  low  voltage  with  regulator  conveniently  located.  One 
outlet  for  alternating  current  at  1  1 0  volts  E.  M.  F.  and  30- 
ampere  capacity.  One  outlet  for  each  kind  of  current  at  demon- 
stration table,  to  be  single  pole  push  plugs  instead  of  binding 

285 


posts.  Series  and  multiple  connections  at  each  pupil's  table. 
Switch  in  laboratory  to  cut  out  pupils'  tables. 

(7.)  Gas. — Pupils'  tables  to  be  equipped  with  gas,  4 
cocks  to  each  table.  Wall  tables  to  be  equipped  with  gas. 
Demonstration  table  to  be  provided  with  gas. 

(8.)  Bulletin  Board. — 25  to  50  square  feet  of  bulletin 
board,  covered  with  burlap,  secured  at  edges,  but  not  glued  on 
like  wall  paper. 

(9.)  Blackboards. — ^As  much  blackboard  space  as  pos- 
sible.     Sliding  blackboards  back  of  demonstration  tables. 

APPARATUS-ROOMS 

(1.)  Size. — One  large  or  several  small  rooms,  to  opeii 
directly  out  of  laboratory,  and  connected  with  lecture-room. 

(2.)  Equipment. — To  be  fitted  with  dust-tight  cases  with 
adjustable  shelves  and  sliding  glass  doors,  7  feet  high;  cabinets 
of  drawers  of  various  widths  and  depths,  mostly  narrow  and 
shallow.  Some  of  these  cases  may  be  in  the  laboratory  if  there 
is  sufficient  wall  space.  A  small  sink  and  hood  should  be  pro- 
vided. 

SHOP 

A  small  shop  is  desirable,  though  not  absolutely  necessary. 
This  should  be  equipped  with  work  bench,  power  lathe,  belted  to 
motor  generator,  and  shelving  for  tools  and  stock,  and  may  be 
set  up  in  apparatus-room. 

BOTANICAL  AND  ZOOLOGICAL  LABORATORY 

( 1 . )  Size. — In  a  space  about  30  by  40  feet.  Labora- 
tory and  apparatus-room. 

(2.)  Light. — ^Windows  the  same  as  for  class-rooms,  one 
wall  with  southern  exposure.     Artificial  light  as  in  class-rooms. 

(3.)  Equipment. —  (a).  Twenty-one  pupils'  tables,  54 
inches  by  24  inches  by  30  inches  high,  each  to  accommodate  two 
pupils,  to  have  plate  glass  tops. 

(b.)  Soapstone  sink,  72  inches  by  30  inches,  10  inches 
deep,  accessible  on  all  sides.  Supply  with  cold  water,  about  8 
bibbs  and  2  hose  bibb  cocks. 

286 


(c.)  One  aquarium,  30  inches  long,  20  inches  wide  and 
20  inches  high,  with  supply,  gooseneck  cock  with  aspirator  and 
standing  waste. 

(d.)      Ice  chest,  36  inches  by  24  inches. 

(e.)  Cases  built  wherever  practicable.  Three  sections  to 
contain  42  pigeonholes,  3  inches  by  3  inches  by  8  inches,  for 
storage  of  instruments.  A  liberal  supply  of  cases  to  contain 
drawers  and  cupboards  in  lower  compartment,  and  shelves  above, 
for  exhibition  of  specimens,  storage  of  material,  instruments,  books, 
charts,  etc. 

(4.)  Furniture. — Forty-two  adjustable  screw  revolving 
chairs,  not  in  building  contract. 

GYMNASIUM   AND  DRILL   HALL 

(1.)  To  be  used  in  common  for  gymnasium  exercises, 
athletic  games  and  the  drilling  of  the  school  cadets.  On  account 
of  its  size  and  for  structural  conditions  to  be  generally  located 
in  the  basement,  with  clear  span  of  ceiling  auid  combined  height 
of  basement  and  first  story.  Visitors'  gallery  generally  provided 
at  one  end,  entered  from  first  floor. 

(2.)  Size. — The  classes  exercising  in  the  gymnasium  are 
from  fifty  to  one  hundred,  and  a  suitable  floor  space  for  this 
number,  as  well  as  floor  space  for  a  full  company  of  cadets  at 
drill,  is  from  3,750  to  4,000  square  feet.  The  height  should 
not  be  less  than  24  feet. 

(3.)  Light. — Ample  outside  light  in  all  cases.  Elec- 
tric light  from  ceiling  protected  with  wire  guards. 

(4.)  Heat  and  Ventilation. — The  former  sufficient  to 
guarantee  a  temperature  of  about  60  degrees,  and  about  twice 
as  much  ventilation  as  is  customary  for  the  ordinary  class-room. 
This  is,  of  course,  insufficient  for  the  number  of  people  who  might 
occasionally  occupy  the  gymnasium  for  exhibitions,  but  it  is 
more  than  enough  for  the  ordinary  number  using  it  for  class 
exercises. 


287 


(5.)  Equipment. — The  standard  gymnastic  apparatus 
consists  of  the  following  fixtures,  which  may  be  slightly  modified 
in  particular  cases: 

23  Bar  stalls. 

25  Bar  stall  benches. 

2  Double  booms. 

2  Saddles. 
20  Vertical  ropes. 

2  Serpentine  ladders. 

2   Boxes,    1    horse. 
12  Balance  boards. 

2  4  by  7  mats. 

2  5  by  10  mats. 

4  Pairs  jumping  standards  and  ropes. 

2  Pairs  basket  ball   goals. 

3  Basket   balls. 

4  2j/2-lb.  medicine  balls. 
16  2-lb.   medicine   balls. 

4  Indoor   baseballs   and   bats. 

1    Fairbanks   scale. 

I    Water  spirometer. 

1    Tape  measure. 

1    Dozen  glass  mouthpieces. 

24  Bean  bags. 

1  Truck  to  carry  mats. 

100  Pairs    ^-Ib.    Indian    clubs. 

2  Jump  boards. 

I    Shoulder   caliper. 
100  Solid  rubber  bounding  balls,  2'/^  in.  diameter. 
100  Pairs   ^-Ib.   dumb-bells. 
100  Wands  %-in.   in   diameter. 

(6.)  Cun  Racl(s. — Racks  for  holding  the  guns  carried 
by  the  cadets  should  be  provided  on  walls.  These  racks  should 
be  protected  by  locked  doors. 

(7.)  Special  Rooms. — Adjoining  gymnasium  and  drill 
hall  two  small  rooms  about  1 0  feet  square  should  be  provided 
for  school  matron  and  director  of  gymnasium. 

(8.)  Dressing-rooms,  Baths  and  Lockers. —  (a.)  Sys- 
tem.— The  clothing  of  all  the  pupils  is  in  a  central  locker-room, 
each  suit  being  numbered,  and  all  being  under  the  control  of 
the  attendarft  in  charge.  Dressing-rooms  are  provided  in  num- 
ber equivalent  to  the  number  of  a  class.  A  class  coming  for 
exercise  are  given  their  gymnasium  clothing  and  keys  to  dressing- 
rooms,   which  they  lock  behind   them   when   exercismg.     After 

288 


exercise  they  can  take  a  shower  bath.  When  dressed  the  dress- 
ing-room keys  are  given  up,  but  the  gymnasium  clothing  is  left 
to  be  gathered  up  by  the  attendant.  The  clothing  is  carried 
to  the  dry-room,  and  when  dried  each  set  is  put  back  in  its  proper 
pigeonhole. 

(b.)  Locffers. — The  locker-room  is  controlled  by  the  at- 
tendant, and  contains  pigeonholes,  1 0-inch  cube,  one  for  each 
pupil  in  the  school,  and  a  counter  over  which  to  deliver  the  cloth- 
ing. Adjoining  this  is  the  dry-room,  capable  of  being  heated 
to  a  high  temperature  and  thoroughly  ventilated.  This  is  fitted 
with  hooks  and  clothesline. 

(c.)  Dressing-rooms. — The  dressing-rooms  are  small 
cabins,  about  3  feet  square,  with  a  locked  door,  a  seat  and  hooks. 

(J.)  Showers. — The  shower  baths  are  3  feet  square, 
divided  by  slate  partitions,  similar  to  those  for  water-closets,  each 
having  a  bar  at  the  front,  over  which  a  cotton  sheet  can  be 
dropped.      Each  compartment  has  two  sprays  in  ojjposite  corners. 

MANUAL  ARTS-ROOM 

Rooms  shall  be  provided  for  drawing,  and  in  boys'  schools 
for  shop  work  in  addition. 

(I.)  Size. — The  space  for  each  subject  should  be  about 
1,500  to    1,800  square  feet. 

(2.)  Light. — Windows  and  artificial  light  by  special 
fixtures.      North   light   preferable   in   the   drawing-rooms. 

(3.)     Floors. — Of  wood. 

(4.)      Walls. — As  in  a  manual  training  room. 

(5.)      Ceilings. — As  in  a  manual  training  room. 

(6.)  Heating  and  Ventilation. — Same  as  in  manual 
training  rooms. 

(7.)  StocI(-rooTn. — The  lumber  stock-room  should  con- 
tain at  least  80  square  feet,  and  preferably  be  long  and  narrow. 
Shelves  as  directed. 

(8.)       Teachers'  Closets. — As  in  manual  training  room. 

(9.)  Fittings. —  (a.)  Bookcases,  like  those  in  class- 
rooms, 1 50  capacity. 


(fc.)  Cases. — For  work  in  process,  extra  tools,  supplies, 
drawing  boards,  models,  paper,  finished  drawings,  etc.  (For 
all  of  these  get  directions  and  see  former  High  School  drawings.) 
ffl  (c.)  Display  Frames. — Size  and  position  as  directed,  to 
be  of  burlap  over  soft  wood  back  with  2-inch  moulding  around. 

(d.)  Sinli. — A  5-foot  sink,  with  hot  and  cold  water, 
fountains  as  directed. 

(10.)  Equipment  of  Free-hand  Drawing-room. — Pro- 
vide at  least  25  oak  drawing  tables  of  approved  type  to  be  used 
by  boys  and  girls  in  common. 

(11.)  Equipment  for  Mechanical  Drawing-room. — (For 
boys  only.)  See  Appendix  XII.  and  former  High  School  draw- 
ings. 

(12.)  Equipment  of  Woodworking  Rooms. —  (For  boys 
only.)  Provide  at  least  20  cabinet  benches  of  approved  type 
with  quick  action,  iron  vises.  Provide  glue  pot  with  electric  or 
gas  connections  as  directed.      Machinery  if  directed. 

(13.)  Equipment  of  Metal- wording  Room. —  (For  boys 
only. )  Six  double  benches  8  feet  by  2  feet,  fitted  with  1 2  Pren- 
tiss iron  vises,  3 '/i -inch  jaw;  wall  bench  fitted  with  10  stations, 
tool  drawers  and  5  Bower's  tool  holders;  one  '/^-inch  gas  hose 
cock  terminal  above  each  bench  station;  2  gas  blast  burners,  1 
large,  I  small;  metal-covered  bench  with  ventilated  hood;  1 
muffle  furnace,  ventilated ;  1  drill ;  1  grindstone ;  1  pair  bench 
shears.      Machinery  if  directed. 

(14.)      Motor. — If  directed. 

(15.)  Blackboards. — For  each  class-room  for  above 
subjects  provide  about  1  5  running  feet  of  slate  blackboard  4 
feet  high. 

HOUSEHOLD  SCIENCE 

(1.)  Size. — The  space  should  be  about  1,200  square 
feet,  and  should  accommodate  the  kitchen,  two  small  rooms  for 
showing  the  care  of  a  dining-room  and  of  a  bedroom,  and  a 
china  closet  and  pantry. 

(2.)  Light,  Heat,  etc. — TTie  same  as  that  for  other 
rooms,  with  additional  ventilation  in  the  kitchen. 

290 


(3.)  Equipment. — The  kitchen  to  contain  an  equipment 
as  may  be  decided  upon  by  the  Board  after  consultation;  a 
kitchen  pantry  fitted  with  shelving  and  a  china  closet  fitted  with 
a  sink;  drawers,  cupboards  and  shelves  enclosed  with  glass  doors. 
The  dining-room  and  bedroom  simply  finished  rooms,  having  no 
equipment  except  the  furniture. 

tUNCH-ROOMS 

(1.)  In  Ccneral. — The  lunch-rooms  in  Boston  schools 
have  usually  been  located  in  the  basement,  and  where  these  are 
high  and  well  lighted  this  location  seems  to  serve  satisfactorily, 
rhey  should,  however,  have  the  special  ventilation  that  is  pro- 
vided in  a  basement  cooking-room.  In  size  they  should  accom- 
modate comfortably,  seated  at  benches  or  small  tables,  that  pro- 
portion of  the  pupils  in  the  school  which  takes  advantage  of  the 
luncheon  facilities. 

(2.)  Equipment. — (a.)  The  counter  should  be  set  at 
height  as  required,  and  should  have  a  rail  2  feet  from  it,  with 
openings  at  intervals,  to  keep  children  in  single  file,  and  there 
should  be  accommodation  under  the  counter  for  dishes. 

(fe.)  Range. — A  six-hole  gas  range,  with  ample  oven 
space. 

(c.)      Slnl(s. — ^Two  good-sized  soapstone  sinks. 

(d.)  Ice-box. — Of  sufficient  size  to  take  care  of  milk 
supply. 

(e.)  Lockers. — Sufficient  to  care  for  the  clothing  of  the 
attendants,  and  for  mops  and  brooms,  etc.  These  should  not  be 
under  the  counter  or  near  any  place  where  food  is  kept. 

(/.)  Furniture. — In  some  cases  the  children  are  provided 
with  camp  chairs  and  small  round  tables  to  seat  four.  In  others 
ordinary  school  benches  have  been  provided.  Both  seem  fairly 
satisfactory  in  operation. 

LIBRARY 

A  space  equivalent  to  a  small  class-room  is  ample  for 
library  purposes.  The  book  accommodation  will  depend  some- 
what on  the  size  of  the  school.      The  library  is  planned  as  a 

2»i' 


reading-room,   that  is,  with  the  books  in  the  room   and  not  in 
a  separate  stack-room. 

WARDROBES 
(I.)  In  high  schools  common  wardrobes  are — one  for 
boys  and  one  for  girls — advised  for  all  the  clothing,  situated  on 
the  lower  floor  to  avoid  bringing  dirt  into  the  upper  floors.  There 
being  an  attendant  on  the  lower  floor,  the  room,  as  a  whole, 
can  be  locked  up. 

(2.)      Light. — The   rooms  should  have  outside   light. 
(3.)      Heat  and   Ventilation. — This  should  be  thoroughly 
well  heated  and  ventilated  similar  to  class-rooms. 

(4.)  Equipment. — The  poles,  hooks,  etc.,  will  be  simi- 
lar to  those  used  in  other  schools,  but  more  space  should  be  given 
the  girls,  /.  e.,  about  1  foot  6  inches  on  centre.  It  has  been 
found  desirable  to  have  some  locked  pigeonholes,  20  by  20  by 
1 2  inches. 

ELECTRIC   WORK 
(1.)      Service. — This  should  enter  basement  underground 
at  location  to  be  determined  by  reference  to  street  mains,   and 
should  terminate  on  a  switchboard  located  in  a  fireproof  closet, 
o{>ening  if  possible  into  the  basement  corridor. 

(2.)  Conduits. — All  wires  to  be  run  in  iron  conduit  con- 
cealed, except  conduits  for  mains  in  basement,  and  side  outlets 
in  boiler,  engine  and  stack-rooms.  Tap  circuit  conduits  to  be 
run  above  rough  floor  wherever  possible.  If  floor  construction 
will  not  allow  this,  they  are  to  be  run  below  floor  beams  and 
above  ceiling,  a  space  of  2  inches  being  left  in  which  they  can 
be  run. 

(3.)  Wife  Slot. — Obtain  from  electrical  division  the 
location  of  slots  and  openings  for  conduits  and  panel  boards. 

(4.)  Cabinets. — All  cabinets  to  be  furnished  by  wiring 
contractor,  but  finished  by  the  general  contractor. 

(5.)  Cutting. — All  cutting  and  patching  to  be  done  by 
the  general  contractor. 

(6.)  Outlets. — Class-rooms  to  be  provided  with  nine 
four-light  ceiling  outlets,   controlled  by  three  switches.      Ward- 

292 


robes  to  have  one  ceiling  outlet,  controlled  by  switch  in  class- 
room. Corridors  to  be  lighted  from  ceiling  wherever  possible. 
Height  of  side  outlets  in  rooms  and  corridors  to  be  6  feet  6 
inches.  Switch  outlets  in  class-rooms  to  be  6  feet,  elsewhere  4 
feet.  Switches  in  corridors,  play-rooms  and  pupils'  toilet-rooms 
to  be  operated  by  private  key.  In  lower  elementary  schools 
omit  all  electric  lighting  in  class-rooms.  Basement  and  corridor 
lighting  to  be  installed  as  directed  by  the  Board, 

(7.)  Fixtures. — Fixtures  in  class-rooms  to  be  of  special 
design  to  combine  a  direct  and  diffused  light. 

(8.)  Gas. — Gas  outlets  to  be  provided  in  all  corridors, 
vestibules,  stairways,  boiler-room  and  assembly  hall  exits;  all 
to  be  wall  outlets.  Gas-piping  to  be  included  in  the  electrical 
engineer's  work. 

(9.)  Stereopticon. — All  grammar  schools  and  high 
schools  to  be  provided  with  an  electric  projection  lantern  with 
reflectoscope  attachment. 

(10.)  ClocJfs  and  Bells. — All  schools  to  be  provided 
with  an  electric  system  of  clocks,  operated  by  a  master  clock. 
All  primary  schools  to  be  provided  with  a  system  of  signal  bells, 
operated  by  push  buttons.  In  all  grammar  and  high  schools 
the  bell  system  to  be  operated  automatically  by  master  clocks, 
according  to  prearranged  program. 

(II,)  Telephones. — In  all  schools,  each  class-room,  hall, 
teachers'  room  and  boiler-room  to  be  connected  to  master's  office, 
or  to  room  occupied  by  the  first  assistant,  by  a  telephone  system. 

In  lower  elementary  schools  omit  class-room  telephones  ex- 
cept in  first  assistant's  room,  boiler-room  and  one  corridor. 

Note. — Drawings  showing  special   fittings   for  both  plumbing  and   inte- 
rior fittings  will  be  found  in  Appendices  X1I„  XIII,  and  XIV, 


EQUIPMENT  DETAILS 

On  the  following  twenty-one  pages  are  illustrated  various 
tested  and  standard  equipment  details  for  public  schools.  The 
Boston  detail  plates  axe  reproduced  by  perinission  from  the 
latest  annual  report  of  The  Boston  School  House  Commission, 
and  represent  the  standard  requirements  of  the  city  of  Boston 
for  several  years  past.  The  other  details  shown  are  in  line 
with  the  latest  and  best  practice  elsewhere. 


2»i 


TWO  ILLUSTRATIONS  OF  BLOWER  SYSTEMS. 
Courtesy  of  The  American  Blower  Co.,  Detroit. 
Note. — The  fan  or  blower  is  contained  in  the  circular  shaped  hous- 
ing or  casing.     The  upper  illustration  shows  overhead  delivery  of 
hot  air.     The  lower  shows  sub-basement  floor  ducts  for  the  deliv- 
ery of  hot  air. 

295 


ILLUSTRATION  OF  MODERN  BLOWER  SYSTEM. 

Courtesy  of  The  American  Radiator  Co. 

The  large  rectangular  housing  or  boxes  contain  Hot  "Vento" 
steam  coils,  and  the  curved  housing  contains  the  fan  or  blower. 
Cold  air  is  drawn  through  the  coils  by  the  fan  and  forced  thence 
out  through  the  large  ducts  shown,  into  all  parts  of  the  building. 


296 


WARDROBE -FITTINGS" 

c-y\^rrm*.         SCALE    »i*-\FO0T 
_    Moouma  To  ttfN«.«s^,^ 

OCT 


9 HOOK* 


Bkacksts  ro^  HiftM-scMoet:*. 


t- 


"DE.TAIL.0F  C1_0TMBS  -pOtCS     USED  WHtn 
AUU  SIDE'S   OF  WAKD-RO-fcES   AH.E     OTlUXEO. 

Bo>5TON  Public  Schools 


297 


BOSTON  PUBLIC  5CH00LS 
•LECTURE- 


Y^\l;f 


DEMOMl 
Fin 


FiM.  FLooM, 


SECTION  -TV!  ROUGH 
PUPILS  •    OKSK   AXO   CHAIR.- 
SEE -Pi.  AN-  BCJUOV/- 


Relisooji 


1&     <;  o  X  fc     «C ' 


•P    L.A.A4 
•WiNdcWS-AT-  R£AJt.-  OP-  ROOM  • 


R.OOM- 


298 


Boston  Public  .schools 
•CHEAIICAL- 


lABOPATODY- 


•  6«««<M     Ovift.  Tiu>u^ 


ScALV.  Feet 


0  ,       .s- 

I  I  1 1 1 1 


a  5"         3o 


299 


PUPILSTABLE- 


•  SecfioN- A- A- 


CHEMICAL-LAbDR^SDGY- 


soo 


'  I  N5TR.UCIDRS  TAbLE- 


Si  OB..     .ELE-VATION* 


IN-  CHEMICAL- 


FROAJT.      •E-l-EVATlO/S. 


•AND-   -PHYSICAL- 

'*  \X^  ^.M«acu«.v. Rings  CLp,«,  «>,..,< 

J.-^Aj'^-^      /  Sl^TC.  SL4»  FOR.     _         'y^fe^B'-.Pmos 


1^  EUcAF(y,RffrJS— =_—_—_ 
L&£ f  ll-PlNE-TOPfc  ji 


^f^ 


^  [  jj IW  <  fV  maps  and  O^gTSBEloh 


I2.-0" 

^5QAPSTONE.SlNK  .  PJ_AM» 


bORATORlES- 


U 


in It 


'SECTION- A- B-         •Sa.C.yiOH'CO' 


Boston  Public  5chool6 


391 


CITY  or  BOTTOM 
•DE^^I5rI3/snWTAbLE 


^Fo«  Quick 


.!Tfc 


c   c    a;  a 


Z'-8* 


^•|i 


ir 


J u 


fT' 


f  5 


L.™J 


\' 


i'-9" 


rCTUC^-DDOM- 


302 


•  PUPILS  ..TABLE- 

BosTONa  ja-Publi  c    a  Schools 


J         WHITE  PINE  TOP 
ftALANCE  OF  -maL; 


.£  WMfTt  < 


■3ECTIO/4. 


CZSE 


PHY51CAL-    n 


-Vl-:-   M 


) TABLES  LIKE  THIS 


':^-v 


f^ 


-k±: 


1^ 


it 


^^!V- 


^ 


Fl^4  FlcX>B.> 


>FROA4T.    .ELtVATlON- 


tLEC 


OOUBL6_^J^I, 
CftiTtRMlHAU  tl 


"**  OOOBLt. 

CASttRMINAL 


•PLAM. 


LAEOa^aDRY- 


303 


PUP1L5 -TABLE' 

AND  •  MAR-BLE-aAiK- 


i^k. 


Pl^\TE  CLASS-TOP        j  t|  I 


,_  •BOrA\'ICAL 

^/S  PLA"^  CLASS  CP-OU/^D 


^vvHiTE.  Pine.-  "J< 


-h- 


H 


AM  D  •  ZOOLOGlG\L-  ■ 

lo'-o"  — * 


I      A.  to"  SH&LP 


3^ 


A       ^.^--.^'^°'^-^-.__a>^L_^ 


•LAbOR^oaV- 


304 


...•DR.AW1NG-RDOM- 


■Doors  hehe.  same  as 
•  OTVtoi-coMPArrME/s-rs 


Boston  Public  Schools 


Ik    fr^ 


•  SEcncvv 


CASE-FOR:D[^\^/SG-E£AeD5' 


MOD  EL- STAND 

•E-LE-VATIOAl. 


B 


& 


' f 


R(pCH!OTQN-b^ 


»:ito/<T- 


DUDILST^^BLE- 


305 


°MANUAL»TEAININQ°ROOM 

SCALE  )k'<6'i  -  I  FOOT 

BOSTOKr  PUBLIC  sSCHOOLS 


v/iNWwa  on  thi-s  side 


t  0*0M*TIAT 


M 


TtACHtM    MSK. 


KATIi  H  •WCM 


o  n  n  □  □ 

o  n  □  □  □ 

□  □  □  □  □ 

n  □  □  □  □ 

n  □  □  □  □ 

n  n  □  □  □ 


STOCK.  CA.«(.«    mmM.  ttmii 


Stock.  Room 
AKJMk  90  %m  "FT 


1= 


TtACHlM  CLMCT 


Plan   of  manual  training  Mom  scalr  f' '  Foot 


u^f/y^,^^^/  /y^A^y/y^/y/^y,  '^^j///^/7^yy//^. 


^ 


COMPARTMENTS-  lOTItRS  HiOh 
5' TO  12"  WIDE  -  t'roJ'MlOH. 
Z-li'tEEP.IHSIfE 


>>/.'/^y^/'//^/y^^^y/^j'/  /ryy//^//y 


DETAIL  OF    STOCK   CASES 


ja-    .T»r««l«r  To  H»»l.. 

1^         MlllT«BAU 


.-FMHT*   To 

LIFT  OoT 

TIM*  ^».«h7» 
TO  Cov»ft.  ««T 
OVKK.    6  secTiotn 
xn  lCngtm 
2  KHee*  T« 

■  ACH     BdAUk. 


306 


COOKING-ROOMO-HTTINGS- 

.SCALE.  ■^"  -^  R  •  lyOQT i 

'  -^  I  I  ^ 

^^5^^(u»   C ~— ' — ■ ' — *^-* 


.,J^ 


Coc  <  mo 


A A 


B05TON  Public  Schools 


WmDOYV*   OH    THIS  •Ilir- 


1 


1 


m^^n^.^l 


?u^M    OF   coo w not  t<.ootn 


307 


SLATE -^INK' 


^  feiiAcxan  fMWrma      *eik  i.AK«a  Sinks         '' 

INMSSMSNT-re  •«  eBTAlHlD  fU<cr4  SC H m D UIA  H  Stkcipicatioms- 

•SLATE-UR.INAL- 


r^s.^nasr 


^ 


"■*■'—■ — '"-fninfufiiii 

5-0- 


•SECTiOAl. 


•EuevA-noAi. 


Boston  Public  Schools 


308 


LAVATORY-  BOWLS- 


•ELEVAnON  -l^AN 
•CORNER,-      •CORNER-- 

■••<A»STH»r 


•  PLAN. 


-SIDE:. 


•tJLEVAttON- 


•H1NGE5 

•WATER-        -J 
C105ET- DOORS 


'Ei-EVAnoyH- 


5Ecncv4 


•  5'scC&5 


£L£yAnaNO^ 
SHOWING  • 


Boston  Schools 


BRASS  •HINCE.S* 


309 


Note:  The  illustrations  on  this  and  the  next  five  pages 
are  equipment  details  employed  in  the  author's  practice,  and 
have  been   found  complete  and  satisfactory. 


-- 

h 

z 

DOOR 

i 
1 

1 
) 

^^zOl 


TT30MT    ELEVATIOM 


>1      C>A    COWMC^CTlOMS 
OM      HOT  WATtR  HCRE. 
'I      COLX>  WATeC  AMD  CrO^itrii 

Ir  &URnE.l%  on  other  itj} 
ji  V«'ATKR  iUPPOC  PIPEi 
'  i\       ^"r»lAI-ieT£R. 


PI_AM  AT  D 


PLAN  ATC 


TXE»LE.i>   in  Chemical  Laboratorv 


310 


p3 


r*! 


P 


311 


Hi  " 


It 

1  - 


I 

0 
0 

a. 

ai 

a 

D 
u 

(U 

_l 

J 

< 

u 

r  I 

0   Hi 

lU     I 

J  - 

UJ    uJ 

z 

0 

i; 

r 

0 

I 
aJ 


V  sssssssss^sissssss^ ; 


^^^^S^^J 


Ssss^ 


!• 


3 

n 


L. 


._i 


312 


h 


5 


D  < 

3| 


Vi 


313 


\.o-. 


OK  COPPftK 
»01.-T» 


i-ecb   OF  bCAfc;>  PIPE 

'I'-lROM  F'lPE  Sl^E. 
fX7-f-OC. 


xi.       >i-oo».  -•^ 


&E.CTIOM  CLEVATION 

E>EricH  Fob  Physic au  l_AK>oR>KTOTjj«r 


COAT   RACKS     IM    HAUL.b 


314 


CHAI_K  TROUGHS 


315 


REFERENCE  TABLES 

The  following  tables  are  supplied  to  facilitate  the  designer's 
work  in  planning  school  buildings,  and  not  with  any  idea  of 
covering  the  engineering  needs  of  architects'  offices.  It  is  be- 
lieved that  the  tables  given  cover  all  ordinary  requirements  in 
school  house  planning — up  to  the  engineering  stage — and  in- 
cluding the  simpler  engineering  problems. 

By  the  use  of  these  tables,  the  size  of  all  flues,  chimneys, 
heating  and  ventilating  ducts,  etc.,  may  be  obtained  almost  in- 
stantly, the  required  conditions  being  known;  also  nearly  all  other 
preliminary  data  needed  in  working  out  the  heating  and  venti- 
lating   systems    of    school    buildings. 


316 


DIAMETERS    OF 

CIRCLES. 

CIRCUMFERENCES.    AREAS,    SQl 

;ares. 

CUBES 

,    SQUARE 

ROOTS    AND    CUBE    ROOTS. 

No.  or 
Diameter. 

Circumfer- 

Circular 
Area. 

Square. 

Cube. 

Square  Root. 

Cube  Root. 

1 

3:i41C 

0.7854 

1 

1 

1.000 

1.000 

3 

6.2832 

3.1416 

4 

8 

1.414 

1.359 

3 

9.4248 

7.0680 

9 

37 

1.733 

1.443 

4 

12.67 

12.57 

16 

64 

2.000 

1.587 

5 

1571 

19.63 

25 

125 

2.236 

1.709 

6 

18.85 

28.27 

3G 

216 

2.449 

1.817 

7 

21.99 

38.48 

49 

343 

2.645 

1.913 

8 

25.13 

50.27 

64 

512 

2.828 

2.000 

9 

28.27 

63.62 

81 

729 

3.000 

2.080 

10 

31.42 

78.54 

100 

1,000 

3.162 

2.154 

n 

34.56 

95.03 

121 

1,331 

3.316 

2.223 

13 

37.70 

113.10 

144 

1,728 

3.464 

2.289 

13 

40.84 

132.73 

169 

2.197 

3.605 

3.351 

14 

43.98 

153.94 

196 

2  744 

3.741 

3.410 

15 

47.12 

176.71 

225 

3,375 

3.873 

3.466 

IC 

50.26 

201.00 

256 

4.096 

4.000 

3.519 

17 

53.41 

226.93 

289 

4,913 

4.123 

3.571 

l8 

50.55 

254.47 

324 

5,832 

4.343 

2.620 

19 

59.69 

283.53 

361 

6,859 

4.358 

2.668 

20 

03.83 

314.1C 

400 

8.000 

4.472 

2.714 

21 

65.97 

346.30 

441 

9.261 

4.582 

2.758 

22 

69.11 

380.13 

484 

10.648 

4.690 

2.802 

23 

72.26 

415.48 

529 

12,167 

4.795 

3.843 

24 

75.40 

452.39 

576 

13,824 

4.898 

3.884 

25 

78.54 

490.87 

635 

15.635 

5.000 

3.924 

26 

81.68 

530.93 

676 

17,576 

5.099 

2.962 

27 

84.82 

512JX 

739 

19,683 

5.196 

3.000 

28 

87.96 

615.75 

784 

21,952 

5.291 

3.036 

20 

91.11 

660  53 

841 

24,389 

5.385 

8.072 

30 

94.25 

706.86 

900 

27.000 

5.477 

3.107 

31 

97.39 

754.77 

961 

29,791 

5.567 

3.141 

32 

100.53 

804.25 

1,024 

32,708 

5.656 

3.174 

33 

103.67 

855.30 

1,089 

35,937 

5.714 

3.307 

34 

106.81 

907.92 

1.156 

39,304 

5.830 

3.339 

35 

109.96 

962J1 

1,225 

42,875 

5.916 

3.371 

30 

113.10 

1,017.88 

1,296 

46,656 

6.000 

3301 

37 

116.34 

1,075.21 

1,369 

50,653 

6.083 

3.333 

38 

119.38 

1.134.11 

1,444 

54,872 

6.164 

3.361 

39 

122.52 

1,194.59 

1,.521 

59,319 

6.344 

3.891 

40 

125.66 

1.256.64 

1.600 

64,000 

6.336 

3.419 

43 

131.95 

1.385.44 

1.764 

74,088 

6.480 

3.476 

DIAME 
CU 

TERS    OF 

CIRCLES, 

CIRCUMFER 

ENCES.    AREAS.    SQUARES, 
JE    ROOTS.-(Continued.) 

BBS.    SQUARE    ROOTS    AND    CUI 

No.  or 
Dia/neier. 

Circumfer- 
ence. 

Circular 
Area. 

Square. 

Cube. 

Square  Root. 

Cube  Root 

44 

138.23 

1.520.53 

1.936 

85.184 

6.633 

3.530 

46 

144.51 

1,66190 

2.116 

97.336 

6.782 

3.583 

48 

150.80 

1.809.56 

2.304 

110,593 

6.928 

3.634 

50 

157.08 

1.963.50 

2.500 

125,000 

7.071 

3.684 

52 

163.36 

2.123.72 

2,704 

140.608 

7.211 

3.732 

54 

169.65 

2.290.22 

2,9l6 

157.464 

7.348 

3.779 

56 

175.93 

2.463.01 

3,136 

175,616 

7.483 

3.825 

58 

182.21 

2,642.08 

3.364 

195.112 

7.615 

3.870 

60 

188.50 

2,827.43 

3.600 

216.000 

7.745 

3.914 

62 

194.78 

3,019.07 

3.844 

238,328 

7.874 

3.957 

64 

201.06 

3.216.99 

4.096 

263.144 

8.000 

4.000 

66 

207.34 

3.421.19 

4.356 

287.496 

8.124 

4.041 

68 

213.63 

3.631.68 

4,624 

314.432 

8.246 

4.081 

70 

219.91 

3.848.45 

4.900 

343.000 

8.366 

4.121 

72 

226.19 

4,071.50 

5,184 

373.248 

8.485 

4.160 

74 

232.48 

4.300.84 

5.476 

405,224 

8.602 

4.198 

76 

238.76 

4,536.46 

5.776 

438,976 

8.717 

4.235 

78 

245.04 

4,778.36 

6.084 

474.552 

8.^1 

4  272 

80 

251.33 

5.026  55 

6.400 

512,000 

8.944 

4.808 

83 

257.61 

5,281.02 

6.724 

551.368 

9.055 

4.344 

84 

263.89 

5.541.77 

7.056 

592.704 

9.165 

4.379 

86 

270.18 

5,808.80 

7,396 

636.056 

9.273 

4.414 

88 

276.46 

6.082.12 

7,744 

681.473 

9.380 

4.447 

90 

282.74 

6.361.73 

8.100 

729,000 

9.486 

4.481 

92 

289.03 

6.647.61 

8.464 

778.688 

9.591 

4.514 

94 

295.31 

6.939.78 

8.836 

830.584 

9.695 

4.546 

96 

301.59 

7.238.23 

9,216 

884.736 

9.797 

4.578 

98 

307.88 

7.542.96 

9.604 

941,192 

9.899 

4.610 

100 

314.16 

7.853.98 

10.000 

1.000,000 

10.000 

4.641 

102 

330.41 

8,171.28 

10.404 

1.061,208 

ia099 

4.672 

104 

326.7» 

8.494.87 

10.816 

1,124.864 

10198 

4.702 

106 

333.01 

8,824.73 

lh236 

1.191.016 

10.295 

4.782 

108 

339.29 

9.160.88 

11.664 

1.259.712 

10.392 

4.762 

110 

345.57 

9.503.32 

12.100 

1,331,000 

10.488 

4.791 

113 

351.86 

9.852.03 

12.544 

1,404,928 

10.583 

4.820 

114 

358.14 

10.207.03 

12,996 

1.481.544 

10.677 

4.848 

116 

364.42 

10.568  32 

13.456 

1.560.896 

10.770 

4.876 

118 

370.71 

10.935.88 

13,924 

1.843.032 

10.862 

4.904 

lao 

876.99 

11.309.73 

14.400 

1.728.000 

10  954 

4.932 

m 

383.27 

11.689.87 

14,884 

1.815,848 

11.045 

4.959 

AREAS  OF  CIRCLES  AND  LENGTHS  OF  THE  SffiES  OF  SQUARES  OF  THE 

SAME  AREA 


Diam.  o( 
Circle  In 
Inches. 

Area  of 
Circle  In      i 
Square 
Inches. 

sides  of 
Square  of 
Same  Area 
in  Square 
Inches. 

Dlam.  of 
Circle  In 
Inches. 

Area  of 
Circle  in      i 
Square 
Inches. 

sides  of 
Square  of 
Same  Area 
In  Square 
Inches. 

Dlam.  of 
Circle  In 
Inches. 

Area  of 
Circle  in 
Square 
Incises. 

Sides  of 
Square  of 
Same  Area 
In  Square 

Inches. 

1. 

.785 

.89 

21. 

346.36 

18.61 

41. 

1320.26 

36.34 

■Yi 

1.767 

1.33 

■H 

363.05 

19.05 

y^ 

1352.66 

36.78 

2. 

3.142 

1.77 

22. 

380.13 

19.50 

42. 

1385.45 

37.22 

•M 

4.909 

2.22 

•H 

397.61 

19.94 

■M 

1418.63 

37.66 

3. 

7.069 

2.66 

23. 

415.48 

20.38 

43. 

1452.20 

38.11 

•H 

9.621 

3.10 

•H 

433.74 

20.83 

•K 

1486.17 

38.55 

4. 

12.566 

3.54 

24. 

452.39 

21.27 

44. 

1520.53 

38.99 

•H 

15.904 

3.99 

.y% 

471.44 

21.71 

y. 

1555.29 

39.44 

5. 

19.635 

4.43 

25. 

490.88 

22.16 

45. 

1590.43 

39.88 

■Vi 

23.758 

4.87 

-M 

510.71 

22.60 

y 

1625.97 

40.32 

6. 

28.274 

5.32 

26. 

530.93 

23.04 

46. 

1661.91 

40.77 

•H 

33.183 

5.76 

•H 

551.55 

23.49 

y 

1698.23 

41.21 

7. 

38.485 

6.20 

27. 

572.56 

23.93 

47. 

1734.95 

41.85 

■Vi 

44.179 

6.65 

.y% 

593.96 

24.37 

y 

1772.06 

42.10 

8. 

50.266 

7.09 

28. 

615.75 

24.81 

48. 

1809.56 

42.58 

•^ 

56.745 

7.53 

Vt 

637.94 

25.26 

y 

1847.46 

42.98 

9. 

63.617 

7.98 

29. 

660.52 

25.70 

49. 

1885.75 

43.43 

•H 

70.882 

8.42 

y^ 

683.49 

26.14 

y 

1924.43 

43.87 

10. 

78.540 

8.86 

30. 

706.86 

26.59 

50. 

1963.50 

44.31 

•J^ 

86.590 

9.30 

•M 

730.62 

27.03 

y 

2002.97 

44.75 

11. 

95.03 

9.75 

31. 

754.77 

27.47 

51, 

2042.83 

45.20 

•^ 

103.87 

10.19 

•M 

779.31 

27.92 

y 

2083.08 

45.64 

12. 

113.10 

10.63 

32: 

804.25 

28.36 

52. 

2123.72 

46.08 

•J^ 

122.72 

11.08 

."A 

829.58 

28.80 

y 

2164.76 

46.53 

13. 

132.73 

11.52 

33. 

855.30 

29.25 

53. 

2206.19 

46.97 

•M 

143.14 

11.96 

•H 

881.41. 

29.69 

y 

2248.01 

47.41 

14. 

153.94 

12.41 

34. 

907.92 

30.13 

54. 

2290.23 

47.86 

•  H 

165.13 

12.85 

■Vi 

934.82 

30.57 

y 

2332.83 

48.30 

15. 

176.72 

13.29 

35. 

962.11 

31.02 

56. 

2375.83 

48.74 

•M 

1  188.69 

13.74 

.y% 

989.80 

31.46 

y 

2419.23 

49.19 

16. 

j  201.06 

14.18 

36. 

1017.88- 

31.90 

56. 

2463.01 

49.63 

•J^ 

213.83 

14.62 

•H 

1046.35 

32.35 

y 

2507.19 

50.07 

17. 

226.98 

15.07 

37. 

1075.21 

32.79 

57. 

2551.76 

50.51 

•  H 

240.53 

15.51 

■Yi 

1104.47 

33.23 

y 

2596.73 

50.96 

18. 

254.47 

15.95 

38. 

1134.12 

33.68 

58. 

2642.09 

51.40 

.J4 

268.80 

16.40 

•M 

1164.16 

34.12 

y 

2687.84 

51.84 

19. 

283.53 

16.84 

39. 

1194.59 

34.56 

59. 

2733.98 

52.29 

•  H 

1  298.65 

17.28 

■Yi 

1225.42 

35.01 

y 

2780.61 

52.73 

20. 

j  314.16 

17.72 

40. 

1256.64 

35.45 

60. 

2827.74 

53.17 

•M 

330.06 

18.17 

■M 

1288.25 

35.89 

y 

2874.76 

53.62 

319 


FLUE  AREA  REQUIRED  FOR  THE  PASSAGE  OF  A  GIVEN  VOLUME  OF  AIR 
AT  A   GIVEN   VELOCITY 


1 
u 

ii 

0 

> 

Velocity  in 

Feet  Per  Minute. 

300 

400 

500 

600 

700 

800 

900 

1000 

1100 

1200 

1300 

1400 

1500 

1600 

100 

48 

36 

29 

24 

21 

18 

16 

14 

13 

12 

.11 

10 

9.6 

9. 

125 

60 

45 

36 

30. 

26 

23 

20 

18 

16 

15 

14, 

13 

12. 

11.3 

150 

72 

54 

43 

36 

31 

27 

24 

22 

20 

18 

16 

15 

14.4 

13.5 

175 

84 

03 

50 

42 

36 

32 

28 

25 

23 

21 

19 

18 

16.8 

15.8 

200 

96 

72 

58 

48 

41 

36 

32 

29 

26 

;24 

22 

21 

19.2 

18. 

225 

108 

81 

65 

54 

46 

41 

36 

32 

29 

■27 

25 

23 

21.6 

20.3 

250 

120 

90 

72 

60 

51 

45 

40 

36 

33 

30 

28 

26 

24. 

22.5 

275 

132 

99 

79 

66 

57 

50 

44 

40 

36 

33 

30 

28 

26.4 

24.8 

300 

144 

108 

86 

72 

62 

54 

48 

43 

39 

36 

33 

31 

28.8 

27. 

325 

156 

117 

94 

78 

67 

59 

52 

47 

43 

39 

36 

33 

31.2 

29.3 

350 

168 

126 

101 

84 

72 

63 

56 

50 

46 

42 

39 

36 

33.6 

31.5 

375 

180 

135 

108 

90 

77 

68 

60 

54 

49 

45 

42 

39 

36. 

33.8 

400 

192 

144 

115 

96 

82 

72 

64 

58 

52 

48 

44 

41 

38.4 

36. 

425 

204 

153 

122 

102 

87 

77 

68 

61 

56 

51 

47 

44 

40.8 

38.3 

450 

216 

162 

130 

108 

93 

81 

72 

65 

59 

54 

50 

46 

43.2 

40.5 

475 

228 

171 

137 

114 

98 

86 

76 

68 

62 

57 

53 

49 

45.6 

42.8 

500 

240 

180 

144 

120 

103 

90 

80 

72 

65 

60 

55 

51 

48. 

45. 

525 

252 

189 

151 

126 

108 

95 

84 

76 

69 

63 

58 

54 

50.4 

47.3 

550 

264 

198 

158 

132 

113 

99 

88 

79 

72 

66 

61 

57 

52.8 

49.5 

575 

276 

207 

166 

138 

118 

104 

92 

83 

75 

69 

64 

59 

55.2 

51.8 

600 

288 

216 

173 

144 

123 

108 

96 

86 

79 

72 

66 

62 

57.6 

54. 

625 

300 

225 

180 

150 

129 

113 

100 

90 

82 

75 

69 

64 

60. 

56.3 

650 

312 

234 

187 

156 

134 

117 

104 

94 

85 

78 

72 

67 

62.4 

58.5 

675 

324 

243 

194 

162 

139 

122 

108 

97 

88 

81 

75 

69 

64.8 

60.8 

700 

336 

252 

202 

168 

144 

126 

112 

101 

92 

84 

78 

72 

67.2 

63. 

725 

348 

261 

209 

174 

149 

131 

116 

104 

95 

87 

80 

75 

69.6 

65.3 

750 

360 

270 

216 

180 

154 

135 

120 

108 

98 

90 

83 

77 

72. 

67.5 

775 

372 

279 

223 

186 

159 

140 

124 

112 

101 

93 

86 

80 

74.4 

69.8 

800 

384 

288 

230 

192 

165 

144 

128 

115 

105 

96 

89 

82 

76.8 

72. 

825 

396 

297 

238 

198 

170 

149 

132 

119 

108 

99 

91 

85 

79.2 

74,3 

850 

408  j  306 

245 

204 

175 

153 

136 

122 

111 

102 

94 

87 

81.6 

76.5 

875 

420  315 

252 

210 

180 

158 

140 

126 

115 

105 

97 

90 

84. 

78.8 

900 

432  324 

259 

216 

185 

162 

144 

130 

118 

108 

100 

93 

86.4 

81. 

925 

444  333 

266 

222 

190 

167 

148 

133 

121 

111 

103 

95 

88.8 

83.3 

950 

456 

342 

274 

228 

195 

171 

152 

137 

124 

114 

105 

98 

91.2 

85.5 

975 

468 

351 

281 

234 

201 

176 

156 

140 

128 

117 

108 

100 

93.6 

87.8 

1000 

480 

360 

288 

240 

206 

180 

160 

144 

131 

120 

111 

103 

96. 

90. 

320 


FLUE  AREA  REQUIRED  FOR  THE  PASSAGE  OP  A  GIVEN  VOLUME  OP  AIR 
AT   A   GIVEN   VELOCITY 


1 
If 

is 

> 

Velocitt  in 

Feet  Per  Minute. 

17001800 

1900^2000 

2100 

2200 

2300 

2400 

2600 

2700 

2800 

2900 

3000 

3100 

100 

8.5 

8 

7.6 

7.2 

6.9 

6.6 

6.3 

6. 

5.5. 

5.3 

5.1 

5. 

4.8 

4.6 

125 

10.6 

10 

9.5 

9. 

8.6 

8.2 

7.8 

7.5 

6.9 

6.7 

6.4 

6.2 

6. 

5.8 

150  1 12.7 

12 

11.4 

10.8  10.3 

9.8 

9.4 

9. 

8. 

8. 

7.7 

7.5 

7.2 

7. 

175 

14.8 

14 

13.3 

12.6  12. 

11.5 

11. 

10.5 

9.7 

9.3 

9. 

8.7 

8.4 

8.1 

200 

16.9 

16 

15.2 

14.4 

13.7 

13.1 

12.5 

12. 

11.1 

10.7 

10.3 

9.9 

9.6 

9.3 

225 

19.1 

18 

17.1 

16.2 

15.6 

14.7 

14.1 

13.5 

12.5 

12. 

11.6 

11.2 

10.8 

10.4 

250 

21.2 

20 

19. 

18. 

17.1 

16.4 

15.7 

15. 

13.9 

13.3 

12.9 

12.4 

12. 

11.6 

275 

23.3 

22 

21.8 

19.8 

18.9 

18. 

17.2 

16.5 

15.2 

14.7 

14.1 

13.7 

13.2 

12.8 

300 

25.4 

24 

22.7 

21.6 

20.6 

19.6 

18.8 

18. 

16.6 

16. 

15.4 

14.9 

14.4 

13.9 

325 

27.5 

26 

24.6 

•23.4 

22.3 

21.3 

20.6 

19.5 

18. 

17.3 

16.7 

16.1 

15.6 

15.1 

350 

29.6 

28 

26.5 

25.2 

24. 

22.9 

21.9 

21. 

19.4 

18.7 

18. 

17.4 

16.8 

16.3 

375 

31.8 

30 

28.4 

27. 

25.7 

24.5 

23.5 

22.5 

20.8 

20. 

19.3 

18.6 

18. 

17.4 

400 

33.9 

32 

30.3 

28.8 

27.4 

26.2 

25. 

24. 

22.2 

21.3 

20.6 

19.8 

19.2 

18.6 

425 

36. 

34 

32.2 

30.6 

29.1 

27.8 

26.6 

25.5 

23.5 

22.7 

21.9 

21.1 

20.4 

19.7 

450 

38.1 

36 

34.1 

32.4 

30.9 

29.5 

28.2 

27. 

24.9 

24. 

23.1 

22.3 

21.6 

20.9 

475 

40.2 

38 

36. 

34.2 

32.6 

31.1 

29.7 

28.5 

26.3 

25.3 

24.4 

23.6 

22.8 

22.1 

500 

42.4 

40 

37.9 

36. 

34.3 

32.7 

31.3 

30. 

27.7 

26.7 

25.7 

24.8 

24. 

23.2 

525 

44.5 

42 

39.8 

37.8 

36. 

34.4 

32.9 

31.5 

29.1 

28. 

26.9 

25. 

25.2 

24.4 

550 

46.6 

44 

41.7 

38.6 

37.7 

36. 

34.4 

33. 

30.5 

29.3 

28.3 

27.3 

26.4 

25.5 

575 

48.7 

46 

43.6 

41.4  39.4 

37.6 

36. 

34.5 

31.9 

30.7 

29.6 

28.5 

27.6 

26.7 

600 

50.8 

48 

45.5 

43.2  41.1  39.3 

37.6 

36. 

33.2 

32. 

30.8 

29.8 

28.8 

27.8 

625 

52.9 

50 

47.4 

45. 

42.9 

40.9 

39.1 

37.5 

34.6 

33.3 

32.1 

31. 

30. 

29. 

650 

55.1 

52 

49.3 

46.8 

44.6 

42.5 

40.7 

39. 
40.5 

36. 

34.7 

33.4 

32.2 

31.2 
32.4 

30.2 
31.3 

675 

57.2 

54 

51.2 

48.6 

46.3 

44.1 

42.3 

37.5 

36. 

34.7 

33.5 

700 

59.3 

56 

53.1 

50.4 

48. 

45.8 

43.8 

42. 

38.8 

37.3 

36. 

34.7 

33.6 

32.5 

725 

61.4 

58 

55. 

52.2 

49.7 

47.4 

45.4 

43.5 

40.2' 

38.7 

37.3 

36. 

34.8 

33.6 

750 

63.5 

60 

56.9 

54. 

51.4 

49.1 

47. 

45. 

41.5 

40. 

38.6 

37.2 

36. 

34.8 

775 

65.6 

62 

58.8 

56.3 

53.1 

50.7 

48.5 

46.5 

42.9 

41.3 

39.9 

38.5 

37.2 

36. 

800 

67.8 

64 

60.6 

57.6 

54.9 

52.4 

50.1 

48. 

44.3 

42.7 

41.2 

39.7 

38.4 

37.1 

825 

69.9 

66 

62.5 

59.4 

56.6 

54. 

51.7 

49.5 

45.7 

44. 

42.4 

40.9 

39.6 

38.3 

850 

72. 

68 

64.4 

61.2 

58.4 

55.6 

53.2 

51. 

47.1 

45.3 

43.7 

42.2 

40.8 

39.4 

875 

74. 

70 

67.3 

63. 

60. 

57.3 

54.8 

52.5 

48.5 

46.7 

45. 

43.4 

42. 

40.6 

900 

76.2 

72 

68.2 

64.8 

61.7 

58.9 

56.3 

54. 

49.9 

48. 

46.3 

44.6 

43.2 

41.8 

925 

78.4 

74 

70.1 

66.6 

63.4 

60.5 

57.9 

55.5 

51.3 

49.3 

47.6 

46. 

44.4 

42.9 

950 

80.5 

76 

72. 

68.4 

65.1 

62.2 

59.5 

57. 

52.6 

50.7 

48.8 

47.1 

45.6 

44.1 

975 

82.6 

78 

73.9 

70.2 

66.8 

63.8 

61.0 

58.5 

54. 

52. 

50.2 

48.4 

46.8 

45.3 

1000 

84.7 

80 

75.8 

72. 

68.7 

66. 

62.6 

60. 

55.4 

53.3 

51.4 

49.6 

48: 

46.4 

321 


Diameter  of  Air  Pipes  for  Various  Velocities 


Cubic 
Feet 
Air 
per 

Minute 


AOz. 
Pressure 


Velocity 
11  Feet 

per 
Second 


AOz. 
Pressure 


Velocity 
15.5  Feet 

per 
Second 


HOz.         MOz. 
Pressure     Pressure 


Velocity  I  Velocity 


22  Feet 

per 
Second 


43  Feet 

Ijer 
Second 


HOz. 
Pressure 


Velocity 
60.9  Feet 

per 
Second 


?iOz. 
Pressure 


Velocity 
74.7  Feet 

per 
Second 


100 

200 

300 

400 

500 

600 

700 

800 

900 

1000 

1250 

1500 

1750 

2000 

2500 

3000 

3500 

4000 

4500 

6000 

6000 

7000 

8000 

9000 

10000 

15000 

20000 

25000 

30000 

35000 

40000 

50000 


5.3 
7.5 
9.2 
10.6 
11.8 
12.9 
14 
15 
15.9 
16.7 
18.8 
20.5 
22.3 
23.6 
26.6 
28.9 
32 
33.4 
35.4 
37.3 
40.9 
44.1 
47.2 
50 
52.7 
64.6 
74.6 
84 
91.3 
98.6 
105.5 
118 


Diamete  rs  of  Pipe, 


in  Inches 


4.5 
6.4 
7.7 
9 
10.1 
11.1 
11.9 
13 
13.4 
14.1 
15.8 
17.2 
18.6 
20 
22.3 
24.4 
26.6 
28 
29.7 
31.4 
34.4 
37.1 
39.7 
42.2 
44.4 
54.3 
62.5 
70.2 
76.9 
83 
88.2 
99.3 


3.8 
5.3 
6.5 
7.5 
8.4 
9.2 
9.9 
10.6 
11.3 
11.8 
13.2 
14.5 
15.6 
16.7 
18.7 
20.5 
22.3 
23.6 
25.1 
26.4 
28.9 
31.2 
33.4 
35.4 
37.3 
45.7 
52.7 
59 
64.6 
69.8 
74.6 
83.4 


2.7 
3.8 
4.7 
5.4 
6 

6.6 
7.1 
7.6 
8 

8.5 
9.5 
10.4 
11.2 
12 
13.4 
14.7 
15.8 
16.9 
17.9 
18.9 
20.7 
22.3 
23.9 
25.3 
26.7 
32.7 
37.7 
42.2 
46.2 
49.8 
53.3 
59.6 


2.3 
3.2 
3.9 
4.5 
5.1 
5.5 
6 

6.4 
6.8 
7.1 
8 

8.7 
9.4 
10.1 
11.3 
12.4 
13.3 
13.8 
15.1 
15.8 
17.4 
18.8 
20.1 
21.3 
22.4 
27.4 
31.7 
35.5 
38.8 
41.8 
43.6 
50.1 


2 

2.9 
3.6 
4.1 
4.6 
5 

5.4 

5.8 

6.1 

6.4 

7.2 

7.9 

8.5 

9.1 

10.5 

11.1 

12.1 

12.8 

13.6 

14.3 

15.7 

17 

18.1 

19.2 

20.3 

24.8 

28.6 

32 

35.1 

37.9 

40.5 

45.3 


TABLB  OF  SIZE  OF  CHIMNEYS  FOR  POWER  PLANTS 

Diam- 
eter in 
Inches 

Hbicbt  or  Chimneys  and 

COHMERCIAL  HOKSKPOWER 

Side  of 
Square 
Chim- 
ney 
Inches 

Effect 

Area 
Square 
Feet 

Actual 
Area 

GO 
Feet 

60 
Feet 

70 
Feet' 

80 
Feet 

90 
Feet 

100 
Feet 

no 

Feet 

125 
Feet 

ISO 
Feet 

175 
Feet 

200 
Feet 

18 
21 
24 
27 
30 
33 
36 

s 

48 
M 
00 
88 

n 

78 
84 

90 
M 
MB 
108 
114 
130 

ia« 

133 

138 

23 
35 
49 

84 

25 
38 
54 

72 
92 

lis 

141 

27 
41 
58 
78 
100 
125 
152 
183 
21« 

16 
19 
22 
24 
27 
30 
33 
35 
38 
43 
48 
54 
59 
64 
70 
75 
80 
86 
90 

.97 

1.47 

2.08 

2.78 

3  58 

4.48 

S.47 

6.57 

7.76 

10  44 

13  51 

16.96 

20  83 

25.08 

29.73 

34.76 

40.19 

46.01 

52  23 

1.77 

2  41 

3.14 

3:98 

4.91 

8,04 

7.07 

8.30 

9.62 

14.57 

15.90 

19.64 

23.76 

28.27 

33.18 

38.48 

44.18 

50.27 

56.75 

83.62 

70.88 

78  .-54 

88  59 

95.03 

103.86 

'•3, JO. 

82 
8» 
107 
133 
1«3 
196 
231 
311 
363 
60S 

■ 

113 
141 
173 
208 
245 
330 
427 
536 
658 
792 

182 

219 

258 

348 

449 

565 

684 

835 

095 

1.163 

1.344 

1J37 

, 

271 

365 

472 

593 

728 

876 

1.038 

1.214 

1.415 

1.816 

' 

389 

503 

632 

776 

934 

1.107 

1.204 

1.496 

1.720 

1.946 

2.192 

2.450 

551 
602 
849 
1.023 
1.212 
1.418 
1.639 
1.876 
2.133 
2.402 
2.887 
2.990 
3.308 
3.642 
3.791 

748 
918 
1.105 
1.310 
1.531 
1.770 
2.027 
2.303 
2.594 
2.903 
3.230 
3.573 
3.735 
4.311 
4.407 

"osi' 

1,181 
1.400 
1.637 
1.893 
2.167 
2.462 
2.773 
3.003 
3.452 
3.820 
4.205 
4.608 
5.031 

', 

96 

101 
106 
112 
117 
122 
}27 

58.83 
65.83 
73.22 
81.00 
89.19 
97.75 
106.72 

' 

. 













Table  of  Necessary  Increased  Pipe  Diameters 

for  Different  Lengths 

Length  of  Pipe 

30' 

60' 

90' 

120'  1  150' 

180' 

210' 

240' 

270' 

300' 

3>  V 

a>  <u 

0  V 

ti  a> 

Q>   0) 

0)   0) 

<a  a> 

0)   0) 

0/  OJ 

Oi  a 

Diameter  of 
Blower  Outlet, 

aj2 

&ja 
•*-  3 

•»  3 

•"  3 

»-  3 

ftja 
^■3 

in  Inches 

o  o 

0  0 

0  g 

0  0 

0  0 

0  5 

°  ° 

0  0 

0  0 

0  0 

.2-g 

c«-S 

rt-S 

.2-S 

.s-g 

.«•§ 

.-■s 

i-g 

OS'S 

Q 

s 

5 

Q 

Q 

Q 

s" 

Q 

Q 

Q 

3 

3M 

3^ 

4 

4J4 

43^ 

4?i 

5 

5% 

5% 

5% 

314 

3M 

4^ 

4H 

4>g 

5 

5>i 

6% 

5% 

5% 

6% 

4 

m 

434 

5>^ 

5J^ 

5% 

6 

6M 

6% 

6% 

7 

43^ 

5 

5J^ 

5M 

6 

6J^ 

6^ 

7 

7% 

7% 

7% 

5 

5H 

6 

6^ 

6Ji 

73^ 

7>^ 

7?i 

«^ 

8% 

8% 

6 

6J^ 

7 

1H 

8 

8H 

9 

9% 

9% 

10% 

10% 

7 

7^ 

8Ji 

8% 

9^g 

10 

10% 

10% 

11% 

11% 

12% 

8 

m 

9H 

lOH 

10?i 

11?^ 

11% 

12% 

12% 

13% 

13% 

9 

10 

lOM 

IIH 

12>^ 

12^ 

13% 

14 

14% 

15% 

15% 

10 

11 

llJi 

12Ji 

13H 

143i 

14% 

15% 

16% 

16% 

17% 

11 

12 

13 

13% 

14?i 

155^ 

16% 

17% 

17% 

18% 

19% 

12 

13J^ 

14M 

15Ji 

161^ 

17 

17% 

18% 

19% 

20% 

20% 

13 

UVi 

15% 

16H 

17H 

18J^ 

19M 

20% 

21 

21% 

22% 

14 

15H 

16^ 

17M 

18J^     19?4 

20M 

21% 

22% 

23% 

24% 

15 

16J4 

17?i 

19 

20H 

21M 

2234 

23  3i 

24% 

25% 

26 

16 

171^ 

19 

20^ 

2m 

22^ 

23H 

24% 

25% 

26% 

27% 

17 

17^ 

20}^ 

2iy2 

223< 

24 

2b% 

26% 

27% 

28% 

29% 

18 

mA 

21^ 

22% 

24M 

253^ 

26Ji 

27% 

29% 

30% 

31% 

19 

2oys 

22>^ 

24 

25  >^ 

27 

283i 

29% 

303% 

31% 

33 

20 

22 

23^ 

25J^ 

27j| 

28?^ 

29Ji 

31 

32% 

33% 

34% 

21 

23 

24  J^ 

26^ 

2SH 

29M 

313^ 

32% 

33% 

35% 

36% 

22 

241^ 

26^ 

27Ji 

293^ 

313^ 

32% 

34% 

35% 

36% 

38% 

23 

25M 

27Ji 

29J^ 

30J^ 

323^ 

34% 

35% 

37% 

38% 

39% 

24 

26>^ 

28^ 

30^ 

32}^ 

34 

35% 

37% 

38% 

40% 

41% 

Length  of  Pipe 

30' 

60' 

90' 

120' 

150' 

180' 

210' 

240' 

270' 

300' 

Length  of  Mouth-piece. 

9" 

15" 

21' 

27' 

33' 

39' 

42' 

48" 

54'  ;    60" 

Pressures,  Corressponding  Velocities 

and 

Water  Column  Heights 

Table    of 

Correspond.    Air  Velocities 

Table  of 

Correspond. 

I 

Ur  Velocities 

Pressures 

Height    of 

per  Minute, 

Pressures 

Height    of 

I 

)er  Minute, 

per  Sq.  In. 

Water  Col. 

Corres.    to 

per  Sq.  In. 

Water  Col. 

Corres.    to 

in  Ounces 

in  Inches 

Pressures  per 
Sq.  Inch 

in  Ounces 

in  Inches 

I 

Pressures  per 
Sq.  Inch 

H 

.4335 

2584.80 

10 

17.34D 

16683.51 

'A 

.8671 

3657.60 

11 

19.074 

17533.50 

H 

1.3005 

4482.00 

12 

20.808 

18350.34 

1 

1.734 

5175.00 

13 

22.542 

19138.26 

2 

3.468 

7338.24 

14 

24.276 

19900.68 

3 

5.202 

9006.42 

15 

26.010 

20640.48 

4 

6.936 

10421.58 

16 

27.750 

21360.00 

5 

8.670 

11676.00 

17 

29.478 

22060.80 

6 

10.404 

12817.08 

18 

31.212 

22745.40 

7 

12.138 

13872.72 

19 

32.946 

23415.00 

8 

13.872 

14861.16 

20 

34.680 

24070.80 

9 

15.606 

15795.06 

323 


T 

ABLi 

:  OF  AREAS  AND  CUBICAL  CONTENTS 

Ceiling  Heights 

Room 

1 

1 

Size 

Area 

8W 

9' 

9M' 

10' 

lOM' 

11' 

12' 

13' 

15' 

10x10 

100 

850 

900 

950 

1000 

1050 

1100 

1200 

1300'  1500, 

10x101^ 

105 

893 

945 

997 

1050 

1103 

1155 

1260 

1365  1575 

10x11 

110 

935 

990 

1045 

1100 

1155 

1210 

1320 

1430,  1650 

10x11^ 

115 

97811035 

1092 

1150 

1208 

1265 

1380 

1495 

1725 

10x12 

120 

1020  1080 

1140 

1200 

1260 

1320 

1440 

1560 

1800 

10x12^ 

125 

10631125 

1187 

1250 

1313 

1375 

1500 

1625 

1875 

10x13 

130 

11051170 

1235 

1300 

1365 

1430 

1560 

1690 

1950 

lOxlSH 

135 

11481215 

1282 

1350 

1418 

1485 

1620 

1755 

2025 

10x14 

140 

1190  1260 

1330 

1400 

1470 

1540 

1680 

1820 

2100 

10x143^ 

145 

1233!  1305 

1377 

1450 

1523 

1595 

1740 

1885 

2175 

10x15 

150 

12751350 

1425 

1500 

1575 

1650 

1800 

1950 

2250 

10xl5H 

155 

1318  1395 

1472 

1550 

1628 

1705 

1860 

2015 

2325 

10x16 

160 

1360  14401  1520 

1600 

1680 

1760 

1920 

2080 

2400 

10x161^ 

165 

1403  1485!  1567 

1650 

1733 

1815i  1980 

2045 

2475 

10x17 

170 

1445  1530'  1615 

1700 

1785 

1870 

2040 

2210!  2550 

10x173^ 

175 

1488  1575!  1662 

1750 

1838 

1925 

2100 

2275  2625 

10x18 

180 

1530  1620,  1710 

1800 

1890 

1980!  2160 

2340  2700 

10x183^ 

185 

1573  16651  1757 

1850 

1943 

2035 

2220 

24051  2775 

10x19 

190 

16151710  1805 

1900 

1995 

2090 

2280'  2470'  2850 

10xl9M 

195 

16581755  1852 

1950 

2048 

2145 

2340!  2535  2925 

10x20 

200 

1700  1800 

1900 

2000 

2100 

2200 

2400!  2600  3000! 

11x11 

121 

1029 

1089 

1149 

1210 

1271 

1331 

1452 

1573  1815 

11x12 

132 

1122 

1188 

1254 

1320 

1386 

1452 

1584 

1716  1980 

11x13 

143 

1216 

1287 

1358 

1430 

1502 

1573 

1716 

1859 

2145 

11x14 

154 

1309|l386 

1463 

1540 

1617 

1694 

1848 

2002 

2310 

11x15 

165 

1403  1485 

1567 

1650 

1733 

1815 

1980 

2145 

2475 

11x16 

176 

1496  1584 

1672 

1760 

1848 

1936 

2112 

2288 

2640 

11x17 

187 

1590,1683 

1776 

1870 

1964 

2057 

2244 

2431 

2805 

11x18 

198 

1683 

1782 

1881 

1980 

2079 

2178 

2376 

2574 

2970 

11x19 

209 

1777 

1881 

1986 

2090 

2195 

2299 

2508 

2717 

3135 

11x20 

220 

1870 

1980 

2090 

2200 

2310 

2420 

2640 

2860 

3300 

11x21 

231 

1964 

2079 

2194 

2310 

2426 

2541 

2772 

3003 

3465 

11x22 

242 

20572178 

2299 

2420 

2541 

2662 

2904 

3146 

3630 

12x12 

144 

12241296 

1368 

1440 

1512 

1584 

1728 

1872 

2160 

12x13 

156 

1326  1404 

1482 

1560 

1638 

1716 

1872 

2028 

2340 

12x14 

168 

14281512 

1596 

1680 

1764 

1848 

2016 

2184 

2520 

12x15 

180 

153011620 

1710 

1800 

1890 

1980 

2160 

2340 

2700 

12x16 

192 

1632!l728 

1824 

1920 

2016 

2112 

2304 

2496 

2880 

12x17  : 

204 

1734J1836 

1938 

2040 

2142 

2244 

2448 

2652 

3060 

12x18  i 

216 

18361944 

2052 

2160 

2268 

2376 

2592 

2808 

3240 

12x19  1 

228 

193812052 

2166 

2280 

2394 

2508 

2736 

2964 

3420 

12x20  ! 

240 

2040  2160 

2280 

2400 

2520 

2640 

2880 

3120 

3600 

12x21 

252 

2142  2268  2394 

2520 

2646 

2772 

3024  3276 

3780 

12x22 

264 

2244  2376  2508 

2640 

2772 

2904 

3168:  3432 

3960 

12x23 

276 

23462484  2622  2760| 

2898 

3036 

33121  3588 

4140 

12x24 

288 

2448i2592  2736 

2880 

3024  3168 

3456  3744  4320 

13x13 

169 

1437  1521  1605 

1690 

1775  1859 

2028!  2197  2535 

13x14 

182 

1547  1638  1729 

1820  1911'  2002'  21841  2366!  2730 1 

324 


TABLE  OF  AREAS  AND  CUBICAL  CONTENTS 

Ceiling  Heights 

Rool 

n 

1 

SizE 

Area 

8K'|  9' 

9^' 

10' 

lOH' 

11' 

12' 

13' 

15' 

13x15 

195 

1658:1755 

1852 

'  1950  2048 

2145 

2340!  2535 

2925 

13x16 

208 

17681872 

1976 

2080  2184 

2288 

2496;  2704 

3120 

13x17 

2211879  1989 

2099 

2210  2321 

2431 

2652  2873 

3315 

13x18 

234  1989  2106 

2223 

2340  2457 

2574 

28081  3042 

3510 

13x19 

2472100  2223!  2346 

2470  2594 

2717 

2964 

3211 

3705 

13x20 

2602210,2340 

2470 

2600;  2730 

2860 

3120 

3380 

3900 

13x21 

27323212457 

2593 

2730 

2867 

3003 

3276 

3549 

4095 

13x22 

1  286  2431 12574 

2717 

2860 

3003 

3146 

3432 

3718 

4290 

13x23 

299  2542  2691 

2840 

2990 

3140 

3289 

3588 

3887 

4485 

13x24 

312  2652  2808  2964 

3120 

3276 

3432 

3744 

4056 

4680 

13x25 

325  2763  2925 

3087 

3250 

3413 

35751  3900 

4225 

4875 

13x26 

338  2873  3042 

3211 

3380 

3549 

3718!  4056 

4394 

5070 

14x14 

196  1666  1764 

1862 

1960 

2058 

2156'  2352 

2548 

2940 

14x15 

210  1785  1890 

1995 

2100!  2205 

2310 

2520 

2730 

3150 

14x16 

2241904'2016  2128 

2240  2352 

2464 

2688 

2912 

3360 

14x17 

238  2023,2142  2261 

2380  2499 

2618 

2856 

3094 

3570 

14x18 

1  252  2142  2268  2394 

2520  2646 

2772 

3024  3276 

3780 

14x19 

266  22612394!  2527 

2660  2793 

2926 

3192 

3458,  3990 

14x20 

,  280  2380  2520!  2660 

2800  2940 

3080 

3360 

3640  4200 

14x21 

i  294  2499  2646-  2793 

2940.  3087 

3234 

3528 

3822  4410 

14x22 

1  308  2618  2772'  2926 

3080;  3234 

3388 

3696 

4004  4620 

14x23 

322  2737  2898!  3059 

3220!  3381 

3542 

3864 

4186 

4830 

14x24 

336  2856  3024  3192 

33601  3528 

3696 

4032 

4368 

5040 

14x25 

350  2975  3150  3325 

35001  3675 

3850 

4200 

4550 

5250 

14x26 

364  3094  3276  3458 

3640 

3822;  40041  4368  4732 

5460 

14x27 

378  3213  3402  3591 

3780 

3969  4158'  4536,  4914 

5670 

14x28 

392  3332  3528  3724 

3920 

4116  4312  47041  5096 

5880 

15x15 

225  1913  2025  2137 

2250 

2363  2475 

2700:  2925 

3375 

15x16 

240  2040  2160  2280 

2400 

2520;  2640 

2880!  3120;  3600 

15x17 

255  2168  2295  2422 

2550 

2678  2805 

3060  3315  3825 

15x18 

;  270,2295  2430  2565 

2700 

2835  2970 

3240  3150  4050 

15x19 

!  285  2423  2565  2707 

2850 

2993 

3135 

3420  3705  4275 

15x20 

300  2550  2700  2850 

3000 

3150 

3300 

3600  3900  4500 

15x21 

i  315  2678  2835  2992 

3150 

3308  3465 

3780  4095 

4725 

15x22 

1  330  2805  2970  3135 

3300 

3465  3630 

3960 

4290 

4950 

15x23 

,  345  2933  3105  3277 

3450 

3623  3795 

4140 

4485 

5175 

15x24 

i  360  3060  3240  3420 

3600 

3780  3960 

4320  4680 

5400 

15x25 

i  375  3188  3375  3562 

3750 

3938  4125 

4500!  4875 

5625 

15x26 

i  390  3315  3510  3705 

3900 

4095  4290 

4680;  5070 

5850 

15x27 

;  405:3443  3645  3847 

4050 

4253  4455 

4860  5265 

6075 

15x28 

j  420|35703780  3990 

4200 

4410  4620 

5040'  5460 

6300 

15x29 

43536983915;  4132 

4350 

4568!  4785 

5220  5655 

6525 

15x30 

'  45013825  4050  4275 

4500 

4725;  4950 

5400  5850 

6750 

16x16 

J  256i2176  2304  2432 

2560 

2688'  2816 

3072!  3328 

3840 

16x17 

272|2312  2448  2584 

2720  2856  2992 

3264  3556 

4080 

16x18 

288,2448  2592  2736 

2880,  3024  3168 

2456  3744!  432o 

16x19 

304'2584  2736  2888 

3040  3192  3344 

3648  3952  456o 

16x20 

320l2720  2880  3040! 

32001  3360  3520 

38401  41601  4800 

325 


TABLE  OF  AREAS  AND  CUBICAL  CONTENTS 

Ceiling  Heights 

1 

Room 

Size 

Area 

8^' 

9' 

9H' 

10' 

lOH' 

11' 

12' 

13' 

15' 

16x21 

336 

2856 

3024 

3192 

3360 

3528 

3696 

4032 

4368 

5040 

16x22 

352 

2992 

3168 

3344 

3520!  3696 

3872 

4224 

4576 

5280 

16x23 

368 

3128 

3312 

3496 

3680'  3864 

4048 

4416 

4784 

5520 

16x24 

384 

3264 

3456 

3648 

3840  4032 

4224 

4608 

4992 

5760 

16x25 

400 

3400,3600 

3800 

4000,  4200 

4400 

4800 

5200 

6000 

16x26 

416 

3536 

3744 

3952 

4160  4368 

4576 

4992 

■  5408 

6240 

16x27 

432 

3672 

3888 

4104 

4320!  4536 

4752 

5184 

5616 

6480 

16x28 

448 

3808 

4032 

4256 

4480 

4704 

4928 

5376 

5824 

6720 

16x29 

464 

3944 

4176 

4408 

4640 

4872 

5104 

5568 

5032i  69601 

16x30 

480 

4080 

4320 

4560 

4800 

5040 

5280 

5760 

6240 

7200 

16x31 

496 

4216 

4464 

4712 

4960 

5208 

5456 

5952 

6448 

7440 

16x32 

512 

4352 

4608 

4864 

5120 

5376 

5632 

6144 

6656 

7680 

18x18 

324 

2754 

2916 

3078 

3240 

3402 

3564 

3888 

4212 

4860 

18x20 

360 

3060 

3240 

3420 

36001  3780 

3960 

4320 

4680 

5400 

18x22 

396 

3366 

3564 

3762 

3960,  4158 

4356 

4752 

5148 

5940 

18x24 

432 

3672 

3888 

4104 

4320  4536 

4752 

5184 

5616 

6480 

18x26 

468 

3978 

4212 

4446 

4680i  4914 

5148 

5616 

6084 

7020 

18x28 

504 

4284 

4536 

4788 

5040,  5292 

5544 

6048 

6552 

7560 

18x30 

540 

4590  4860 

5130 

5400i  5670 

5940 

6480 

7020 

8100 

18x32 

576 

48965184 

5472 

5760  6048 

6336 

6912 

7488 

8640 

18x34 

612 

5202  5508 

5814 

6120  6426 

6732 

7344 

7956 

9180 

18x36 

648 

5508 

5832 

6156 

6480  6804 

7128 

7776 

8424 

9720 

20x20 

400  3400 

3600 

3800 

4000  4200 

4400 

4800 

5200 

6000 

20x22 

440  3740 

3960 

4180 

4400  4620 

4840 

5280 

5720 

6600 

20x24 

480 

4080  4320 

4560 

4800  5040 

5280 

5760  624q 

7200 

20x26 

520 

4420  4680 

4940 

5200 

5460 

5720 

6240  6760 

7800 

20x28 

560 

4760  5040 

5320 

5600 

5880 

6160 

6720  7280 

8400 

20x30 

600 

5100  5400 

5700 

6000 

6300 

6600 

72001  7800 

9000 

20x32 

640 

5440  5760 

6080 

6400 

6720 

7040 

7680:  8320 

9600 

20x34 

680 

5780  6120 

6460 

6800 

7140 

7480 

81601  8840 

10200 

20x36 

720 

6120  6480 

6840 

7200 

7560 

7920 

8640  9360 

10800 

20x38 

760 

6460  6840 

7220 

7600 

7980 

8360 

9120|  9880 

11400 

20x40 

800 

6800  7200 

7600 

8000:  8400 

8800 

9600:10400 

12000 

21x20 

420 

3520;3780 

3970 

4200  4410 

4620 

5040  5460 

6300 

21x22 

462 

39274158 

4389 

4620:  4851 

5082 

5544!  6006 

6930 

21x24 

504 

4284'4536 

4788 

5040  5292 

5544 

6048  6552 

7560 

21x26 

546 

4641'4914 

5187 

5460,  5733 

6006 

6552:  7098 

8190 

21x28 

588 

4998  5292 

5586 

5880,  6174 

6468 

7056  7644 

8820 

21x30 

630 

5355  5670 

5985 

6300  6615 

6930: 

7560;  8190 

9450 

21x82 

672 

5712  6048 

6384 

6720,  7056 

7392 

80641  8736 

10080 

21x34 

714 

6069  6426 

6783 

7140,  7497 

7854' 

8568'  9282 

10710 

21x36 

756 

6426  6804 

7182 

7560  7938 

8316 

9072  9828 

11340 

21x38 

798 

6783  7182 

7581 

7980,  8379 

8778 

9576  10374 

11970 

21x40 

840 

7140  7560 

7980 

8400,  8820 

9240  10080  109201 

12600 

22x20 

440 

3740  3960 

4180 

4400  4620 

4840 

5280  5720 

6600 

22x22 

484 

4114  4356 

4598 

4840  5082 

5324 

5808  6292 

7260 

22x24 

528 

4488  4752 

5016 

5280  5544 

5808 

63361  6864 

7920 

22x26 

572 

4862  5148 

5434 

5720  6006 

6292 

68641  7436  8580 1 

326 


TABLE  OF  AREAS  AND  CUBICAL  CONTENTS 

Ceiling  Heights 

Room 

Size 

Area 

8M' 

9' 

9M' 

10' 

lOH 

'  11' 

12' 

13' 

15' 

22x28 

616  5236 

5544 

5852 

6160 

6468 

6776 

7392 

8008 

9240 

22x30 

66(^5610 

5940 

6270 

6600 

6930 

7260 

7920 

8580 

9900 

22x32 

704  5984 

6336 

6688 

7040 

7392 

7744 

8448 

9152 

10560 

22x34 

748  6358 

6732 

7106 

7480 

7854 

8228 

8976 

9724 

11220 

22x36 

792  6732 

7128 

7524 

7920 

8316 

8712 

9504 

10296118801 

22x38 

836  7106 

7524 

7942 

8360 

8778 

9196 

10032  108681125401 

22x40 

880  7480 

7920 

8360 

8800 

9240 

9680 

10560 

11440  132001 

23x20 

4603910 

4140 

4370 

4600 

4830 

5060 

5520 

5980 

6900 

23x22 

506  4301 

4554 

4807 

5060 

5313 

5566 

6072 

6578 

7590 

23x24 

5524692 

4968 

5244 

5520 

5796 

6072 

6624 

7176 

8280 

23x26 

598  5083 

5382 

5681 

5980 

6279 

6578 

7176 

7774 

8970 

23x28 

644  5474 

5796 

6118 

6440 

6762 

7084 

7728 

8372 

9660 

23x30 

690  5865 

6210 

6555 

6900 

7245 

7590 

8280 

8970 

10350 

23x32 

736  6256 

6624 

6992 

7360 

7728 

8096 

8832 

9568  11040 

23x34 

782  6647 

7038 

7429 

7820 

8211 

8602 

9384 

101661 11730 

23x36 

8287038 

7452 

7966 

8280 

8694 

9108 

9936 

10764J 12420 

23x38 

874  7429 

7866 

8303 

8740 

9177 

9614 

10488 

11362,13110 

23x40 

920  7820 
4804080 

8280 

8740 

9200 

9660 

10120 

11040 

11960  13800 

24x20 

4320 

4560 

4800 

5040 

5280 

5760 

6240 

7200 

24x22 

G28  4488 

4752 

5016 

5280 

5544 

5808 

6336 

6864 

7920 

24x24 

576  489615184 

5472 

5760 

6048 

6336 

6912 

7488 

8640 

24x26 

624  530415616 

5928 

6240 

6552 

6864 

7488 

8112 

9360 

24x28 

672  571 2 '6048 

6384 

6720 

7056 

7392 

8064 

873610080 

24x30 

720  61206480 

6840 

7200 

7560 

7920 

8640 

9360110800 

24x32 

768  652816912 

7296 

7680 

8064 

8448 

9216 

9984  11520 

24x34 

816  69367344 

7752 

8160 

8568 

8976 

9792 

106081 12240 

24x36 

864  7344 

7776 

8208 

8640 

9072 

9504 

10368 

11232 

12960 

24x38 

9127752 

8208 

8664 

9120 

9576 

10032 

10944 

11856 

13680 

24x40 

960  8160 

8640 

9120 

9600:10080 

10560 

11520 

12480 

14400 

25x20 

5004250 

4500 

4750 

5000 

5250 

5500 

6000 

6500 

7500 

25x22 

55(^4675 

4950 

5225 

5500 

5775 

6050 

6600 

7150 

8250 

25x24 

60Q5100 

5400 

5700 

6000 

6300 

6600 

7200 

7800 

9000 

25x26 

650  5525 

5850 

6175 

6500 

6825 

7150 

7800 

8450 

9750 

25x28 

700  5950 

6300 

6650 

7000 

7350 

7700 

8400 

9100 

10500 

25x30 

750  6375 

6750 

7125 

7500 

7875 

8250 

9000 

9750 

11250 

25x32 

80(^6800 

7200 

7600 

8000 

8400 

8800 

9600 

104001 120001 

25x34 

850  7225 

7650 

8075 

8500 

8925 

9350 

10200 

11050 

12750 

25x36 

900  7650 

8100 

8550 

9000 

9450 

9900 

10800 

11700 

13500 

25x38 

950  8075 

8550 

9025 

9500 

9975il0450lll400 

12350 

14250 

25x40 

I000  8500i9000 

9500 

10000 

10500!ll000ll2000jl3000il5000| 

327 


PROPORTIONING  DUCTS  FOR  PUBLIC  BUILDINGS 

In  public  buildings  the  sizes  of  air-conveying  ducts  from  fans 
or  heaters  to  vertical  induction  flues,  and  the  sizes  of  these  flues, 
depend  upon  the  velocities  of  the  air  flowing  in  such  ducts  and  flues. 
The  essential  factors  in  determining  these  velocities  are:  The  limi- 
tations of  economical  rotative  speed  of  fans  from  the  standpoint  of 
power,  the  limitations  of  air  velocities  on  account  of  noise  or  by 
reason  of  increasing  friction  as  velocities  increase;  limitation  of 
velocity  of  inflowing  air  through  registers  into  rooms;  the  desira- 
bility of  as  high  a  velocity  of  air  as  is  permissible  under  the  limita- 
tions referred  to  in  order  to  get  as  quick  a  conveyance  of  heat  units 
from  the  heater  to  the  rooms  to  be  heated  as  possible;  and  the 
necessary  initial  and  intermediate  velocities  to  overcome  the  resist- 
ance existing  in  each  particular  system  or  case. 

The  size  of  vertical  flues  to  the  registers  in  the  rooms  is  deter- 
mined by  the  maximum  velocities  allowable  in  avoiding  drafts  and 
noise  in  the  rooms.  Practice  has  shown  that  the  best  velocities  for 
the  registers  should  be  from  200  to  400  feet  per  minute  over  the  face 
of  the  register  depending  upon  the  size  and  location;  floor  registers 
from  125  to  175  feet.  The  velocity  in  the  vertical  flues  leading  to 
the  registers  should  be  from  400  to  750.  The  sizes  of  these  vertical 
flues  is  determined  largely  by  the  size  of  register  desirable.  In 
general,  the  velocity  in  these  risers  should  be  low,  in  order  to  obtain 
as  uniform  a  velocity  as  possible  over  the  register  area. 

The  velocity  in  the  horizontal  ducts  leading  from  the  appara- 
tus to  the  vertical  risers  is  determined  chiefly  by  the  resistance  of 
the  duct.  In  practice  these  velocities  will  vary  anywhere  from 
700  feet  to  1200  feet  depending  upon  the  size,  length  of  the  duct, 
number  of  elbows,  etc.  A  designer  with  considerable  experience 
may  proportion  these  ducts  so  as  to  give  very  uniform  distribution 
without  going  into  any  extended  calculation.  However,  it  is  desir- 
able to  have  a  correct  method  as  a  basis.  For  the  benefit  of  engi- 
neers and  architects  we  give  here  the  method  employed  by  this 
company  in  the  determination  of  duct  velocities  and  sizes. 

The  principal  losses  in  piping  systems  for  public  buildings  are  in 
the  horizontal  ducts  where  the  velocity  is  the  highest.  The  losses 
in  these  ducts  depend  upon  the  velocity,  the  size  and  length  of  duct 
and  upon  the  number  of  elbows.  There  is  also  considerable  loss 
in  pressure  as  the  air  enters  the  duct.     An  ideal  system  should 


take  all  these  factors  into  consideration,  and  so  proportion  the 
velocities  that  the  resistance  would  be  practically  equal  in  all  ducts 
regardless  of  the  length,  etc. 

The  system  which  we  employ  accomplishes  this  in  a  practical 
manner  and  at  the  same  time  avoids  any  laborious  calculation.  For 
each  duct  a  factor  may  be  obtained  by  inspection  in  accordance 
with  the  following  formula: 

F-«H  +  -^  +  ^ 

This  factor  represents  the  loss  by  friction  in  terms  of  velocity 
head.  The  first  term,  2J^,  is  approximately  the  number  of  times  the 
velocity  head  lost  by  entrance  to  the  pipe,  entrance  to  the  vertical 
flue,  and  loss  in  riser  and  register.  The  second  factor  represents 
the  loss  due  to  length  and  size  of  pipe;  L  is  the  length  in  feet  and 
W  is  the  approximate  width  in  inches.  The  third  term  represents 
that  proportion  of  the  pressure  lost  in  elbows,  and  N  is  the  number 
of  long  radius  elbows.  One  square  elbow  is  figured  equal  to  two 
long  radius  elbows.  In  checking  over  the  piping  layout  the  factors 
for  the  various  ducts  are  first  found  as  above  and  from  these  factors 
the  velocity  in  the  respective  ducts  are  ascertained  directly.  In 
determining  these  velocities  it  is  usual  to  allow  a  loss  not  exceed- 
ing one-fourth  of  the  total  fan  pressure.  This  in  practice  usually 
amounts  to  about  M  oi  an  inch.  The  velocity  corresponding  to 
a  pressure  of  one-quarter  of  an  inch  is  2000,  and  since  the  velocities 
vary  as  the  square  root  of  the  pressure,  the  factor  F  and  the  velocity 
V  will  give  a  loss  of  }4  of  an  inch  if 

y       2000 

In  this  manner  the  velocities  are  accurately  and  convemently 
proportioned.  The  table  on  page  117  from  an  actual  case  illustrates 
the  variation  in  velocities  which  occur  in  a  correctly  proportioned 
system,  and  the  table  on  page  119  shows  standard  size  of  registers 
and  risers  in  pubHc  buildings. 


Note:  The  foregoing  rules  for  proportioning  ducts  in  public 
buildings,  are  here  used  by  courtesy  of  the  Buffalo  Forge  Co. 
Pages  named  refer  to  their  catalogue. 

329 


*    o    «   — 


£    B    "  "S  J:         j: 
—         ■so" 


■=    c    » 


=  s.  § 


3 

n   00 


c 

0) 

^ 

> 

0. 

0^ 

TJ 

b. 

c 

CO 

oi 

b) 

hn 

f- 

c 

s 

4-1 

< 

Q 

CO     o 

CD    OS 

o 

C     '^ 

CO     w 


CO 
CQ 


N  I 


2  e 


C     B     b 
•70S 

OO     V.       > 

-.     O     » 

^a 

».    *    c 
o    «    2 

^  '2 


s  s  I 

&    a,    o 
<c   ^   J= 


■5  ^   ^   -c    >. 


E 
3    S  ^ 


s  <—  ?    ^ 
I   °   I  2 


M     --     —    OJ 


o-  .3   "3    «    *" 


N    -v    o   o 


■2  S 


J  -s  -  e  -j 


~    g.  .£  -^ 

^•2  e  ? 

2  2 
I 


R  §  •= 


r4   ^   »    ^ 


*"«   —   •£. 


■|  2 


CJ    to    o    o 


—     "     ^     CM     CM 


CM    c^    r-    •-•    *o    o    <o 

.-<     r-*     ^     CM     CM     TO     CO 


00     CM     50     O 


a   c  «= 

^    3 


CM     Oi     ^     ^     t-     to 

wCMC9^'^r-.-<to^r~ 

«-••-'     CJ     CM 


9!    ^    •• 
3   :S   = 


S    ♦*    ci 


a^J  -^  tft  06  -^ 


—     —     —     —     CM     CM 


^^— ,^Mc>i«co'*ua 


^,-i^,-.eMCMCM03'«*0 


91     >0     CM     ^if 


00    Qo    <-<    t-   j;o   A 

^     >-«     CM     -^^tO     r-0>e«C091C*3t«CM 


W^*-CMCMCO«^^*Or-GOO 


O     V     t«     CO 

CMn»oaocMcooto 


^-^CMCMCOCO-VO 


to    00    o    ■*)•    »o    o    01 


to     CO     CM     CM 


^  s 


•O     00    O     CO 


^^^^eactacMco 


,-OOeo»o»0'^^o 

— •9>9>Oe4tOtDO 


^    la    (O    r*    uo    o> 


•>e4co'viot0r*ao 


eM^«oaOO«eNao^ 


CM    e«s    «    ■» 


o 
o 
o 

eo 

i 

© 

© 
© 
© 
© 

CO 

CD 

© 

© 

CO 
00 

© 
© 
© 
© 

© 
© 

© 
© 
© 

© 

© 
© 
© 

eo 
CO 

1—1 
© 
© 
© 

© 

© 
© 

o 

© 

© 
© 
© 

rt 

o 
o 

OS 

eo 
o 
o 
o 
o 

U5 

© 
© 
© 
© 

© 
© 
© 
© 

eo 

© 
© 
© 
© 

rH 
1—1 

© 

© 

© 

■ 

© 
eo 

1— ( 

© 
© 

CD 

00 

1—1 
© 
© 
© 

© 

© 

1— ( 

© 
o 

00 

1-1 

© 
© 
© 

~l 
00 

© 

CO 

© 
© 
© 

rs  and  Flues  for 
r  Hour. 

B 

i 

0) 

a 

o 
o 

00 

o 
o 

(M 

o 
o 
o 

© 
© 
© 
© 

CO 

00 

© 
© 
© 
© 

CD 

© 

© 
© 
© 

to 

(M 

1—1 
© 
© 
© 

© 

I— 1 
© 
© 
© 

© 
© 

1— ( 

© 
© 
© 

00 

00 

1—1 
© 
© 
© 

■<* 

o 
o 
o 
o 

CO 

© 
© 
© 
© 

© 
© 
© 
© 

i-H 

© 
© 
© 

CO 

© 
© 
© 

© 
© 

1— ( 
© 
© 
© 

© 
OS 
1— t 

© 

rH 

© 
CD 

00 

eo 

CO 

© 
© 
© 

r  Determining  the  Size  of  Registe 
Certain  Number  of  Changes  Pe 

o 
o 

la 

o 
o 
o 
o 

CO 

00 

© 
© 
o 
© 

1-* 
»— 1 
I— ( 

© 
© 
© 

00 

eo 

© 
o 
© 

CO 
CO 

1—1 

© 
© 
© 

i-( 
© 
© 
© 

eo 

CO 

CO 

© 
© 
© 

© 
CO 

© 
o 
© 

00 

t- 

CO 

© 
© 

<D 

4^ 

(V 

c 

'S 
o 

> 

o 
o 

«o 

o 
o 
o 
o 

© 
© 

© 

© 
© 

CO 

eo 

T-l 
O 
© 
© 

CD 
© 

© 
© 
© 

© 
© 

© 
© 
© 

CO 
CO 

© 
© 
© 

© 

© 

CO 

© 
© 
© 

© 
© 
eo 
© 
© 
© 

CO 
eo 
eo 

© 
© 
© 

© 

o 
o 
o 
© 

.-1 
t-l 

o 
o 
© 

00 

1—1 

© 

U5 

00 

1—1 
© 
© 
o 

(M 
CO 
CO 

© 
© 
© 

lO 
CO 

© 
© 
© 

© 

OS 

© 
© 

eo 
eo 

© 
© 

rH 

© 
© 

o 

5 

« 
00 

o 
o 
o 
© 

<M 

t— 1 

© 
© 
© 

CD 
CD 

r-t 

© 
© 
© 

00 

© 

© 
© 

© 
CO 

© 
o 
© 

OS 

o 
© 

CO 
00 

© 
© 

U3 

CO 
© 
© 
© 

© 

CD 

o 
in 
CO 

© 
© 
© 
© 

00 

© 

05 
T-H 

© 
© 
© 

00 
CO 

© 
© 
O 

© 

00 

CO 

© 
© 
© 

eo 
eo 

© 
© 

© 
00 

eo 

© 

OS 

CO 

© 
© 
o 

o 
© 
© 

'© 

lO 

© 
© 
o 

3 

O 
1— ( 
I— I 
© 
© 
© 

CD 
CO 
»-( 

© 
© 
© 

© 
© 

00 

© 
© 

eo 

CO 
CO 

© 
© 
© 

OS 
00 

eo 
© 
© 
© 

'^ 

© 
© 

CD 

© 
© 

o 
© 

<D 

o 

ec 
eo 

© 
© 
© 

© 
© 

© 
© 

CD 
CD 

© 
© 

© 
CO 

§ 

© 
© 

© 
© 

© 
© 
© 

© 
© 

© 

eo 
to 

© 
© 
o 

© 
© 
© 
© 
© 
<D 

© 
© 
© 

o 
o 
© 

a 

-S3 

w 

eo 

■^ 

lO 

CO 

t- 

00 

OS 

© 

rH 

•o  © 

c^ 

OS*' 

*?-^ 

"  0) 

U    V 

3«*H 

a> 

•«-> 

U   c8 

03 

0)  3 

•c 

a  cr 

Q. 

to  " 

P 

<U  rH 

Q. 

^eo 

a  a 

c8 

>. 

"'^ 

^ 

4J-= 

V^ 

b 

J  ?? 

c 

(rf 

C«M 

o 

O 

4H 

a 

CJ 

^ 

^  © 

s 

— t 

u 

t3 

>>T3 

P 

•*J 

T5 
C 

3 

oa 

C  oj 


c  o 


c 

OS 


c   Sh  o 

O  +J      . 

— >      O   CJ   o 

•j:  08  -u 
^<jH  a> 

oso  ^ 

03©   "^ 

cr©  a 

Q>^  OS 

■^  ^ 
C  c  * 
a>  S  O 

oH  O 

«  Z 

p-N  ^^ 

c3  oi  ^ 

o.S  J 

O   g  -< 

CO  0)  ■< 
X  S  . 
C0_   v 

e©  -w 

O   d,   o 

.S  <i>  c 

•  •  bo<u 
J  t<  o 

>  Z 


331 


Table  for  Determining  tlie  Size  of  Registers  and 
Flues  for  a  Given  Air  Supply  Per  Person. 

A=Cubic  ft.  air  per  person  per  minute. 
P=Number  of  persons  in  room. 


A 

Velocity  in  Feet 

per  Minute 

250 

300 

350  1 

400 

450 

500 

600 

700 

800 

900 

1000 

10 

.04  0 

.033 

.029  1 

.025 

.022 

.020 

.017 

.015 

.013 

.011 

.010 

15 

.060 

.050 

.042  1 

.037 

.033 

.030 

.025 

.021 

.019 

.017 

.015 

20 

.080 

.066 

.057  j 

.050 

.044 

.040 

.033 

.029 

.025 

.022 

.020 

25 

.100 

.083 

.071  1 

.063 

.055 

.050 

.042 

.036 

.032 

.028 

.025 

30 

.120 

.100 
.116 

.085  1 

.075 

.066 

.060 

.050 

.043 

.038 

.033 

.030 

35 

.140 

.100  1 

.087 

.077 

.070 

.058 

.050 

.044 

.039 

.035 

40 

160 

.132 

.114  1 

.100 

.088 

.080 

.066 

.057 

.050 

.044 

.040 

45 

.180 

.149 

.128  1 

.112 

.099 

1  .090 

.075. 

.064 

.056 

.050 

.045 

50 

.200 

.166 

.142  i 

.125 

.111 

1'  .100 

.083 

.071 

.063 

.056 

.050 

FORMULA:  Area  of  Flue  or  Register  in  feet  = 


PxA 


To  find  size  flue  or  register:  Multiply  the  number  of  persons  in 
the  room  by  appropriate  factor  in  table. 

EXAMPLE:  Number  of  persons  =45.  Air  required=30  cubic 
feet  per  minute.  Velocity  allowed  =300  feet  per  minute.  Then 
45  X  .  100  =  4.5  square  feet. 

Allowance  should  be  made  for  grille  work  if  used,  and  for 
friction  in  long  flues. 


332 


AMERICAN  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS. 

The  following  pages  illustrate  many  of  the  best  school 
buildings  in  America.  Many  of  them  are  but  recently  com- 
pleted,— some  are  still  under  construction,  the  illustrations  hav- 
ing been  obtained  from  the  architects'  drawings.  Buildings 
which  are  not  so  recent  are  also  shown,  because  they  illustrate 
architectural  standards  still  recognized  as  the  practice  of  the  best 
offices,  and  well  worthy  of  study  and  reference. 

While  every  school  building  problem  is  worthy  of  the  de- 
signer's best  endeavor,  not  all  sets  of  conditions  render  ideal  re- 
sults possible.  All  school  building  "standards"  must  necessarily 
be  considered  only  as  averages.  The  thing  to  be  done  depends 
on  the  time,  the  place,  the  money  in  hand,  educational  require- 
ments and  other  important  items.  A  principle  may  be  universal, 
but  its  application  must  be  particular  and  specific. 

The  buildings  illustrated  all  typify  the  same  general  prin- 
ciples of  school  design, — representing  the  latest  and  best  in 
America, — ^but  the  results  are  of  widely  varying  character  as  in- 
fluenced by  all  the  factors  referred  to. 

In  most  cases  the  floor  plans  not  given  with  the  buildings  are 
occupied  with  class  rooms  only,  or  the  usual  basement  rooms,  the 
arrangement  of  which  is  indicated  by  the  plans  which  are  shown. 


333 


Cordaville    School,    Southboro,    Mass. 
Coi^er  &  Bailey,  Architects. 


Groun 


Tloob. 


Cordaville  5chc»l  5outhboro  Mass. 
Cooper  &  C>ailey  •    •  Architects 


334 


model'  SCHOOL-  UNITED    STATES    BUREAU  Of  EDUCATION' 
PRCF.    r.B.DRESSLAR  -  SreaALIST     IN    SCHOOL    BYCJOHt.- 
CXXJPEB.    AND    BAILEY  ■  -  ARCalTECTS. 
BOSTON  •  •  MASS. 


SaMdI     C>i.AC)tBo/>^J«>S 


_Cla55  Room 


QSAT^ 


^«l 


(SkowmtjTjldor         No   Pasement 


Model  3chool  Midx>lee>or.d  MA5^.  U.S.Durxav  of^d 
ucATioN    s     Cooper.  <s-  Cxmj-ey,  Architects 


335 


Second  Floor  Plan. 


First  Floor  Plan. 


Basement  Plan. 


Michael  DriscoU  School,   Brookline,  Mass. 
Kilham  &  Hopkins,  Architects. 


336 


Floor  Plans.   Delany  School.    Virginia  Ave.   and  Bowen  Street. 


u. 


340 


u  D  d|d  D 


D  Dpn  D  D 


342 


r,rjt      Fhor     pUn 


Floor  Plans,  Bryan  Hill  School.     Gano  and 
Florissant  Avenues. 


-■^K^^XSBWBsJl^ib^SBfsOH^- 


344 


St.     Mary's     School,     Marion,     O. 
Wilbur    T.    Mills.    Architect.    G}lumbus.    O. 


I 

--  0 
J    0 


d 


V 


soKia.  cvsnT    op 


1^ 


'                 1 

!  1                  i 

1                               1 

t1 


n 


Ci_^ae     nc 


CiT  tSo^E  3  ^rtoQi-*  Chelsea  MASi 


/^SSE/^Bl—'l'      AlAI 


"TTTT" 

a   i    ^ i      iw *a 


>\rtlrt  -Woi* 


>5T  Ro^E'5  5CHOOi-*  CH£J-5EA,MA5J 


348 


Domestic  Economy  Room,   Emerson  School,  Gary,   Ind. 


Boyle  Heights  Intermediate  School,  A.  F.  Rosenheim,  Architect,  Los  Angeles. 

350 


¥ 


S'"S 


-m 


^. 


\h 


CZ3 


x:m  ^ 


KM) 


Boyle  Heights  Intermediate  School,  Los  Angeles,  A.  F.  Rosenheim,  Architect. 

352 


,  tWnlH  i-^l  h 


Cko/iK,  ''&<::iori 


O  o  J5e-*e  1  !=><=>  x^ . 


— ^  Tf  ^^  M^iB  :^iii  1^^ 


354 


355 


Geh  Gzo.  MSCall  School.  .  Phila   Penna 


Sen  Geo  M?Call  3choo\^         Phii-ADelphia  Pa 


356 


357 


Al-ice   Cary  vSchool 
Phiua    Pa. 


Alice  Gary  School^ 

'Dui  I  I    A      Da 


£A3EMENT 


1 

W 

ThIR.13 

m 

y^ 

1 1 

H 

u 

M. 

lI 

<i-c5  xe>e,xi3C3iS. 


S5,OOJS1.. 


MENT. 


360 


u 


i 


-0  U 


UJ 


361 


TlRS-T   TuooR. 


363 


Gen  PaviD  BDirney 
Public  School 
Ph  ii.-adel.ph  I  a    Pa  . 


in 


I  Roojvi,  rt»  < 


^  ■  ■  ■  !■ 

K.OOJSi.H«  3 

B    ■    '   '    ^ 

Gen  David  £>.  Birney  vSchooj-.   Phila  Pa 
First   T\i.oor. 


'*1if^ 


*f. 


370 


Floor  Plans,  William  Glasgow  Jr.  School.  Garrison  Ave.  and  Glasgow  Place 

372 


L^lt 


THIRD  "  rL°OR,  c  pLAl^  c 


5CALt 


BASLMLfVT     F-L°°R.    PLAW 
374 


375 


376 


378 


■-3^0mm^'i^llKf^^..  '^90^'-  ^'''^^iNH^*'''**^'**''''^!*^"^  '^"^  . 


^^m 


Basement  Plan,  George  Sands  School,  Cincinnati,  O. 


380 


381 


rm 


I  LI 


n  lu 


n    i„  4iUir   «^f     '■.■^  Ji 


FirA  Floor  Plan,    George  Sands  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 


382 


r    1 


t 


I 


i 


4. 


It 


t 


m^ 


M. 


r- 


g-l 


1 


t* 


imm'i-'m'< 


I 

I      J 


JU 


^  JL 


T-^ 


L.-^^J 


1 


George  Sands  School,  Cincinnati,  O. 


383 


5HURTJ.Err  5CH0D1.  Ad.  Chelsea  Mass. 


CLA35    pfl      Rooms 


it 


RiCEP 


Class 


Room  5 


ST  "^ 


Cl-ASi 


IB4  IJi     MH^HBaMsaM    ■  1 

Rooms 


1  1    f    I    I     I    I     I    I     I        \t  pTT 


LJ 


Ci_A55 


RooMi 


-SnuQTLLrr    DcnooL 

ADDIT  1 O  N 

CnLLDLA   Mao.!)       KlLHAMoflOPKINOAPCrtn 


DA.3tMr,NT     PLAN 

384 


■  ooT-  Tit    J/^^4     i 


386 


FIRST  FLOOt  PLftN 


SECOND  riOOR    PLAM 

Winsor   School,    Brookline,    Mass.,   R.    Clipston    Sturgis,    Architect,    Boston. 

388 


c    ^ 


Guilford  School,  Cincinnati,  O. 
390 


382 


\  CoArrst 

ir '3 


394 


395 


J      ■ — -H- 

F 


A  ^ijLJm-u     < 


^TF^  ^ J  B 


■* 


>     UL-»umil  jl» 


-\MdoP540S.  -Sc-fcXiL  ■  pLPG- 


i       1       i" 


NevwMZK-        -O«o 


TptST  r^oOR  Plan 


-W09D5IPC  -  School    E>l.t>fi 


NcwKAK.-      ^mo 


Pasemejjt    Tloor  Fi_an 


396 


397 


Ci_A.&a    Room 


CLAia     Room 


Cl>AAS>     12.00M 


_      I     r^^:..:-,    ffl     _ 


(LUJ.  L 


-+ll! 


Class     R.oom 


■SrcoMD  FLcma  Plat-l 


FlBST    FuOOU   Pi. AN 


$30,000.    Fireproof  School  Building. 
398 


400 


401 


Fredonia  High  School.     Chas.  A.  Dieman  &  Co.,  Architects, 
Cedar    Rapids,    la. 


402 


■«■ 


■^p 


403 


Class  2m. 


w — 

oi    ot 

[^^   CLAS5  2U. 
or 


PRINCIPAL'^ 
Rm. 


CLA35  UPoU 


Eight  Kdom  School  With'  Toilets  On  Each  Elooi^ 


Eight  Room  School  L 


■Toilets  In  Basement 


.'f^ 

« 

Mgii«i|r 

^.w^SH 

^B 

IM^H^SP^  ^^HMi^^l 

The  very  rigid  requlremenls  of  ihe  Ohio  Code  have  given  birlh  to  a 
plain  type  of  fireproof  school  buildings,  very  compact  and  very  economical. 
On  account  of  cost,  it  is  necessary  to  omit  costly  ornament  and  elaborate 
design  of  every  sort.  The  many  colored  and  different  texture  brick  now 
generally  in  use  are  made  use  of  to  produce  interesting  color  effects  and 
thus  in  some  measure  make  up  for  other  more  expensive  forms  of  decora- 
lion. 

The  above  building  is  shown  as  an  illustration  of  one  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful buildings  of  this  type,  being  an  eight  room  fireproof  structure  above 
basement,  and  having  two  finished  rooms  m  basement,  of  same  height  as  the 
school  rooms,  serviceable  for  laboratories,  manual  training,  etc. 

Where  necessary  for  the  sake  of  economy,  the  toilets  are  all  located  in 
basement.  Where  more  money  is  available,  toilets  are  arranged  on  the  floors 
with  the  school  rooms.  On  opposite  page  plans  are  shown  illustrating  both 
of  these  arrangements.  An  eight  room  school  building  of  this  type  may  be 
built  for  as  little  as  $20,000.00  and  in  no  case  need  exceed  $30,000.00,  at 
prices  now  existing,  (1915). 


405 


fiRST  Tj-oor  Plan  '  5caj-e 


Cleveland  School  •  Newark*  New  Jersey 
•  £.KGuiLDER.T*  Architect  • 


407 


5   10       20      ao  : 


408 


•Mew  Carr  School ° 
•  St.  Louis  *  •  "Mo  " 
"  Wm.  D.Ittne.r.'-Arch't' 


•Second  Tloor.  Plan 


lORBY 


"Washington  School  At  ' 
•East  Orauge.*    'N.J.  * 

•GUILr>ERT  ^DATELLE'ARCHT^- 

We 


:       CLKS5 

Room 


Class 
Room 


Basement  Plan 
412 


413 


T    ^  ^  "^o  SCALE  flR5T      TLOOR, 

Central  School  Troy,  N.  Y.,  R.   Clipston  Sturgis,  Architect,  Boston. 


Jj 


u 


OQ 


415 


^i 
^i 

s- 


.    fli'i'i-^i    ^ 


H 


416 


Kwwuo  .y*OQ 


418 


J 

X 


419 


J 


CcsjejgiiDojR,. 


TiR-ST  TIOOK. 


V?oex>a., 


"1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1     ?ri 


fnii 


<5' •a' J>^ -I"-^  *». «  ^  "  »~*  • 


5a^ememt 


B 


r' 


-■-L 


ICAX. 


High  School,  Virginia,  Minn.,  Tyree  &  Chapman,  Architects. 
420 


421 


ThIOD   noDC  n_AN 


-  CCDKiNfl 

ICOOTNG   r-|  LADOMTOEV 

ILCCTUCCI 


LI 


ChEMkSTOY 
LATbOQATOPy 


■^fel       j 


CMCMi5TCr 

Lectucc 


Typd»bitles 


—  J-     r; 

TYPCWEJTCE5    P" N 


Typcweitcej 


b 


■fl — ~¥T — m 


COUET 


L^DCCATOCY 


^^■ 


Lwox-N  MiorfiCHOx. 

Portland  ore. 


"^  EODM  f^T^     LCCTUEC  DOXANY 

iOTact|  —Laooeatoei- 

AECHUCCT^      m^^^^Hi 


HisH  School*  Navsatuck  Covult -J|     Pj-AK   of  Second  TLoor. 

McKiM  MEAX3&. White  ARCvrrsif ^|     Scale  Tt.  ^'  '°     - — ^ 


424 


Hith  School,  Naugatuck,  Conn.,  McKim,  Mead  &  White,  Archilecl*. 
From  Photogravure  by  A.  W.  Elson  Co.,  Boston,  Mass. 


High  School*  Nav/gatwck  Conn. 
McKiM  Mead  &  White 'Archts. 


KH«|        pj_AN  Of     FiR5T  TlooR 

scAi.E=fEET  I  !  y    T    y 


425 


RiaTATlON  toOM 


426 


428 


430 


432 


flha     P>- 


Huldiinson  High  School,  Buffalo.  N.  Y. 


434 


High  vSchool 
WHITE  Plains  N.Y. 


H.c.Pelton 
Architect 


TTeaCNIIcI   CI.A5S  Rc»M 


437 


•PLAN  •  or- AAIN  •  MJDOR, 


Newton  Technical  High  School,  Newton,  Mass. 


Newton  Technical  High  School,  Newton,  Mass. 


441 


I«—  ft.__ft.-« 


Hi&M  School  At  De5Moine5'!owa- 
Proudtoot  Biro  &  RAwiON-AiPCH'Tj* 


■  TiR5T  rroOR  Plan  ■ 


•HlGU    5CMOD1.   At    CtSMOlNES.IOVVA* 

•Proljetoot,  Bird  6-Kaw50N'Ar.ch't5* 


444 


Gbound  T'l.ood,  Pi_a>n  ■ 


GvMNAOlUM 


JT 


-DAStMCMT    PLvMH- 

CocMC:=>Tt-E  High  .^cmodi- 


JHffiffl 


TTTrrr 


446 


o 


u 


J 


•  DCCOMD-rLOOG  -PL  AM  • 
EOCHtSTta  HiCiM  ^CHOOL. 


riEOT  ruOQD-  Plah 
EocHtsTta  High  Dcmool. 


448 


449 


4S0 


452 


FxooR 


Basement  Plan. 


Third   Floor   Plan. 


Si:COHT> 


m 


'^  I  I  III  r 


WWW 


Ji^o 


OR 


H    W    »    II  ^^ 


3t<->oy     Room 


H  Class 


-plT 


T^r 


"I  i  I  III  r-- 


— ' '•— s (ST' '  ' 1 T—'  • '-' 


h   3 


K 


Ci-ASS 

R 


Cl.  AS  5 

R. 


fa<    »   *    >    »    ^ 

High  School.  "       °  I.anca5Ter  KH 
CoopEiR.  <5^  E>AiLtY    "    Architects 


455 


,  Ground  Tloor,  

High  School    Attleboro   tAAss.     Cooper  &.  Dai  ley     Architects 


S=  5>HOWEFlS    Ti=TEAM  LOCKER.S 

HC-Heatihc  Chamber   P-D=PHT5.Di 

N  m  fit  m  n  m  n  H  ^m 


Toii-ET 


Spectators'   Gallbrt 


C3yMNA5)VJM 
104   "  69 


Spectators'  Gallery 


GiRL-S' 
i-OCKERJ 


I    II    ll  II  II  *<  W  W   > 


Girls' 
Toilet 


DA5EMENT 


Tonai 
Room 


High  School    Attledoro  Mas^.    Coopers*.  Dailey    Architect5 


456 


;^  d  ^ 

to      3=       ^ 
lU     O      M 


cv  :!~  ! — 

C-!  :•  - 

o  ^  ^ 

o  S  ^ 


Third  "Floor 
High   5chooi.    Attledoro   Masj.     Cooper  &,  Dailey    Architects 


MiSH  School    Attleboro  Ma55.        Cooper  ^s.  Dailey  AftCHiTEcns 


458 


S-- 


o 


461 


DAVENPORT  HIGH  SCHOOL     FIRST-FLOOR  PLAN. 


DAVENPORT   HIGH   SCHOOL.     BASEMENT   PLAN. 


CO 


d 


J        B( 

PHYSICS       I      m 


DAVENPORT  HIGH  SCHOOL.    THIRD-FLOOR  PLAN. 


DAVENPORT  HIGH  SCHOOL.     SECpND-F^pOR  PLAN. 


;^hg 


I       1 

I   g  A56EA\BLY-R.°°>n 

is^l     ■      ■     ■     -    All  ' 

a  I IE 


•  5Ai)LALNT  "  PLAN/  - 
High  School   at  Salem,    Mass.     Kilham   and   Hopkins,   Architects,   Boston. 


High   School    at   Salem,    Mass.      Kilham    and    Hopkins,    Architects,    Boston. 


467 


468 


469 


Warren    Easton    Boys'    High    School,    New    Orleans,    La.      E.    A.    Christy,    Archilecl 
Plan  of  Basement  and  Second  Floor. 
470 


i 

J 

'BA5tntK'T»  PLAhJ- 
High  School  at  Haverhill,  Mass.     Kilham  and  Hopkins,  Architects,  Boston. 


CQ 


THIRD"  PL°°R»PLAN'' 


^       SCALE  -  o^tC°rVD»  M°°R»PLAN''> 

High  School  at  Haverhill,  Mass.     Kilham  and  Hopkins,  Architects,  Boston. 

474 


u 

X 

<s 

00 
•V 

U 

M 

00 '^ 

a   V 

SU 

->« 

-^*  S 
B   ig 

o  -B 

(J    u 


CQ 


5eCO\D  ''^^oor  Plan* 


High  >3chooi.- Omaha-  Neb." 


wOMN    i_A-rEN5E'=L    AHCH'T 


*59Ai_E 

•First  TijaoR  pLAr~ 


5cHOOi.  AT  Omaha  •  Neb" 
John  Latensee.*  Architect  * 


Manual    Training    High    School,    Los    Angeles,    Cal. 
480 


u 


^ 


487 


489 


\L'  W  {    '''  t:^!    f^^^^^H 

u 
u 

u 

< 

J^^BIIH 

E 

3 
C 

(S 

^^^^^^B                 ^  —  ~*^»lli^ 

en 

^^^^^^^^^^^^^K^m'-'--                                                       i- 1  ttH^^^Hq 

u, 

^^^^^^^HHR,                                   '  ^^I^B 

6 

'6 
g 

1 
U 

1 

u 
CO 

_c 
ee 

u 

'E 

w 

V 

H 

« 

^ 

'f^-'  ^ 

SzcoND  Floor.  Plan 


10      20      30  T 
II 


494 


"Free 
Hand 

Drawing  - ; 


Mechan'l- 
Drawing 


OlX>   bUlLDINGr 


High  .School  At 

Ia5t  Orange  New  Jersey 

IIGuiLDERj     Architect 
■  1 1  h 


Auditorium 

IT  ^  ^  nf  Tq-I 


li       |«pORRlD0W 


Reception 

RODM5 


TiR5T  Floor. 


:)0R.  Plah      I 


1 

I 
1 

n 

:   Jtudv  &- 

1     Rec.  Room 

495 


t  Open  Air 
Gymnasium 


♦:     + 


High  School  At 
East  Orange  New  Jersey 
E.EGUIL^IRI  A-RCHiTEcr 

SiMi-TiRE  Proof.  Cost  14.5(1:  CuJt 


Third  Tloor  PLArs 


496 


Central  High  sSdHooL   Saint  Paul,  •''^'^'^"'^^^°"^*^*^''^'-"" 
498 


o 


S 

H 


U 


QQ 


OQ 


500 


u 


H 


U 


CQ 


501 


502 


u 


QQ 


QQ 


503 


^ruuL 


u 


OQ 


CQ 


504 


508 


510 


a  D 


I 


O 


2     - 


U 


512 


513 


514 


•SurFALo  New  York. 


DA.5e/^EA\T  •  T="i_oora.  •  i3i_/\rA- 


Lewis   F.    Pilcher,   Stale   Architect.      Fred   B.   O'Connor,    Designer 
Albany,  N.  Y. 


518 


State  Normal  School 


4-Om 


Buffalo  New  York 


•r'lE.ST'  r'L-ooii  '  PUj»vr\; 


Lewis  F.   Pilcher,  State  Architect.      Fred   B.  O'Connor,   Designer. 
Albany.   N.  Y. 


517 


.5TATE  Normal  School 


f>urrALo  NY 


Lewis   F.   Pilcher,   State   Architect,   and   Fred    B.   O'Connor,    Designer. 
Albany,   N.  Y. 


521 


522 


fr= 

■ 

n- 

•3 

Z 

0 

n_ 

< 

id5 
fl     - 

< 

ii_ 

J 

U 

V 

0) 

*>  1^ 

^^■J 

524 


525 


y~-<  w 

Hj>or-  OWR.   Avi)rroniv/-i 

^OVUT 
'                1 , 

«:oviiT 

-      _t — ' 

pin 

-    i.j   ;_ 

llllllllllll 

l^\ 


-THIRD    fLOOTl  PLAI^* 


S<A/TI1  -Bt-ND  •  MlSM-acHooL- 

SOVTM  BrND,    INDIANA, 
w.  B.  iT-nn-ii,.  AHCHiiTCT,  at  LWia 


—J ULJ P..>.[^^or^P..Hp         II  U_ 


'6E:':0ND    f-LOOR.  PLAN  ■ 


526 


u 


u 


X 
X 

CS 

u 


528 


529 


5SD 


UUL 


^ 


531 


2 I 


534 


CQ 

i 


535 


536 


c75 


CQ 
B 


O 


538 


539 


540" 


542 


^E3^'^3 


Kl 


(O 


543 


C — I   ^-^ 


544 


Tor  se 


mr 

j         L.uMB»j..^,  I  /s,oor>  Wofc»;;Nq  .Shop 


St,  i.oui4    Me. 


Wm.  B.  iTTNEf*. 
AWCHITBCT. 


547 


548 


552 


i 


u 


554 


PLAN 
TMIRD°'np-LooR, 


Central  High  School,  Minneapolis,  Minn.     Wm.  B.  Ittacr,  Architect, 
St.  Louis,   Mo. 


558 


THIRD  FLOOR  PLAN. 


SECOND  FLOOR  PLAN 


West  Technical  High  School,  Cleveland,  Ohio.     F.  S.   Bamum,  Architect. 
Plans  by  G)urtesy  of  The  American   School   Board  Journal, 

559 


CO 


560 


5S2 


lL 


563 


564 


JO. 


Roof 


Skylight 


ttslSMOWE! 


Na 


.1 


GYMNA5IVM 


Halu 


fe^ 


^ 


Physics  Lab 


LI 


Iecture  1?cx)m  I      *  IChemistry  Iab.I'     '    |Bioi-ocy1ab 

OREsF 


■L 


TOURTJi  IlOOR  PLAH 

Plans  of  High  5cHooLrnAT  Dloomfield  N.J, 


B  R5  r  Iloor  Plan  ^ . 


C.Granville  Jones 
Architect 


Maury  High  5chooi'  Norfolk, Va. 
Neff  <5i  Thompson  *  Architect3.    : 


p.J  UT 


Third  Fj-oor. 


jUv=i»=t 


Second  "Floor. 
Cost  of  Dvjldinq   ^250,000=  ir.s  cu.ft. 


568 


riMtauiPt 


THIRD  FLOOR  PLAN 


FIRST  FLOOR  PLAN 
High  School  at  Madison,  Wis.      Cass  Gilbert,  Architect,  New  York. 

570 


Chemistry 
Lab. 


RST  Floor  Plan 


Woo-D 


WOR-KING 


Bo\l_-E.R  Rm. 

n 


Hciting  e^  V. 


Arts   &.  C TRACTS 


Gro\jhd  TiooR. 
High  5CH00rlAfAY£TTE  InD''  WM.5.1TTN£R.  Arott. 


572 


In  Third  Floor.: Ci-AS5  Rooms 


Centr-al  Commercial  &  Manual  Training  High  ^School 
Newark  K  J.  °       •  E.F Guilbert  •     -Architect, 


576 


578 


579 


580 


■\  • 


High  School  at  Albany,  N.  Y.     Sfarrett  and  Van  Vleck,  Architects, 
New    York    City. 

582 


583 


3ca»C    ruODB.  R.AN  iCALC 

V*aHN0TON    feVNO  HlOM  JCIODt.  CVMG  fLACt     NEW  YOBK  I 

*  MZ.  Cnj   JWlTICC-ARCHfrECT- 


J  Qrncr 


Washington  Irving  High  School,  New  York  City.    C.  B.  J.  Snyder,  Architect. 


585 


rouETM   rLOOC  Plan  Scjlc     in  if      fTT 

WAJMNuTCN  IHVlNtj  rtai   JCrtOX.  IHVINO    PUCC  ttU  ItJRK  J 

•MB.  CD.J  5n>t)CE. •Architect- 


Thud  ruJCG  Plan  Jcale.      '  i  ■!       T'""  I 

WsailNGTCN   BMNO  MIOfI  JCKEU         RUNG  PLACE    NtW  lOKK  I 

.  'ME.  CD.J.  5nmx:e-  architect- 


OcwiNO  Com 


JCWINO     CCDM 


<^iy'     'i^ii^- 


Entrance   Foyer,    Washington   Irving   High   School,    New   York. 


On  the  roof;  Washington  Irving  High  School,  New  York. 


Auditorium — Washington    Irving   High   School,   New   York,   equipped   as   a 
theater.     C.  B.  J.  Snyder,  Architect. 


CQ 
U 


U 


CQ 


CQ 


590 


.,  -'^  -M-  ^r-r  -¥-  T^  +^-4 

:i         I       :!  ;  i!  :'■         i!  Ii        i         i         I 


592 


594 


598 


GENERAL  INDEX 


INDEX  OF  TEXT 

A 

Air 

Composition    132 

Direction  of  135 

Filtering    150 

Humidity  149 

Pressure,  Corresponding  Vel.  Water  Col.  Hts 323 

Quantity  per  Pupil 145 

Velocity  145 

Vitiation    132 

Washing  and  Filtering 150 

Air  Inlets,  Size  and  Location 134, 148 

Tables  of 331-2 

Air  Outlets,  Size  and  Location 134, 148 

Tables  of  '331-2 

Apparatus  Rooms  51 

Areas  and  Cubical  Contents  of  Rooms,  Tables 324-7 

Arched  Windows,  Undesirable 25,  29 

Architects,  Importanec  of  Skilled 9 

How  to   Select 9 

Architectural  Competitions  13 

Assembly  Halls,  Character  of 51 

Astronomy  Room  51 

Astronomical  Laboratory  —  Observatory  71 

Atmospheric  Conditions,  Influence  Ventilation 140 

Automatic  Control,  Heating  and  Ventilating 146 

Automatic  Flushing  Water  Closets 80 

B 

Balance  Room  55 

Base  Boards  and  Mouldings 45,  31 

Basements  —  Use  of  40 

Waterproofing    40 

Baths  —  Bath   Rooms   55 

Beauty  in  School  Building 34 

Bicycle  Room  56 

Biological  Rooms  55 

Biological  Laboratory,  Table  Details 311 

Blackboards,  Material  and  Dimensions 30 

Mouldings  and  Trough  Details 314 

Board  Room  56 

Boiler  Room  56 

Boston  —  Complete  School  Code 260 

599 


Boston  —  Equipment  Details  298-309 

Botanical  Laboratory,  See  Biological. 56 

Botanical  Laboratory  —  Boston  286 

Botanical  Laboratory,  Equipment 304 

Briggs,  Warren  R.,  Air  Experiments 135 

Building — General  Character  34 

Attic    41 

Coat  Rooms  . 46 

Construction  34 

Corridors  42-3 

Educational  Plan   34 

Entrance  and  Exits 41 

Floors    44 

Foundation  and  Basement 40 

Number  of  Stories  40 

Position  —  Orientation  38 

Roofs   41 

Site  37 

Smoke   Partitions   42 

Stairways   43-44 

Types  of  48 

Wainscoting   46 

Building  Laws  of  States 153 

Business  Department  57 

C 

Ceilings  —  Height,  Finish  and  Color 24 

Chalk  Trough  Details 314 

Chemistry  Rooms  57 

Chemistry  Laboratory  —  Boston  Code 280 

Chemistry  Laboratory,  Details 310 

Chimneys  —  Table  of  Sizes  for  Boilers 322 

Circles  —  Tables  of  Circum.  Areas,  Etc 317 

Circles  —  Table  of  Squares  of  Equiv.  Area 319 

Class  Rooms,  Description  and  Dimensions 24 

Plan  for  Forty  Pupils 25 

Plan  for  Forty-Eight  Pupils 25 

Lighting  of  24-27 

Clerk's  Office  58 

Closets  78-79 

Coal  Room  58 

Coat  Racks,  Detail 297,  314 

Coat  Rooms,  General  Description 58 

Arrangement,  Plans  and  Sizes  of 46-47 

Equipment,  Details  297,  314 

Code  of  Boston 260 

Code  op  Ohio 192 

Codes  of  States 153 

Coils  —  Heating   ; 296 

Commercial  Rooms  58 

Competitions,  Architectural 

Advantages  and   Disadvantages 10 

Circular  of  Advice  Regarding 13 

600 


Composition  op  Air 132 

Connecticut  School  Law 154 

Conservatory   58 

Convenience  in  School  Rooms 31 

Cooking  Rooms  „ 60 

Cooking  Room  Details 307 

Corridors,  General  Character 

Doors  of  42 

Good  Example  of  Correct 102 

Lighting  of  42 

Width  of  43 

Cost  of  School  Buildings 110 

Cost  Tables ; 112-124 

D 

Danger  in  Poorly  Designed  Buildings 93 

Dark  Rooms 60 

Decoration  of  School  Rooms 32 

Demonstration  Tables,  Details 302, 312 

Diameters  Air  Pipes  For  Given  Vel.  Table 322 

Dining  Rooms  59 

Direct  Heating 125 

Direct-Indirect  Heating  128 

Directors'  Rooms  59 

Domestic  Science  Rooms 60 

Domestic  Science  —  Boston 290-1 

Doors  ..: 30 

Drawing  Rooms 61 

Drawing  Rooms,  Details 305 

Dressing  Rooms  61 

Drinking  Fountains  90 

Ducts  —  Determining  Sizes  —  Tables  331-2 

Ducts  —  Heat  and  Vent.  —  Size  and  Location 148 

Ducts  —  Equalizing  —  Table  of 330 

Ducts  —  Proportioning  _ 328-9 

E 

Emergency  Rooms,  See  Hospital 64 

Emergency  Stairs 43 

Engine  Room  64 

Entrances  41 

Equipment  Details 294-316 

Exhaust  Ventilation  141 

Exits  41 

Expert  Service,  Necessity 9 

Extinguishers   99 

F 

Fan  Room 64 

Fan  System,  Heating  and  Ventilating 140 

View  of  Apparatus  142,  295 

Filtering  Air  for  Ventilation 150 

601 


Fire  Extinguishers 99 

fireproofing,  importance  and  cost 92 

Fireproof  School  Buildings 93 

Fire,  Protection  Against 99 

Floors,  Materials  and  Design 45 

Cove  Moulding  at  Base 45 

Sound   Proofing  45 

Toilet  Rooms   91 

Flues  —  See  Ducts 

Flue  Area  —  Table  for  given  Vol.  at  Given  Vel.  320 

Foundations   40 

Fresh  Air  Rooms 52-53 

Furnaces,  Heating  by 126 

Furnace  Room  64 

G 

Gardens    36 

Gravity  System  of  Heating 126 

Gravity  System  of  Ventilation 138 

Grounds  —  Location,  Size,  Drainage,  Etc 37 

Gymnasium    65 

Equipment 288 

Running  Track  65 

H 

Hand  Rails  43 

Heat  —  Inlets  and  Outlets 148 

Heating    125 

Automatic   Control   146 

Bv  Rotation  146 

Direct    125 

Direct  —  Indirect    128 

Fan  System  140 

Hot  Air  125 

Indirect   127 

Heating  Coils  —  View  of  Apparatus 296 

Heating  Devices   125 

Height  of  School  Rooms 24 

High  Schools  —  Boston  Code 279 

Hose  for  Fire  Protection 99 

Hospital  or  Rest  Room 64 

Hot  Air  Furnaces 125 

Humidity  of  Air 149 

I 

Indiana  School  Law 158 

Indirect  Heating 127 

Inlets,  Hot  Air  —  Location  and  Size 134,148 

Introduction 7 

J 

Janitor's  Room  67 

602 


K 

Kansas  School  Law 164 

Kindergarten   Room 67 

Kitchen    67 

L 

i>ab0rat0ries  58,  71 

Laboratory  Equipment  Details 299,  313 

Landings    44 

Latrines  79 

Lavatories  86 

Laws  of  States 153 

Lecture  Room,  High  School;  Plan  of 298 

Length  of  School  Rooms 24-5 

Library  67 

Light  24-29 

Direction   27 

Importance   24 

Quantity    27 

Lighting  of  School  Rooms 25-26 

Lockers  —  Locker  Rooms  68 

Louisiana  School  Law 166 

Lunch  Rooms 68 

Lunch  Rooms  —  Boston  281 

M 

Manual  Arts  Room  —  Boston 289 

Manual  Training  Rooms 69 

Manual  Training,  Details.. 306 

Maple  Flooring  45 

Massachusetts  School  Law 167 

Mechanical  Ventilation  140, 142 

Minnesota  School  Law 170 

Mouldings   31 

Museum    70 

Music   Room   70 

•N 

New  Hampshire  School  Law 171 

New  Jersey  School  Law 172 

New  York  School  Law 187 

North  Dakota  School  Law 189 

Number  of  Pupils  per  Class  Room 24-5 

O 

Observatory 71 

Ohio,  School  Code 192 

Oil   Colors  for  Walls 29 

Orientation    38 

Organic  Matter  in  Air 132 

Ornament  Undesirable  34 

Outlets,  Vent.,  Etc 134, 148 

603 


p 

Painting  —  Inside  Walls  29 

Panic  —  Proofing   100 

Pennsylvania  School  Law 248 

Physics  Laboratory  71 

Physics  Laboratory,  Boston  Code 285 

Physics  Laboratory  —  Equipment  Details 71 

Physiological  Rooms  71 

Picture  Mold 31 

Pipe  Diameters  —  Increases  for  Length  —  Table 323 

Plan  of  School  Rooms 25 

Plastering  —  Smooth  Finish  29 

Platforms  for  Teachers 31 

Playgrounds  38 

Playgrounds  —  Roof  72 

Play  Rooms   72 

Plenum  Fan  System...„ 141 

Plumbing   78-90 

Plumbing,  Details  and  Fixtures 78-81 

Principal's  Office ^ 72 

Principles  of  Ventilation 130 

Program  of  Competitions 13 

Pupils,  Number  per  Class  Room 24-5 

Pupil's  Table  for  Laboratories. 300 

R 

Recitation  Rooms  73 

Reference  Tables  316-332 

Registers  —  Determining  Sizes  —  Tables  331-2 

Rest  Rooms,   See  Hospitals 73 

Risers  in  Stairs,  Height 44 

Roofs  41 

Rotation  —  Heating  by  146 

S 

Sanitation  77 

School  Rooms  24 

Arrangrement  of  Desks  25 

Color   Walls   29 

Conveniences    31 

Cubic  Feet  per  Pupil 24 

Decoration    32 

Dimensions   24 

Direction  of  Light 27 

Doors   30 

Lighting    24 

Openings   for   Flues 25 

Picture  Mold  31 

Walls,  Finish  and  Color 29 

Windows,  Size  and  Design 29 

Window  Shades  29 

604 


School  Building  CJodes 153 

Chart  of  152 

City  of  Boston 260 

Ohio  Code  192 

School  Building  Laws  of  States 153 

Science  Lecture  Room 73 

Science  Lecture  Room  —  Equipment 313 

School  Room  24 

Seating  of  School  Rooms 25 

Selecting  an  Architect 9 

Sewerage  and  Drainage 78 

Sewing  Rooms  75 

Shops — (Manual  Training)   74 

Shower  Baths  87 

Shower  Bath  Stalls 88 

Shower  Rooms  74 

Sinks 87 

Site  for  School  Building 37 

Slate  for  Blackboards  and  Partitions 30 

Slop  Sinks 87 

Sound  Proofing  Floors 45 

South  Dakotah  School  Law 253 

Special  Rooms  51 

Special  Rooms  —  Boston  Code 273 

Sprinkler  System  99 

Stage  74 

Stairways  —  General  Design  101 

Model  Plan  for 44 

Risers  and  Treads 44 

Width  44 

Stall  Partitions  for  Toilets,  Etc 88 

Stand  Pipes  for  Fire  Hose 99 

State  School  Laws 153 

Study  Rooms  74 

Superintendent's  Office 76 

T 

Tables  of  Costs  —  School  Buildings 112-124 

Teachers'  Rooms  76 

Teachers'  Toilets  76 

Teachers'  Platforms  31 

Temperature,  Automatic  Control 146 

Tempering  Coils  —  View  op  Apparatus 347 

Toilet  Rooms,  Location  and  Design 76,90 

Toilet  Room  Ventilation 83 

Transoms  Objectionable  25, 29 

Treads  of  Stairs 44 

U 

Urinals   83-85 

Urinals,  Number  per  Male  Pupil. 86 

Utah  School  Law ^ „ 254 

Utility  Chamber 82 

605 


V 

Vacuum  Cleaning _ „ 91 

Vault   76 

Velocity  of  Air  in  School  Rooms 145 

Vent  Ducts  —  Arrangement  139 

Vent  Ducts  —  Location  and   Size 148 

Ventilation  —  General  Principles  130 

Ventilation  —  Natural  Methods 137 

Ventilation  and  Heating  Combined 140 

Ventilation  —  Systems  of  137 

Automatic   Control   146 

Gravity  System  138 

Fan   System  140,  142 

Quantity  of  Ventilation 145 

View  of  Ventilating  Plants 62, 144 

Ventilation  of  Toilets  and  Closets 83, 90 

Vermont  School  Law 255 

Vestibules  41-2 

Virginia  School  Law 257 

W 

Wainscoting   46 

Walls,  Decoration  29-32 

Walls,  Plastered  Smooth 29 

Walls  —  Sanitation    77 

Wardrobes,  or  Coat  Rooms 58 

Wardrobe  Fittings,  Details 297,  314 

Washing  Air  150 

Water,  Drinking  Fountains 89-90 

Water  Closets  80 

Number  per   Pupil 79 

Ventilated   Automatic   Closets 80-82 

Water  Closet  Stalls 83 

West  Virginia  School  Law 258 

Wider  Use  of  School  Plant 104 

Width  of  School  Rooms 24 

Winding  Steps  Objectionable 44 

Windows  —  Arrangement  and   Design 25-29 

Window  Shades  29 

Wire  Glass  Stair  Partitions 97, 98 

Z 

Zoological  Laboratory  —  Boston  Code 286 

Zoological  Room  76 


606 


INDEX  OF  ARCHITECTS 


This  index  has  been  prepared  with  the  view  of  making  it 
as  convenient  as  possible,  the  subjects  being  indexed  both  by 
location  and  also  with  the  name  of  the  architects.  Buildings 
having  particular  names  are  indexed  both  by  that  name  and  also 
the  name  of  the  city  in  which  the  building  was  erected. 
Throughout  the  index,  the  high  schools  are  referred  to  as  such. 
In  general,  buildings  not  classified  as  high  schools  are  grade 
schools,  or  schools  for  some  particular  grade  as  noted  in  title. 

In  arranging  the  illustrations,  grade  schools  are  located 
between  page  334  and  page  416.  From  page  416  to  page  598, 
the  work  is  devoted  entirely  to  high  schools. 

The  author  has  been  influenced  by  two  motives  in  devoting 
more  space  to  high  school  buildings  than  other  types.  (1)  By 
the  fact  that  there  is  a  growing  tendency  throughout  the  coun- 
try to  include  in  grade  buildings  many  features  which  have 
hitherto  been  found  only  in  high  school  buildings,  such  as 
auditoriums,  gymnasiums,  manual  training  and  domestic  science 
rooms,  rooms  for  the  study  of  drawing,  music  and  other  sub- 
jects aside  from  the  common  branches.  Most  of  the  smaller 
high  schools  illustrated  in  this  book,  would  be  equally  suitable 
for  grade  buildings  if  these  and  other  facilities  are  desired  in 
the  building.  (2)  When  the  common  branches  only  are  taught 
in  grade  buildings,  there  is  not  nearly  so  much  opportunity  for 
variety  in  design  as  there  is  in  buildings  of  the  type  above 
described,  and  an  ample  number  of  successful  grade  buildings 
have  been  illustrated  to  show  the  characteristics  and  practice 
in  various  parts  of  the  country. 

B 

Barnum,  Frank  S.,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

East  Technical  High  School,  Cleveland 492 

Watterson  School,  Cleveland 353 

West  Technical  High  School,  Cleveland 557-9 

Blair,  Edgar,  Seattle,  Washington. 

Franklin  High  School,  Seattle 590-4 

c 

Christy,  E.  A.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Warren  Eastom  High  School  at  New  Orleans 468-70 

Clausen  and  Burrows,  Davenport,  Iowa, 

High  School  at  Davenport 462-4 

Cline,  Edgar  H.,  Los  Angeles,  California. 

Lincoln  High  School,  Los  Angeles 475-7 

607 


Cook,  J.  Horace,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Schools. 

Alice  Gary  School ^ 358-9 

Anthony  Wayne  School 354-6 

Frances  E.  Willard  School 360-1 

General  David  B.  Birney  School 364-5 

General  George  McCall  School 356-7 

Southwark  School  362-3 

West  Philadelphia  High  School 491 

Cooper  and  Bailey,  Boston,  Mass.  * 

Attleboro,  Mass.,  High  School 457-8 

Cordaville  School,  Southboro,  Mass 334 

Lancaster  N.  H.  High  School 453-6 

Middleboro  School,  Middleboro,  Mass 335 

Cram,  Goodhue  and  Ferguson,  Boston,  Mass. 

Mather  School,  Dorchester,  Mass 394-5 

D 

DbBuys,  Churchill  and  LaBouisse,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Gardner  School,  Laurel,  Miss 343 

Dieman,  Chas.  a.  &  Co.,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa. 

Fredonia  High  School 402 

Donovan,  John  J.,  Oakland,  Cal. 

Oak  Park  School,  Sacramento,  Cal 376-8 

Dornette,  E.  H.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Eleventh  District  School  Cincinnati 401 

Drach,  Gustav,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Woodward  High  School  at  Cincinnati 449 

G 

Garber  and  Woodward,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Guilford  School,  Cincinnati 390-1 

Westwood  School,  Cincinnati 408-9 

Gilbert,  Cass,  New  York. 

High  School  at  Madison,  Wis 571-2 

Green  and  Wicks,  Buffalo,  New  York. 

South  Park  High  School,  Buffalo 595-8 

Guilbert,  E.  F.,  Newark,  New  Jersey. 

Central  Commercial  and  Manual  Training  High 

School,  Newark,  N.  J 574-5 

Cleveland  School,  Newark. 406-7 

East  Orange,  N.  J.,  High  School 493-6 

Montgomery  School,  Newark 26,  52 

Normal  School,  Newark 435 

Guilbert  and  Batelle,  Newark,  New  Jersey. 

Washington  School,  E.  Orange,  N.  J 412-13 

H 

Heath  and  Gove,  Tacoma,  Wash. 

Central  School,  Tacoma 386-7 

Lincoln  Park  High  School,  Tacoma 416-19 

Stadium  High  School,  Tacoma 560-4 

Holland,  H.  Osgood,  Buffalo,  New  York. 

Hutchinson  High  School,  Buffalo 430-4 

608 


HusANDER,  A.  F.,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Armstrong  School,  Chicago 370-1 

Carter  H.  Harrison  High  School,  Chicago 527-31 

Hyde  Park  High  School,   Chicago :...  541-4 

Nicholas  Senn.  High  School,  Chicago 518-22 

I 

Ittner,  Wm.  B.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Bryan  Hill  School,  St.  Louis 344-5 

Carr  School,  St.  Louis 410-11 

Columbia,  Mo.,  High  School 429 

Delaney  School,  St.  Louis 338-9 

Emerson  School,  Gary,  Indiana 532-6 

Froebel  School,  Gary,  Indiana 537-40 

Glasgow  School,  St.  Louis 372-3 

Lafayette,   Ind.,   High    School 572-3 

McKinley  High  School,  St.  Louis 459 

Minneapolis  Central  High  School 552-6 

Soldan  High  School,  St.  Louis 545-8 

South  Bend.,  Ind.,  High  School 523-6 


Jones,  W.  Granville,  New  York. 

High  School  at  Bloomfield,  New  Jersey 566-7 

Johnson,  Clarence  H.,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Central  High  School,  St.  Paul 498-9 

K 

Kilham  and  Hopkins,  Boston,  Mass. 

Haverhill,  Mass.,  High  School 472-4 

Michael  Driscoll  School,  Brookline,  Mass 336-7 

Salem,  Mass.,  High  School 465-7 

Shurtleff  School  Addition,  Chelsea,  Mass 384-5 

Krucker,  Frank  G.,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

49th  Street  School,  Los  Angeles 379 

L 

Latenser,  John,  Omaha,  Nebraska. 

Omaha  High  School _ 478-9 

Longfellow,  A.  W.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Abraham   Lincoln   School,   Boston 402-3 

M 

Marsh,  N.  F.,  Pasadena,  Cal. 

New  High  School,  Pasadena 471 

McGiNNis,  Walsh  and  Sullivan,  Boston,  Mass. 

Marshall  School,  Dorchester,  Mass 400 

McKiM,  Mead  and  White. 

High  School  at  Naugatuck,  Conn 424-5 

609 


Mills,  Wilbur  T. 

Battle  Creek  High  School,  Battle  Creek,  Mich 500-504 

Favorite  Hill  Schools,  Piqua,  Ohio 347 

London,  Ohio,  High  School 460-1 

St.  Mary's  School,  Marion,  Ohio 346 

Washington  School,  Marietta,  Ohio 340-2 

Woodside  School,  Newark,  Ohio 396-7 

N 

Neff  and  Thompson,  Norfolk,  Va. 

Maury  High  School,  Norfolk 568-70 

Newton,  Geo.  F.,  Boston,  Mass. 

Technical  High  School,  Newton,  Mass 438-40 

NoRDHOFF,  Charles  M.,  Toledo,  Ohio. 

Jessup  W.  Scott  High  School,  Toledo 505-9 

P 

Parkinson  and  Bergstrom,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

Manual  Training  High  School,  Los  Angeles 480-4 

Patton  and  Miller,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

High  School  at  Rochester,  Minn 446-8 

Pelton,  Henry  C,  New  York. 

High  School  at  White  Plains,  N.  Y 43(>-7 

PiLCHER,  Lewis  F.,  State  Architect,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

State  Normal  School,  Buffalo,  N.  Y 515-18 

Proudfoot,  Bird  and  Rawson,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

Des  Moines  High  School 444-5 

R 

Rand,  L.  L,,  Spokane,  Washington. 

Lewis  and  Clark  High  School,  Spokane 549-51 

Rosenheim,  A.  F.,  Los  Angeles,  Cal. 

Boyle  Heights  Intermediate  School,  Los  Angeles..     350-2 

s 

Schweinfurth,  J.  A.,  Boston,  Mass. 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts,  Boston 576-9 

Scott,  Thomas  H.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Wilkinsburg,  Pa.,  High  School 426-7 

Shaw,  R.  W.,  Enid,  Oklahoma. 

High  School  at  Enid 450-2 

Shepley,  Rutan  and  Coolidge,  Boston,  Mass. 

Jefferson  School,  Roxbury,  Mass 374-5 

Smith,  Rea  and  Lovett,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

North  East  High  School,  Kansas  City 510-14 

Snyder,  C.  B.  J.,  New  York. 

Bushwick  Ave.  High  School,  Brooklyti,  N.  Y 486-90 

Washington  Irving  School,  New  York 584-90 

Starrett  and  Van  Vleck,  New  York. 

Albany  High  School,  Albany,  New  York 580-S 

Stevens,  J.  Walter,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

Hughes  High  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 485 

610 


Stickney  and  Austin,  Boston,  Mass. 

High  School  at  Charlestown,  Mass 441-3 

Sturgis,  R.  Clipston,  Boston,  Mass. 

Central  School,  Troy,   New  York 414-15 

Winsor  School,  Brookline,  Mass 388-9 

Sullivan,  Mathew,  Boston,  Mass. 

St.  Rose's  School,  Chelsea,  Mass 349 

Bishop  Stang  Day  Nursery,  Fall  River,  Mass 362 

T 

TiETiG  AND  Lee,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

Sands   School,    Cincinnati 380-383 

Tyrie  and  Chapman,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

High  School  at  Virginia,  Minn 420-1 

w 

Whitehouse  and  Fauilhoux,  Portland,  Oregon. 

Failing  Elementary  School,  Portland 366-7 

Lincoln    High    School,    Portland 422-4 

Whitehouse,  Morris  H.,  Portland,  Oregon. 

Jefferson  High  School,  Portland 497 


611 


INDEX  OF  BUILDINGS 


A 

Abraham  Lincoln  School,  Boston,  Mass 402-3 

AiNSWORTH  Elementary  School,  Portland,  Ore 368-9 

Albany,  New  York  High  School 580-3 

Anthony  Wayne  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa 354-5 

Armstrong  School,  Chicago,  Ills 370-1 

Attleboro,  N.  H.,  High  School 457-8 

B 

Battle  Creek,  Mich.,  High  School 500-504 

Birney  (Gen.  David  B.)   School,  Philadelphia,  Pa 364-5 

Bloomfield,  N.  J.,  High  School 566-7 

Boston,  Mass. 

Abraham    Lincoln    School 402-3 

High  School  of  Practical  Arts 576-9 

Boyle  Heights  Intermediate  School,  Los  Angeles,  Cal.  350-2 

Bryan  Hill  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo 844-5 

Buffalo,  N,  Y. 

Hutchinson  High   School -. 430-4 

South  Park  High   School 595-8 

BusHWiCK  Ave.  High  School,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y 486-90 

Cooking  Room  —  Domestic  Science 66 

c 

Carr  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo.. 410-11 

Carter  H.  Harrison  High  School,  Chicago 527-31 

Cary,  (Alice)  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa 358-9 

Central  High  School,  Minneapolis 474-5 

Central  High  School,  St.  Paul,  Minn 498-9 

Central  Com.  and  Man.  Training  High  School,  Nsw- 

ark,    N.   J 574-5 

Central  School,  Tacoma,  Wash 386-7 

Central  School,  Troy,  New  York 414-15 

Charlestown,  Mass.,  High  School 441-3 

Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Schools. 

Eleventh   District   401 

Guilford 390-1 

Hughes  High  485 

Westwood    408-9 

Woodward  High  449 

Chicago,  III.,  Schools. 

Armstrong    370-1 

Carter  H.  Harrison  High 527-31 

Hyde  Park  High 541-4 

Nicholas  Senn.  High 518-22 

612 


Clark  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo 392-3 

Cleveland  School,  Newark,  N.  J 406-7 

Cleveland,  Ohio. 

East  Technical  High  School .  492 

West  Technical  High  School _. .  557-9 

Watterson   School   353 

Columbia,  Mo.,  High  School 429 

CORDAVILLE  SCHOOL,  Southboro,  Mass 334 

D 

Davenport,  Iowa,  High   School 462-4 

Delaney  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo 338-9 

Des  Moines,  Iowa,  HigH  School 444-5 

Driscoll  School,  Brookline,  Mass                         336-7 

E 

East  Orange,  N.  J.,  High  School 493-6 

East  Technical  High  School,  Cleveland,  Ohio 492 

Eleventh  District  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 401 

ENteRSON  School.  Gary,  Ind - 532-6 

Chemical  Laboratory 57 

Dining  Room   ..-i...._„..„..- 59 

Domestic  Science  Room .......'. 60,  350 

Lathe  Room   70 

Enid,  Oklahoma,  High  School 450-2 


Failing  Elementary  School,  Portland,  Ore 366-7 

Favorite  Hill  School,  Piqua,  Ohio 347 

Forty-Ninth   Street  School,   Los  Angeles,  Cal 379 

Franklin  High  School,  Seattle,  Wash 590-4 

Boiler  and  Engine  Room 63 

Domestic    Science    Room 428 

Kitchen    594 

Fredonia  High   School 402 

Froebel  School,  Gary,  Indiana 537-40 

G 

Gardens'  School  at  Collinwood,  Ohio 36 

Gardner  School,   Laurel,   Miss 343 

Glasgow  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo 372-3 

Guilford  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 390-1 

H 

Harrison   (Carter  H.)   High  School,  Chicago 527-31 

Haverhill,  Mass.,  High  School 472-4 

Hughes  High  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 485 

Hutchinson  High  School,  Buffalo,  New  York 430-4 

Hyde  Park  High  School,  Chicago,  Illinois 541-4 

J 

Jefferson  High  School,  Portland,  Ore _ 497 

Jefferson  School,  Roxbury,  Mass 374-5 

613 


L 

Lafayette,  Ind.,  High  School 572-3 

Lancaster,  N.  H.,  High  School 453-6 

Lewis  and  Clark  High  School,  Spokane,  Wash 549-51 

Lincoln  High  School,  Portland,  Ore 422-4 

Lincoln  High  School,  Los  Angeles,  Cal 475-7 

Lincoln  Park  High  School,  Tacoma,  Wash 416-19 

London,  Ohio,  High  School  and  Auditorium 460-1 

M 

Madison,  Wis.,  High  School 571-2 

Manual  Training  High  School,  Los  Angeles,  Cal 480-4 

Marshall  School,  Dorchester,  Mass 400 

Mather  School,  Dorchester,  Mass 394-5 

Maury  High  School,  Norfolk,  Va 568-70 

McCall  (Gen.  Geo.)  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa 356-7 

McKiNLEY  High  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo 459 

Middleboro,  Mass.,  Model  School 335 

Minneapolis  Central  High  School , 552-6 

Auditorium  —  Minneapolis  High  School 565 

Model  Fireproof  School,  Eight  Rooms 404-5 

Model  Fireproof  School,  Ten  Rooms 398-9 

Montgomery  School,  Newark,  N.  J 52 

Lighting  of  Rooms 26 

Open  Air  School  Room 53 

N  ■ 

Naugatuck,  (Conn.)   High  School 424-5 

Newark,  N.  J.,  Central  Com.  and  Man.  Training  High 

School    574-5 

Cleveland  School  406-7 

Montgomery  School  26,  52 

Normal  School  •        435 

Newton,  Mass.,  Technical  High  School 438-40 

Nicholas  Senn.  High  School,  Chicago,  Ills.  518-22 

Normal  School,  Buffalo,  New  York 515-18 

Normal  School,  Newark,  New  Jersey 435 

North  East  High  School,  Kansas  City,  Mo 510-14 

O 

Oak  Park  School,  Sacramento,  Cal 376-8 

Omaha,   Neb.,   High   School 478-9 

P 

Pasadena,  Cal.,  High  School 471 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  Schools 

Alice   Gary  358-9 

General  David  B.  Birney 364-5 

Frances  E.   Willard : 360-1 

General  George  McCall 356-7 

Southwark    362-3 

614 


Anthony  Wayne 354-5 

West  Philadelphia  High 491 

Portland,  Ore.,  Schools. 

Ainsworth    Elementary   368-9 

Failing   Elementary 36G-7 

Jefferson  High 497 

Lincoln   High   422-4 

R 

Rochester,  Minn.,  High  School - 446-7 

S 

Sands  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 380-3 

Scott  High  School,  Toledo,  Ohio 505-9 

Seattle,  Wash.,  Franklin  High  School 590-4 

Senn  (Nicholas)  High  School,  Chicago 518-22 

Shurtleff  School  Addition,  Chelsea,  Mass 384-5 

Soldan  High  School,  St.  Louis,  Mo 545-8 

South  Bend,  Ind.,  High  School 523-6 

South  Park  High  School,  Buffalo,  N.  Y 595-8 

SouTHWARK  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa 362-3 

Stang  —  Bishop,  Day  Nursery,  Fall  River,  Mass 362 

Stadium  High  School,  Tacoma,  Wash 560-4 

Stadium,   Tacoma,   Wash 561 

Plan  of  Stadium  and  School  Site 37 

St.  Mary's  (Par.)  School,  Marion,  Ohio 346 

St.  Rose's  School,  Chelsea,  Mass 498-9 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Schools. 

Bryan  Hill  344-5 

Carr   410-11 

Delaney 338-9 

Glasgow    372-3 

McKinley  High   459 

Soldan  High  545-9 

T 

Ten  Room  Model  School,  Fireproof 398-9 

Toledo,  Jessup  W.  Scott,  High  School 505-9 

Refectory    69 

V 

Virginia,  Minn.,  High  School 420-21 

W 

Warren  Easton  High  School,  New  Orleans,  La 468-70 

Washington  School,  Marietta,  Ohio 340-42 

Washington  Irving  High  School,  New  York 584-90 

Auditorium   588 

Book  Bindery  589 

Entrance    Foyer    2, 587 

Millinery  and  Sewing'  Room 35 

Roof  Playgrounds  72,  588 

615 


Watterson  School,  Cleveland,  Ohio 353 

Wayne  (Anthony)  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa 354-5 

West  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  High  School 491 

Westwood  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio , 408-9 

White  Plains,  N.  Y.,  High  School 436-7 

WiLLARD  (Frances  E.)  School,  Philadelphia,  Pa 360-1 

Wilkinsburg,   Pa.,  High   School 426-7 

WiNSOR  School,  Brookline,  Mass 388-9 

WooDSiDE  School,  Newark,  Ohio 396-7 

Woodward  High  School,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 449 


616 


ROBT.  B.  Stacy-Jtti 

ARCHITECT 


3205 

1915 


THE  LIBRARY 
UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA 

Santa  Barbara 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW. 


eries  9482 


■■"■Wv'J 


'M* 


:vm^: 


rm 


^t:'J'^^nW 


^MKjkS^^ 


li^^m. 


